birt eee
Ue ee
*
rr oe we ey Le
: e
bow
Ord ie Bee
Pere ow
ee ee
ed
#-016 AMMO
B bee
oh Or
‘ +
OH ho4
Ve teey
H- 9 Ove tey
Wa He Hf
“
A
Pattee *o
= B= H 75h° > dH uot
+
eotee
-® aw
OR. be 3 *
PP ki
ed
sat urt
We boP Bete
>
0 °4-Abe
nO bow
aS ene
Rabel 4 *
#0 sgnd Aeon
eee) *
Wolee BW de
bathe Mew ey
oa ao
Pere dee
- rete CO & erarerec ee
i) WD WOW hoe Be bs tte a weow or
2 Be nie Go mot met
nocke
‘ “
Pe i
CO rrr rarer? or
2-0 Oe trea | we
@ te: Gye
Sao wm Re bet:
Wi hoes 4 Pew Hanne
Oa G8.
f totes
eee &
*
OB. eo" 8 <0 16-0 eo both
FA DR: OPO oN MPH Mtoe a cto gs
oe ey
6-0 heh dete Bp
Mur ued Soe ee
Se ee pg
' Leo a
bet foot
Cor
Te poe
*
: ooo
etd Harned Oar ary
Ce
Fedo ewe
eee -
rr a v4
A-ha OU G0 ey. Lee
9 Se hbsohow sade
Pier ton
8
a¢
Dan shoh kono
oe
: A ies
5 . e joe
wed roe ere agai i
. 2 oe 3 aa Sh-Pcks
‘ Oe te Oa med -
. tee
aBane
J
een
ne
a hae
ee ee ed
$B P= Woe twee
With SH he Phe Car ot iy
De bebo PB: 5 enews
FBZ oH tert ake Ged auee
pe a ee
B-O78 GE0- WO. o Er Orn Gad >
iaedtha dda ett Me ke
Wee ee et ee
Bai
= hot Pot tem
bietr th itee a
Lael
oot
ater
*
oh 0-8 he bP Oe att
BM MSHOR. Qed hE -cHe &
ota Ot Ont oe
¢ ln cmp hs
© Rote » * a
nah a-Hihae.
& : ne r Cor
; a het bst GOOD d-diaehe sD brher is Raed owen
Sao. a 28 ete ray - *
[
Pomeee
+: eine
ten Fesba shen
hs m Shete
ca ae ind tarutiea ee.
ORL bs it boeO O2 Mee how
4 C206 RSE Cie tat Bcd Ha
Adib en
eae! Dens heh
‘ A ean > O06
edad aque
etadddee ~~
ry
Bow WOE OA Mstee Her wees
hat Laas J Se 8-8 Oroeoneeee
ished 3 28 | 26x:
Abba Pabedan
Saceeestives
crs
a4 Grey
H O98 hes Mop ebeae
Ve Wedapense tw
Henry tee
959 PUP AH D> 102 Hon 734 me ‘
PO O5Rh-® Not cdew Aen
"en ete B-tedons ®
Ft OO HD ow
aH
20g ORE domed § to hie
Set bot Pe Aloha tl oN 1 foe
ooue
be
+ eet URL Sa
NSH HO 48 beep oe oe
SPONGE ore REM h ot i aon e
© > an
er ere rn
she Bo
FF cies et Hs
Ste hott
| Phe gies dog:
Ven Owe
she
OAH WH oo he he
B-g.o NR Made deh oH
gait
tee vated doae hte
oe =H geet tt doB2 0)
AS bed 0028
°
ot. Both
®
6 B:9-4 bork a: ~
BO WW ok Bot O bo Wo. tae Age
O° Gee
Oe
*
4 Rae,
r0-oseeg rg fave
Oberg
2 ht noe
z * Jile Go
bdr daat) pe rd y
deta Soe Tn
* B: Gy
ot ABD 4 ag. 5
tine by the Mens
ete 4 ted oe worl
ee ee
ao Sh. Rate eo
84 enon,
¥ FBG oO: td my
v= hater
Be OO Bet WoRr ew 4 wee One. LJ
=* den pa WB eget OB Hew, we,
Lee eG) ee eee
é Oo® Ootsaed ou
BSP eK Wo Dd Och aOR baw,
othe Moe Poveda 8 ha
4 Ly Laas
* +e
Wr ee ee ee ee 1
ee 2h Ey Behe
ae
= hoses te haat
wth
8c He Oe Boden »
He hee
«
Reoews
Lager een puch eeciaes
Crh nope fp: dashed
CEE Neg arte
A Brgedey lin or klas
Cog a
push hou cd
he OW: hele de ge tafe
925-05 0 -Be begig vt aoa
Archulet te
Bite
ee A
he
OW 2 Reh 4a Ho We 6.8.2
OA het te 6 tte he hee
eee co
te ee et eo
wate t
4 4°@>
(betrothed) ee era werk newrrty
WE G4 Efe hed 9s
.- :
SH" eS, Het Vee crew aed le dome ge
W Open tog.
rer
sebraegt 4-8 ick bow
Pah OB eye
ee Hodet 61 Gat
te ee |
7 “0 + Are
a ee ee
si det Ste b a |
oe
ae
"Stee
Gowen? A Maurew o4 a.
& 2h 69" 65h HSH Ow weg +
et Seth BM Bs al A eatery
OM Heo ERD HE BeBe) Baboarn ge ap
1 Aas Leto i ems RHR eMC heey Eee
sibaueh ube em Lite
th bo hed Stet ree ote a.
b Cod De hay
SHA 8.499 sHehiegs hath
etl OH Het doney was
80 4o B dowels & a hee
cola oe ee ;
4
“ ae Leo
bth oe ce os ee
Ph 6 EO. ot gee ©
Stee OO)
Nonatrhe Beote ha Yn ee *
A ot ene
eee eer
Wt ter SWS te
<4 a7 ta dhe nota pode daey Se eaves
1 UO Hehe Orie 0 ot Ho Te
acaet aed :
4.
Pee stato: Gobet Uogom.
7 ® A Aah: Bm.
#88 6-4.
'
Fd 4 Hh aPethee? + Hate
4 Ae tS oe
“7
- Holter Gat bet
He@e® 406
hatte ROO
“OG MODE SH Re be ee
Some Ae ganey
Py ah Nate totgetepstedom, bo
Fos Oho et ode emg
feos. Ftak- beste Vat team
9 A Mamie ited ithe.
PDA 9497 pe
ee |
Doms wee h Hen ote
* he pa Ualy: eons to dete
Leh ute oe Et os
© dchewhod. toe
oe ee Wt-nat-o a
2H 4B ded &
a
54 -Wok Goth the Bae
Wem: dba! ty
1 nh the Oe the ben
‘as
+6 oa
“+
Paes Hee ot ee
Bee t= Ce -
bed Merternya he 40-48
fot Ramp
mgaseeatan aetna
Wet ya Grate My
ote 2
De oe
82498 Wc)
wen FFG Mma act
ad
Bat SoPeaagetey OOH -OoU Bated
+ Go POW (ooh AMM dates
Pt Bi gehs G0 Hoe rg eck
> 2° tot ie Hetivtog. a
Wetrh pha trac Ao@
Withodaitedea
Welt 0a. cere Roms tind ag
a DAO dot 26
» ~-
bt Oboh G.05 4
PRM et bog y
OH the FF tbe
dk ae
toy
Babette »
way
4 «@
<9 Wo tet ge
Bot Bones (OR CR te
O20 4 tener
* oH Webamebog’ s
hen Dr Ot te 400 tote
on the 54: se6- .
} hobs Hot veg oO Dwr @
aeRO OH 6 POU. t-te oe,
Wo HG: tot bona wap
HON OR bth th Og
Do) Met hen Hi-tech a
BUM: Os Wot Hat cece wien ag
Vo 99 Bow Mowe
WOO md ete kh BoM |)
on Bo
re ee ae
. w4e " PAO Ah. Galevg: Gores -Gab ten
ee | e-§ Shy Ree hate thet
Pre bh Hetero wee
G-Pen got we wer B-w9
454-6) 4-0-Behaw tie
ee et era
ud
#:
Oo pepeg
tu
oe awe ieee ae
oi.
oA Ae Nah oO
ettagetis ib.
1 eh pte eed
Srtseebelingso t18
adute
baa
7.
aed
Lokal Ph 4 28 tng
Ree y Bod Geary. ena:
o# emwrae Ar hePe dewey
om Wee Ot HA Bah
Hiei bogey. DPS P- Othe otter d awe 4
EF Thaaty A
HOH Chee ATH: Weel “He bath
0-8 Bie Wuned vee gnaw:
Pte he ihe
toh 86-9 O hido nda he gd. gay
erat ie ee
=f * a ew ‘ 6 oe 6-8, %
athe tt 7 eo
ret ee)
We het 9 NE ene
WeBetee a
ws
suen
oobi
Hie me
Ow
on
. hu rar
w" wien wen ow
Pee
A= Gn
Pr ett Wegee
DT Abn: cn eon om
Retin a)
sae
HER doowy ’
en
Anes yaa e- 4
ee
+
EO tolbets he 4. O Gee»
Ho? EO He hd ee &
owed eo
ee
etre me
wt Ow ¢
Fath i ean
iidde he
AMO WP Oot ew
ar
.
o*
rid eT wy
o« Ot Oe bogey
» 4-0 Om
Oe eee
WP Ha te beth Her i wet MoM FR Mn te 9
fh be tee
«
barb D2 RO 6-5 Med yw ted
aes yuo, be nm rt + ea aethrsdietenot Gy
"Shotts We gen
: 0 te a Vo
+ Oe stb © Se Nota de a thnde «
ee Eo ee
Ae eee oo ee
wah.
Co eee
: = 4-1)
cers ah Gb At :
Co ey
0-4 Howe
tot
SoA hod Oto 4 Ge
oo a
oe
2 BF ey oa Mowe
= ioe e
fe * aaa
A he OMe Bo tae
)
FOS-s @ OO hoF2 t-0-b.
te
Megs
paps
Seer)
$2005 808 eg
icicocaececeae tare intaeemes
At
roe
SAO OT Bg,
GePSO°4 od 600 Hse
er eng ets ree a
OsASte aN wells, a
ath he ee he Poh Halt
we hd
hath seh Fete phase aceatwite
Ceres
Oui Wanea
Le
taka dal id Garam
ate "
POP oMe > ted Bk AS “| estacies
. anne 2024
-9= wae
ny ory v
rene
at aire
draceseedenrerp ens
Weed
A De Bete gs
ee: ticdobac eehgnes
VSAOEDCAA- OUD Unie pty gta
o
Lal ae
La ele
= mo
Hoang.
ad 2980 12858490994) bon a-tepe
Le Sede eu ee ee? 2 Hb E stehon .wenca- |
OPT eps we ym mele Mepis Ped oe oe ee es
ee Cees we
te a
HA bie paw vom
+0
nt bethop< gone pe: "1
=RatRogem
er
Feat” That Bot Bae bode
<4
bebe t@ tot way
Rene ettotro noe Piatateta yacnaits
a ee “
teat
Socivdrashiommeiepeacee
see :
ade dOr8ahndirh-w. Habavied dog der tncmeiec te, sb 8-9sG-drinede
pape een ame oped Perrin too Peres Song
" te A. Conse 2
boe9s en oe
rye
4 Ms 4
iumbeutelte he Bree
tit da
oP: Oo ol Ho 240
20pm ey:
PP Whale ne 8 amp:
v » +
Ce aes ee ee
Co ee S
feed
Vab-R 24 @-dsaetons
iad deral na
dearieerecoues’.
a> 4
ane
ver b4daW-deergourae tet toeepiae
<1 we a
BF 4-H BoA Hnd fe wrt) priirre
ry tem rit
A Ms
sae nenegnnniennecieksrets
Peres a
bacteremia
te ae
otek itn
ae
Ho Rate
arate Coireys
x Wiebe Pade:
2H) oe we
wee)
Aw
2b eRe He Bote:
brarenar Aree
eh eh oth
Hes Hoole je
THe
thet 26062 6o 6 heme
Bites ou
ere setters
pueraecese mbes a a
% beg 9 A" bese ny et ven
oiaseeebta ae an Be oe emtee
hot ole
et ee hate oe be
ce bee Wo
ee me
2
ESOT mgt rater
hee ol oe
ecbs4soracbee orasate
wy PAE OSES
dana
mee
Lada
} ~=,@ Vv
. Lo ns Ayo. “. guy’ i yn a WRRe ssf tine
ai near” Ray Re OU dat a
geweryy y ¥ Nn. Te , Gn “A eae gs Sag Se
: he ene 0 a a aad Babes i eed ¥
, nas raetly yw
Mia ‘ap a hi CEE ee” we
Paar Ap yet . ni” G-2f net Whtheh al .
vi et “ “. aes iy ‘yyy
Woh mo TH) eR
lal, “vaghfP ifllitnesc sean
~
Ta “4 Alb, ae
PS ime 8
Daan 4 th TIN | par bese i
ry . iat
aa pd pan
Aree See eed EAT Aa meals DT ama errr’
a a id | hi LIT ; ? Shiela ee ‘ool ert ° wall
: ptt | als fg oe ay . | ef eh ha a ae e vt Me. © ag eae $ Pam Ba aD
aa im 4 i . : ad we tie, te
al Abe ae had Veoh, AP Epi pee : Aaah) ahs 'y - Somerset ai ey
4. a Wee ee aN Fe A. oe Me \@
sabia aed pe mi! | Pe! | | oa wan anes
Wi ae: te a es
| aiptasg VOY? | Ped: y Rel UCU Te URW |
mp te apne nf iad | y Mi, ff ‘a ADELE
4h at as We HITT Nitto 4 Ais r' pon nn ak a
Bra Td Tf {er $
LT Upeuee, - mage raat yh “nA ‘a¢ at wh | Ay vig ay | se hak
ie f Ree Ee > * af ae Sse“
te 2 & Sika.
ba as carte
rr int
‘= WY
siddevaansal
je ah wi soapy,
> a
a RB
Q@ses'*.
Wy ee "We oe
Tv : ‘ < 7 | aye 2 4 : ye “api
Adin) Pee Pu an ead lagusi
yVyaas ye a ieeeen Ty Jobe wouiuat | ce
¢ 4 4 — we! a” os “4 A a.
aie! HAY iat : ge sae Ue Pew v
wees aw ake, ra
ie oe an isa? TTT
ae SS ail oN )
“ 7 Tale: ~ mae Aye Seeks, Ce pa \ ty
OTE alot hon Wane aa away hed a ci 1 ee a
SOP ree ae Te Shha BORG. Waal bea dasa caste
? ah 8 AS VEN GG 4a Cours \ oe alate I-94 . bat theh a: a
i% Ta Sed "4 ' is ;
ie, Ty p Go iM ny et
ka Wee) 4 “Ay is 0
et tt | LU
| et fae
zt eee xt eX Ves ae ay a ea
Biel (| | eset ae = Me Le et Et a
| y bee: b.. Nt, nn Na AR, 1 ee Whe Ape’ is : a” <4
ttt ’ Any Wanauy te) hyseaet aang ee
3; a Shy! ey tT pou Wg ee nertet nen
: iii ‘i y Tithe ATT aS ee
Hy tibet AD, "Na M4 > Qn A\ Ae ° of , a.) -,. p.. a L- persia s pa ope. v J
b Ap A, y 4 wa ee a Line 2 AL
OR Oe ria’ Lt ‘a oo ah, be LN & eS igi pad Pre yo r %, bee <* e
Orn. - ms =; os me, Weak » te | e Sak er Bei, Sass EAN ee ae vA FO Ve a =
AN |
eek Nie,
vr | & " VTA TE ease¥ Sep ee
| \ i Coe Pe on ; | ie nt
4 a oat \ AL | pinion < Lepeetes bf mr
ea war oa | 8 =n ae 1 & 3 fr | : ea a8, pagh
mea Te pit UHL
= @& po ig. Me! a ¢. ? , x y : ‘ x
Y - as Ah, . bee ie
a. - i f a 4 ae
he eAmatiyn ANA 2-0 Be NAR eT INIT | fu steel pe
\ Vs : hap J Be
aa , 3 min you a pea dd] rye
~ ‘ wr, ce || Jha, am eens
3 wn es ae NR eee Va 2 ae WN,
f Fe ee “4 e cath yy Ny Ne
hag 1 ( "4 RL, << “NN oe ng aes” £ ah OY a a nA ANN | Abate
© 4, 4a ij 4 | ie ie § «pelt TU a Leesigs Af ae SEALY VE Oubpa
: hak h frp, Ba. } i) TY oy of Po : P om, Abe BBA «..-
a Tm, fae wy Fe erode MA vA? NR
my a oh > em My» te
_ me : "aaae “ane AA, |
Ne |||" | ; , oy tee | Rare Baa we 2 ‘Ss 44
| = 49 , bol a es Vv
oe Nae ie ae
“twig , HALE
Ram ta ey win ana ss ae aie eae
oa oda ananate w/e aaanh
= air Ny, p
My a. Ae VV ¥
a Ys : es Mae ad
4
a AA Net
inal ty, ee
Piety ae ee «
4 Neh hoa wlan {hy anal acacia
* eo ; /- ~ a 1
| A | LTT ay ~
Beinn aaa alta LEN OY
\ ‘ ol alan
rn tt eT al Be |
Cd
ofa ~, Ratbone ww
- "hany rey { ull Na ant 3 vr a a af -
nity yn oa Walesa 4
egret ,
‘Gee é ete og ites
tty F
ity
{a
oh ‘pan
ve
en
vil
‘y iy i
WT gs te
ee
rt
A “a
PRA Ty
ANY
ANNALS
OF THE
SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
VOLOMUE XOX TX
ANNALS
OF THE.
Pool AFRICAN MUSEUM
VOLUME XXIX
iP semen ammei
Pee ay F
- wa |
ea St « { é
Pr Ns
?
¢: on, &
: ts
i Ls § f
% /
hey.
be =
tes. Ql 2
a, nG Fe Sv ie:
; ea ere
Rea, nea eae
PRINTED FOR THE
TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
BY NEILL AND CO., LTD., 212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH.
1929-1931.
TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM.
Sir THomas Morr, C.M.G., M.A., LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S.
Professor WiLLIAM ADAM JoLuy, M.B., Ch.B., D.Sc., F.R.S.S.Afr.
W. F. Fisu, J.P.
J. G. VAN DER Horst.
W. J. THORNE.
SCIENTIFIC STAFF OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM.
Epwin Leonard Git1, D.Sc., Director and Keeper-in-Chief.
KEPPEL Harcourt BarnarD, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant Director ; in Charge
of Fishes and Marine Invertebrates.
Miss StaR GARABEDIEN, M.A., Assistant in Charge of the Botanical Department.
REGINALD FREDERICK LAWRENCE, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant in Charge of Reptiles
and Batrachians, Arachnids and Myriopods.
ALBERT JOHN HeEssz, B.Sc., Ph.D., Assistant in Charge of the Entomological
Department.
LizruwEeE DrerK Boonstra, M.Sc., D.Sc., Assistant in the Palaeontological
Department.
SipnEyY Henry Haveuton, B.A., D.Sc., Honorary Keeper of the Geological,
Mineralogical, and Palaeontological Collections.
LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.
K. H. BARNARD.
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.
No. 10. Revision of the Branchiopoda
M. CONNOLLY.
Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West Africa.
IX. The Non-marine Mollusca of South West Africa
A. J. HESSE.
Appendix to Speleiacris tabulae, Pér. Additional Notes
H. H. Karny.
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae (Orthoptera Saltatoria)
R. F. LAWRENCE.
New South African Solifugae
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of conch Afiiea
H. K. Munro.
Additional Trypetid Material in the Collection of the South African
Museum . : : : ; : : :
J. R. LE B. Tomiiyn.
Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the South African
Museum. V. The Scaphopoda
B. P. UvaRov.
Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West Africa.
VIII. Records and Descriptions of Acrididae from South West
Africa (Orthoptera Saltatoria)
vi
PAGE
181
277
273
ue
153
341
337
4]
NEW SUBFAMILY AND GENERIC NAMES INTRODUCED
IN THIS VOLUME.
PAGE
Amatola n.g. Triaenonychidae (Opiliones) LAWRENCE 386
Austromontia “A io bs oe 398
Austronuncia - 7 se oe 411
Biacumontia a ge ne ag 403
Bufotettix ,, Acrididae (Orthoptera) UVAROV 58
Cryptadaeum », Triaenonychidae (Opiliones) LAWRENCE 445
Cryptobunus a eB on Es 396
Cryptopygoplus ,, Assamiidae (Opiliones) - 360
Graemontia ,, Lriaenonychidae (Opiliones) a 413
Leucothrix ,, Lrypetidae (Diptera) Munro 15
Mensamontia ,, Lriaenonychidae (Opiliones) LAWRENCE 381
Micradaeum 56 nA 3 = 448
Monomontia Pe ae * Ps 416
Montadaeum se a - Me 464
Namutonia ,, Assamiidae (Opiliones) nh 357
Neopilio ,, Acropsopilionidae (Opiliones) sf 473
Neopilioninae n.subfam. Acropsopilionidae (Opiliones) HM; 473
Oonopsopilio n.g. Acropsopilionidae (Opiliones) 55 470
Paradaeum ,, Lriaenonychidae (Opiliones) ss 466
Roeweria ze “a ue ~ 384
Rostromontia ss a a8 = 388
Speleomontia Le aE Be i 422
Speleosiro », Sironidae (Opiliones) re 348
DATE OF ISSUE OF PARTS.
Part 1 (Articles 1-6). Issued August 1929.
Part 2 (Articles 7-9). Issued March 1931.
List, Of PLATES.
Plate I. South African Trypetid Diptera.
» LI. Acrididae from South West Africa.
», III. Molluscs of South West Africa.
» LV. Sketch Map of South West Africa.
Vii
INDEX OF GENERA.
A PAGE
PAGE | Coelotrypes : : : ‘ 6
Acanthiophilus . : - 30 | Comicus’ . : : : . 147
Achatina . ; ‘ . 294 | Conulinus. : : : . 289
Aciura. : . 10 | Cryptadaeum . : ; . 445
Acorypha. : : } . 71 | Cryptobunus . ; : . 396
Acridella . : : ; . 42 | Cryptopygoplus ; é . 360
Acridoderes : : ; . 74 | Cyclestheria . : : . 249
Acrotylus. ; . 52 | Cyrtacanthacris ; , ae
Acumontia ; ; : . 420
Adaeulum : ; : . 426
Adaeum . : : 5 . 435 D
Afrocneros ; : : 6
Aiolopus . : : . 90 | Dacus ; ; ; : : 2
Amatola . : : : . 9386 | Daesia . : ; : is
Ametroides : : : . 94 | Dentalium : : é . 337
Anacridium : : ; . 74 | Dorcasia . : ‘ ; . 285
Apus 3 : : . 229 | Duronia . : : : . 43
Artemia . ; : ; - “L89
Aspatharia : : : . 322
Austromontia . : : Se ails) EK
Austronuncia . : : ch ony eed
Elaphromyia . : : . aS
Eneremius : ‘ : a
B Ensina . : ; : ee!)
Kocyzicus. : : : - 260
Bactropota : : ; -) 24 remus: ~: 3 : : - oo
Biacumontia . : : . 403 | Euaresta . : : : of Pais
Blossia . : : . 171,179 | Eulimnadia : : : -, 2m
Bochus . : : é ; 96) ‘Muribia~ —. ‘ : : - Ze
Borborothis : : : . 144
Branchinella_. : : 2" 72011
Branchinellites . : : . 202 F
Branchipodopsis : : i S192
Bufotettix : : : =) 208) | ebalkan s : ‘ : . 400
Bulinus . : : : . 314
Burnupia . : : : eres de
G
C Gastrocopta. : ; . 298
Graemontia : ‘ : . 413
Caenestheriella . : : . 256 | Gryllacris. ; . 84
Cafferia . : : : . 322 | Gymnarion : , . 280
Catantops : : : ae terri;
Cecilioides : : : 29
Ceratomontia . : : S 70 H
Charilaus . s ; : Gs}
Chelypus . ; 3 5 » 179 |) Henicus = : : ; th plod
Chrotogonus . : : 67>.) Eiumibe ee : : : =) 00
Cleopatra . : : : - 320 | Hydrobia . : : : > o2d
Indonaia .
K
Kraussaria
Larifuga .
Leaia
Lepidurus
Leptestheria
Leucothrix
Leva
Libanasa .
Libanasidus
Lithidium
Lymnaea .
Lynceus
M
Maphyteus
Maxentius
Melanoblossia
Melanoides
Mensamontia
Mesopsis .
Metabiantes
Metadaeum
Micradaeum
Microstele
Microtmethis
Monomontia
Montadaeum
Mutela
Namutonia
Nasidius .
Neopilio
Nesopupa.
Oedaleus .
Onchidella
Onosandridus
Onosandrus
Oonopsopilio
Index of Genera.
PAGE
322
176
320
381
354
444
448
292
416
464
o24
357
96
473
294
dl
309
Ill
1)
470
Opeas ;
Orthochtha
Palaeestheria
Paracinema
Paradaeum :
Paragymnobothrus
Phymateus
Physopsis.
Pila. :
Pisidium .
Planorbis .
Platomma :
Platypternodes .
Platysiagon
Polycoryphus
Prostethophyma
Pseudogmothela
Pterandrus
Pupilla
Pupoides .
Purcellia .
Pycnodictya
Pyrgomorpha
Rachis 4
Rhabdochaeta .
Rhacoclaena
Rhampsinitus
Rhochmopterun
Roeweria . F
Rostromontia
Schistocerca
Schistopterum .
Scintharista
Sculptaria
Segmentina
Shelfordites
Solpuga
Spathosternum .
Spathulina
Speleiacris
Speleomontia
Speleosiro.
Sphaerium
Sphenella
Spheniscomyia .
Sphingonotus
148,
Streptocephalus
Subulina .
Sucecinea .
Terellia
Thisoicetrus
Thyridota
Trachycystis
Tridacus .
Trigonephrus
Trypanea .
Index of Genera.
PAGE
205
296
307
Viviparus.
Xenotettix
Xerocerastus
Zeriassa
Zonitoides
Zonocerus
b4
PAGE
319
53
297
169
279
67
ANNALS
SOUTH “AFRICAN MUSEUM
VOLUME XXIX.
PART I, SE —
is Additional Trypetid Material in the Collection of the
South African Museum (Trypetidae, Diptera). By
H. K. Munro, B.Sc., F.E.S. (With Plate I.)
2. Contributions toa Knowledge of the Fauna of South West
Africa. VIII. Records and Descriptions of Acrididae
from South West Africa (Orthoptera Saltatoria). By
B. P. Uvarov, Imperial Bureau of eee
(With Plate IT and 12 Text- figures. )
3. A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae ( Orthoptert
as ‘ Saltatoria). By H. H. Karny (Buitenzorg, Dutch Hast
| agra Indies). (With 25 Text-figures.)
4, New South African Solifugae. By R. F. Lawrence, B.A.,
Ph.D., Assistant in Charge of Arachnida. (With 18
Text- fede )
eek : 5. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.
es es No. 10. Revision of Branchiopoda. By K. H, BARNARD,
Text-figures.)
: 6. Appendix to Speleracris tabulae, Pér, Additional Notes.
© bya J. Hesse, Ph.D: FES.
ISSUED AUGUST 1929. PRICE 20s.
a "
, eid. PRINTED FOR THE
TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
‘AND THE ~
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF SOUTH AFRICA
BY NEILL AND CO., LTD., 212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH,
~~
M.A., DSc. F.LS., Assistant Director. (With 33-
I LE
ANNALS
SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
VOLUME XXIX,
1. Additional Trypetid Material in the Collection of the South African
Museum (Trypetidae, Diptera).—By H. K. Munro, B.S8c., F.E.S.
(With Plate I.)
Turovues the kindness of Dr. L. Gill, Director of the South African
Museum, and of Dr. A. J. Hesse, the Assistant in Charge of Entomo-
logy, I have been able to examine all the Trypetid material in the
Museum collection. In addition to the material determined by the
late Professor M. Bezzi, including some of his types, and published
in vol. xix of the Museum Annals in 1924, there are numerous speci-
mens collected subsequently, as well as a certain amount of older
material apparently not seen by Professor Bezzi.
The new material was obtained mainly from two localities, the
Tradouw Pass in the Swellendam district and the northern part of
South-West Africa, by expeditions undertaken by the South African
Museum.
It is, perhaps, remarkable that relatively few Trypetidae have been
recorded from the south-western districts of the Cape Province. The
material collected in the Tradouw Pass is therefore of much interest,
although only sixteen species, all belonging to the Trypetinae, are
represented.
The greater part of the material, representing forty species, was
collected in the northern part of South-West Africa towards the
‘Angola border, in what is known as the Kaokoveld. Practically no
Trypetidae have previously been recorded from this area, an area in
which the family is evidently well represented. The preponderance
VOL. XXIX, PART l.
2 Annals of the South African Museum.
of flower-infesting species (Rhabdochaetinae, Schistopterinae, Try-
petinae, and some of the Ceratitinae) over the fruit-infesting species
(Ceratites, s. 1.) and the cucurb and milkweed infesting Dacinae is
noticeable. This is, without doubt, merely a reflection of the com-
position of the flora of the region.
In spite, however, of the preponderance of the flower-infesting
species, a fact usually associated with more temperate regions, the
Trypetid fauna of the Kaokoveld is more closely associated with that
of Central Africa, more especially with that of Rhodesia, and perhaps
the northern and eastern Transvaal, than with the fauna of South
Africa proper. At the same time it should be remembered that the
country is vast, and that collecting has been done in more or less
isolated localities. There is thus scarcely sufficient data on which
to make more than very generalised statements as to the distribution
and relationships of the Trypetid fauna. That caution must be
exercised 1s shown by the discovery of the European Trypanea amoena
(Frf.), the curious East African species Bactropota woodi Bez., and
more especially of the remarkable Egyptian species Schistopterum
moebtust Beck., the last a discovery of much importance.
DACINAE.
Tridacus pectoralis (Walker, 1861).
The specimens in the collection are all typical pectoralis (Walk.)
as recognised by Bezzi. As stated by him in the Annals of the South
African Museum (vol. xix, p. 455), pectoralis (Walk.) is little more
than a form or variation of Bigot’s bivittatus, if indeed it is not merely
a synonym. In specimens of pectoralis the infuscation of the lower
half of the first posterior cell is often much paler than the broad
costal band. .
There are a few specimens from M’fongosi, Zululand, April-May
1916, March-May 1917, and January 1923, W. E. Jones, as well as
a few specimens from Port St. John’s, 1902, Shortridge ; Livingstone,
1911, Miss Powell; Kloof, Natal, 8.2.15, Marley ; and Mt. Selenda,
Melsetter, Rhodesia, 13.38.14. The last-mentioned specimen had been
determined as bivittatus Big. through the Imperial Bureau of
Entomology.
Dacus fuscatus Wiedemann, 1819.
A couple of specimens from M’fongosi, Zululand, February—March,
1917, W. E. Jones ; and from Howick, Natal, J. Cregoe ; and one from
Additional Trypetid Materral im Collection of S.A. Museum. 3
Hex River, 7th January 1884. The last specimen is labelled Dacus
rufipes Bigot, probably an unpublished manuscript name.
Dacus brevistriga Walker, 1861.
There are a couple of specimens from M’fongosi, Zululand, December
1911, W. E. Jones ; one from Kloof, Natal, 8.2.15, Marley ; and a few
from Dunbrody, Cape (no date).
Dacus brevistylus Bezzi, 1908.
In addition to the material already recorded by Bezzi in 1924
(Ann. S.A. Mus., vol. xix, p. 462) there are sundry odd specimens as
follows: Walvis Bay, 1888, Wilmer ; Durban, 1891, Hunt ; Seymour,
C.P., February 1891; Estcourt, Natal, 1894, E. Haviland; Smith-
field, O.F.S., 1908-1910, Kannemeyer ; van Wyk’s Vlei, C.P., April
1910; Inhaca, Lourenco Marques, October 1912, K. H. Barnard ;
East London, July 1914, E. Lightfoot ; Potchefstroom, T. Ayres ;
Salisbury, Southern Rhodesia, D. Dodds; numerous specimens were
also collected by the Museum Expedition in South-West Africa from
January to March 1925 at Zesfontein, Otjikondo, Kaoko Otavi, and
Zandfontein.
Dacus vertebratus Bezzi, 1908.
In addition to the material already recorded by Bezzi in 1924
(Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xix, p. 462) there are odd specimens from van
Wyk’s Vlei, 30.4.86, 8S. G. Alton; Vryburg, June 1914; M’fongosi,
Zululand, February 1915, W. HE. Jones; Gaub, S8.W.A., December
1919, R. W. E. Tucker; Howick, Natal; and several specimens
collected by the Museum Expedition to South-West Africa in January
to March 1925 at Zesfontein and Otjikondo.
Dacus boinotatus Loew, 1862.
Of this species there are a few specimens: Bathurst, Cape, 1898,
“on wings”; Howick, Natal, J. Cregoe; M’fongosi, Zululand, May
1917 and February 1923, W. E. Jones; and Zesfontein, 8.W.A.,
February 1925, Mus. Exp.
Dacus immaculatus Coquillett, 1901.
There is a specimen from Howick, Natal, J. Cregoe, and one from
-Willowmore, Cape, 6.1.17.
4 Annals of the South African Museum.
Dacus oleae Gmelin, 1788.
There are two specimens of this species from the collection of the
Cape Entomologist, Department of Agriculture, Cape Town.
Dacus rufus Bezzi, 1915.
Of this species there is a single faded specimen from Cape Town,
April 1916, L.. Péringuey, not previously recorded.
CERATITINAE.
Pterandrus rosa (Karsch, 1887).
A couple of females from M’fongosi, Zululand, February 1917,
W. E. Jones, and another specimen from Port Shepstone, January
1915, Marley.
Pardalaspis melanaspis Bezzi, 1920.
A single female specimen from Zesfontein, 8.W.A., February 1925,
Mus. Exp.
Pardalaspis cosyra (Walker, 1849).
Three specimens labelled “ Bred from wild plum, Spondzas sp.,
Victoria Falls.”
Pardalaspis giffardi Bezzi, 1912.
Of this species there are a few specimens from Umtali, Rhodesia,
6.9.15, with the number 749. They were probably received from the
Department of Agriculture, Salisbury, Rhodesia.
Pardalaspis quinarra Bezzi, 1918.
Of this Rhodesian species there is a single female from Zesfontein,
S.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp.
Pardalaspis aliena Bezzi, 1920.
There is a single damaged female labelled ““S.W. Distr., Cape
Colony.”
RHACOCLAENA Loew, 1862.
In the original description of this genus the chaetotaxy is not
detailed, but in his table on page 76 of vol. xv of the Bulletin of Ento-
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 5
mological Research (1924) Bezzi states “no prst. and no oc.” With
-regard to the ocellar bristles, however, I have to record that in all
the species examined by me, namely, pulchella Bez., fasciolata Lw.,
major Bez., and permagna n. sp., these bristles are present. They are
minute and of hair-like proportions, but, nevertheless, from their
well-defined and constant position in each species, they are
undoubtedly the ocellar bristles.
Rhacoclaena permagna n. sp.
(Plate I, fig. 1, wing.)
A large robust species allied to major Bez., from which it differs
chiefly in the wing pattern.
$. Length of body, 7-5 mm.; of wing,6-2mm. Occiput yellowish,
with restricted, black, shining patches touching upper corners of eyes ;
eyes rounded—from a relaxed specimen they appear to be, in life, shin-
ing green with two broad, longitudinal, transverse bands of a dull
reddish colour, the one above, the other below the line of the base of
the antennae ; frons yellow, blackish across the middle with a few short
black hairs ; ocellar dot black ; face concave, whitish yellow, broadly
infuscated with brown along the mouth border ; antennae as long as
the face, dark yellow; arista rather long plumose; palpi and pro-
boscis yellow: bristles black ; three inferior orbitals ; ocellars very
small but distinct.
Thorax and scutellum dark brownish; on dorsum with blackish
sub-median and sub-lateral stripes and a median white stripe on
posterior two-thirds and across scutellum—the stripe is pointed
anteriorly, widening to the scutellum; some rather sparse whitish
dust on anterior part of thorax; on either side is a strong, shining
white notopleural stripe from whitish humerus to black mesophragma ;
bristles black; two mesopleurals; dorso-centrals behind line of
anterior supra-alars. Scutellum with four bristles.
Legs dark yellow with black bristles and black pubescence. Hal-
teres yellow. Wings with upper cross-vein slightly before middle of
discoidal cell, and three times its length from the lower cross-vein ;
stigma brown; no basal streak; a well-defined brown band from
outer half of stigma, across upper cross-vein, slantingly across discoidal
cell and into third posterior cell, where it becomes lighter and more
diffused, but is very faintly connected along hind margin of wing
with terminal band ; terminal band broad, covering end of marginal
cell, outer half of sub-marginal, almost outer two-thirds of first
6 Annals of the South African Museum.
posterior, end of discoidal, whole of second posterior, and apex of third
posterior cells ; at the tip of the marginal cell is a tiny whitish dot ;
at the end of the first posterior cell is the characteristic apical whitish
spot, and in the second posterior cell a broad, rounded indentation ;
between the two bands described is a short, narrow band from the
costa crossing the marginal and submarginal cells. The anal cell is
drawn out into a sharp point ; the third vein is bristly along its whole
length.
Abdomen shining black with a broad yellow median stripe except
on last segment; pubescence blackish; there is a terminal fringe of
black bristles on last segment; genitalia black with elongate yellow
appendages.
2. Total length, 9-6 mm.; of wing, 6-3 mm.; of ovipositor, 2-6 mm.
The median yellow stripe on the abdomen does not extend on to the
last two segments ; ovipositor elongate, flask-shaped, black, two-thirds
length of abdomen ; pubescence black.
Types g and 2 and an additional § from M’fongosi, Zululand, W. E.
Jones (no date).
Afrocneros mundus (Loew, 1863).
One specimen from Willowvale, C.P., 6.11.17.
Coelotrypes vittatus Bezzi, 1924.
The undescribed male is similar to the female.
There are several specimens from Zesfontein and Kamanyab,
S.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp., and a male from Nyaka, P.E.A.,
R. F. Lawrence.
The species is also recorded from the Congo and from Madagascar.
TERELLIA Robineau-Desvoidy, 1830.
This is a genus that requires revision and comparison with EKuropean
forms ; as interpreted here it seems well represented in the Ethiopian
Region. The inclusion, however, of species with banded (Sztarea
R.D.) and species with unbanded wings does not seem satisfactory
unless supported by anatomical characters. The generic relation-
ships, too, merit attention ; one species in particular, Terellia australis
Bez. (described as a variety of Terellia planicsutellata Beck.) seems
to be more related to Acanthiophilus helianthoides Bez. than to
Terellia taeniaptera Bez.
The Ethiopian species may be distinguished as follows :—
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 7
—
(6) Wings with dark bands.
(3) Wings with two forked dark bands and without isolated spots; antennae
and legs blackish; bristles of head and thorax black . hysia Walk.
3. (2) Wings with unforked bands and isolated spots.
4. (5) Antennae and legs entirely pale yellowish . ; . taenaptera Bez.
5. (4) Antennae dark brown and all femora mainly black nigrofemorata n. sp.
6
7
ms
. (1) Wings quite hyaline or more or less distinctly, though faintly, spotted.
. (10) Wings with faint, but generally distinct, spots towards apex (very seldom
quite absent).
(9) Larger species (3:5-4 mm.), with milky wings and more pronounced and
definite spotting towards apex . : : : 3 australis Bez.
9. (8) Smaller species (2-5 mm.), with less milky wings and more restricted
spotting towards apex; eyes large and rounded; frontal bristles
yellow . ‘ : : : 5 ‘ xanthochaeta, n. sp.
10. (7) Wings quite unspotted ; head much shortened . complanata, n. sp.
so
Terellia ‘nigrofemorata, n. sp.
(Plate I, fig. 2, wing.)
@. Length of body, 3-7 mm.; of wing, 3-7 mm. The specimen is
rather greasy and is probably darker than is normal.
Head dark, rather blackish brown; mouth rather small, and epis-
tome somewhat prominent; proboscis short, labellae large, flexed
backwards ; palpi thin, flat, leaf-lke, yellowish ; face flat; antennae
not as long as face, dark brownish, upper side of third joint shortened
so that the apex is distinctly up-turned ; arista brownish, microscopi-
cally pubescent; frons slightly longer than wide, rather sunken in
centre in specimen; bristles black, three inferior orbitals; ocellar
dot blackish ; lunule sunken in specimen ; occiput blackish centrally,
brownish peripherally ; occipital bristles whitish, with a row of black
setulae on either side.
Thorax entirely dull black, except humeri, base of wings and some-
what between, yellowish ; white pubescence and rather pale blackish
bristles ; dorso-central bristles rather before line of anterior supra-
alars. Scutellum black centrally at base, yellow peripherally ; with
four bristles, the apicals rather the shorter. (It may be noted here
that the thorax and scutellum are probably normally clothed with
thick grey dust.)
Legs with coxae yellowish, femora black with yellow tips; the
front pair, which are more yellow on the inner side, have a row of
long brownish bristles behind, two rows of shorter, lighter spines in
front, and some thick white pubescence between ; other femora with
short black pubescence ; tibiae and tarsi yellow.
8 Annals of the South African Museum.
Wings with base hyaline ; stigma black, with a milky spot on basal
half; veins yellowish hyaline, but darker where touching spots or
bands, of which there are the following: Humeral cross-vein slightly
darkened with a faint spot on its outer side; a blackish band from
stigma to base of third posterior cell, just entering the axillary
cell ; a band from the end of the marginal cell, which it fills, to hind
border of wing, covering the lower cross-vein, but not quite filling
the extreme lower corner of third posterior cell; between these two
bands are a few spots—a narrow spot across the marginal cell about
half-way between; and another below the end of the stigma; the
anterior cross-vein is infuscated; in the third posterior cell is an
inverted club-shaped spot hanging on the fifth vein; and a spot
almost on the wing margin below the end of the sixth vein; at the
apex of the wing is a broad spot filling the end of the submarginal
cell, extending across the first posterior cell nearly to fourth vein, but
not filling the end of the cell. Upper cross-vein beyond middle of
discoidal cell and one and a half times its length from lower cross-vein,
which is upright with a slight outward curve; lower angle of anal
cell acute but not definitely pointed.
Abdomen—in specimen—dull black, but probably normally clothed
with white or grey dust; pubescence white; ovipositor dull black,
short, not as long as last two segments.
Type a single female specimen from Kaross, 8.W.A., February
1825, Mus. Exp.
Terellia australis Bezzi, 1924.
Bez., Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xix, p. 508, pl. xiv, fig. 53 (1924), as var. of
Terellia planiscutellata Beck.
As will be recorded by me in a forthcoming paper, I now regard
this as a distinct species as the wing is typically spotted towards
the apex.
Specimens from South-West Africa were collected at Zesfontein
and Warmbad, February 1925, and at Kaoko Otavi, March 1926,
Mus. Exp.
Terellia xanthochaeta n. sp.
(Plate I, fig. 3.)
SQ. Length of body, 2-5 mm.; of wing, 2-5 mm.; of ovipositor, 0-4
mm. Head and all appendages and bristles yellow ; head subquadrate ;
eyes large, rounded-oval, with longer axis directed backwards ; mouth
broadly elliptical, large, mouth border hardly prominent ; proboscis
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 9
short; palpi short, beset with strong yellow bristles; face rather
narrow and slightly hollowed; antennae short, half the length of
the face, third joint about half as long again as broad ; arista with
thickened basal fourth and terminal thinner portion brownish and
bare; frons rather prominent in front, with parallel sides, flat, not
quite twice as long as broad (10:6); three inferior orbitals, lower
superior orbital brownish, as are also ocellars and post-verticals ; ocellar
dot greyish; lunule yellow; occiput with slight blackish tinge on
sides, swollen below ; occipital bristles translucent yellow, thick.
Thorax black, clothed with rather thin greyish dust ; humeri and
base of wings yellowish; rather long white pubescence; bristles on
dorsum brownish ; dorso-centrals before line of anterior supra-alars ;
posterior notopleurals short, thick, and yellow; mesopleurals,
pteropleurals, and sternopleurals also yellow, but longer. Scutellum
flat, black, paler on margins ; with two long brownish bristles ; with
grey dust and white pubescence. MHalteres brownish yellow. Legs
brownish yellow, middle tibiae with strong brown spur.
Wings narrow; upper cross-vein sloping slightly outwards, lower
cross-vein straight or with slight outward curve and directed inwards ;
upper cross-vein one and a half times its length from the lower ; third
and fourth veins parallel, slightly divergent at extreme tips. Wings
hyaline, except slight infuscation near apex, on either side of upper
cross-vein, and slight spots at ends of marginal and submarginal
cells and along length of first posterior cell. In some specimens the
markings are practically invisible, in some others they form an almost
reticulate pattern, while in all they are very faint, except in a few in
which they are rather darker; two costal bristles; veins straw-coloured.
Abdomen black with rather slight grey dust and rather long, thick,
yellow pubescence ; hind margins of segments narrowly yellowish ;
male genitalia brownish ; ovipositor as long as last two segments,
shining brownish-yellow, subtranslucent, with yellow pubescence.
Type 3 and 2 and numerous other specimens from Kamanyab,
and a few from Kaross, Warmbad, and Otjikondo in South-West
Africa, January and February 1925, Mus. Exp.
Terellia complanata n. sp.
(Plate I, fig. 4, wing.)
39. Length of body, 2-8 to 3:2 mm. ; of wing, 2:6 to 3-1 mm.; of
ovipositor 0-7 mm. Head yellow, wider than high, shortened, the
length rather more than half the width (15 : 27); eyes correspond-
10 Annals of the South African Museum.
ingly shortened; mouth wide, almost circular, epistome slightly
prominent ; proboscis yellow, short; palpi yellow, flattened ; face
yellow, concave ; antennae yellow, nearly as long as face, not pro-
jecting much beyond contour of front of head in side view; third
joint twice as long as broad, flattened on inner side; arista brown on
thin apical three-fourths ; frons flat, yellow, sloping rather steeply
forward and narrowed in front, rather longer than wide at vertex ;
lunule yellow, wide; occiput yellow, dark brown centrally, not
swollen below ;_ bristles—two rather thin brownish inferior orbitals ;
lower superior orbital long, thin, brown, the upper short, white ;
ocellars and postverticals brownish, occipitals short, yellow.
Thorax and scutellum covered with thick grey-yellow dust, beneath
which the dorsum of thorax is black, with a brown lateral stripe above
notopleura and wing base on either side; humeri and pleura yellow ;
sterna yellow but blackish centrally ; scutellum flat, yellow. Meso-
phragma black. Dorsal bristles brownish, pleural yellowish ; dorso-
centrals before line of anterior supra-alars; praescutellars closer
together than dorso-centrals ; scutellum with two long basal bristles
and two shorter apicals. Halteres yellow. Legs yellow; front
femora swollen and with row of bristles; muddle tibiae with strong
apical spur. Wings rather milky-hyaline, without spots or other
marks; veins pale straw colour; ends of third and fourth veins
parallel ; upper cross-vein straight, directed outward, one and a half
times its length from lower cross-vein, which is almost perpendicular
and shghtly curved outwards ; lower angle of anal cell acute, forming
a distinct point ; costal bristle double.
Abdomen: first segment yellow, second broadly yellow on distal
half, brown or blackish on basal half, or entirely yellow except a
brownish spot on centre of hind margin ; third (in Q), third and fourth
(in 2), segments black with grey dust and fairly broad hind margin
yellow; last segment black, yellow on hind half; male genitalia
yellow ; ovipositor brownish yellow, slightly translucent, rather
broad, as long as two last segments.
Types $ and @ and a few other specimens from the Hoarusib
River (Otshu), S8.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp.
Acwra longulor, n. sp.
(Plate I, fig. 5, wing.)
This species closely resembles Aciura caeca Bez. from Erythraea
(Bez., Bul. Soc. Ent. Ital., vol. xxxix, p. 150, 1908), particularly in the
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 11
wing pattern, but the dark stripe along the base of the costa extends
‘beyond the humeral cross-vein, and the femora are broadly black.
S. Head blackish yellow with black ocellar dot and black occiput ;
occipital bristles yellowish, others reddish brown; three inferior
orbitals ; frons rather more than one-third width of head; face
narrow ; antennae yellowish, reaching almost to mouth border, third
joint rounded at end ; proboscis short, yellow ; palpi yellow.
Thorax and scutellum shining black, with fine grey dust and white
pubescence ; bristles reddish brown; scutellum with four bristles,
apical pair shorter than basal. Halteres black. Legs; coxae
blackish yellow, those of front pair more yellow; femora rather
swollen, more so the first pair, which are shining black on outer aspect
almost to knee, but are otherwise yellow; middle and hind femora
broadly banded with shining black for proximal three parts of their
length, the distal fourth being yellowish ; tibiae and tarsi yellowish,
except hind tibiae which are blackened medially. Wing-pattern
very similar to that of Acwwra caeca Bez., except that the stripe along
the base of the costa extends beyond the humeral cross-vein half-way
to the stigma ; the basal hyaline area is limited by a line from the
stigma to base of anal cell; stigma black, small, and rounded; the
two hyaline indentations of the fore border are next to the stigma,
broadly triangular and separated by a narrow vertical stripe. The
apex of the inner triangle just reaches the third longitudinal vein,
while the outer just crosses it into the first posterior cell; the three
hyaline indentations of the hind border slope obliquely inwards, the
middle being the smallest; the two outer are more or less parallel
sided, but rounded inwardly ; the innermost is irregularly widened
towards the base of the wing; the two inner indentations are in the
third posterior cell, just reaching the fifth vein; the outer, in the
second posterior cell, reaches and fills the angle between the posterior
cross-vein and the fourth vein.
Abdomen shining black, without grey dust; pubescence black,
except on first segment where it is white ; genitalia shining black.
Type 3 from Kaross, 8.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp. ; three other
males from Otjiverongo,S.W.A., February 1920, R. W. Tucker ; Gaub,
S.W.A., January 1919, R. M. Lightfoot ; and Carnaw (?) EH. G. Wit,
respectively.
Aciura tetrachaeta Bezzi, 1918, var. haematopoda Bezzi, 1924.
_ There are two males from M’fongosi, Zululand, April and May 1916,
W. EK. Jones, and a female from De Aar, C.P., October 1917,
12 Annals of the South African Museum.
L. Péringuey. The latter has the legs reddish as in typical haematopoda,
but the ovipositor is about twice as long as the body. Two females
from South-West Africa (Kamanyab, March 1925, and Otjikondo,
January 1925, Mus. Exp.) have the ovipositor short as usual, but of
a reddish colour. A male from M’fongosi, Zululand, May 1917,
W. E. Jones, and another from Potchefstroom, T. Ayres, have the
legs rather blacker than in typical haematopoda, but not quite as
black as in tetrachaeta.
Aciura tetrachaeta Bezzi, 1918, var. interrupta, var. nov.
Under this variety is placed a series of specimens which differ from
both tetrachaeta and haematopoda in having the basal costal line
broken for a short distance before reaching the stigma, while the
legs are reddish as in haematopoda. There is a male specimen from
Henkries, Bushmanland, November 1911, Lightfoot ; three females
(Dunedin, Musto; Steynsburg, Cape, April 1914, Lightfoot; and
Jackalswater, Bushmanland, Lightfoot) have the ovipositor longer
than the abdomen, as in tetrachaeta, while a female from Komatipoort,
November 1925, R. W. Tucker, has a short ovipositor.
With the available material it is not possible to estimate the exact
status of these three forms (tetrachaeta Bez., haematopoda Bez., and
unterrupta var. n.); the examination of a large series of specimens
from various localities, especially in regard to the coloration and the
length of the ovipositor, would be necessary.
Aciura angusta Loew, 1861.
There are two females from Kaoko Otavi, 8.W.A., March 1926,
Mus. Exp., and another from M’fongosi, Zululand, W. E. Jones.
Aciura perprcillaris Bezzi, 1920.
A Central African species ; there are some specimens from Mulange,
Uganda, November—December 1922, R. Dummer.
SPHENISCOMYIA Bezzi, 1913.
While accepting Bezzi’s definition of this genus given on page 123
of vol. xv of the Bulletin of Entomological Research (1924), it is not
possible to form an opinion on the validity of Hendel’s Metasphenisca
without an examination of specimens of a species actually placed in
the last-named genus. Bezzi seems to consider quaternaria Bez.,
senaria Bez., and quinaria Bez. as belonging to Metasphenisca,
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 18
separating them on account of the whitish bristles on the occipital
border. This division, however, as seen in Bezzi’s table of the species
of Spheniscomyia, quite erroneously separates binaria Lw. from the
three species mentioned ; the four undoubtedly belong to the same
group, and may even be little more than variations of one species—
senaria Bez., in particular, seems little more than a variety of binaria
Lw. From an examination of a large series of specimens of binaria,
quaternaria, and quinaria, the most that can be said is that in the
two latter the occiptal bristles have a tendency to be whitish. A
revised table of the Ethiopian species follows :—
1. (6) Scutellum with four bristles.
(3) Wings with a single hyaline indentation on fore border ; the four peice
indentations on hind border broad and not in pairs
sexmaculata Macq.
3. (2) Wings with two approximated hyaline indentations on fore border; the
four posterior indentations short and paired.
4. (5) Three rounded hyaline spots in middle of wing; external posterior
indentation not longer than anterior one, and ending at fourth vein
ternaria Lw.
5. (4) No hyaline discal spots; the external posterior indentation longer,
extending into submarginal cell A : . . capensis Rond.
(1) Scutellum with two bristles.
7. (8) Only one hyaline indentation on fore border and two on hind border ;
three hyaline discal spots ; base of wing black; halteres black
compacta Bez.
8. (7) Two hyaline indentations (or spots) on fore border ; four or more on hind
border ; base of wing hyaline; one or more hyaline discal spots ;
halteres whitish.
9. (10) Wings with two regular hyaline indentations on fore border; four,
paired, indentations on hind border; only one hyaline spot at base of
discoidal cell ‘ ; : : ; neavet Bez.
10. (9) Two irregular hyaline spots on ine Loree
11. (12) Femora entirely yellow; hyaline indentations on fore border about
equal in size, 1.e. both extend into submarginal cell . quinaria Bez.
12. (11) Femora black ; outer hyaline indentation on fore border smaller and not
extending into submarginal cell.
13. (16) Hyaline indentations on hind border not fused with discal spots except
that at outer end of discoidal cell.
14. (15) Hind border of wing ae hyaline with ie one or rarely two rays to
hind margin : : binaria, Lw.
15. (14) Hind border with shees rays to lines margin ; first posterior cell with a
single basal hyaline spot : : senaria Bez.
16. (13) Hind border with three rays to hind margin ; feeling indentations long
and broad, and fused with hyaline spots at base of first posterior cell
and in the discoidal cell ; first posterior cell typically with two hyaline
spots . - ° . ° : - quaternaria Bez.
14 Annals of the South African Museum.
Spheniscomyra sexmaculata (Macquart, 1843).
There are several specimens of this widespread species from
Warmbad, Zesfontein, Kaoko Otavi, and Kaross in 8.W.A., January
to March 1925, Mus. Exp.
Spheniscomyra binaria (Loew, 1861).
There are a few specimens from Kaoko Otavi, March 1926, Mus. Exp.
They are all typical, having only one ray to the hind margin of the
wing. |
Spheniscomyra senarva Bezzi, 1924.
Two specimens from Zesfontein, 8.W.A., February 1925, and two
from Warmbad, 8.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp., appear to be
this species. |
Up to the present time the full description of this species does not
seem to have been published ; the only reference is in Bezzi’s table
of the species of Spheniscomyia on page 124 of vol. xv (1924) of the
Bulletin of Entomological Research, and the locality reference
(Uganda) on page 125.
SCHISTOPTERINAE.
Schistopterum moebiusi Becker, 1903.
There are a few specimens of this species from the Hoarusib
River (Otshu), 8.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp.
This record is of interest and importance as the species has only
been recorded from Egypt. Efflatoun (Mem. Soc. Royale Ent.
d’Egypte, vol. 11, fase. 2, pp. 72-74 (1924)) states that it is common in
Lower Egypt.
Bactropota woodi Bezzi, 1924.
Of this curious and interesting fly there are a couple of female
specimens from the Hoarusib River (Otshu), 8.W.A., March 1926,
Mus. Exp.
RHABDOCHAETINAE.
Rhabdochaeta nigra Bezzi, 1924, var. anteroflava, var. nov.
32. This form closely resembles Rhabdochaeta nigra Bez., but
differs in having all the coxae and the front femora yellow, except
that on the latter there is a blackish antero-lateral spot of greater or
ANN. S. AFR. MUS. XXIX. PT. 1., ARTICLE 1.
The locality Warmbad does not refer to the well
known Warmbad in the south of South West Africa, but
to a small native village about 10 miles S.E. of Sesfon-
tein in the Kaokoveld. See map in vol. XXV. p. 218.
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 15
less extent near its distal end. The third antennal joint is not so
dark, nor the distal half of the palpi so black.
There are numerous specimens from Warmbad, 8.W.A., February
1925, Mus. Exp.
It may be noted here that the form recorded as Rhabdochaeta nigra
Bez., by the author in Entomology Memoir No. V (Department of
Agriculture, Union of South Africa), page 36, proves to be this same
variety.
Rhochmopterum munrov Bezzi, 1924, var. major Bezzi, 1926.
There is a single, rather damaged, male from Kaoko Otavi, S.W.A.,
March 1926, Mus. Exp.
TRYPETINAE,
Platomma luniferum (Loew, 1861).
Specimens of both sexes from Kaross, February 1925, and from
Kamanyab, March 1925, Mus. Exp.
The male is similar to the female, but the abdomen is rather more
rusty red, especially the last segment ; the genitalia are also rusty red.
Elaphromyva adatha (Walker, 1849).
Of this widespread species there are specimens from Mulange,
Uganda, November 1922, R. Dummer; M/’fongosi, Zululand, May
1917, W. E. Jones, and Warmbad, 8.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp.
LEUCOTHRIX, gen. nov.
Allied to Afreutreta Bez. and Platomma Bez., but distinct owing to
the shape of the head and the length of the antennae. Shining black
species with thickened white pubescence on most parts of the body.
Head short ; occiput concave above, rather swollen below ; mouth
opening narrowed, epistome thin and somewhat produced ; proboscis
short and thick with large flattened labellae ; palpi large, flat, and
broad ; face long, narrowed, and concave in the middle, with a large
rounded tubercle below base of antennae ; frons flat, as long as wide ;
antennae long, second joint as long as third, the two together equal to
the length of the longer diameter of the eye; lunule distinct but
closely approximated to base of antennae; ocellar bristles small and
16 Annals of the South African Museum.
white ; thickened white pubescence covering lower parts of head and
sides of face and of frons.
Thorax as long as wide, convex; black, with faint whitish dust
and thickened white pubescence; dorso-centrals slightly before line
of anterior supra-alars. Legs normal; middle tibiae with one long
and two or three shorter apical bristles. Wings relatively short and
broad ; venation much like that of Platomma Bez. Stigma of medium
length ; discoidal cell long and broad, extending beyond middle of
wing ; lower angle of anal cell rather blunt and slightly produced ;
basal cross-vein much attenuated just before reaching fourth vein ;
anterior cross-vein short, slightly before outer third of discoidal cell
and about four times its length from lower cross-vein ; lower cross-
vein about as long as distance between it and upper cross-vein—almost
perpendicular with a slight outward curve; fifth vein not reaching
the wing margin.
Abdomen rather broad, as long as thorax in male, shorter (not
including ovipositor) in female ; ovipositor as long as abdomen, wide
cone-shaped.
Genotype the following new species.
Leucothriz barbata, n. sp.
(Plate I, fig. 6, wing.)
A black species with thickened white pubescence, peculiarly shaped
head, long antennae, and characteristic wing pattern.
S. Length of body, 355 mm.; of wing, 2-6 mm. Head black,
shortened, and eyes lengthened perpendicularly ; occiput concave
above, swollen below; mouth rather elongate oval, epistome with
thin margins and somewhat produced snout-like ; proboscis brownish
black, thick and short, with large labellae much compressed laterally ;
palpi brownish black, flattened, broad, wider distally with rounded
corners ; face shining black, long, narrowed, narrower in middle, and
hollowed between epistome and large rounded tubercle below base of
antennae; parafacials wide, but narrowed in middle; antennae
separated at base by rather more than width of second joint, blackish
brown, third joint almost quite black, long ; second joint as long as
first, the two together as long as the longer diameter of the eye, and
pendant from the first joint, which is one-fourth the length of the
second ; second joint cylindrical with short black setulae; third
joint linear, somewhat flattened, rounded at apex, and more black on
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 17
apical half ; arista pale brown, hardly longer than third joint, minutely
pubescent, basal fourth thickened ; frons flat, with parallel sides, as
long as wide ; lunule close to base of antennae; chaetotaxy as follows:
three inferior orbitals, the lowest slightly below line of the base of
antennae, long, thin and brownish ; lower superior orbital long, thin,
and brownish, upper short, thick, and white; ocellars very short,
hair-like, white ; inner verticals long, thin, and brownish, the outer
short and white; the few occipitals short, thick, and white, while on
either side of upper portion of occipital margin is also a row of black
setulae ; the lower half of the occiput, the genae and parafacials and
sides of face and frons densely clothed with thickened white pubescence,
which is long on the lower parts of the head ; the centre of the face
is bare, but on the centre of the frons is some scattered white pubes-
cence ; round the base of the eye, widening behind, is a streak free of
white pubescence but clothed with shining silvery dust.
Thorax as long as wide, shining black with faint whitish dust which
is thicker on sides, and rather long but not very dense white pubes-
cence. Chaetotaxy normal; dorso-centrals slightly before line of
anterior supra-alars ; mesophragma black; scutellum black, large,
one-third length of thorax, flat, broadly rounded behind ; faint white
dust and white pubescence as on thorax; four brownish bristles of
about equal length. Legs black with brownish tinge ; all tarsi pale
brown ; halteres blackish ; alulae white. Wings relatively short and
broad ; venation much as in Platomma luniferum (Lw.). Stigma of
medium length; second vein straight; third vein undulating on
outer half, reaching margin well before apex of wing; fourth vein
ending at apex of wing; discoidal cell long and broad; anterior
cross-vein short and about four times its length from lower cross-
vein ; lower cross-vein about as long as distance between it and the
upper cross-vein, almost perpendicular with a slight outward curve ;
anal cell drawn out into a rather blunt, slightly produced point ;
basal cross-vein much attenuated just before meeting fourth vein.
The wing pattern is in the form of a broad band from the base of the
wing, filling the space between the costa and the fourth vein, towards
the apex of the wing, then turning round sharply towards the base
of the wing, fading somewhat and not actually reaching the base ;
around the apex of the wing, from, or just before, the end of the third
vein, is a large, lunate, whitish-hyaline area, which extends below
narrowly and irregularly along the posterior margin; the inner half
of the discoidal cell and the basal cells are also whitish-hyaline ; the .
anterior portion of the band is brown and has numerous small,
VOL. XXIX, PART 1. 2
18 Annals of the South African Museum.
whitish-hyaline spots ; around the bend the spots become larger and
the colour less intense, while on the posterior portion of the band the
spots are so large as to make it broadly reticulate. The veins are
brownish, except the whitish terminal part of the fourth vein in the
apical lunate area. The microtrichiae are black on the brown parts
of the wing, white elsewhere, but the hind marginal fringe is blackish.
°. The single female specimen (of which the head is missing) is
similar to the male. The abdomen (not including the ovipositor) is
not quite as long as the thorax ; the ovipositor, 1:5 mm. in length, is
as long as the abdomen, shining black, with black pubescence, wide
cone-shaped, being wide at the base and tapering gradually.
Type ¢ and 9 and two other g¢ from Kamanyab, 8.W.A., March
1925, Mus. Exp.
Euaresta striatufrons Mro, var. oblita, var. nov.
There is a single female from Zesfontein, 8.W.A., February 1925,
Mus. Exp., which is described here as a variety of a new species,
Euaresta striatufrons, to be described elsewhere.*
It agrees with strzatifrons in wing pattern and in the well-defined
striation on the dorsum of the thorax, but differs in the absence of
striation on the frons, which is yellow. The examination of addi-
tional material may prove this to be a distinct species.
Spathulina semratra (Loew, 1861), var. semirufa Bezzi, 1924.
(Plate I, fig. 7, wing.)
Of this form there is a typical specimen from Nyaka, P.E.A.,
February 1924, R. F. Lawrence. A couple of specimens from Kaoko
Otavi, S.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp., have the spots on the wings
somewhat enlarged, and they are, in fact, intermediate between
semirufa and the following new variety. The figure of the wing of
semirufa is given for comparison.
Spathulina semratra (Loew, 1861), var. swperhyalina, var. nov.
(Plate I, fig. 8, wing.)
While Spathulina semiatra (Lw.) and the variety semirufa Bez.
agree in having predominantly black wings, this new variety differs
in having the black pattern so reduced that the wings are mainly
hyaline ; the reduction of the black being effected by the increase
in size and the coalescence of the hyaline spots. Further, Loew (Berl.
* Under a new genus, Insizwa, in a forthcoming number of the Bulletin of
Entomological Research.
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 19
Ent. Zeitschr., vol. v, p. 276, pl. ii, fig. 12 (1861)) founded his species
semiatra on a single female, and he describes the abdomen as “‘ shining
black.” As recorded by Bezzi, and in all the specimens seen by me,
the abdomen in both sexes of semwrufa Bez. is more or less reddish
at the base, more so perhaps in the males than in the females. In
this new variety, however, the males only have the abdomen reddish,
while in the females the abdomen is shining black. Whether or not
the greater reddishness of the abdomen in the male of these forms is
to be regarded as a sexual character cannot be decided without a
greater series of specimens, and at least not until authentic specimens
of males corresponding to Loew’s female have been examined.
In the wing pattern the hyaline spots and indentations occupy
corresponding positions to those in the typical “black”? wing. The
base of the wing is hyaline; stigma black; two large hyaline spots
occupy most of the marginal cell, the outer being broadly confluent
with the inner of the two large hyaline spots in the submarginal cell.
In the first posterior cell are three spots, the inner above the upper
cross-vein but not touching any vein, a median one touching the
fourth vein, and a large terminal spot that reaches from the vein
above to the one below; the three spots in the second posterior cell
are all confluent, only a portion of the division between the lower
two remaining; these three confluent spots are also more or less
confluent with the spot on the fourth vein in the first posterior cell.
The confluent spots in the second basal and the discoidal cells are
very large, occupying most of the cells; there is also a relatively
small spot (sometimes absent) at the outer end of the discoidal cell.
The three large indentations in the third posterior and the axillary
cells cover most of the area concerned, and are more or less confluent
with one another. |
Type ¢ and other specimens from Kamanyab, 8.W.A., March
1925, Mus. Exp. ; type 9 from Otjikondo, and a specimen from Kaoko
Otavi, S.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp.
Spathulina péringueyt Bezzi, 1924.
One female specimen from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam district,
Cape, November 1925, Mus. Exp.
Spathulina arcucincta Bezzi, 1924.
The type is a very poorly preserved specimen minus the third
antennal joint and the abdomen. There are a few specimens from
20 Annals of the South African Museum.
Tradouw Pass, Swellendam, November 1925, Mus. Exp., and one
from Great Winterhoek, Tulbagh, November 1916, R. M. Lightfoot.
The locality of the type is Kraaifontein, Cape—not Kleinfontein.
The following additional descriptive notes are given :—
39. Antennae rather darker yellow than the head, nearly as long
as the face, third joint with angular upper corner. Dorsum of
thorax with opaque grey dust on which may be seen, especially when
viewed rather obliquely from behind, three longitudinal blackish
stripes ; the median short stripe reaches only to the middle of the
thorax, the two outer, on the lines of the dorso-central bristles, widen
and become indistinct towards the scutellum ; the stripes are more
distinct in some specimens than in others; pubescence white.
Halteres whitish. Wings with two small costal bristles. The
hyaline spots and indentations of the wing pattern vary somewhat
as shown in the table (p. 21).
The abdomen in both sexes is shining black, with black pubescence.
The shining black ovipositor is rather narrow and slightly longer than
the last two segments.
Spathulina elegantula Bezzi, 1924.
A small series of specimens from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam,
November 1925, Mus. Exp., and one from Langebergen, Swellendam,
3000-5000 ft., October 1925, K. H. Barnard, agree well with the type
specimen. Another specimen, however, from Tradouw Pass, has
an additional narrow indentation in the second posterior cell between
the normal two. The male is similar to the female.
It may be noted that in this, and in the variety diminuta Bez., there
is a distinct ‘“‘ apical fork ” in the wing pattern.
Spathulina elegantula Bezzi, 1924, var. diminuta Bezzi, 1924.
A few specimens from Tradouw Pass, November 1925, Mus. Exp. ;
from Matroosberg, Ceres, 3500 ft., November 1917, Lightfoot ; and
from Great Winterhoek, Tulbagh, November 1916, Lightfoot, agree
with the type specimen.
Ensina Robineau-Desvoidy, 1830.
This genus is becoming more and more unwieldy owing to the
number and variety of species included in it. In the present paper
the wider interpretation employed by Bezzi is followed, as it seems
21
SS SSS SSS SS ee a ee
"Tews *quosq WV “quesq Vy ‘od 44 ur sev ysouly *quosq V a |
‘]TeuIs 971nt “‘quosqVy “quesq Vy ‘od 44 Ul sev ysouy “quoselg |
“re[ns
-uelly pue |[eus ‘Siew
-qns jo puo 4e yey} ‘odeys
A a ee eS gh PS eras Re PS
‘Z9q VLONIONOUV VNITOHLVAQ wt suownrwy, fo aqny
S
=
0)
WH
=
=
=
ca jensn jo {joo “qsod 4s[ jo “poystuea
Ss “quosqy ‘qguosoid yods [ews A10A W ‘yuosqy | pus 7e yeyy ‘oyeredes oqyin% | ysouye ‘Teus 190A ‘a
: S “*quUOsol “quesq V “quesq VW 0g “*quoselg Te)
8
= ‘UOA paryy
3 jo puso 4e yods aepnsueiy
"]]90 -ysod puz ut yods 104n0 ‘pozefost ‘“[Teus e wloyy
.S *poueyysus] | pousyysuey Jo pus Jo0uUr “quosoid u99M4oq SI o10y} SUTYONOY
3 qnq “yuesergq | Sutyonoy yods punor]jeus y | yods jfews YW | [Ms oyu qnq ‘a1es1e, TIS “quosolg rei
3 7
iS “SUIYONOY
S TH48 9nq = “Feszt Ur qe
= “*quaselg “quosqW ‘quesqy | -nore o10u Yovo pue JesIeT ‘Tjeug 'V
aS
$s “pueq o7eno1e 190440804
& “*quoselg “quosqy ‘quesqy | SuIUII0y “yUoNPUOD ‘MmorreNy ‘queseig | ‘ody,
>
Ny
8 *]]99 “sod "[]99 “gsod puz hy ots} *][99 “sreUr ‘sijoo “qsod 4sq pue "]]99
pug ul ‘yueput Joyno o41soddo ‘urea 447 -Qqns UI UIOA pig : jeutsieur ut 4ods
1S ‘ é SIVUIQNS JO spue ye syodg ‘
s ioyno ‘“1eyTeuULG UO [[90 “4so0d 4sT ur yodg jo puo ye yodg Jeyno ‘1ay]eurg
=
NX
22 Annals of the South African Museum.
advisable that before any breaking up of the group is considered a
general review of the species should be undertaken.
Ensina barnardi Bezzi, 1924.
In addition to the two females seen by Bezzi, his type and another
specimen, there are a few other specimens also from South-West
Africa: Windhoek, December 1919, R. W. Tucker; Otjiverongo,
February 1920, R. W. Tucker; and Kamanyab, February 1925,
Mus. Exp. The species seems to be fairly common in South-West
Africa.
A comparison of the type and other specimens with the description
calls for the following remarks :—
The proboscis, which Bezzi states to be “about as long as the
entire body,” is actually only slightly longer than the thorax, or
about twice as long as the head. The first basal cell is stated to be
unspotted ; in both specimens seen by Bezzi, however, there is a
small, rather inconspicuous, spot in the outer part of the cell; in
seven other specimens the first basal cell is quite unspotted, two have
a small spot, and in four the spot is quite conspicuous. As regards
the coloration of the body, the thorax and scutellum are so heavily
grey-dusted as to appear whitish, except the margins of the scutellum
which are blacker. The abdomen is only slightly grey-dusted and,
compared to the thorax, distinctly blackish.
The undescribed male is similar to the female. The genitalia are
shining black.
ce
Ensina mecistocephala, n. sp.
(Plate I, fig. 9, wing.)
Very similar to Ensina barnardi Bez. in size and wing pattern, but
with a much more elongated head.
3. Length of body and of wing, 455 mm. Head much depressed
and very elongate wedge-shaped, three-quarters as high as long ;
eyes oval, with long axis directed backwards; peristome very
prominent, projecting beyond outer edge of antennae by a distance
equal to the width of the third antennal joint; yellowish, with a
blackish mark below face. Face narrow, strongly incurved owing
to prolongation of peristome ; yellow on sides, with a dark brown
median stripe. Parafacials very wide, twice as wide as width of
third antennal joint, yellow, but broadly blackish towards eye, and
with a deep brown, kidney-shaped, longitudinal spot at top. Frons
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 23
long and narrow, with parallel sides, slightly hollowed, twice as long
as wide; yellow and narrowly grey on sides anteriorly, posteriorly
broadly grey on sides, yellow centrally, with a narrow dark median
stripe; vertex, including ocellar dot, grey. Lunule large, but
relatively smaller than in Ensina reticulata n. sp., depressed, dark
brownish with black centre, covered with fine grey dust. Antennae
not quite as long as face; all joints brownish, as is thickened basal
fourth of arista, terminal portion of arista darker; third joint of
antenna rounded apically. Palpi narrow, flat, not spatulate, extend-
ing well beyond peristome. Proboscis with basal portion blackish
and as long as head; apical portion yellow, and about one-seventh
longer than basal. Chaetotaxy: three inferior orbitals, verticals
and lower pair of superior orbitals brown; upper pair of superior
orbitals, post-verticals, and occipitals white (most of the occipitals are
missing in the specimen) ; bristles and hairs on lower parts of head
white. 2
Thorax and scutellum entirely dull black, except humeri, base of
wings, and a small spot between, yellowish. Dorso-centrals on line
of anterior supra-alars; praescutellars present. It is to be noted
that the specimen is rather damaged and had become greasy ; the
dull black appearance of the thorax is due to this ; after a comparison
with fresh and greasy specimens of Ensina barnardi Bez. it is most
probable that in this species, too, both thorax and scutellum are
normally covered with thick grey dust, with probably three more or
less fuscous longitudinal lines on the dorsum of the thorax. The
thorax and scutellum have also been denuded of most of the white
pubescence. On the scutellum were four bristles, all probably of
equal length. Halteres yellow. Legs with the coxae brownish black ;
all femora black except on distal ends yellow, least yellow on
front femora; all tibiae brownish yellow and tarsi yellow. Wing
very similar in pattern to that of Ensina barnardi Bez., but blacker
and with hyaline spots small. Base of wing from stigma to outer
end of anal cell hyaline ; stigma yellow, brownish at outer end ; two
triangular, adjacent, hyaline spots next to stigma, the apex of inner
reaching second vein, of outer not quite; a fair-sized spot near end
of marginal cell; submarginal cell subhyaline brownish at base,
otherwise unspotted except for ends of costal indentations noted ;
first basal cell unspotted ; first posterior cell with two small hyaline
spots, one about inner third midway between veins and one touching
fourth vein at outer third ; immediately above this, touching the third
vein, is another spot which is only just perceptibly hyaline; discal
24 Annals of the South African Museum.
cell with three small round spots—one touching fourth vein at inner
quarter, one just above fifth vein about middle, and one at outer
quarter about midway between the longitudinal veins; second
posterior cell with a small irregular, and two larger, marginal indenta-
tions ; third posterior and axillary cells together with a wide, two-
pointed, marginal indentation, which has a dark spot about its middle
on wing margin ; anterior cross-vein about its own length from lower,
and each narrowly edged with subhyaline yellowish ; lower angle of
anal cell acute.
Abdomen and genitalia black, rather shining, with very slight
indication of grey dust.
Type 3, a single specimen from Koabendus, 8.W.A., January
1926, Mus. Exp.
Ensina reteculata, n. sp.
(Plate I, fig. 10, wing.)
Closely allied to both Ensina barnard: Bez. and Ensina mecistoce-
phala, n. sp., especially in the peculiar elongation of the head, but
differing in having a typical Hnsina-like reticulate wing pattern.
3. Length of body, 45 mm.; of wing, 4:3 mm.; of ovipositor,
10mm. Head much depressed and elongate, wedge-shaped, not quite
twice as long as high; eyes oval, long axis directed backwards ;
mouth border very prominent, channel-like, but hardly projecting
beyond line of outer edge of antennae ; face narrow, whitish; para-
facials as broad as third antennal joint, whitish but with a subtrans-
lucent, blackish spot near middle and a brown, elongate spot at top ;
peristomalia whitish ; frons elongate, with parallel sides, not quite
one and a half times as long as wide, flat, yellow centrally in front,
with some very fine golden pubescence, slightly blackish grey at
sides and behind, ocellar dot black ; lunule very large, grey, swollen ;
occiput yellow, broadly black in centre; antennae as long as face,
first two joints yellowish, third reddish, second joint prominent,
third rounded apically ; arista with thickened basal fourth yellowish,
distal three-fourth brown and very finely pubescent ; palpi flattened,
narrow, projecting slightly beyond mouth border ; proboscis yellowish,
long, about twice as long as head, the terminal portion being as
long as the basal; bristles on occiput thick and white, yellowish on
lower side of head, remainder brown.
Thorax elongate, with five longitudinal fuscous stripes separated by
grey. The two lateral lines extend from humeri above wing bases and
end rather diffusely on scutellum; the three median lines converge
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 25
before reaching scutellum; bristles brownish, and on dorsum are
situated on the longitudinal lines where the alveoli are ring-like, and
are surrounded by small brown areas; pubescence white; dorso-
centrals on line of anterior supra-alars. Scutellum greyish centrally,
more fuscous laterally ; with four brownish bristles of equal length.
Pleura and sterna blackish, with rather sparse white pubescence
and some longish, flattened, white hairs on humeri and propleura.
Mesophragma blackish. Legs entirely yellow except dark spots near
extremity of middle and hind femora.
It is to be noted that the male type is greasy and the thick dust on
dorsum has disappeared. The dorsum is dull black, the rest of the
thorax is dull, rather dark, yellow. The scutellum, except extreme
dull black base, is also yellow.
In the female type the abdomen, except the last segment, is dull
reddish yellow, darker on anterior half, and with a more or less well-
defined, median, darkish line; pubescence golden; last segment
shining reddish yellow, with the pubescence very fine medially.
Ovipositor shining black, triangular, as long as last three segments,
with blackish pubescence. In the damaged male type the abdomen
seems to have been covered with thick dust rather more greyish than
in the female. The denuded portions of the abdomen are reddish,
the anterior and posterior margins of the segments blackish; with
short yellow pubescence ; on the posterior margin of last segment are
a few thin bristles ; genitalia rather shining yellow.
Wing: cross-veins rather approximated, the upper its own length
from the lower ; third and fourth veins strongly convergent towards
apex of wing; veins pale yellowish, but darkened where markings
touch them; pattern reticulate, narrow, and pale; stigma black,
with broad yellow subhyaline spot at inner third ; the reticulation of
the discoidal cell is well marked.
Types ¢ and 9, Zesfontein, 8.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp.
Ensina sororcula Wiedemann, 1830.
Numerous specimens from Kaoko Otavi, S8.W.A., March 1926,
Mus. Exp.; Warmbad, 8.W.A., February 1926, Mus. Exp.; and a
couple from Mulange, Uganda, November 1922, R. Dummer.
Ensina gladiatrixz Bezzi, 1920.
There are several specimens from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam
district, November 1925, Mus. Exp., and one from Zesfontein,
26 Annals of the South African Museum.
S.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp., which I refer to this species. It
seems, however, that this and Ensina liliputiana Bez. may be only
varieties of one species, H. laliputiana being the smaller and darker.
The wing pattern in LZ. gladiatrix shows some variation : the hyaline
spot at the end of the first posterior cell is often confluent with the
one before it in the same cell and with the ones above and below it.
Ensina liliputiana Bezzi, 1924.
Two specimens from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam district, November
1925, Mus. Exp., may be placed here. They are very similar to some
of the specimens of Ensina gladiatrix Bez. recorded from the same
locality, but the hind tibiae are distinctly blackened, although not
quite as much as is the case in the type specimens. Further, they are
rather larger than the types.
Ensina hyalipennis Bezzi, 1924.
There are several specimens of this species from Tradouw Pass,
Swellendam district, November 1925, Mus. Exp., and a pair from
Kaoko Otavi, 8.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp.
In comparing the type specimen with the description, it is difficult
to understand the reference to the length of the proboscis being as
“long as the body ”’; from actual measurements, the length of the
body, 2-5 mm., given in the description, is found to be the extreme
length from the front of the head to the end of the ovipositor. Further
measurements show that the proboscis is two-thirds the length of
the body, or not quite three times the length of the head. The body
and wing lengths are approximately equal, but the body is often
difficult to measure owing to its bent position. Wing lengths vary
from 2:3 mm. to 3-4 mm.
In some specimens the frons and lunule are yellow, but this seems
to be due to discoloration. The abdomen, both in the type and in
other specimens, is shining black with rather long, pale yellowish
pubescence as stated by Bezzi.
The undescribed male is similar to the female. The genitalia are
rather dull black.
Ensina anceps Loew, 1861, and var. fasczolata Bezzi, 1924.
Two specimens from Kaoko Otavi, March 1926, Mus. Exp., belong
to the anceps form, that is, there are three hyaline spots in the marginal
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 27
cell beyond the stigma. Three from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam,
November 1925, Mus. Exp., and one from French Hoek, December
1917, K. H. Barnard, belong to the form fasciolata Bez., having only
two hyaline spots in the cell mentioned.
For reasons similar to those stated under Ensina rzgnobilis (Lw.)
it does not seem that the separation of fascrolata as a variety is
justified.
Ensina myiopitoides Bezzi, 1908.
There is a specimen from Kamanyab, 8.W.A., March 1925, Mus.
Exp., and three from Matroosberg, 3500 ft., Ceres district, November
1917, Lightfoot.
The species is variable in size, wing lengths varying from 2-1 mm.
to 3°3 mm.
Ensina ignobilis Loew, 1861, and var. plebeja Bezzi, 1924.
Among numerous specimens collected by the Museum Expedition
in the Tradouw Pass, Swellendam district, in November 1925, it is
interesting to note that only one or two have the stigma spotted, that
is, the majority belong to the species zgnobilos Lw., and not to Bezzi’s
variety plebeja. A few specimens, however, from South-West Africa
(Warmbad, February 1925; Kaoko Otavi, March 1925, Mus. Exp.)
have all the stigma spotted and so belong to the variety (cf. Munro,
Entomology Memoir, Union Dept. of Agric., No. 5, 1926, p. 26).
From a consideration of this material and of many specimens in my
own collection, it hardly seems that the separation of the variety
plebeja on account of the spotted stigma is justified. The species
(ignobilis Lw., s. 1.) is one that shows great instability, both as regards
wing pattern and also in the intensity of the coloration of the pattern.
Typically the wing pattern is reticulate and covers the outer two-
thirds of the wing surface ; the markings are fainter and less defined
in the discoidal and third posterior cells; the hyaline spots are
rounded, but vary individually very much in size, tending to become
confluent. Points to be remarked are that in the marginal cell,
beyond the brown spot below the stigma, there are, as a rule, three
hyaline spots, but occasionally four or only two; the hyaline spot
at the outer end of the first posterior cell is practically constant in
all specimens ; the stigma is the darkest part of the wing and may be
almost black, the spot may be quite small, or cover almost half the
area of the stigma, while further, as noted by Bezzi, it may be absent
28 Annals of the South African Museum.
on one wing and present on the other of the same specimen; the
inner corner of the stigma is more often than not hyaline.
The main line in the reduction of the pattern, as shown in several
specimens, is in the confluence of the hyaline spots with those above
and below in adjacent cells, resulting in the wing becoming more or
less banded in appearance, but the bands are never so clearly defined
as those on the wings of Ensina anceps Lw.—the fact that the spots
have coalesced is always apparent. In two or three specimens the
reduction of the pattern and of the intensity of the coloration have
proceeded so far that the wing resembles that of Ensina sororcula
(Wd.).
In the majority of the specimens the femora are black, except for
the extreme distal ends, but in a few the black is more restricted.
It may thus be concluded that only one variable species is under
consideration ; a closer study, however, especially a comparison of
allied species, may reveal facts necessitating a revision of this
conclusion.
Ensina hieroglyphica Bezzi, 1924.
One specimen from Swellendam, October 1925, K. H. Barnard.
Sphenella marginata Fallen, 1820, and var.
melanostigma Bezzi, 1908.
Of this widespread species there are a few specimens from Tradouw
Pass, Swellendam district, November 1925, Mus. Exp.
I am unable to regard melanostegma Bez. as more than a variety
of marginata Fall., if indeed it is not but little more than a variation.
In the present material some of the specimens have the stigma entirely
black, but the apical black spot in most has a distinct tooth; it is
remarkable that, in spite of the fewness of the specimens, they show
quite a wide range from spotted to unspotted stigma and toothed
to untoothed apical fuscous band.
Sphenella nigricornis Bezzi, 1924.
There is a single male specimen from Willowvale, Cape, 6.1.17.
With regard to the description of the type, it may be noted
that the frons is as long as width at vertex, and not twice as long as
broad.
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 29
Euribia praetexta Loew, 1861.
There is a single specimen from Mulange, Uganda, November 1922,
R. Dummer.
Euribia caffra Loew, 1861.
This species, together with Eurzbia dissoluta (Lw.), Euribia tri-
strigata Bez., and Huribia cyana (Walk.), seem to be variations of one
species. Without, however, much more material and more detailed
anatomical studies it is not possible to make any definite decision.
The species are distinguished on differences in wing pattern, but, as
is the case with various groups of Hnsina, etc., the wing pattern is
very inconstant.
According to Bezzi’s tables (Bulletin of Entomological Research,
vol. xv, p. 138) Huribia caffra is the form in which the markings on
the wings are arranged so that there is a more or less definite band
across the middle of the wing, and the hyaline spot at the end of the
first posterior cell is small (“ much narrower than the space between
the third and fourth longitudinal veins ”—Bezzi). Specimens in my
own collection, and one in the South African Museum collection
determined by Bezzi, show this spot nearly as wide as the space
mentioned. The band across the wing is, as a rule, well defined,
especially when examined with the naked eye.
There is a specimen from Mulange, Uganda, November 1922,
R. Dummer, which is a typical Huribia caffra (Lw.).
Euribia tristrigata Bezzi.
Of specimens that may be referred to this species I have only seen
five. There are three in the present material—one from Durban,
September 1920, C. P. van der Merwe; one from Kaoko Otavi, S.W.A.,
March 1926, Mus. Exp.; and one from Mulange, Uganda, November
1922, R. Dummer.
It is, therefore, not possible to judge much of the wing-pattern
variation, nor to compare them with typical Euribia caffra wings.
In all there is a band across the wing, especially on naked-eye examin-
ation, but it is much less definite than in caffra. The spot at the end
of the first posterior cell in the Durban and Kaoko Otavi specimens
is large, touching both the third and fourth veins. In the Uganda
specimen the spot, while large, does not reach either vein. It should
be noted further that the Uganda and Kaoko Otavi specimens might
30 Annals of the South African Museum.
well be regarded as Euribia dissoluta Lw., as the stripes on the dorsum
of the thorax are practically absent. The appearance of the stripes
on the thorax depends on the state of preservation of the specimen.
Loew (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., vol. v, p. 291, 1861) states “‘ Die Oberseite
des Thorax nur mit einer sehr undeutlichen Spur von Langslinien ”
in the case of dissoluta, while, in his description of tristrigata, Bezzi
(Bull. Ent. Res., vol. 1x, p. 37, 1918) says, “On the back (of thorax)
there are three well-marked longitudinal stripes.” In this connection
it is interesting to note that an examination of a series of Huribia
caffra (Lw.) shows that in fresh, well-preserved specimens there are
also three similar longitudinal stripes on the dorsum of the thorax ;
for some reason, however, specimens tend to become greasy, and
then the lines practically disappear, or are difficult to see except
anteriorly. It is inferred, therefore, that Loew happened to have a
badly preserved specimen, but definite information could only be
obtained from an examination of the type if it is still in existence.
There does not seem to be any other character except the thoracic
stripes on which to separate dissoluta Lw. and tristrigata Bez. It
may be noted that Bezzi (Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xix, p. 558, 1924)
actually saw no specimens he could consider to be dissoluta Lw., but
considered his trzstrigata might only be a form of it.
Acanthiophilus hessei, n. sp.
(Plate I, fig. 11, wing.)
A distinct species with a well-defined, dimidiate, reticulate wing
pattern.
3¢. Length of body and of wing, 3-0 to 3-4 mm. in males and 3-7
to 3-8 mm. in females. Head shorter and wider than high, yellow,
occiput black centrally ; frons narrowed in front, rather more so in
male than in female, as long as wide at vertex, yellow in front and
centrally with paler yellow margin round lunule, posterior corners
broadly darker yellow ; ocellar dot blackish ; slight yellow pubescence
in middle anteriorly, and a line along sides of frons; lunule wide,
yellow, with its margins marked with sharply impressed lines.
Chaetotaxy : postverticals, upper superior orbitals, occipitals, and
hairs on lower side of head yellow; verticals, ocellars, lower pair of
superior orbitals, and the two pairs of lower orbitals, black. Antennae
as long as face, rather darker yellow than head, third joint broadly
rounded at end. Proboscis yellow, short, geniculate, distal portion
two-thirds length of basal; palpi short, flat.
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 31
Thorax with dorsum rather shining black, but normally covered
with thick yellow dust, together with closely set white pubescence.
Bristles black; dorso-centrals before line of anterior supra-alars.
Pleura and sterna black, except yellowish wing bases, with less grey
dust, and less, but often longer, white pubescence, than on dorsum.
Pteropleural bristles whitish. MHalteres yellow. Scutellum flat,
shining yellow, with very fine yellow dust, some short yellow pubes-
cence, and four black bristles of equal length. Mesophragma black
with fine grey dust.
Abdomen in the male rather shining black, finely grey-dusted, with
narrow yellow posterior margins to segments—yellow margins wider
on venter ; white pubescence and a few dark bristles on posterior
margin of last segment. Genitalia large, rounded, as wide as posterior
margin of last segment and visible from above; shining black with
slight white pubescence. In the female the abdomen is covered with
yellow or white pubescence, which is longer on posterior margins of
segments and is darkened on posterior margin of last segment. The
first segment is black with yellow posterior edge, but more or less
thickly covered with yellow dust; second segment with yellow
posterior margin and more or less thickly covered with yellow dust
on sides only ; third and fourth segments black with yellow posterior
margins; fifth segment with yellow posterior margin wider, almost
half the width of the segment ; all the black on the abdomen is finely
covered with grey dust. Ovipositor trapezoidal, short—only slightly
longer than last segment, shining black with white pubescence on
basal portion and fine black pubescence on distal portion. Venter
blackish with short yellow pubescence.
Wings strongly dimidiate, having a rather pale but well-marked
brown pattern restricted to above the fourth vein from base to apex ;
below this vein there is a slight reticulation at the end of the discoidal
cell, and odd brown spots in the third posterior cell. The pattern is
reticulate with numerous rather small hyaline spots arranged con-
spicuously along adjacent sides of veins. Stigma black, but with a
large yellow spot at outer third, and the base yellow to a greater or
less extent.
Type g and 9 and some other specimens from Tradouw Pass,
Swellendam district, November 1925, Mus. Exp.
Trypanea peregrina (Adams, 1905).
There is one specimen from Kamanyab, 8.W.A., March 1925,
Mus. Exp.
32 Annals of the South African Museum.
Trypanea bulligera Bezzi, 1924.
There are specimens of both sexes from the type locality, Great
Winterhoek, Tulbagh, April 1916, R. M. Lightfoot ; one from French
Hoek, December 1917, K. H. Barnard; and one from Tradouw Pass,
Swellendam district, November 1925, Mus. Exp.
A comparison of Bezzi’s type female with the specimens of females
represented here reveals the fact that he has inadvertently described the
female of his Trypanea euarestina as the female of Trypanea bulligera
(Ann. §.A. Mus., vol. xix, pp. 563-564, 1924). In the genuine females
of T. bulligera there is an identical “ bulla ” as is present on the wing
of the male. The error seems to have arisen owing to the fact that
occasionally two or three specimens—often of different species—were
pinned on one mount; in this case a male bulligera and a female
euarestina had been placed together. It is perhaps wise not to pin
more than one specimen on a single mount unless it is a pair actually
taken in copula, a fact which Bezzi evidently assumed in the present
instance.
With regard to the male the following additional notes are given:
The frons is only a little longer than wide (9 : 8), and not one and a half
times as long as wide as stated by Bezzi. In some specimens there
is a faint median greyish stripe on the frons. The abdomen is only
covered with cinereous dust on the first segment, the remainder are
more shining black with very little dust. In the wing the third vein
is curved forward just above the “ bulla.”
The characters of the female are: Length of body and of wing,
3°6to 4:0 mm. The frons is a little longer than broad (10: 8), and thus
a little narrower proportionately than in the male; it is yellow with
a wide, distinct, median, grey-dusted stripe, narrowing from the
blackish ocellar dot, which is also grey-dusted, to the lunule ; sides of
frons grey-dusted, and appearing shining white from certain angles,
especially from behind. The abdomen has cinereous dust on first
segment, the remainder being rather dull shining black with slight
dust. Pubescence white. Venter more reddish. Ovipositor shining
black with white pubescence; rather narrowed, with rounded end,
and as long as last two segments. Legs as in male. Wings as in
male, that is, there is also present a peculiar rounded “ bulla ” just
before the middle of the first posterior cell, and the third vein is
curved forward just above the bulla. The cross-veins are close, being
less than the length of the upper apart ; lower angle of anal cell is
rectangular. Wing pattern as in male.
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 33
Trypanea euarestina Bezzi, 1924.
(Plate I, fig. 12, wing.)
Trypanea bulligera Bez., female (Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xix, p. 563,
1924).
Very like Trypanea bulligera Bez., but differing by the absence in
both sexes of the peculiar bulla on the wing. There are several
specimens of both sexes from Winterhoek (3600-3800 ft.), Tulbagh,
April 1916, R. M. Lightfoot.
As the type specimen is in very poor condition the following notes,
on both sexes, have been made, apart from the fact that the female
was described by Bezzi as the female of Trypanea bulligera.
32. The antennae are shorter than the face; palpi short, thick,
flattened, and curved ; the basal portion of the proboscis is longer
than the mouth, and the apical shorter than the basal. The abdomen
is shining black, and wholly grey-dusted, but less densely than on the
thorax, and with white pubescence. The wing is very similar to that
of 7. bulligera, but, as stated above, the bulla is absent in both sexes
and the third vein straight ; the cross-veins are a little more than the
length of the upper apart, and the lower angle of the anal cell is
distinctly acute; the wing pattern is also very similar to that of
T. bulligera, but the stigma is slightly infuscated along the costa,
and the bar across the discoidal cell is not prolonged beyond the fifth
vein in any of the specimens examined. Genitalia black. Ovipositor
shining black, flattened, and as long as the last three segments.
With regard to Bezzi’s figure of the wing of this species (Ann. S.A.
Mus., vol. xix, 1924, pl. xv, fig. 121) it is to be regretted that it is
drawn rather out of proportion ; a fresh drawing is given here.
Trypanea luctans, n. sp.
(Plate I, fig. 13, wing.)
Very similar to both Trypanea bulligera Bez. and Trypanea euares-
tina Bez. in wing pattern ; it differs from 7’. bulligera in the absence
of the bulla on the wing, and from 7’. euarestina in having the lower
angle of the anal cell a right angle.
2. Length of body, with ovipositor, 3-5 mm.; of wing, 3-0 mm.;
of ovipositor, 0-°8 mm. Head pale yellow; frons slightly longer than
broad, flat, with parallel sides, yellow centrally and in front, greyish
behind and with grey margins; ocellar dot blackish ; lunule yellow.
Epistome slightly projecting, mouth wide; proboscis rather darker
VOR. Ex, PARI |. 3
34 Annals of the South African Museum.
yellow, geniculate, basal portion as long as mouth, apical half length
of basal; occiput black centrally, yellow on sides. Antennae rather
darker yellow, shorter than face, third joint broad and rounded.
Chaetotaxy : two pairs of lower orbitals, lower pair of superior
orbitals, ocellars, verticals, and genal black; upper pair of superior
orbitals, occipitals, and hairs on lower part of head white.
Thorax: dorsum bluish black with cinereous dust, except humeri
yellowish ; rather sparse white pubescence and black bristles ; dorso-
centrals much before line of anterior supra-alars. Pleura and sterna
bluish black with some yellow dust and yellow pubescence. Scutellum
as thorax; with two bristles. Legs entirely yellow. Wings:
distance between ends of first and second veins relatively much
shorter than same distance in both 7. bulligera and T. euarestina ;
cross-veins approximated, being less than the length of the upper
cross-vein apart; lower angle of anal cell a right angle; costal
bristle double. Wing pattern of same type as in T. bullwgera and
T. euarestina, that is, stigma broadly united to dark pattern which
extends well towards base of wing. The apical fork is complete ;
two streaks extend across second posterior cell—one along lower
cross-vein and one across outer end of discoidal cell—all reaching
margin of wing. At end of submarginal cell are two marginal hyaline
indentations, and two along costa into marginal cell, the one next to
the stigma being relatively much shorter than the corresponding
mark on the wing of the two species already mentioned; stigma
broadly infuscated along costa, and discoidal cell broadly infuscated
along its upper half. Abdomen shining black, somewhat dusted with
bluish cinereous basally and with black pubescence; venter rather
dull black. Ovipositor shining black, with black pubescence ; flat ;
rather longer than last two segments.
Type @ from Matroosberg, 3500 ft., Ceres district, November 1917,
R. M. Lightfoot.
Trypanea confluens (Wiedemann, 1830).
Of this common species there are a few specimens from Kaoko
Otavi, 8.W.A., March 1925, Mus. Exp. ; one from the Hoarusib River
(Otshu), March 1926, Mus. Exp.; and one from Tradouw Pass, Swel-
lendam district, November 1925, Mus. Exp.
Trypanea woodi Bezzi, 1924.
There is a male from Kaoko Otavi, 8.W.A., March 1926, Mus. Exp.
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 35
Trypanea amoena (Frauenfeld, 1856).
A single female specimen from the Hoarusib River (Otshu), S.W.A.,
March 1926, Mus. Exp., appears to be this European species. The
specimen is unfortunately rather damaged, but the wing pattern is
practically identical with the figure given by Bezzi in the Memoirs of
the Indian Museum, vol. i, pl. x, fig. 70, except that the stigma is
yellowish hyaline, with a dark spot on the costa at the end of the
axillary vein. Further, a comparison with European specimens re-
veals the same slight difference.
Trypanea amoena (Frf.) is widespread throughout Europe and the
entire Oriental Region as far as the Philippines. It is common in
Egypt, and has been recorded by Bezzi from Erythrea.
Trypanea superdecora Bezzi, 1924.
There is a single specimen from Kaoko Otavi, March 1926, Mus. Exp.
Trypanea bisreducta Bezzi, 1924.
Three specimens from Kaoko Otavi, 8.W.A., March 1926, Mus.
Exp., agree with the type in the reduced pattern, with only a rudi-
mentary tooth projecting into the second posterior cell. A specimen
from Zesfontein, 8.W.A., February 1925, Mus. Exp., has two short,
but distinct, rays into the second posterior cell, and in this it agrees
with a specimen in my collection determined as bisreducta by Bezzi,
but it may be noted that they apparently run down to azra (Walk.)
in Bezzi’s tables on pages 141-143 of vol. xv of the Bulletin of
Entomological Research. It may be suggested here that not only
bisreducta Bez. and atra (Walk.) but also stellata (Fiissl.) are forms of
one species. No definite statement can, however, be made without
adequate material for study. ,
Two further specimens from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam district,
November 1925, Mus. Exp., are also referred here, and they agree
with a specimen in my collection which Bezzi considered as probably
bisreducta. They differ from the type in having the black spot at the
end of the wing larger and more intense black; the short streaks
radiating from it are thicker, so that there is a complete hyaline spot
opposite the top end of the lower cross-vein. Further, there is a short,
broad tooth projecting into the second posterior cell, and in one
specimen this encloses a hyaline dot. In my specimens, and in one
36 Annals of the South African Museum.
from Tradouw Pass, there are no hyaline dots on the black, but in
the other Tradouw Pass material there is a small hyaline dot at the
top just below the end of the marginal cell. There are no structural
differences in the wing venation in the various specimens.
Trypanea maculaminuta, n. sp.
(Plate I, fig. 14, wing.)
The species is characterised by the extreme reduction of the apical
spot on the wing, which is otherwise quite hyaline. It is much like
the European Trypanea eluta (Meig.) in appearance, but is dis-
tinguished by having only two scutellar bristles.
3. Head pale yellow; eyes large, rounded ; occiput yellow with
central black spot; mouth large, round, mouth border slightly
projecting ; palpi and proboscis short, labellae large ; face narrow ;
antennae not quite as long as face, third jomt darker yellow, with
sharp upper angle ; frons about one and a half times as long as wide
at vertex, rather narrowed in front, yellow centrally with broad
grey border and grey ocellar dot; three inferior orbitals; occipital
bristles white, other bristles brownish ; lunule yellow.
Thorax, scutellum, and abdomen covered with blue-grey dust and
white pubescence; humeri yellowish; bristles brownish, dorso-
centrals before line of anterior supra-alars ; scutellum with two long
bristles. Halteres white. Legs yellow, front femora swollen and with
a row of yellow bristles.
Ovipositor shining black, triangular, rather longer than last two
segments ; with white pubescence.
Wings with normal venation; cross-veins slightly farther apart
than length of upper. Hyaline with greatly reduced pattern ; stigma
slightly infuscated along costa, or more or less wholly, but faintly,
infuscated ; costa dark along basal half of stigma; upper and lower
cross-veins darkened ; a faint dark bar at middle of distance between
ends of second and third veins extends in female type across marginal
cell, and in male type and other specimens across submarginal cell as
well; the infuscated spot at apex of wing covers the end of the marginal
cell for one-third of the distance between ends of second and third
veins, extends across submarginal cell and one-third of way across
first posterior cell, where it narrows abruptly before continuing to
fourth vein; on the inner side of this narrowed portion is a half-
enclosed hyaline spot ; in one specimen there is a ray to the top of
lower cross-vein which practically encloses this spot. The costa is
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. X XIX. Plate I.
| Tl
if
AIA
i yA}
in a M
Alli i; |
I,
13. Trypanea luctans Mro. 14. Trypanea maculaminuta Mro.
SOUTH AFRICAN TRYPETID DIPTERA.
Neill & Co., Lid.
Auct. del.
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum. 37
darkened from the infuscation at the end of the marginal cell to the
end of the fourth vein. In some specimens the intensity of the infus-
cation is so reduced as to be only just discernible, and the terminal
spot is reduced to more or less slightly infuscated spots between the
veins.
Type ¢ and 9 and some other specimens from Warmbad, 8.W.A.,
February 1925, and one specimen from Kaoko Otavi, March 1926,
Mus. Exp.
Trypanea decora (Loew, 1861).
There are three typical specimens from Tradouw Pass, Swellendam
district, November 1925, Mus. Exp.
38 Annals of the South African Museum.
A
Acanthiophilus Beck.
Aciura R.D.
adatha (Walk.), Blaphromyia
Afrocneros Bez. :
aliena Bez., Pardalaspis
amoena (Frt.), Trypanea
anceps Lw., Ensina
angusta Lw., Aciura .
anteroflava Veo inabdoeheeta
arcucincta Bez., Spathulina
australis Bez., Terellia
B
Bactropota Bez. :
barbata Mro., Leucothrix
barnardi Bez., Ensina
binaria (Lw.), Spheniscomyia
binotatus Lw., Dacus.
bisreducta Bez., Trypanea
brevistriga Walk., Dacus
brevistylus Bez., Dacus
bulligera Bez., Trypanea
C
eafira Lw., Euribia
Coelotrypes Bez. ;
complanata Mro., Terellia .
confluens (Wd.), Trypanea
cosyra (Walk.), Pardalaspis
D
Dacus Fabr.
decora (Lw.), Trypanea
diminuta Bez., Spathulina .
E
Elaphromyia .
elegantula Bez., Spathulina
elegantula Bez., var. diminuta
Bez., Spathulina
Ensina R.D. ..
Kuaresta Lw. 3 ,
euarestina Bez., Trypanea .
Kuribia Meig.
i
fasciolata Bez., Ensina
fuscatus Wd., Dacus .
INDEX
PAGE G
30 | giffardi Bez., Pardalaspis
10 | gladiatrix Bez., Ensina
15
6 H
4 haematopoda Bez., Aciura .
35 | hessei Mro., Acanthiophilus
26 hieroglyphica Bez., Ensina .
vi hyalipennis Bez., Ensina
y I
ignobilis Lw., Ensina.
immaculatus Coq., Dacus
interrupta Mro., Aciura
14
15 L
22 | Leucothrix M
14 4eucot rix Mro.
3 liliputiana Bez., Ensina
35 longulior Mro., Aciura
3 luctans Mro., Trypanea
3 luniferum (Lw.), Platomma
32
M
maculaminuta Mro., Trypanea
29 major Bez., Rhochmopterum
52 6 marginata (Fall.), Sphenella
9 mecistocephala Mro., Ensina
34 melanaspis Bez., Pardalaspis
i melanostigma Bez., Sphenella
moebiusi Beck., Schistopterum
mundus (Lw.), Afrocneros .
munroi Bez., var. major Bez.,
2 Rhochmopterum :
37 | myiopitoides Bez., Ensina .
20
N
nigra Bez., var. anteroflava Mro.,
15 Rhabdochaeta
20 | nigricornis Bez., Sphenella .
nigrofemorata Mro., Terellia
20
20 O
18 | oblita Mro., Euaresta.
= oleae Gmel., Dacus
12
Pardalaspis Bez.
26 | pectoralis (Walk.), Tridacus
2! peregrina (Ad.), Trypanea .
Additional Trypetid Material in Collection of S.A. Museum.
péringueyi Bez., Spathulina
permagna Mro., Rhacoclaena
perpicillaris Bez., Aciura
Platomma Bez. ,
plebeja Bez., Ensina .
praetexta Lw., Euribia
Pterandrus Bez.
Q
quinaria Bez., Pardalaspis .
R
reticulata Mro., Ensina
Rhabdochaeta Meij. .
Rhacoclaena Lw.
Rhochmopterum Speis
rosa (Ksh.), Pterandrus
rufus Bez., Dacus
S
Schistopterum Beck.
semiatra (Lw.), var. semirufa Bez.., os
Spathulina
semiatra (Lw.), var. superhyalina
Mro., Spathulina ;
semirufa Bez., Spathulina .
senaria Bez., Spheniscomyia :
sexmaculata (Macq.), Sphenis-
comyia . : ; : .
PAGE
19
5
12
15
Pall
29
4
sororcula (Wd.), Ensina
Spathulina Rond.
Sphenella R.D.
Spheniscomyia Bez.
striatifrons Mro., var. oblita Mro.. -
Euaresta
superdecora Bez., Trypanea
superhyalina Mro., Spathulina
Ay
Terellia R.D.
tetrachaeta Bez., var. haematopoda
Bez., Aciura . :
tetrachaeta Bez. .» var. interrupta
Mro., Aciura .
Tridadus Bez. ‘
tristrigata Bez., Kuribia
Trypanea Schrank
Vv
vertebratus Bez., Dacus .
vittatus Bez., Coelotrypes .
W
woodi Bez., Bactropota
woodi Bez., Trypanea
xX
xanthochaeta Mro., Terellia
14
34
' Nr int ae se Wi hatenen. Ha |
: 2 Ra 2 ve Bing jaa sete ght : 4 * a
oe yy ear nN SNe AE atta, Se es i
, ee yo Teh Paty PATA Fi ey r
POU, mah te eked (C84) S Nee Tae he
ae
at i 3 Py ee Pee | 771 Shy meee
4 : , + ‘
1 ae Pill ars fee revi.) d
. 7 a GARRET Vidi 4s
2. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West Africa.
VIII. Records and Descriptions of Acrididae from South West
Africa.—By B. P. Uvarov, Imperial Bureau of Entomology.
(With Plate II and 12 Text-figures.)
THE present paper is based on a collection of South West African
Acrididae submitted to me by Dr. E. L. Gill, Director of the South
African Museum, and Dr. A. J. Hesse, of the same Museum. I wish
to express here my thanks to both these gentlemen for the opportunity
given me to study the interesting material.
The Orthopterous fauna of South West Africa seems to be very
rich generally and in highly peculiar forms, but it is still imperfectly
known.
Its study begun with Stal, who had some material from Ovambo-
land and Damaraland;* Karsch + also published a short list of
Orthoptera of the latter country. The next paper, by Krauss,t also
contains a list of species taken at several places in South West Africa,
but all these lists are much shorter than that published by Karny,§
which includes a large number of records and descriptions of many
new species and genera. Unfortunately, the descriptions are all
exceedingly brief, while the illustrations of new forms on the plate
are quite useless, being not more than the roughest of sketches, so that
most of Karny’s species published in that paper remained unrecognis-
able. As a result, some of them have been recently described by me ||
under other names, and I am glad to be able to establish their correct
synonymy now, when I have had an opportunity to study the types
* Stal, C., “ Bidrag till sédra Afrikas Orthopter-fauna.”—Ofver. K. Vet.-Akad.
Forhandl., 1876, No. 3, pp. 29-76.
+ Karsch, F., “‘ Verzeichniss der von Herrn Waldemar Belck, 1885, in Damara-
Land gesammelten Orthopteren.’”—Entom. Nachr., xiii, 1887, pp. 39-46.
{t Krauss, H. A., “ Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Orthopteren Deutsch-Stdwest-
afrikas.”’—Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, li, 1901, pp. 281-293.
§ Karny, H., “ Orthoptera,” in Leonard Schulze, “‘ Zoologische und anthropolo-
gische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siidafrika.”
—Denkschr. med.-nat. Gesellschaft, Jena, xvi (4), 1910, pp. 35-90, 1 plate.
|| Uvarov, B. P., “On some new short-horned grasshoppers (Acrididae) from
South Africa.”—Ann. Natal Museum, v, 1925, pp. 159-187, 24 figs.
42 Annals of the South African Museum.
of Karny’s species, kindly sent to me by Professor Dr. W. Ramme, of
the Berlin Museum. I hope that the present paper will be a useful
supplement to that of Karny.
The paper does not include the whole of the South West African
Acrididae received from the Cape Town Museum, because I thought
it better to defer the determination of species of certain difficult
groups until it becomes possible to study the groups critically on the
basis of a larger material from various parts of South Africa ; I hope
to have this opportunity before very long, as I am undertaking to
work out the whole collection of the Cape Town Museum. The
groups and genera left partly, or wholly, out of the present paper are
Pamphaginae (except a new species of Charilaus), most of the Cal-
liptamini, genera Acrotylus, Methone, and a few others.
Apart from the Cape Town material, I have included in the paper
some records of the species collected recently in South West Africa
by Mr. R. E. Turner and presented by him to the British Museum. I
am very grateful to Mr. Turner for the attention he paid to the collect-
ing of Orthoptera at my special request ; it will be seen from the text
that he succeeded in discovering some very interesting species.
The types of the new species (except when unique) have been
presented to the British Museum (Natural History) ; the unique types
and paratypes of other species are in the South African Museum,
Cape Town.
All illustrations for the paper have been made by Mr. D. HE.
Kimmins, and I am very much obliged to him for the careful execution
of the work.
SuBFAMILY ACRIDINAE.
Genus ACRIDELLA I. Bolivar.
Acridella rendalli (Kirby).
South West Africa: Windhoek, 1919, 1 2; Tsumeb, December
1919, 2 99 (R. W. Tucker).
Apart from the striking coloration of the hind wings, this species
is remarkable for its very long and narrow antennae, even in the
female sex, the male being still unknown.
Acridella serrata (Thunberg).
Windhoek, November 1920, 1 9 (S. Gilman).
There are two other species of Acridella in the collection, but I
have to leave them unnamed until more South African material of
Records and Descrvptions of Acrididae from South West Africa. 43
this genus is available for study. Karny (l.c.) recorded A. variabilis,
Klug, from South West Africa, but the name conveys very little.
Genus THyripota Uvarov.
1925. Thyridota, Uvarov, Ann. Natal Museum, v, p. 160.
Thyridota dispar Uvarov.
South West Africa: Narebis, 1921, 1 g, 2 99 (K. H. Barnard) ;
Kamanyab, March 1925, 2 gg (Mus. Exped.); Otjiverongo, April
1921, 1.4, 12 (J. 8. Brown).
Genus PtatypreRNoDES I. Bolivar.
Platypternodes crevipes (Stal.)
South West Africa: Kamanyab, January 1925, 1 3 (Mus. Exped.) ;
Tsintsabis, December 1919, 1 3,12 (R. W. Tucker) ; Otjituo, January
1925, 1 3 (R. W. Tucker).
Genus Duronta Stal.
Duronia chloronota Stal.
A series of specimens from various localities.
Genus OrtHocHTHA Karsch.
Orthochtha dasycnemis (Gerstaecker).
South West Africa: Gaub, January 1919, 3 gg (R. Lightfoot).
Genus ParacInEMA Fischer.
Paracinema tricolor (Thunberg).
South West Africa: Nuragas, January 1919, 2 9? (R. Lightfoot) ;
Waterberg, February 1920, 1 3, 299 (R. W. Tucker) ; Otjituo, January
1920, 1 3 (R. W. Tucker).
Genus PsEUDOGMOTHELA Karny.
1910. Pseudogmothela, Karny, l.c., p. 79.
1921. Pachycarus, Uvarov, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), vii, p. 383
(syn. nov.).
Karny described his genus on the basis of three very poor specimens
without hind legs. He said in the description that the pronotum has
td Annals of the South African Museum.
inflexed lateral keels, while in fact the keels are scarcely perceptible
at all.
= C Cs c
4
ne ny
Dy
es
te
“
~~
Live b
eR
sibASD
ey
IY ee Nr el
«
DEK,
Fic. 8.—Bufotettix rubridens, g. et sp. n., g
General coloration pale testaceous. Antennae blackish, except
basally. Antennal furrows purple. Mandibles of brilliant sealing-
wax-red, marginated with black. Lower inner sulcus of hind femora
ne 2
et sp
g.
ix rubridens,
Fic. 9.—Bufotett
62 Annals of the South African Museum.
pale cinnabar red. Hind tibiae wax-yellow ; their spines with black
tips.
2 (paratype). Somewhat larger than the male and very different
from it in general appearance, owing to the relatively smaller head
and the very strongly dilated pronotum, mesonotum, and metanotum.
Face narrower than in the male, with numerous round tubercles.
Frontal ridge with the margins irregular even above the ocellum.
Vertex forming a very obtuse angle with the face; occiput not
convex, concealed under pronotum.
Pronotum extremely broad, transverse. The surface very feebly
selliform, covered with numerous tubercles partly arranged in series.
Hind margin semicircular, armed with conical tubercles.
Mesonotum very broad, convex, almost smooth. Metanotum also
strongly expanded, with an obtuse median carina ending with an
acute median projection ; there are on the hind margin two shorter
lateral projections and some small tubercles; the surface of the
metanotum uneven and with tubercles.
Abdomen relatively small, conical, with a median and two lateral
series of tubercles.
Valves of the ovipositor short and very stout, excavate and indented
near the apices.
Length of body, 3 30, 2 36; pronotum, 3 8:5, 2 15; maximum
width of pronotum, ¢ 15, 9 20; hind femur, $ 16:5, 9 19 mm.
South West Africa: Karibib, March 1923, 6 $3 (including the
type which, together with some of the paratypes, is labelled simply
‘‘ Karibib, South West Africa ’’), 7 92 (Mus. Exped.).
This extraordinary insect is particularly remarkable for the ab-
normal development of the head in the male and of the pronotum in
the female, the male reminding one strongly of wingless Stenopelmatids
occurring in the same regions of Africa. The mandibles are equally
well developed and brilliant red in both sexes, but the red colour
becomes invisible when the mandibles are closed, as they normally
are. It would be useless to speculate on the biological significance
of the coloration of mandibles, since nothing is known about the
habits of these insects, which probably belong to the true desert
fauna.
I have before me also a series of very small larvae (first and second
stage) of the same species collected at Outjo in January ; it may be
judged from the data that larvae hatch in January and the adult
stage is reached in March.
I suspected this insect to be identical with Crypsicerus cubicus
Records and Descriptions of Acrididae from South West Africa. 63
Saussure, which has been described from a single female, but there
are some differences between Saussure’s species and our specimens,
which cannot be specific only. Thus, in C. cubicus the vertex
forms a right angle with the face, while in B. rubridens the angle is
very obtuse, particularly in the female. Antennal furrows, which
are purple in my species, are black in the other, but this is a specific
character, though the length of antennae is generic. The description
of the shape of pronotum given by Saussure is not very lucid, but
in B. rubridens the pronotum is certainly not “ rhomboidale”’; hind
margin in Saussure’s species is said to be “ latiuscule truncatus,
subarcuatim incisus,” which description does not fit our insect at all.
Hind tibiae in C. cubscus are armed with 5 inner and 6 outer spines,
there being no apical spine on both sides; in B. rubridens there are
6 inner and 7 outer spines, as well as a small, but distinct, apical
spine on the inner side. The presence of the latter spine, and the
structure of the frons, vertex, and antennae, excludes my species
from the genus Crypsicerus, according to Saussure’s key to genera,
although I am not inclined to attach too much importance to the
spine; in. any case, the genus Lathicerus, in which the spine is
present, 1s widely different from Crypsicerus in the structure of the
sternum.
The larvae of B. rubridens, even in the first stage, possess all these
characters separating them from C. cubicus.
SuBFAMILY PAMPHAGINAE.
Genus CHARILAUS Stal.
Charilaus monomorphus, sp. n.
(Text-fig. 10.)
1876. Charilaus carinatus, Stal (partim!), Ofver. K. Vet.-Akad.
Forh., 1876, No. 3, p. 35, 2 (nec 3 !).
Differs from all known species by the elytra being rudimentary and
the pronotum truncate in both sexes.
3 (type). Antennae considerably longer than head and pronotum
together, compressed, but little dilated, basally.
Head acutely conical, as long as the pronotum. Face strongly
oblique, slightly concave in profile, finely rugulose. Frontal ridge
above the ocellum compressed and finely sulcate, below the ocellum
64 Annals of the South African Museum.
gradually widened downwards with the margins little raised and the
surface scarcely impressed, rugulose. Lateral facial keels fine,
straight. Cheeks with fine transverse rugosities. Fastigium of
vertex longer than at the base wide, parabolic in shape; the apex
with a narrow, closed slit; the surface of the fastigium slightly
concave, finely rugulose; the two parallel carinae distinct, though
not sharp, becoming irregular on the occiput; median carinula
scarcely perceptible.
Pronotum with the surface rugulose and granulose. The paired
median carinae gradually convergent backwards. Lateral carinae
developed between the front margin and the first sulcus, slightly
incurved and convergent backwards ; lateral carinae of the metazona
are sharp, much more distant from each other than those of the
prozona, feebly convergent backwards, while in front of the typical
sulcus their prolongation is formed by oblique supplementary carinae
of the lateral lobes. Both the front and the hind margin of the
pronotal disc are broadly rounded-truncate. Only the typical sulcus
developed on the disc and cutting all three keels. Metazona trape-
zoidal, equal in length to about three-fourths of the prozona; the
width at the hind margin a little greater than the length. Lateral
lobes much longer than deep; front margin oblique, feebly sinuate ;
lower margin practically straight; hind margin strongly rounded-
excised in the lower half, straight and very oblique above; front
angle obtuse, hind angle subacute; surface uneven and with round
tubercles ; the space between the lateral keels and the supplementary
oblique keels of the prozona smooth, longitudinally depressed, the
depression being obtusely triangular in cross-section ; there are two
deep sulci, the typical one and one in front of it cutting the supple-
mentary keels.
(Prosternum deformed by the pin.) Mesosternal lobes well
separated. The piece between the metasternal lobes circular.
Mesonotum, metanotum, and abdomen with an acute median
carina. Elytra elongate-oval, lateral, not reaching the middle of the
first tergite, with strongly prominent veins and veinlets.
Abdomen with the apex slightly recurved. Last tergite with a very
large trapezoidal emargination, so that only its sides remain and the
supra-anal plate appears to follow the tergite before the last. Supra-
anal plate large and consisting of two pieces; the basal piece is
trapezoidal with broadly rounded apex and occupies the place of the
cut-out portion of the last tergite; the apical piece is elongate-
triangular, with feebly convex sides and acute apex. Cerci very
Records and Descriptions of Acrididae from South West Africa. 65
small, conical. Subgenital plate short, round, with the apex truncate
and slightly emarginate.
Coloration pale green. Antennae purplish-brown, purplish-red
basally. Frontal ridge in its lower portion and broad but indefinite
postocular fasciae, whitish ; each of the fasciae includes a yellowish
callous stripe ; cheeks with an oblique yellowish-green stripe ; vertex
and occiput with brown stripes along the outer edge of the median
keels. Pronotum with the following portions brown or brownish:
median keels and their interspace in the metazona ; depressed space
~ Be pae YS,
AB Rerrass
7): So —
Fie. 10.—Charilaus monomorphus, sp. n., gf and 9.
between the lateral keels and the supplementary keels in the prozona ;
the space between the two sulci of the lateral lobes; and the lower
portion of the prozona of the lobes, except the front lower angle.
Mesopleurae brown. Elytra chocolate-brown, with the costal margin,
radial veins, and the anal margin paler. Abdomen with indistinct
darkish lateral fasciae. Lower sulcus of the hind femora pale sealing-
wax-red. Hind tibiae purple; their spines very pale testaceous with
black tips.
2 (paratype). Considerably larger and more stout than the male.
Fastigium of vertex transverse, with the apex obtuse. Head only as
long as the prozona of pronotum. Metazona of pronotum about
half the length of the prozona; its width at the hind margin more
WOL.
Te EEE
ee OREN.
eo (tie
Fic. 4.—Gryllacris lyrata. Left middle : 9, apex of right tegmen, with an anomalous
ramification of radii sector. Right middle: 9 from Delagoa Bay, anomalous
base of left hind wing, seen from below. Above: Q, ramification of medial
vein on both tegmina (right normal, left with one supernumerary branch).
Below: the same 9, preanal part of left hind wing, anomalous ; media and
radii sector arising separately from radial vein. Lowermost: 4 subgenital
plate, end of ¢ abdomen in lateral view, end of 2 abdomen in ventral view.
All figures of the same magnification.
Hind Wings.—Costal area with rather dense cross-veins from base
till deviation of radial stem from subcostal vein, then for a long
distance without cross-veins, and just before the end with one or a few
obliquely directed, rather strong cross-veins again. Radial vein
forked as in tegmina, but the ramification beginning already before
the middle, the branches, therefore, directed still more longitudinally.
In one of the hind wings before me (fig. 4, above) the ramification of
radial vein is somewhat anomalous ; it emits at first one hind branch
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 87
which is simply forked in its distal part; just after this chief fork,
the fore branch is forked again into a simple fore branch and a hind
branch which is bifurcate again shortly beyond its middle ; in all, five
branches as usual, but the order of their ramification is anomalous.
Rs+M arising from radial stem where this curves again into a
longitudinal direction after the deviation from subcostal vein; Rs+M
touches at one point the cubital vein (which has a free origin and re-
mains simple), or emits a short M, against it. The simple medial
vein arises from Rs+M at about the end of basal third; the radial
sector is itself then pectinately four-branched backward in apical
third of wing-length, but one of the branches may have a further
short apical fork. In one case the first cross-vein between radial
vein and Rs+M is decidedly oblique (fig. 4, right middle), thus giving
the impression of a doubled Rs+M root. Is this perhaps an atavistic
formation signifying some relations to the Neotropical species and to
the Australian munda group ? In all the other cases now before me
the Rs+M root is always simple in lyrata. But there is another hind
wing (fig. 4, below) in which radial sector and medial vein show no
relations at all to one another, both arising quite independently and
freely from the radial stem, viz. the simple medial vein near the wing-
base where radial stem deviates from subcostal vein, and the radial
sector just before the end of basal third of wing-length, then being
pectinately three-branched backward in the apical third. I am,
however, inclined to believe that this is a secondary dissolution of
Rs+M rather than a primitive formation, though there is no doubt
that the latter condition is suggested by the case with exceptionally
doubled Rs+M root just mentioned. Middle part of anal fan with
thirteen to twenty cross-veins in any area.
Gryllacris nana Brunner v. W.
Compare Griffini (141), loc. cit., p. 126.
1 2 (det. Griffini), Cape Colony, Port St. Johns, ‘‘ Found in a cocoon
of leaves under tree bark.”
Griffini has published this specimen and a second one I have not
before me as “ nana var,” without giving a name to that variety.
This, in fact, is nothing else than the true nana, as the chief character
of Griffini’s variety cannot stand, because Brunner’s description of
his type specimen is incorrect in this respect, as I have shown in my
revision of the Gryllacridae of the Vienna Museum. Griffini had not
88 Annals of the South African Museum.
seen Brunner’s type specimen, but knew it from Brunner’s description
only. Supplementing Griffini’s description, I give here a figure of the
@ subgenital plate, and a discussion of the tegminal and wing venation,
which have not yet been described either by Griffini or by Brunner.
Tegmina (fig. 5).—Two simple precostals ; at the end of the second
one the fore margin being slightly emarginate. Costal vein slightly
convex forward, simple, reaching fore margin not before the apical
fourth of tegmen. Costal area in the same condition as the others,
band-like, though somewhat wider than the others, broadest at about
the middle of tegmen. Subcostal vein arising from tegminal base,
Sire eea 75. ee
Sa a ee
0 ee
ee, g
Fia. 5.—Gryllacris nana, 9. Left tegmen, preanal part of left hind wing,
and © subgenital plate.
slightly S-curved, with a very small, simple, apical fork. Radial vein
simple or simply forked at the end. Radial sector arising from radial
vein somewhat before the middle of tegmen, and receiving just after
its origin a distinctly oblique cross-vein from the cubital stem which
may perhaps represent the base of the medial vein. At the distance
of a cross-vein from it the simple media branches off backwards from
the radial sector, so that it cannot be said with certainty whether in
fact it starts from the radial sector, or whether from the cubital stem,
being only united near the base with the radial sector for some
distance. Radial sector itself with a very small apical fork. Cubital
vein simple. There follow, furthermore, five simple longitudinal
veins ; the common stem of the last two not quite half as long as the
radial stem from base to the origin of radial sector. The last longi-
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 89
tudinal vein is less developed than the others, ending near the middle
of tegminal hind margin.
Hind wings decidedly cycloid, of a similar condition apically as the
tegmina, otherwise hyaline. A moderately long space in costal area
before its middle without cross-veins. Subcostal and radial veins
simple throughout. Medial vein simple, arising from the radial stem
where this curves again into the longitudinal direction after the
deviation from the subcostal vein. Radial sector arising from radial
stem not before the apical third, receiving (on both wings !) just after
its origin a very distinct oblique vein from the medial, then simple at
the end or with a very small apical fork. Cubital vein free from base,
receiving from medial root a short inconspicuous cross-vein ; thence
simple till the end. Middle part of anal fan with 7 to 9 cross-veins
in every area.
Gen. Eremus Brunner v. W.
Key to the South African Species of Hremus.
3d.
1. § subgenital plate produced at the end into a narrow median lobe showing a
sharp, deep fissure (fig. 7) . : : Eremus sphinx (Gerstaecker).
1’. g subgenital plate without any median fissure at the end.
2. 3 subgenital plate produced at the end into a broadly triangular median
lobe, on either side of which there is a small triangular lateral lobe
(fig. 9) : : : : ‘ . LHremus chimaera Griffini.
2’. § subgenital plate not lobate, rectangular, with rounded angles and a
straight or slightly convex hind margin
Eremus glomerinus (Gerstaecker).
3. Clypeus and upper side of femora darkened brownish. Tarsi
spotted piceous . Eremus glomerinus (Gerstaecker) s. str.
3’. Clypeus, femora, and tarsi uniformly pale brownish yellow
Eremus glomerinus var. knothae Griffini.
ee
1. Ovipositor broad, rounded at the tip (fig. 6). Q subgenital plate transversely
rectangular, with rounded angles, hind margin scarcely emarginate
Eremus obtusus nov. sp.
1’. Ovipositor evenly pointed at apex or even slightly emarginate above.
2. 2 subgenital plate divided by a broad angulate excision into two large,
lateral diverging lobes (fig. 7) : Eremus sphinx (Gerstaecker).
2’. 2 subgenital plate with backwardly directed lobes or without any excision
at all.
3. 2 subgenital plate with a rectangular excision (fig. 8). Ovipositor
somewhat longer than the body Hremus sphingoides nov. sp.
3’. 2 subgenital plate either without any excision or with a narrow
fissure. Ovipositor shorter than the body.
90 Annals of the South African Museum.
4. 2 subgenital plate short, slightly rounded or transversely
truncate at the end, with an S-like emargination laterally
(fig. 9). Ovipositor about one and a half times as long as
hind femur, decidedly shorter than the body, evenly
obtusely pointed at apex . Hremus chimaera Griffini.
4’, 2 subgenital plate short, bilobate, the lobes lying close
together, backwardly directed, rather acute, separated
from each other by a narrow median slit. Ovipositor a
very little longer than hind femur, strikingly broad, at
the end pointed from below, slightly emarginate above
before the acute apex (fig. 10)
Eremus glomerinus (Gerstaecker).
5. Clypeus and upper side of hind femora darkened
brownish. Tarsi with pitchy spots
Hremus glomerinus (Gerstaecker) s. str.
5’. Clypeus, femora, and tarsi uniformly pale brownish
yellow
Eremus glomerinus var. knothae Griffini.
Eremus obtusus nov. sp.
1 2 (type), Cape Town, P. C. Keytel, 1913.
Measurements.—Length of body 15-7 mm., pronotum 3-5 mm., fore
femur 4-5 mm., left hind femur 8-7 mm., right hind femur 5-6 mm.,
ovipositor 12-3 mm.
Body more massive than in the other South African Hremus species,
with short strong legs. General colour brownish yellow, some of the
dorsal segments indistinctly darkened along the hind margin.
Head hardly wider in dorsal view than pronotum, obovate in
frontal view. Boundary between occiput and vertex with two dark
spots side by side, lateral to these a nebulous oblique band directed
backwards and outwards. Fastigium of vertex fully one and a half
times as wide as the first antennal joint, flattened in front, with rather
obtuse lateral margins. No ocellar spots. Frons and mouth parts
without any peculiarity. Pro-, meso-, and meta-notum as described
by Griffini for perongueyt.
Fore tibiae, except the very small apical spines, with 4 well-
developed spinelets below on either side, which are distinctly shorter
than the tibia is thick, and somewhat adjacent. Middle tibiae with
but 3 such below on inner margin; on fore (outer) margin there is
basally present (on both tibiae) a supernumerary very small spinelet,
thus 4 in all, the first of them being much smaller than the others.
Hind femora very thick and strong, with 4 very small black-tipped
spinelets on inner margin distally below and 3 such on the outer
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 91
margin. The right hind leg is without doubt a regenerate, being much
shorter and feebler than the left, the femur spineless throughout.
Left hind tibia cylindrical and spineless in basal third, flattened above
in middle third, and with 6 very small, black-tipped spinelets on either
side above. The right hind tibia is cylindrical throughout, showing
only 1 very small spinelet on either Oy
side near the middle above; its \
apical spurs too are much less de- Ca
veloped than on the left tibia. = (sg \
2 subgenital plate (fig. 6) trans- Fie. 6.—Hremus obtusus, 9. Apex of
ovipositor (left) and subgenital plate
(right).
versely rectangular, with the sides
very slightly converging distally,
hind margin with a very slight obtusangular emargination in the
middle, slightly arcuate on either side. Ovipositor slightly curved
at base only, thence quite straight, very wide (high), rounded off at
apex.
At once easily distinguishable from all the other Hremus species ;
agreeing in most characters with Ametroides peringueyr (Griffini), but
distinctly differing from it by the more numerous spines on fore and
middle tibiae.
Eremus sphinx (Gerstaecker).
Compare Griffini (141), loc. cat., p. 130.
1 3 (det. Griffini), Cape Town, 8. 152; 1 g (det. Karny), no locality ;
1 $ (det. Karny), Cape Town; 1 3 ( (det. Karny), Cape Town, Barnard,
1914; 1 9 (det. Griffini), Stel-
lenbosch, L. Péringuey, 1897 ;
1 @ (det. Karny), Cape Town,
1893 ; 1 2 (det. Karny), Ceres
Div., Matroosberg, 4500 ft. ;
1 2 (det. Karny), Cape Town,
Master Péringuey, 1909.
As a completion of Griffini’s
detailed description (loc. cit.
Fie. 7.—Hremus sphinx. Above: End of ¢ P ( )
abdomen in dorsal, lateral, and ventral I give here figures of the
view. Below: Apex of ovipositor and gexyal characters of both sexes
2 subgenital plate. All figures of the
same magnification, higher than in fig. 6. (fig. 7). I have, moreover,
compared the ¢2 with Gers-
taecker’s type specimen (Mus. Berlin), and have found that they
agree completely with it in all characters. The sternites of the
type, including the subgenital plate, have been cut open throughout
ee
4 ee
92 Annals of the South African Museum.
the length during preparation, and for this reason the shape of the
subgenital plate is not easily distinguishable without comparison
with other material and has therefore in all probability not been
described by Gerstaecker. But, when comparing the type with un-
mutilated specimens, it can be stated with certainty that in the
type too this plate had the same shape.
Judging by the material before me, this species seems to be by far
the commonest Hremus species of Cape Colony.
Eremus sphingoides nov. sp.
1 9 (type), Cape Town, R. Trimen, vii, 1885.
Measurements.—Length of body 14:3 mm., pronotum 3 mm., fore
femur 3-7 mm., hind femur 6-8 mm., ovipositor 15-3 mm.
Slender, very similar in general appearance to E. sphing. Rather
uniformly yellow-brown, without ocellar spots.
Head a little wider in dorsal view than pronotum, narrowly obovate
in frontal view. Occiput and vertex very strongly convex. Fastigium
verticis rather flattened, with rather sharp lateral keels ; together with
the whole frons very finely microscopically and densely punctured,
but beyond this the frons is without larger impressed punctures.
First antennal joint narrow at base, then strongly dilated above and
here more than half as wide as the fastigium of vertex. Frons with
two dark, almost vertical stripes near the middle, which converge
downwards and unite on the clypeus.
Pronotum somewhat wider than long, with the fore margin rounded,
only slightly produced in the middle, hind margin emarginate. Fore
cross sulcus very feebly indicated, otherwise the disc practically
without distinguishable sculpture, the sulci on the lateral lobes normal,
though little impressed. Shape of lateral lobes as in shelfordi.
Spines of fore and middle tibiae as in shelford:, but the left fore tibia
has on the outer margin basally below an additional supernumerary
Ov, spine. Hind femora unusually well
Ore a : A developed, below with 4 to 6 dark-
tipped spinelets on either side.
Fic. 8.—Eremus sphingoides, Or Apex Hind tibiae as in shelfords.
rae aes and, Zacumeantal —@ subgenital plate with straight,
distally strongly converging lateral
margins, obtusangularly excised at apex, with obtusangular, scarcely
rounded lobes (fig. 8). Ovipositor very slender, distinctly upcurved
at base, thence almost straight, acutely pointed at apex.
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 93
In general very similar to sphinx, differing from it by the less
numerous spines on fore and middle tibiae, and by the shape of the @
subgenital plate. Among all the species known up to now this is
without doubt most closely allied to EF. shelfordi from Mauritius,
differing from it chiefly by the shape of 2 subgenital plate, the lobes
of which are much more rounded off in shelfordi (of which species I
have studied the type in the Hope Department, Oxford) and the sides
decidedly S-curved. In the circumstances it would have been
natural to consider sphingoides as a variety or subspecies of shelfordt,
but in view of their wide geographical separation I think it wiser to
treat sphingordes as a distinct species, especially as no similar form
is so far known from the entire intermediate region. Neither do we
yet know the 96 of either shelfordi or sphingoides—which may perhaps
differ by more striking characters.
Otherwise, sphingoides cannot be mistaken for any other of the
hitherto known species.
Eremus chimaera Griffini (141), loc. cit., p. 133.
1 9, Cape Town, Master Péringuey, 1909 ; 1 g (allotype), Cape Town,
Barnard. Both det. Karny.
The hitherto unknown ¢ is somewhat smaller than the 9, perhaps
not yet quite fully developed, otherwise agreeing very well with the 9.
Apical tergite evenly y
rounded (fig. 9). As may ain } Ov
be seen from the figure, i
C 58
there are visible under it
Fic. 9.—Hremus chimaera. From left to right:
two processes similar to End of ¢ abdomen in dorsal and lateral view ;
those described by Griffini 6 subgenital plate; 9 subgenital plate. Same
for knothae. 3 subgenital mie retloabiomiasiioe ie
plate rounded-triangular, on either side near base bearing an acutely
triangular, somewhat outwardly curved process which evidently re-
presents a rudimentary style fully fused at base with the subgenital
plate. Articulated inserted styles not present.
Eremus glomerinus var. knothae Griffini.
1908. Griffini (97), Atti Soc. It. Sci. Nat., xlvii, p. 6.
1911. Griffini (126), Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Torino, xxvi, 634, p. 17.
1911. Griffini (141), Mon. Zool. It., xxii, 5, p. 133.
1911. Griffini (143), Atti Soc. It. Sci. Nat., 1, p. 242.
94 Annals of the South African Museum.
1 2 (det. Karny), Barberton, Transvaal, H. Edwards; 1 ¢ (det.
Karny), Transvaal, Pilgrims Rest, L.
. Ov Schunke.
A detailed description has already been
Fie. 10. Eremus glomer- given by Griffini; as an addition to this, I
inus knothae. Apexof ©, race
ovipositor, of thesame give here a figure of the very characteristic
magnification as fig.7- anex of the ovipositor (fig. 10).
Genus AMETROIDES Karny.
This genus is represented in South Africa by a single species only,
viz. peringuey? (Griffini). For South West Africa there is to be added
namaqua (Karny) (Jenaische Denkschr., xvi, Schultze, Forsch. Siidafr.,
iv, p. 89, 1910). I have given a key to all the species of this genus
known at present in Stett. Entom. Zeit., 1928. It is not represented
in the material now before me, though Griffini has described
peringueyt * from the material in the South African Museum, Cape
Town.
SuspraM. HENICINAE.
Key to the South African Genera of Henicinae.
1. Fore tibiae, besides the apical spines, furnished with 2 spines on upper inner
side, unarmed above on outer side.
2. Hind femora heavy, basally scarcely thickened. Mandibles of g not
enlarged, shaped as in 9. Frons and cheeks of g without any
processus. Ovipositor extraordinarily short, only 3 mm. long
1. Bochus Péringuey.
2’. Ovipositor decidedly longer. Hind femora often thickened basally ; if
not so, frons or genae of the ¢ furnished with a processus.
3. Hind femora but little thickened basally. In the ¢ the upper part
of frons produced into a blunt, obtuse cone, which is—though
very slightly—also indicated in 9 . : 2. Nasidius Stal.
3’. Hind femora decidedly thickened basally and attenuated before
apex (figs. 18, 22).
4, Frons and cheeks of § without any processus
4. Onosandridus Péringuey.
4’, Head of ¢ greatly enlarged, with a processus on either side
above base of mandibles , : 6. Henicus Gray.
* The 9 type of this species, still placed under the genus Hremus, is present in
the S.A. Museum collections but, having been overlooked, was unfortunately not
forwarded to Dr. H. Karny for study.—Epr1ror.
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 95
1’. Fore tibiae, besides the apical spines, with but 1 spine on upper inner side,
unarmed above on outer side.
2. Hind femora heavy and relatively short, scarcely thickened basally
3. Faku Péringuey.
2’. Hind femora longer and stronger, strongly thickened basally, decidedly
attenuated distally (figs. 18, 22).
3. Mandibles simple in both sexes. Fore tibiae without a tympanum
5. Onosandrus Stal.
3’. Mandibles of ¢ usually strongly enlarged; if not so, a distinct
tympanum is present on either side of fore tibiae.
4, Mandibles and labrum of g enlarged. Near base of mandibles
an acute processus present in the g. Tympana of fore
tibiae present or absent. Abdominal tergites smooth,
shining.
5. Hind femora rather uniformly coloured, without any
or with a not very striking pinnate marking
outside ; without a pale ring before the knee, the
knee itself being usually pale above. The middle
inner spur of hind tibiae about as long as or shorter
than the metatarsus. The acute processus near
the base of $' mandibles placed on the fore part of
the genae, thus being separated from the mandible
by the mandibular articulation
comp. Henicus Gray.
5’, Hind knees outside very strikingly pinnate, pale and
dark ; further with a striking pale ring before the
knee, the knee itself being blackish. The middle
inner spur of hind tibiae about as long as the first
three tarsal joints taken together. The acute
processus in the g¢ placed on the mandibular base
itself, thus not separated from it by an articulation
or a suture
7. Platysiagon Brunner v. W.
4’, Labrum of ¢ never, mandibles rarely enlarged; near their
base no processus. Fore tibiae always with a well-
developed tympanum on either side.
5. Abdominal tergites rugulose-punctulate, strikingly
roughened . . 10. Borborothis Brunner v. W.
5’. Abdominal tergites smooth.
6. Mandibles simple in both sexes
8. Libanasa Walker.
6’. Mandibles of g on median upper side produced
into a cylindrical, upcurved processus, broad
and thick at the base, sharply pointed at
apex, and crossing each other near the tips
9. Libanasidus Péringuey.
I have not included in the preceding key the African genus Dyscapna,
as it is as yet not known from South Africa, being represented by but
96 Annals of the South African Museum.
one species in Angola (atra Brunner v. W.) and one in the Tanganyika
Territory (pulchriventris Griffini).
Gen. Bocuus Peringuey.
Of this genus one species only is known at present, viz. Bochus
puncticeps (Pictet and Saussure).
1891. Pictet and Saussure, Mitth. Schweiz. Entom. Ges., p. 297, pl.i,
figs. 3, 3a (Onosandrus).
1916. Péringuey, loc. cit., p. 419 (contemnendus).
1 3 (holotype of contemnendus), South Africa, 1875, E. Hughes;
1 S$ (paratype of contemnendus); 1 2 (allotype of contemnendus),
Smithfield, O.F.S., Kannemeyer, September 1910.
I have carefully compared Péringuey’s types with the detailed
description by Pictet and Saussure, and I find it agrees completely
with them in every detail. The differences from the other Onosandrus
species mentioned by Pictet and Saussure are more than sufficient to
justify the erection of a separate genus. Péringuey (loc. cit., p. 422)
expressed the opinion that puncticeps should be placed with Ono-
sandridus ; but this is in contradiction with the shape of the hind
femora, as may be seen from Pictet and Saussure’s figure and from the
following statements in the original description : “ Pattes postérieures
courtes ; fémurs peu allongés, sans partie gréle a l’extremité, fort peu
renflés 4 la base.”
Gen. Nastpius Stal (Péringuey, nec Brunner v. W.).
Key to the Species of Nasidius.
1. Shining black, but the antennae, ocellar spots, palpi, tarsi, and the spines of
the legs ferruginous. Frons of ¢g obtusely produced basally near the
insertion of the mandibles. Cheeks with dense longitudinal wrinkles.
(Occurring in Angola) . : . (Genus ?) costulatus Brunner v. W.*
1’. Never shining black throughout. Frons of 3 with a broad, obtuse, arched or
conical elevation, simple in 9.
2. Fore tibiae with a distinct tympanum on either side. Ovipositor about
as long as hind femur . : : Nasidius longicauda nov. sp.
2’. Fore tibiae without any tympanum. Ovipositor decidedly shorter than
the hind femora.
3. Body and legs ferruginous; face and abdominal dorsum more or
less darkened . : 5 Nasidius mimus Péringuey.
3’. Body and legs shining black; head ferruginous with the face
darkened . : d : Nasidius truncatifrons Stal.
* T cannot decide from Brunner’s short description under what genus costulatus
should be placed, as I have not seen the type specimen. I have therefore included
it in the species key of every genus to which it may possibly belong.
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 97
Nasidius longicauda nov. sp.
1 2 (type), Kaapmuiden, Transvaal, R. W. E. Tucker, 30th October
LOLS.
Measurements.—Width of head 10-5 mm., length of body 33-5 mm.,
of pronotum 9 mm., fore femur 9 mm., hind femur 24 mm., hind tibia
21-5 mm., ovipositor 21 mm.
Head castaneous, fastigium verticis somewhat darkened ; ocellar
dots distinct, yellowish, though very small; antennae dark brown,
eyes yellow-grey. rons, fore part of genae, clypeus, and labrum
blackish brown, mandibles reddish brown with shining black chewing
margins. Pronotum yellow-grey, diffusely darker greyish, nebulous,
especially along fore margin; shining black along the whole hind
margin, this band continued along lower margin of lateral lobes,
becoming gradually wider and paler forwards, where it suddenly stops
before the anterior angle. Posteriorly the whole dorsum bronzy
black, but meso- and meta-notum slightly lighter laterally. Ventral
surface blackish brown. Coxae yellowish brown, blackish brown,
nebulous. Femora dark brown, becoming darker at the knees;
tibiae and tarsi nearly black; the spines on the legs dark yellowish
brown, blackish at the tips. ;
Head somewhat wider than pronotum. Fastigium of vertex fully
twice as wide as first antennal joint, semicircularly rounded anteriorly,
but in the median part continued into fastigium frontis without a
distinct boundary. Frons, fore part of cheeks, and upper part of
clypeus roughly covered with thimble-like punctures, the punctures
becoming gradually smaller and scantier upwards and backwards on
the cheeks. Frons rather strongly arched in the middle part, sloping
downwards to the clypeus in a broad, obtuse-angulate, triangular area ;
it may thus be supposed that a frontal cone will be present in the 2.
Clypeus trapezoidal, with a strong median furrow in lower part.
Labrum almost circular. Mandibles very strong.
Pronotum semicylindrical, somewhat dilated backwards and there
about as wide as long; fore margin very slightly arcuate, hind margin
transversely truncate. Disc without a distinct sculpture, with a very
feeble, finely impressed median line and an uncertain indication of
two transverse sulci running one behind the other in the anterior part ;
the 7-shaped furrow (of Gryllacris) too is indicated by an indistinct
oblique impression. Lateral lobes nearly as high as long below;
lower margin. straight, somewhat descending backwards; anterior
angle obtuse-angularly rounded, posterior angle almost rectangularly
VOL. XXIX, PART [>_ 7
98 Annals of the South African Museum.
rounded ; anterior margin somewhat oblique, posterior margin nearly
vertical. V-shaped sulcus and hind oblique furrow feebly indicated,
the former far removed from lower margin, transversely truncate
below ; the hind oblique sulcus is also situated relatively far forwards.
Prosternum quite unarmed. Mesosternal lobes almost rectangularly
triangular, but more acuminate at apex. Metasternal lobes almost
square, transversely truncate at the end, more rounded at the outer
than at the inner angle. .
Fore and middle coxae with a rather short, but strong and acutely
pointed spinelet. All femora strongly compressed, unarmed; the
hind ones somewhat more thickened than in the allied species, but
much less than in Henicus or Onosandrus, etc. All genicular lobes
rounded, unarmed. Fore tibiae with a distinct tympanum on either
side, unarmed above on outer side (excluding apical spines), with 2
spines on the inner side, the second of them being placed at about the
middle. Middle tibiae above on outer side (=in front) with 2, on
inner side with 3 spines (excluding apical spines). Hind tibiae straight,
above on the outer side with 7, on the inner side with 8 spines which
are about half as long as the tibia is thick, but the last one much
smaller and situated just before the upper apical spur ; below on either
side with the usual preapical spinelet before the lower apical spur,
besides these with but 1 spinelet on inner side at about the middle, on
the outer side with 3 spinelets from the middle to the apex. Middle
inner spur strong, as long as the metatarsus, the upper one a very
little longer, the undermost more than half as long as the middle ;
upper and middle outer spurs hardly longer than the inner undermost,
the lower outer spur shorter by about one-fourth.
Ovipositor long and slender, a little shorter than the hind femur,
slightly upcurved, valvulae with complete margins, the upper ones
decidedly longer than the lower ones, apex rather acute. Q subgenital
plate with the shape of an obtuse-angled triangle, obtuse-angularly
excised at the end, fully twice as wide at base as long.
The general appearance, size, and especially the coloration of
pronotum reminds one very much of Faku minotaurus, but it is easily
distinguishable from it by the darker head, the much longer ovipositor,
and by the fore tibiae being two-spined above. By this latter
character, the species comes under Nasizdius, but cannot be mistaken
for any of the other known species of this genus. The fact that
longicauda possesses tympana on the fore tibiae is very remarkable,
and gives to this species an exceptional systematic position, though
it is not sufficient, I think, to separate it generically.
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 3g)
Nasidius truncatifrons Stal (nec Brunner v. W.).
Syn.: monachus Péringuey, loc. cit., p. 417.
1 g (type of monachus), between Zambesi and Limpopo, T. Ayres.
Apart from the smaller size, which I cannot consider as important
(compare with. Henicus prodigiosus and Libanasidus vittatus), the
specimen before me agrees completely in all details with Stal’s
description of truncatifrons. Péringuey, when he stated that truncati-
frons differs from his new species by having but one median spine
above on fore tibiae, overlooked the fact that this is true only for
truncatifrons Brunner v. W., whilst Stal expressly states for his species
that it has 2 spines on the upper inner
margin of fore tibiae (excl. apical spines).
Brunner’s species is, in my opinion, different
from that of Stal, for (apart from the num-
ber of spines) the frontal cone is, according
to the figure by Brunner, much more slender
and acute (compare fig. 11 here with that
given by Brunner), and the coloration is
described by Brunner simply as “ picea ”’
without mentioning the striking difference
between occiput and dorsum of body, which
he could not have overlooked. I propose
therefore a new name for Brunner’s species
and have placed it provisionally in the genus
Faku (see Faku brunnert). Fie. 11.—Nasidius truncati-
ies tu + ; frons (type of monachus),
Péringuey seems to consider mamus as dorsal view, paturallsize.
more closely allied with truncatifrons than (Del. Goesti Abdoel-
monachus. Although the type locality of eae
mimus would suit truncatifrons better than monachus, I must never-
theless identify the latter species with truncatifrons on account of their
agreement in coloration. Moreover, the head is considerably broader
in the $ of mimus, and Stal expressly states “caput . . . pronoto
vix latius,” a condition which agrees also with monachus and not
with mumus.
I have few additions to make to the published descriptions: All
genicular lobes unarmed. Middle tibiae with 2 reddish-brown spines
above on outer side (=in front), 3 on inner side, below 4 such on
either side (everywhere excluding apical spines). Hind tibiae with 8
shining black, brownish-tipped spines above on the inner side, 7 such
on the outer side ;_ below on either side with 1 brownish spinelet in the
100 Annals of the South African Museum.
middle, and, besides these, 2 in the distal half on the outer side ; further,
the usual preapical spines just before the lower apical spurs. All
apical spurs of hind tibiae blackish basally, brownish distally. The
upper inner one scarcely as long as the metatarsus, the middle one a
very little shorter, the undermost hardly two-thirds as long as the
middle one. The upper outer spur about as long as the lower inner,
the middle one a little shorter, the undermost somewhat shorter still.
Cerci well developed. Anal valves (appendices cerciferae) with a
short, cylindrical, slender process directed upwards inside, the two
crossing each other, almost completely covered by the subgenital
plate. This latter large, hexagonal, somewhat broader at base than
at the end, broadest a little before the middle, truncated squarely at
apex, bearing at either angle of this apical margin a rather well-
developed cylindrical style.
Nasidius mimus Péringuey (loc. cit., p. 416).
1 $ (type), Transkei, Dr. Kolbe, 1896; 1 9 (allotype), Kentan1,
H. P. Abernethy, 1907 ; 1 9 (det. Péringuey), Transkei, Kentani, 1899.
Easily distinguishable from the preceding species by the coloration
and by the much broader head of g¢. Armature of legs as in that
species, but there may be present exceptionally (¢ right leg) 8 spines
above on the outer side of hind tibia. The spines of lower side of hind
tibiae relatively longer than in truncatifrons ; on the other hand, on the
outer side, with the exclusion of preapical spines, there are always
present 2 spines instead of 3. Apical spurs ferruginous, only blackish
at the tips; their relative lengths as in truncatifrons, but the middle
one of both sides not shorter, rather a little longer than the uppermost.
¢ sexual characters as in the preceding species, but the processes
of anal valves longer, straight, horn-like, not crossing each other.
3 subgenital plate slightly bisinuate at the end. Ovipositor very
similar to that of the ferox type. 2 subgenital plate rectangular in
shape, slightly triangularly emarginate at apex, in the middle of its
surface with a shallow triangular impression.
Gen. Faxu Peringuey.
Key to the Species of Faku.
1. Occiput at least, or occiput and pronotum, yellowish.
2. Body shining black above, occiput only yellowish ivory to pale ferruginous.
2 subgenital plate small, trapezoidal, about as long as wide, slightly
emarginate at apex . ‘ . . Faku dregi (Burmeister).
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 101
2’. Occiput brownish yellow, pronotum yellowish grey, at most dilutely
darkened along margins. Meso- and meta-notum and the abdominal
tergites shining black, often somewhat greyish at their bases. Q
subgenital plate obtuse-angularly triangular, much wider than long,
with an obtuse-angled excision at apex Faku minotaurus nov. sp.
1’. Occiput dark, of a similar colour to rest of body on dorsum.
2. Pitchy coloured to shining black.
3. Frons above with a conical processus in the ¢.*
4. General colour pitchy brown. Frontal processus of ¢ * rather
slender, directed forwards and upwards, conical
Faku brunneri nov. sp.
4’. Bronzy black above, but the pronotum with a large, more or
less distinct yellow spot on either side. Occiput dark
brown, frons deep black. Frontal processus of 3 very
short, obtuse, and broad . Faku nigrifrons nov. sp.
3’. Frons of ¢ * without a median processus, bluntly produced basally
near the base of mandibles. (Occurring in Angola.)
(Genus ?) costulatus Brunner.t
2’. Fuscous bronze sprinkled with pale flavescent Faku minax Péringuey.
Faku dregw (Burmeister). =-Y\. Lev
eAieicarny,. Zertsehr te “ Naturwiss., Ixxxvin, 1/2 ‘p. 10
(Mimnermus).
The original description of this species given by Burmeister
(Handb. Entom., 1, p. 721, 1838) runs as follows: “ niger, nitidus,
pedibus caesiis ; capite ovato flavo, integro ; clypeo labioque utrinque
nigro. Long. corp. 1”-14”. Vom Vorgebirge der guten Hoffnung.”
Since that time the species has not been redescribed, and it has also
not been incorporated in Brunner’s monograph. In 1927 I restudied
Burmeister’s type specimens, and added a few further remarks to his
short description, but on that occasion I had very little time and space
at my disposal to give a more detailed redescription of this species.
The measurements of Burmeister’s types are :
Width Length
Giese ae acdy ae ea ETOCS: sem ex) mes
mm. mm. mm, mm. mm. mm, mm
3S 10-1 39-0 6-0 7:6 8-0 19-3 uh
Q 12-5 47-0 8:0 9-6 10:7 23°2 8-5
* The 9 of costulatus is not yet known. Under brunneri, Brunner has placed a 9
he described, but it is not quite certain whether it belongs in fact to this species.
+ See the footnote to the species key of Nasidius above (p. 96).
102 Annals of the South African Museum.
At present I have before me the following material from which I
now give a more detailed redescription of the species :—
2 3S (Brit. Mus., London), South Africa, C. G. Barrett, 1903-11; 19
(Mus., Cape Town), Hast London, May 1912, Loundale. Their
measurements are :
Width Length : Fore Hind .
of head. | of body. teal on fem. fem. Oe
mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.
3 IS) 37°3 on fA 8:5 20-5
3 11-0 | +32-0 8-0 6-5 8-7 18-5 Be
2 9-3 32°8 6-0 8-2 9-6 21-6 T°5
Body deep black, with a strong metallic lustre, somewhat less
intensively coloured in 9; legs paler, grey. Head rather uniformly
brownish yellow in 9; in the 3, occiput ivory yellow passing into
castaneous downwards onfrons. Face of ¢ dark castaneous brown to
blackish brown, the lower part of genae straight on shining black ;
mandibles red-brown, black at the end; clypeus in the one g ivory
white, in the other blackish, but with a narrow whitish margin all
round.
Fastigium verticis in 9 hardly, in ¢ decidedly more than twice, as
wide as first antennal joint (fig. 12); in Q concolorous, whilst pale
greyish in the g; from its upper end, three longitudinal rows of very
fine impressed punctures running on till the hind margin of occiput in
the 3, not distinguishable with certainty in 9. Ocellar spots very
small but distinct, brownish yellow. Structure of frons as in minaz.
Lateral region of frons and the greater part of cheeks furnished with
strong wrinkles and raised ribs in the 3, these being hardly visible
even under the magnifying lens in 9. Clypeus trapezoidal, much
longer in g than in 9. Labrum almost circular. Mandibles of 2
normal, fitting close to clypeus and labrum without any gap; in the g
elongate and very strongly curved, so that there remains a rather large
gap between them and the clypeus. Labrum covering the apices of
mandibles in the one 3g, whilst situated behind them in the other
(as described already by Stal for Nasidius).
Pronotum relatively short, wider than long, decidedly dilated
forwards in the g. Fore and hind margin transversely truncate.
Besides the ascending branch of V-sulcus, which has the same situation
as in minaz, there are no other sulci distinguishable with certainty.
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 103
Lateral lobes hardly longer than high, similar in shape to those of
minax. Prosternum unarmed. Mesosternal lobes acute-angulate,
metasternal lobes obtuse-angulate (in minax apparently also of the
same shape).
All femora unarmed, the hindermost slightly dilated basally, though
much heavier and less strong and less attenuated distally than in
Onosandrus or Inbanasa. All genicular lobes rounded, spineless.
Fore tibiae without any tympanum at all. Armature of tibiae as in
minax, but one of the hind tibiae before me has 9 spines on the inner
side above instead of 8. Apical spurs of hind tibiae more slender and
relatively longer than in minaz ; the uppermost inside one fully as long
Fie. 12.—Faku dregii. Left: Head of g, frontal view. Middle above: g, end
of hind tibia, seen from inside. Middle below: Q and ¢ subgenital plate.
Right : end of g abdomen in lateral view. The head less magnified than the
other figures.
as metatarsus, the second one quite as long or even a very little longer,
the third (=undermost) about two-thirds as long, the fourth (—pre-
apical spine) much shorter and weaker; the outer two upper ones
about equal in length, a little more than half as long as the inner ones,
the third a little shorter, the fourth as inside one.
3 subgenital plate large, trapezoidal, lateral parts obliquely
ascending and separated from middle part by a very sharp longitudinal
keel (fig. 12), middle part with the apical margin quite straight,
transversely truncate, bearing a short, thick style on either lateral
angle. Anal valves (=appendices cerciferae) transverse, extended
mesad upwards into a long, cylindrical, almost straight, horn-like
processus. Cerci but a little longer than this processus.
? subgenital plate very small, trapezoidal, about as long as wide at
the tip, apical margin slightly emarginate, with a blunt rounded angle
on either side. Ovipositor very weak and short, strongly directed
104 _ Annals of the South African Museum.
upwards even from the base, and also slightly upcurved for its whole
length, with integer valves, blunt at apex.
Easily distinguishable from minax by the coloration alone ; further,
by the shape of $ mouth parts, by the wider fastigium of vertex, by
the relative lengths of apical spines of hind tibiae, and, finally, by the
structure of g sexual characters. Differing from brunneri at a glance
by the absence of 3 frontal processus. I have already stated in 1927
that in my opinion dregiz may perhaps be identical with costulatus. I
have, however, not yet seen true specimens of costulatus, and thus know
the species only from the very short description given by Brunner.
From this I find that the only difference is in the coloration of the
head, which is evidently not sufficient for a specific separation. On
the other hand, Brunner’s description is so laconic that not even the
generic position of his species can be inferred from it with certainty.
At all events, it is possible that the South African dregw may be
represented in Angola by a similar, closely allied species, or by a local
race somewhat different in coloration, which would then be costulatus.
It seems impossible to decide these questions without having seen
Brunner’s type specimen (Mus., Stettin).
Faku minotaurus nov. sp.
1 § (holotype), East London, Lightfoot, October 1912; 1 3 (para-
type), Transkei, Kentani, Dr. Kolbe; 1 3 (paratype), Natal, Umvoti,
H. Fry ; 1 9 (allotype), Hast London, Lightfoot, November 1915.
Width | Length
of head. |:of body. | 'TC@ | fem. | femeu 41) db. Si memeeems
mm mm mm. mm. mm mm mm
¢ E.L 13-2 44-0 9-5 10:7 23:5 20-0
36 Tr 12:5 33°59 8-7 9-5 22-8 20:4
3 Nat 10°5 31-7 cl 8-7 19-8 16-7 BS
Q 9-5 34:3 9-0 9-5 22-3 19-7 10-4
Occiput pale brownish yellow, laterally towards the genae gradually
becoming red-brown. Face dark castaneous brown to blackish ;
mandibles sometimes paler, red-brown. Pronotum pale, greyish
yellow, diffusely darker nebulous along margins, usually narrowly
blackish, especially along hind margin. All following tergites bronzy
black, but meso- and meta-notum yellow-grey in basal part, some of the
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 105
following tergites also somewhat paler basally. Under-surface of body
yellow-brown to blackish. Legs yellow-brown to dark grey, tibiae
darker than the femora.
Head wider than pronotum. Fastigium of vertex twice as wide as
first antennal joint, slightly excavate on surface and with impressed
punctures. Ocellar dots very small, dark yellow. Frons with a
distinct, thick median elevation in 3; in @ only arched, without
a tubercle, though also obliquely descending against the clypeus in
the shape of a very blunt, obtuse-angled triangle. Frons coarsely
impresso-punctate, the punctuation becoming scantier and finer on
clypeus and labrum; fore part of cheeks coarsely and irregularly
wrinkled. Clypeus trapezoidal, usually longer and relatively narrower
in $ than in 9, in the g from Natal shaped asin 9. Mandibles of 3g
strongly curved, not closely fitting to clypeus and labrum but enclosing
with them a distinct, though not very broad, free gaping space, at the
apex covering and embracing the labrum in front in the g type ; in the
two other specimens covered by the labrum.
Pronotum a little wider than long, slightly dilated forwards. Disc
with a very fine median sulcus and three to four broad, very shallow, .
but slightly imdicated cross-sulci, and with a feeble oblique im-
pression at the site of the anterior end of 7-shaped sulcus. Lateral
lobes a little longer than high, with almost straight, very slightly
convex lower margin, the fore and hind angle being roundedly obtuse-
angulate. The ascending branch of V-sulcus distinct, the descending
branch slightly indicated ; oblique hind sulcus usually not distinguish-
able at all. The soft-skinned throat bearing four shallow, circular,
somewhat darker brown elevations, the two posterior ones somewhat
larger and somewhat wider apart from each other than the two
anterior ones. Prosternum with two acutely triangular points.
Mesosternal lobes triangular, acutely pointed. Metasternal lobes
inside more shallowly, outside more steeply obliquely truncate, with a
rounded obtuse angle between them.
Fore and middle coxae each with a very short, triangular spinelet.
Legs as in dregit ; but the hind tibiae above always bear 8 spines on
the outer side in the 4, the last of them being, of course, very small ;
in only 7; on the inner side usually 8, though the number may
increase to 10 or 11; the spines being decidedly less than half as long
as the tibia is thick. Apical spurs of hind tibiae also as in dregu, but
the middle inner spur may be a very little shorter than the uppermost;
in the ¢ from Natal it is normal on the right hind tibia only, whilst
on the left it is very short, decidedly shorter than the lower one, very
106 Annals of the South African Museum.
thin in distal half and with a very acute tip (evidently an abnormality,
perhaps regeneration). A similar abnormality may be seen on left
hind tibia of type-d in which the middle outer spur is very thick in-
deed, but quite short, almost tubercle-like,
nevertheless with a distinct, blackish point;
on the right hind tibia of the same speci-
men it is quite absent (perhaps broken).
3 sexual characters (fig. 13) similar to
those of dregw. Ovipositor very broad
in basal half and strongly upcurved,
whilst narrow and rather straight in
distal half, at the tip obliquely truncate
from below. Valves complete, the lower
ones decidedly shorter than the upper
Fic. 13.—Faku minotaurus, g. (compare fig. 14). 2 subgenital plate
Head in lateral view, and similar to that of nigrifrons, of the shape
subgenital plate. Same mag- ,
nifications as in fig. 12 (head Of an obtuse-angled triangle, obtuse-
a magnified than subgenital anoularly excised at apex, twice as wide
Bae at base as long.
Without doubt closely allied to dregii, differing from it in both sexes
by the much paler, yellowish-grey pronotum ; in 3, moreover, by the
presence of a frontal elevation and by the decidedly narrower fastigium
verticis ; in ¢ by the different shape of subgenital plate and ovipositor.
Faku brunneri nov. sp.
Syn.: Nasidius truncatifrons Brunner v. W., 1888, nec Stal 1876.
This species differs from the true Nasidius spp., not only by the
number of fore tibial spines, but also by the ¢ frontal cone being
(according to Brunner’s figure) much slenderer and directed more
upwards.
I place in this species, though with some doubt, 1 2 from Albany
Dist.?, C.P., January 1891, Mrs. G. White.
Measurements.—Width of head 10-5 mm., length of body 35 mm., of
pronotum 8-5 mm., fore femora 9-5 mm., hind femora 20-5 mm., hind
tibiae 18-7 mm., ovipositor 9-4 mm.
In all structural characters agreeing very well with Brunner’s
statements. Upper surface of body (including occiput) dark brown,
rather shining, going over into ferruginous laterally (including cheeks).
Antennae uniformly ferruginous brown, but the first joint darker.
Fastigium verticis, frons, and upper part of clypeus greyish black,
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 107
lower ocellar spot and a median spot between frons and clypeus
ferruginous yellow, with the lower part of clypeus and the mandibles
also of the same colour. Labrum darker again. Abdominal sternites
dark brown, but on each sternite the hind margin and a rounded spot
on either side ferruginous yellow. Ovipositor ferruginous brown.
Femora dark ferruginous brown, all knees broadly shining black. All
tibiae ferruginous brown below throughout their whole length, shining
black above, but with a ferruginous ring below the knee, and all
spines and spurs ferruginous yellow, blackish only at the tips.
Anterior part of genae and upper part of clypeus as strongly
wrinkled as the frons. Femora and genicular lobes unarmed. Middle
tibiae, besides the apical spines, with 2 spines above on the outer side
and 3 on the inner side. Hind tibiae above on the outer side with 7,
on the inner side with 8 spines, the last of them being very small and
placed just before the upper apical spur; the others hardly half as
long as the tibia is thick. Below 2 spinelets in distal part on the outer
side, 1 on the inner side slightly beyond the middle, further on the
usual preapical spines. Upper inner spur a very little longer than the
middle one, almost as long as the metatarsus, the undermost about
half as long. Outer spurs about two-thirds as long as the inner ones
respectively, the undermost even slightly more. @ subgenital plate
trapezoidal, more strongly narrowed distally, arcuately emarginate at
apex. Preceding sternite with the hind margin slightly and uniformly
convex, without any keels or depressions on surface.
Faku mgrvfrons nov. sp.
1 g (holotype), Mt. Frere, Transkei, Dr. S. L. du Toit ; 1 9 (allotype),
Brakkloof Farm, November 1897, Mrs. G. White, Albany Museum,
Graham’s Town.
Width Length Pein Fore Hind Hind Ovinas
of head. | of body. ok fem. fem. tib. Pp
mm mm mm. mm. mm mm mm
3 11-2 26°8 6-4 9-0 18-2 15-0
2 10-6 36-0 8-2 10-3 N-7 18-0 9-5
General colour bronzy black, sprinkled with orange yellow in 2
laterally and below. Occiput very dark brown, upper and posterior
part of genae lighter brown. Eyes grey. Antennae dark brown.
108 Annals of the South African Museum.
Fastigium of vertex, frons, and lower anterior part of cheeks blackish.
Clypeus becoming somewhat paler downwards, labrum darker again
distally. Mandibles red-brown, blackish at the tip. Pronotum
bronzy black ; in 9 there is present a large orange-yellow spot around
the ascending branch of the V-sulcus, passing backwards below into
several somewhat irregular smaller spots, and above emitting forwards
a sharp point on disc, joined to the opposite one by two small trans-
verse orange-yellow spots close before the middle of pronotum ; just
before hind margin another orange-yellow transverse median spot on
disc. All these colorations are present in the g too, but darker and
much less well defined, so that they may be easily overlooked. Femora
Fie. 14.—Faku nigrifrons. Left: Head of g in lateral view. Middle: ¢ sub-
genital plate. Right above: Ovipositor. Right below: Q subgenital plate.
Same magnifications as in fig. 12 (head less than the others).
yellow-brown, with blackish reticulation, gradually darkened above
and towards the knees. Tibiae and tarsi almost black. Spines of
legs brown with dark tips. Ovipositor yellow-brown at base, becoming
darker distally, but abruptly yellow-brown again before the tip.
Head in @ slightly, in ¢ decidedly wider than pronotum. Occiput
strongly arched, especially in the g. Fastigium of vertex twice as
wide as the first antennal joint, below arcuately rounded, surface
excavate and impresso-punctate. Three dark yellow ocellar dots
rather distinct. Fastigium frontis arched in Q, whilst in the ¢ pro-
minent downwards and thus passing over into a blunt, conical
elevation, the tip of which is situated at about the middle of the frons ;
from here downwards the surface of frons slopes suddenly and strongly
again towards the clypeus. Frons, clypeus, and labrum impresso-
punctate, sides of frons and lower anterior part of cheeks even
costulate, especially strongly so in the g; in 9 these costules are also
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 109
distinguishable, but much weaker. Mandibles of $ very strongly
arcuate, enclosing with clypeus and labrum a large, almost semi-
circular gap (fig. 14); in @ slightly arcuate, but also not fitting close
to clypeus and labrum, leaving between them a distinct though
narrow space.
Pronotum somewhat wider than long in dorsal view, with well-
indicated 7-shaped sulcus; moreover, with a broad valliform cross-
sulcus behind fore margin in the g. Lateral lobes longer than high,
with lower margin slightly rounded, almost straight, and with fore and
hind angle roundedly obtuse-angulate. Ascending branch of V-sulcus
strongly impressed. Prosternum with two flat, downwardly pro-
minent lobes which are transversely truncate in 3, acutely pointed
in 9. Mesosternal lobes broad, with a rather sharp, outwardly and
backwardly directed point at apex. Metasternal lobes transversely
truncate, with obtuse-angulate outer angle.
Fore and middle coxae with a short, acutely pointed spine. All
femora compressed, unarmed. All genicular lobes rounded, spineless.
Fore tibiae without tympana, above on the inner side with only 1
spine in the middle. Middle tibiae (besides the apical spines) above
on the outer side with 2, on the inner side with 3 spines. Hind tibiae
straight in both sexes, above on the outer side with 6 to 7, on the
inner side with 8 short but sharply pointed spines, the last of them
being much reduced, placed close before the upper apical spur. The
other spines decidedly less than half as long as the tibia is thick.
Below, besides the preapical spines, are 2 in distal half on the outer
side, nearly as long as the upper ones, and with but a single one on
the inner side at about the middle, decidedly shorter and weaker than
the outer ones. Upper and middle inner spur about equally long,
somewhat shorter than metatarsus; lower one about two-thirds as
long as the middle spur. Upper and middle outer spur about as long
as the inner undermost ; lower outer one even somewhat shorter.
3 subgenital plate large, trapezoidal, with well-developed styles ;
between them the hind margin is distinctly convex, but slightly
emarginate in the middle (fig. 14). The horn-like processes of anal
valves almost parallel, cylindrical, bluntly pointed at apex. 2 sub-
genital plate and ovipositor practically as in minotaurus (fig. 14).
Without doubt this new species is very near to minotaurus, differing
from it especially by the coloration of head and pronotum ; in the 3,
moreover, by the mandibles being decidedly more arcuate, by the
somewhat differently shaped frontal processus, and by the shape of
the subgenital plate.
110 Annals of the South African Museum.
Faku minax Péringuey (loc. cit., p. 419).
1 g (type), Cape Colony, Dunbrody, J. A. O’Niel, 1901.
I can complete Péringuey’s description by the following additions :—
Fastigium of vertex hardly twice as wide as first antennal joint,
bluntly keeled laterally, rounded below. The two upper ocellar spots
small, circular, pale, well defined, the undermost just as small, but
much less distinct. The elevation on the frons (the “clypeus” of
Péringuey) is very blunt and slight, defined on either side by a not
very strongly marked, though distinct, subantennal pit, becoming
gradually more shallow downwards and finally ceasing altogether.
Frons obliquely truncate downwards towards the clypeus in the shape
Fic. 15.—Faku minax, 3. Left: Head in frontal view. Right above:
End of hind tibia from inside. Right below: Subgenital plate.
Same magnifications as in fig. 12 (head less magnified than the
other figures).
of a broad, low triangle which is transversely slightly rugulose
(“‘ striolate,” Péringuey). Mandibles short and broad, very heavy, in
the unique type specimen widely separated (by preparation). In the
normal position I suppose they will no doubt fit close to the clypeus
and labrum without any free space between them.
Pronotum 7-7 mm. long, with fore and hind margins very slightly
rounded, almost transversely truncate; fore and hind cross sulci
broad and very shallow, separated from fore and hind margins
respectively by about one-sixth to one-fifth of pronotal length.
Lateral lobes longer than high, with very slightly rounded lower
margin, somewhat obliquely ascending fore and hind margin ; fore and
hind angle bluntly obtuse-angulate. Ascending branch of V-sulcus
situated about in the middle of lateral lobes, strongly and deeply
impressed ; no other sculpture distinguishable with certainty.
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. iat
All femora unarmed; the hindermost a little more thickened
basally than in Bochus, but the difference is not striking, and they
certainly belong to the heavy type with only slight distal attenuation,
quite different from Onosandrus, Libanasa, etc. All genicular lobes
rounded, unspined. Fore tibiae without tympana at all; besides the
apical spines, with but a single spine at the middle above on the inner
side, below with 4 such on either side. Middle tibiae (excluding
apical spines) with 2 spines on upper outer, with 3 on upper inner side,
with 4 below on either side. Hind tibiae below with a very small
spinelet at the middle on the inner side, with 2 such in distal half on
the outer side ; with 8 spines above on the inner side and 7 on the outer
side somewhat larger than those below, decidedly shorter, however,
than in the other allied species ; the last of them, situated on either
side just before the upper apical spur, is much smaller and weaker than
the others. Besides the usual preapical spines on lower side, there are
further 3 apical spurs on either side, the upper ones distant from the
others ; the inner uppermost the longest of all, but still not quite as
long as the short, heavy metatarsus; the middle one somewhat
shorter, and the lower one somewhat shorter again (fig. 15). Outer
upper spur about two-thirds as long as the outer inner one; the
middle and the undermost somewhat shorter, about equal in length
to each other.
3 subgenital plate roughly quadrate but somewhat narrowed distally,
emarginate at apex. Styles not present in the specimen before me,
though the places of insertion are easily distinguishable.
Without doubt a peculiar species, which was quite entitled to be
separated generically from all the formerly known species. It is also
very different from all the other species I have now provisionally
placed in the genus Faku, differing especially by the shape of head
and of ¢ mandibles. It is not impossible therefore that the genus
Faku, as I have defined it here, may be a heterogenous one, and
perhaps in the future will have to be restricted to minaz only. Never-
theless, I wish to avoid the erection of a new generic name for the other
species placed here under Faku, at any rate until their relations based
on richer material have been definitely cleared up.
Gen. ONOSANDRIDUS Peéringuey.
Key to the Species of Onosandridus and Henicus.
1. Shining black, but the antennae, ocellar spots, palpi, tarsi, and spines on legs
ferruginous. Frons (g) bluntly produced basally near the insertion of
112 Annals of the South African Museum.
mandibles. Cheeks with dense longitudinal wrinkles. (Occurring in
Angola) : : : , . (Genus ?) costulatus Brunner v. W.*
1’. Never shining black throughout, at least part of occiput or pronotum decidedly
paler, yellow-brown or red-brown.
2. Legs dark brown to blackish.
3. Fore tibiae above on the inner side with but 1 spine besides the
apical spurs, often with a distinct tympanum on either side.
Body above strongly shining like varnish, abdomen shining
black. Anterior part of genae above the base of mandibles in
6 with a long, slender, horn-like processus reaching decidedly
beyond the middle of labrum. Ovipositor almost ‘as long as
hind femora ; : : . Henicus pattersonii (Stoll).
3’. Fore tibiae above on the inner side with 2 spines besides the apical
ones, always without tympana. Body rather faintly shining.
4. Frons and cheeks rather light grey ; labrum grey. Mandibles
ochreous yellow. Ovipositor upcurved, about two-thirds
as long as hind femora. @2 subgenital plate small,
trapezoidal, shallowly emarginate at apex
Onosandridus simplex nov. sp.
4’. Face fairly Ron brown. Ovipositor decidedly longer or
shorter than in the preceding species. ¢ unknown.
5. Spines of hind tibiae fully as long as the tibia is thick.
Ovipositor by one-sixth shorter than hind femur.
2 subgenital plate trapezoidal, transversely truncate
or even slightly emarginate at apex
Onosandridus deceptor Péringuey.
5’. Spines of hind tibiae decidedly shorter than the tibia is
thick. Ovipositor hardly more than half as long
as hind femora. 2 subgenital plate semicircular
(fig 16) Onosandridus plebeius Péringuey.
2’. Legs entirely or for the greater part brownish yellow or pale ferruginous.
3. Frons laterally and fastigium verticis dark reddish brown or black.
Middle of frons with a distinct pale yellow vertical band or at
least with a pale yellow lower ocellar spot. Cheeks pale
yellow.
4, Frons entirely black, only the pale yellow ocellar spot
distinct, well defined. Middle tibiae above, besides the
apical spurs, with 3 spines on either side
Onosandridus larvatus nov. sp.
4’. Frons from upper end of fastigium frontis to the similarly
coloured pale yellow clypeus with a well-defined bright
yellow median band, on either side thereof pitchy black.
Middle tibiae, besides the apical spurs, above with 2
spines on the outer side and 3 on the inner side
Henicus pictifrons (Péringuey).
* Compare footnote to the species key of Nasidius above (p. 96).
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 113
3’. Frons fairly uniform brownish yellow to darker brown.
4. Castaneous brown. Thoracic tergites on either side with a
sharp yellow band of spots. Fore part of genae in the
6 with a short, broad processus, which is hardly longer
than first antennal joint. (2 unknown. (Occurring in
Angola)
Henicus cephalotes (Bolivar).
4’, At least the head paler, brownish yellow to pale ferruginous.
Thorax laterally without a well-defined band of spots.
5. Middle inner apical spur of hind tibiae twice as long as
the uppermost Onosandridus calcaratus nov. sp.
5’. Middle inner apical spur of hind tibiae shorter or hardly
VOL. XXtx, PART |;
longer than the uppermost.
6. Fore part of cheeks in the ¢ above base of man-
dibles with an acutely triangular, outwardly
directed processus (fig. 19). Ovipositor
hardly one-third as long as hind femur
Henicus prodigiosus (Stal).
6’. Anterior part of genae in the ¢ above base of
mandibles with a cylindrical, forwardly
directed processus (fig. 21). Ovipositor
about as long as hind femora.
7. Middle tibiae above, besides the apical
spurs, with 2 spines on the outer side
and 3 on the inner side. Hind tibiae
somewhat less strongly thickened
basally. —g: Head hardly twice as
wide as pronotum. Mandibles uniformly
and slightly curved.—® : Lateral lobes of
pronotum about twice as long as high,
with slightly rounded lower margin.
Subgenital plate (fig. 20) broad, rounded
at apex. Ovipositor somewhat shorter
Henicus brevimucronatus Griffini.
7’. Middle tibiae above, besides the apical spurs,
with 3 spines on either side. Hind
femora somewhat more _ thickened
basally.—¢ (fig. 21): Head more than
three times as wide as pronotum.
Mandibles at the end of basal fourth
and at beginning of apical fourth
obtuse-angularly curved inwards.—® :
Lateral lobes of pronotum but little
longer than high, with strongly rounded
lower margin. Subgenital plate (fig. 22)
shaped as an equilateral triangle, but
obtuse-angularly truncate at the apex.
Ovipositor somewhat longer
Henicus monstrosus (Herbst.).
8
114 Annals of the South African Museum.
Onosandridus sumplex nov. sp.
1 @ (holotype), 1 3 ?? (with damaged abdomen and but one middle
femur and one hind leg, no fore legs), both from 8.E. Tropical Africa,
Manica, Coope, 1894.
Width | Length
of head. | of body. ome fem. fem. tib. Ovipos.
mm mm mm mm. mm mm mm
7:3 27-5 +6-0 (ee 16:5 14:0 10-5
5 tt fea 28-0 5:8 Q 16-7 14-2
Body very dark brown above, rather shining, uniformly coloured,
but the occiput paler brown, fastigium of vertex darker brown again.
Antennae uniformly dark brown. Cheeks and frons rather pale grey,
fastigium frontis with a small, circular, dark yellow ocellar spot, well
defined in ¢ ??, less distinct in 9. Clypeus on upper part of the same
colour as the front, then with an ill-defined darker cross-band, pale
ferruginous yellow below. Mandibles—so far as they are not covered
by the labrum—ochreous yellow. Labrum grey, darker than the
mandibles. Legs paler than body, brown, paler than in deceptor and
plebeius, but decidedly darker than in pictifrons and most of the other
Henicus species. Ventrally brown, in the ¢ ?? almost as dark as
above, in 9 decidedly paler. Ovipositor yellow-brown.
Head not or hardly wider than pronotum. Fastigium verticis
rounded, twice as wide as first antennal joint. Cheeks shining, with
a few shallow, parallel, oblique impressions, hind margin with a linear
prominence, but not enlarged. Mouth parts quite normal, without any
enlargements or processes. Pronotum relatively small, wider than
long in dorsal view, with a very slightly curved fore margin and
transversely truncate hind margin. On the disc a relatively slender,
finely impressed median line, and with the indication of two shallow
cross-sulci, the hindermost of which is nearer to the hind margin
than the anterior one is to the fore margin; fore sulcus curved, with
the convexity directed backwards. Lateral lobes somewhat longer
than high, fore and hind margins somewhat converging downwards,
lower margin slightly curved, fore and hind angle rounded. The
ascending branch of V-sulcus distinct, situated about in the middle of
lateral lobes, the descending branch quite as far from fore margin as
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 115
from hind branch ; lower angle rounded, as far from the lower margin
as the fore branch is from the fore margin. Hind oblique sulcus
absent, but in this region there is present a small, rounded, decidedly
impressed dimple. Fore and middle coxae with a distinct, short
spine. Prosternum produced into two processes which are directed
obliquely backwards and downwards, nearly lamellate, with the shape
of an obtuse-angled triangle, but sharply pointed at tip. Meso-
sternal lobes of a similar shape, but larger and thicker, more massive,
not lamellate. Metasternal lobes broad, slightly arcuate at the end,
almost transversely truncate.
All femora unarmed, the hindermost strongly thickened basally,
decidedly attenuate distally. All genicular lobes rounded, unarmed.
Fore tibiae absolutely without tympana, unarmed above on the outer
side, on the inner side with 2 spines besides the apical ones; below
with 4 spines on either side and the usual apical spines. Middle tibiae
with 2 spines above on the outer side, 3 on the inner side, excluding the
apical spurs, below as in the fore tibiae. Hind tibiae above on the
inner side with 8, on the outer side with 7 spines, the last of them
situated just before the upper apical spur and very small; the others
nearly as long as the tibia is thick ; below on the outer side in distal
half with 3 spines and the usual preapical spinelet, on the inner side
besides the latter unarmed. Upper and middle inner spur about equal
in length, as long as the metatarsus, the undermost somewhat more
than half as long. Upper and middle outer spur hardly longer than
the lower inner one, lower outer spur somewhat shorter than the inner.
Ovipositor in length and shape between deceptor and plebevus.
2 subgenital plate small, trapezoidal, slightly arcuately emarginate at
the end. I do not know whether the other specimen is in fact a 4,
because the apical part of the abdomen is damaged.
Onosandridus deceptor Peéringuey (loc. cit., p. 422).
1 9 (type), S. Rhodesia, Umtali, Bodong, 1903.
Head brown. All genicular lobes spineless. Hind tibiae dark
brown, spines of the same colour, otherwise as in Henicus pictifrons.
Apical spurs of hind tibiae also as in that species. By the expression
“styles long,’ Péringuey means the cerci. Ovipositor uniformly
slightly upcurved, valves with complete margins, the lower ones
decidedly shorter than the upper, apex bluntly pointed. 2 subgenital
plate of the shape of an equilateral triangle, slightly emarginate at
the apex. Preceding sternite with a shallow median impression.
116 Annals of the South African Museum.
Onosandridus plebetus Péringuey (loc. cit., p. 423).
1 2 (type), Transvaal, Hughes, 1878.
Hind femora very strongly thickened basally, unspmmed. Genicular
lobes spineless. Hind tibiae very slightly curved in distal part, with
7 spines above on either side, the last of which is smaller than the
others and situated just before upper apical spur. Middle inner spur
of hind tibiae fully as long as the abbreviate metatarsus, the upper
nearly as long, the undermost only about two-thirds of the middle one.
Upper and middle outer spur a little longer than the lower inner one,
the lower outer shorter. Valves of ovipositor with integer margins,
the lower ones decidedly shorter than the upper. @ subgenital plate
uniformly arched, almost semicircular, obtuse-angled at apex.
Preceding sternite with a distinct, large, transverse pit which is
bounded distally on either side by an ear-shaped process overlapping it
from the hind margin (fig. 16).
Onosandridus larvatus nov. sp.
1 juv. 3 (type), Cape Town, L.P., June 1885.
Though we have to do with a rather young specimen, all its char-
acters are already so strongly marked that the species may be satis-
factorily described from it. The measurements are to be considered,
naturally, as of mere relative value, viz. :—
3S, width of head 4:8 mm., length of body 12-5 mm., of pronotum
3:2 mm., fore femora 4:3 mm., hind femora 11 mm., hind tibiae
9-7 mm. .
Body uniformly dark brown above, almost blackish, but the
occiput somewhat paler brown, and the lateral lobes of pronotum
becoming gradually ferruginous backwards. Antennae brown, the
two first joints pale yellowish, with a darker brown longitudinal stripe
along inner side. Fastigium verticis, frons, and fore part of genae
black. Lower ocellar dot distinct, circular, well defined, dark yellow.
In addition, a similarly coloured, somewhat larger, but less well-
defined spot is present from the inner angle of antennal scrobes
towards the middle and downwards. Genae, except their foremost
part, pale brownish yellow. The mouth parts of a similar colour,
but the clypeus along the upper margin and lower part of labrum
darkened. Legs pale brownish yellow. Fore and middle femora
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 117
gradually more or less darkened distally, hind femora somewhat
darker above, but at knee itself decidedly pale above. Tibiae darker
basally than distally, the colour gradually becoming paler. Whole
ventral surface of body uniformly pale brownish yellow.
Head globose, decidedly wider than pronotum. Fastigium
verticis not quite one and a half times as wide as first antennal joint.
Frons, cheeks, and mandibles without any processes, the latter ?-like,
fitting close to clypeus and labrum, without any gaping space between
them. Genae with a few shallow, parallel, oblique impressions, hind
margin linear, but not lamellate. Pronotum somewhat compressed
in middle part by the strong impression of the broad, not well-defined
ascending branch of V-sulcus. Lateral lobes somewhat longer than
high, with rounded hind margin. Fore and middle coxae with a
short, sharp spine. Prosternum with two rather large tubercles side
by side. Mesosternal lobes triangular, metasternal lobes slightly
rounded.
All femora unarmed ; the hindermost strongly thickened basally,
attenuate distally. All genicular lobes spineless, rounded. Fore
tibiae without tympana ; except for the apical spines unarmed above
on outer side, on the inner side with 2 spines, below with 4 spines
on either side. Middle tibiae, except the apical spines, above with
3 spines on either side, with 4 below. Hind tibiae very feebly curvate,
above with 8 to 10 spines on either side which are scarcely half as long
as the tibia is thick ; below with a preapical spine on either side and,
moreover, with 2 similar spinelets on the outer side in the distal half.
The upper apical spurs strikingly far removed from the middle ones,
hardly shorter than those. Middle inner spur a little shorter than
metatarsus, the outer one only as long as metatarsus from base to the
end of first pulvillus. Lower apical spurs hardly two-thirds as long
as the middle ones, and also decidedly more slender.
$ subgenital plate almost quadratic, truncate at the end, and with
a slender style on either side which is almost as long as the subgenital
plate. Surface with a blunt median keel, on either side of it a large,
rather deep, darkened pit.
This species is very well characterised and cannot be mistaken for
any one ofthe others. The armature of the middle tibiae distinguishes
it at once from most of the other species and agrees with Henicus
monstrosus. The coloration of hind knees also would fit Henicus
better than Onosandridus, but as the type specimen is a g and has no
frontal processes like Henscus, it must be placed in Onosandridus.
118 Annals of the South African Museum.
Onosandridus calcaratus nov. sp.
1 9 (type), Beaufort West, Cape Colony, Dr. Purcell, 1905.
Measurements, ?.— Width of head 5:3 mm., length of body 15:5 mm.,
of pronotum 5:0 mm., fore femora 5-2 mm., hind femora 10:3 mm.,
hind tibiae 9 mm., ovipositor 8-4 mm.
General colour brownish yellow, thoracic and abdominal tergites
with blackish cross-bands along the hind margins.
Head not or hardly wider than pronotum. Occiput arched, with
a sharp blackish stripe along each supraocular sulcus, and with an
U-shaped black line between them slightly interrupted in the middle.
Fastigium of vertex but little wider than first antennal joint, grey ;
on either hind angle there is present an outwardly directed, well-
defined, whitish ocellar spotlet, and from here extends backwards a
black longitudinal line ascending for a short distance on the vertex.
Eyes grey. Antennae ferruginous, the two first joints paler, yellowish,
with a dark spot on the inside. Lower ocellar spot well defined,
whitish, acutely pointed above, and reaching here the lower margin
of fastigium verticis. Frons and cheeks brownish yellow; below
antennal base a large, not well-defined, nebulous, brownish-grey spot,
and a similar one below each eye. Mandibles in the free part and
clypeus above brownish yellow ; clypeus below and labrum dark.
Pronotum somewhat darker than the remaining part of body,
ferruginous, diffusely blackish along hind margin ; almost quadratic
in dorsal view, with a median sulcus nearly throughout its whole
length. Otherwise there is no other sculpture distinguishable with
certainty, except a large, shallow depression in the anterior part of
lateral lobes. These about as long as high, with the lower margin
slightly rounded, fore and hind angle obtuse-angularly rounded.
Fore and middle coxae with a short, tooth-like, sharply pointed
spine, blackish at the tip. All femora spineless, uniformly coloured,
except the knees which are narrowly and diffusely darkened. Hind
femora shaped as in Onosandrus tigrinus (fig. 18). Fore tibiae without
tympana, above on the inner side with 2 spines; middle tibiae above
on the outer side with 2, on the inner side with 3 spines (excluding
apical spines). Hind tibiae with 11 short spines above on either side ;
below, besides the usual preapical spines, with but a very small
spinelet on the outer side at about the end of middle fifth. The
middle inner spur somewhat longer than the metatarsus, the upper-
most only about half as long, the lower one even shorter. Outside,
the relative lengths of spurs practically the same, but all outer spurs
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 119
shorter than those inside, the middle one hardly three-fourths as long
as metatarsus.
Cerci short and slender. Ovipositor very strongly upcurved in
basal part, thence almost straight, sharply pointed at apex. 2 sub-
genital plate (fig. 16) almost an equilateral
triangle, rounded at the apex, and here with
a weak median sulcus; before this, a horse-
shoe-shaped carina, opening backwards, em-
bracing a depression, and surrounded outside
by some further depressions. Fra. 16.—9 subgenital plate
This new species reminds one of the 99 of To eee pleberus
s gnification as
Hencus (monstrosus, brevimucronatus) by the in fig. 6) and calcaratus
shape and colour of the head, but the length ee oe os
and shape of the ovipositor and the struc-
ture of the hind femora definitely exclude it from that genus accord-
ing to my opinion. I therefore think it better to place it in Ono-
sandridus, where it can be easily distinguished with certainty from
all the hitherto known species. By the coloration, by the shape of
the hind femora, and by the relative lengths of the apical spurs of
the hind tibiae, it is strikingly similar to Onosandrus tigrinus, but
differs from it by the fore tibiae being two-spined above, by the more
slender form, by the shorter ovipositor, and by the different structure
of the 2 subgenital plate.
Gen. Onosanprus Stal.
Key to the African Species of Onosandrus.*
I have included in this key the species from the African continent
only. Besides these, the genus is also represented in Madagascar
and in New Zealand, and one species is supposed to have been recorded
from India (!?). These are not incorporated in the key below.
1. Fastigium verticis flattened or even almost excavate.
2. Thoracic and abdominal tergites with distinct black bands along hind
margins. : . Onosandrus bipinnatus nov. sp.
2’. Dorsal surface of body fairly uniformly coloured, without well-defined
bands along hind margins.
3. Lateral lobes of pronotum twice as long as high. Hind femora
more slender (fig. 17) . Onosandrus opacus Brunner v. W.
3’. Lateral lobes of pronotum hardly longer than high. Hind femora
strongly thickened , . Onosandrus splendens Sjéstedt.
* For the 22 compare also the genus Platysiagon and the Henicus spp. monstrosus,
brevimucronatus, and pattersonit.
120 Annals of the South African Museum.
1’. Fastigium of vertex arched.
2. Hind femora with small spinelets below in distal half.
3. Hind tibiae of ¢ decidedly curved. Ovipositor scarcely more than
half as long as hind femur . Onosandrus fasciatus Stal.
3’. Hind tibiae of ¢ straight. Ovipositor at least two-thirds as long as
hind femora.
4. Surface of body brownish yellow to castaneous ; thoracic and
abdominal tergites with blackish cross-bands along hind
margins . - . Onosandrus natalensis nov. sp.
4’. Surface of body uniformly blackish.
5. Hind femora three times as long as pronotum. Hind
tibiae above with 10 spines on the outer side, 8 on
the inner side Onosandrus fuscodorsalis Sjostedt.
5’, Hind femora fully four times as long as pronotum.
Hind tibiae above with 8 to 10 spines on the outer
side, with 7 spines on the inner side
Onosandrus mediocris Péringuey.
2’. Hind femora quite unarmed.
3. Lateral lobes of pronotum as long as high. Middle inner spur of
hind tibiae twice as long as the uppermost and decidedly longer
than metatarsus.
4. Hind margins of all tergites with well-defined blackish cross-
bands. Ovipositor almost as long as or even longer than
the hind femora. @ subgenital plate triangular, sharply
pointed. Body heavier Onosandrus tigrinus nov. sp.
4’. Hind margins of tergites not or hardly darkened. Ovipositor
decidedly shorter than hind femur. 9@ subgenital plate
rounded at apex Onosandrus crassipes Brunner v. W.
3’. Lateral lobes of pronotum longer than high. Middle inner spur of
hind tibiae as long as the uppermost, shorter than metatarsus
Onosandrus saussurei Brunner v. W.
Onosandrus bipinnatus nov. sp.
1 @ (type), Johannesburg, Dr. Purcell, 1905.
Measurements, 9.—Width of head 5 mm., length of body 16-8 mm.,
of pronotum 5 mm., fore femora 4:6 mm., hind femora 13 mm., hind
tibiae 11-3 mm., ovipositor 6-8 mm.
Pale ferruginous yellow. All thoracic and abdominal tergites with
blackish cross-bands along the hind margins, decidedly wider on the
three thoracic segments than on abdomen; pronotum also narrowly
darkened along the fore margin. Head coloured like that of Ono-
sandridus calcaratus, but the occiput without an U-shaped line; on
the contrary, with a fine, sharp, pale yellow median sulcus running
over the occiput and vertex to the base of fastigium verticis, where it
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 121
suddenly stops. Fastigium verticis almost one and a half times as
wide as first antennal joint, flattened, and somewhat depressed in the
middle; grey, transversely blackish along upper border, but emit-
ting no black longitudinal lines backwards. Eyes black. Antennae
brownish yellow, the basal joints also immaculate. Lower ocellar
spotlet pale yellow, transversely truncate above, distinctly separated
from the lower margin of fastigium verticis, produced downwards into
a vertical band of the same colour which occupies fully half the height
offrons. Cheeks pale yellow ; frons of the same colour, but irregularly
clouded with grey, especially so below the eyes. Mouth parts pale
yellow throughout.
Pronotum ferruginous yellow, shaped as in Onosandridus calcaratus,
blackish along fore and hind margin. No sculpture distinguishable
with certainty, except a median sulcus running throughout the whole
length of the disc, and a feebly indicated hind branch of V-sulcus
about the middle of the lateral lobes. Fore and middle coxae with a
rather short, acute tooth. Femora as in Onosandridus calcaratus.
Fore tibiae absolutely without tympana, though somewhat depressed
in this region, with but 1 long spine above on the inner side at the
middle. Middle tibiae above with 2 spines on the outer side, with 3
on the inner side besides the apical ones. Hind tibiae above on the
outer side with 7, on the inner side with 8 spinelets, below on the outer
side with 2 such in distal half and the usual preapical spinelets.
Middle inner spur as long as metatarsus, the uppermost but very little
shorter, the lower one scarcely half as long. Upper outer spur about
three-fourths as long as the inner one, middle outer slightly shorter,
lower one hardly shorter than the inner undermost.
Ovipositor as in Onosandridus calcaratus, but blunt at tip. 2 sub-
genital plate moderately large, trapezoidal, slightly emarginate at
the apex; surface of this and of the preceding sternite without
sculpture.
This species reminds one in general appearance, in coloration, and
especially in its short, thick hind femora strongly of Onosandridus
calearatus and Onosandrus tigrinus, but differs from both by the
relative lengths of the hind tibial apical spurs, by the shape of the
2 subgenital plate, and also by the darkened fore margin of the
pronotum ; from calcaratus, moreover, by the armature of the fore
tibiae, and from tigrinus by the much shorter ovipositor. According
to the structure of the fastigium verticis, bipannatus must be placed,
not with the crassipes group, but near opacus. According to Brunner,
this latter has the hind femora “ uniseriatim pinnata ”’ (compare the
122 Annals of the South African Museum.
following description), whereas they are bipinnate in bepinnatus just
as in tegrinus (fig. 18).
Onosandrus opacus Brunner v. W.
I place the following specimens in this species :—
1 g, 1 @ (Onosandrus saussuret, det. Péringuey), Kalk Bay,
J. H. Power, 1914; 2 juv. 99, 1 juv. g, same locality and collector ;
1 very young dg, Stellenbosch, Barnard, 1913.
The last specimen is too immature to be determined with certainty ;
it may belong either to this or to another closely related species. The
others without doubt all belong to the same species, though only the
two first-named are mature enough to enable me to give a more
detailed description. Their measurements are :
Width Length Pp Fore Hind Hind Ov;
of head. | of body. rs fem. fem. tib. be
mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm
3 5:6 21-0 5:5 6-0 14:5 12:5 F
2 5:0 20:5 5:0 5:5 14:5 12:8 11:5
Péringuey’s identification of this species as saussure: is without
doubt erroneous, for the fastigium verticis is decidedly flattened and
even a little excavate on surface; furthermore, in saussurei the
ovipositor is slightly longer than the hind femora, whereas in these
specimens before me it is decidedly shorter. According to Brunner’s
key, I have no doubt in referring them to opacus, and there is nothing
in the original description that would be in conflict with this identifica-
tion. It certainly is very short and says nothing on some of the
important characters, so that an absolutely certain determination is not
possible from it alone. Nevertheless, I think it very probable that the
specimens before me be-
long to opacus, and I give
here a short description
of them.
Fie. 17.—Onosandrus opacus, 3, lateral view, Occiput and vertex
natural size. (Del. Goesti Abdoelkadir.)
| arched, rather dark brown,
with 2 to 3 longitudinal blackish lines and the sides strongly darkened.
Fastigium verticis black, with an ovate or piriform outline, slightly
wider than the first antennal joint ; surface slightly excavate and finely
—
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 123
impresso-punctate. All three ocellar dots present, dark yellow, the
upper ones almost circular, directed outwards, the lower one larger, not
well defined. Hyes brownish grey. The two first antennal joints pale
brownish yellow, the first slightly darkened in the middle ; following
joints darker, brown. Frons and cheeks pale yellow, without a
distinct sculpture, below the antennae and eyes with an ill-defined
blackish-grey nebulous patch. Mouth parts brownish yellow, shaped
in ¢ as in 8.
Pronotum decidedly longer than wide, slightly dilated forwards,
yellowish brown, with indistinct blackish lines on the disc, strongly
darkened along the margins, but pale again near the fore angle of
lateral lobes. No sculpture distinguishable with certainty. Lateral
lobes about twice as long as high, fore and hind angle strongly rounded.
Prosternum with 2 small tubercles. Mesosternal lobes produced into
an acute, almost spine-like point. Metasternal lobes almost rect-
angularly triangular. Meso- and meta-notum and abdominal dorsum
dark brown, but with a faded yellowish-brown median line, the colour
of the segments often also slightly paler before hind margins, the
margins themselves darker again. Ventral surface brownish yellow.
Fore and middle coxae with a sharply pointed, not very long spine.
All femora unarmed, brownish yellow, decidedly paler above at the
knees as in Henicus monstrosus and brevimucronatus ; femoral surface
with a more or less distinct blackish reticulation, distinguishable on
the outer surface of hind femora either in the upper half only (uni-
pinnate) or on lower half also (bipinnate); this character, to which
Brunner called special attention, seems therefore to be of no specific
value. Posterior (=inner) genicular lobes of middle and hind legs
ending in a small, acutely pointed spine; the outermost of hind legs
with a similar spinelet at lower margin before the middle. All tibiae
basally darker than the femora, and there with a faded, yellowish,
annular spot, distally gradually becoming paler brownish yellow in
apical part. Fore tibiae with a slight impression on either side in
tympanal region, without a tympanum on the outer surface, whilst there
is one present in ¢ on the inner surface, but not distinguishable with
certainty in 9; above on the inner side with 1 spine slightly beyond
the middle. Middle tibiae, besides the apical spines, above on the
outer side (=cephalad) with 2, on the inner side (=caudad) with 3
spines. Hind tibiae straight, above on the outer side with 8 to 10,
on the inner side with 9 to 10 spines which are about half as long as the
tibia is thick ; below, besides the preapical spines, 3 to 4 spinelets on
the outer side and 1 on the inner side beyond the middle. The upper
124 Annals of the South African Museum.
apical spurs on either side rather distant from the middle ones.
Middle inner spur as long as metatarsus from base to end of first
pulvillus, the uppermost hardly longer, the undermost slightly more
than half as long as the middle one. Relative lengths of the outer
spurs similar to inner ones, the upper one about two-thirds as long
as the upper inner one.
3S subgenital plate semicylindrically arched, rounded at the end,
brownish yellow, with well-developed reddish-brown styles. Pro-
cesses of anal valves horn-like as usual, decidedly shorter than the
cerci. Ovipositor decidedly, if only slightly, shorter than the hind
femora, very slightly upcurved, rather pointed at apex; all the
valves with integer margins and of equal length. 2 subgenital plate
small, bluntly triangular, almost semicircular.
Onosandrus splendens Sj6stedt.
1912. Sjostedt, Ark. Zool., viii, No. 6, p. 17, pl. 3, feo TL.
I only know this species from Sjé6stedt’s description and figure. It
is not represented in the collection of the 8.A. Museum. As may be
seen from Sjéstedt’s figure, it is more massive than opacus, the hind
femora much more thickened basally, and the lateral lobes of pro-
notum relatively shorter and much higher. Thus it may easily be
confounded with opacus.
Onosandrus fasciatus Stal.
Compare Sjéstedt, Ark. Zool., viii, No. 6, p. 18, pl. 3, fig. 2, 1912.
Not represented in the collection before me. It was always con-
founded with the following species until Sjéstedt pointed out the
differences between them in the paper cited above.
Onosandrus natalensis nov. sp.
Syn.: O. fasciatus Brunner v. W., 1888, nec Stal, 1876.
Sjéstedt has pointed out that fasciatus Brunner v. W. cannot be
identical with Stal’s species. He supposed that the former might be
synonymous with fuscodorsalis. There are, however, some differences
to be mentioned: the legs of Brunner’s species are shorter in pro-
portion to the body than in fuscodorsalis, the ovipositor is relatively
longer, and the colour also is not quite identical in both species. I
therefore think it more prudent to keep Brunner’s species separated
provisionally, and here propose a new name for it.
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 125
1 g, Natal, Durban, purch. J. James, March 1888.
The specimen was already determinated as Onosandrus fasciatus
(without any indication as to who determined it), probably from
Brunner’s monograph. The author of the determination apparently
did not know at the time that fasciatus Brunner v. W. was not
identical with fascratus Stal, which Sj6stedt demonstrated in 1912.
The abdomen of this specimen has been immoderately extended
during preparation; for the rest, the measurements agree quite
well with those given by Brunner. Lateral lobes of pronotum but
little longer than high. Hind femora (fig. 18) much more slender
than in tugrinus and crassipes. Hind tibiae quite straight, above on
the outer side with 9, on the inner side with 7 spines, whereas in
the other species there are usually more on the inner side than on
the outer side. Upper and middle inner spur a little shorter than
metatarsus. dg subgenital plate elongately trapezoidal, transversely
truncate at the end; styles wanting in the specimen before me
(probably broken off at base). Processes of anal valves as long as
the cerci and decidedly wider than these, depressed, parallel-sided
to beyond the middle, from whence they are attenuated to an acute
point in apical third.
Onosandrus fuscodorsalis Sj6stedt.
1912. Sjostedt, Ark. Zool., viii, No. 6, p. 19.
Not represented in the collection before me. I only know this
species from Sj6stedt’s description.
Onosandrus mediocris Péringuey (loc. cit., p. 421).
1 3 (type), no locality label.
Distinguishable at a glance from the two most closely allied species,
natalensis and fuscodorsalis (with the original descriptions of which I
could only compare it and not with the type specimens), by the
decidedly shorter pronotum.
Middle inner spur of hind tibiae as long as metatarsus along its
upper edge, thus somewhat shorter than the average length of meta-
tarsus ; upper inner spur almost as long as the middle one. Upper
and middle outer spur about equal in length to each other, two-thirds
as long as the inner ones. Lower spur, on either side, not quite half
as long as the middle one. Preapical spinelets very short and delicate,
inconspicuous.
126 Annals of the South African Museum.
Onosandrus tigrinus nov. sp.
1 2 (type), Smithfield, O.F.S., Kannemeyer, “ Orangia,”’ 1910
(“ Onosandrus spec.” in coll., without name of author of determination).
1 2 (det. Karny) (“ 2 immatura sine tibiis anticis non determinanda, ’
det. Griffini; further with a second label: “‘? Onosandrus vel
Carcinopsis,” without name of author of determination), Cape Colony,
Hanover, 1901, Cron. Schreiner. 1 young 2 (det. Karny), Smithfield,
O.F.S., Kannemeyer, 1908; its ovipositor still very short, though
already rather slender; bands of tergites easily distinguishable, but
not yet as well defined as in the larger specimens.
Width Length
ailieadl, | sited, | EB | aa a tib, | Ovabee
mm, mm. mm, mm, mm. mm, mm.
Q 6-4 18-0 6-0 5-7 13-7 12-0 11-9
Q 6:5 15-5 5:3 @ 11-7 10-5 13°3
At first I mistook this species for crassvpes, with which it agrees well
in most of its characters. Then I found amongst the material of the
British Museum a true crassvpes (2) for comparison, and from this I.
have been convinced as to the specific difference of the two (compare
key to the species).
All thoracic and abdominal tergites with well-defined black bands
Fic. 18.—Hind femur (seen from outside) of Onosandrus natalensis (above)
and tigrinus (below).
along hind margins, but even the pronotum without a fore marginal
band. Fastigium verticis somewhat darkened, but the margins
broadly pale yellowish. Face pale, with a distinct dark subocular
spot. Tergites pale yellowish laterally and paler there than the
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 127
ferruginous dorsum ; lateral lobes of pronotum with a dark middle
spot. Fore and middle tibiae normally spined, the upper fore tibial
spine being situated slightly basally from the middle. Hind tibiae
above on the outer side with 11 to 12, on the inner side with 10 to 11
dark-tipped spines. Ovipositor about as long as hind femur, slender,
uniformly slightly upcurved, rather pointed at apex. 2 subgenital
plate rather large, of the shape of an equilateral triangle, uniformly
pointed at the tip, not blunt. All other characters as in crassipes.
Onosandrus crassipes Brunner v. W.
Not represented in the material of the South African Museum. For
comparison I had before me a 2 from the British Museum which
certainly specifically differs from tegrinus.
Onosandrus saussuret Brunner v. W.
Not present in the collection now before me. Two specimens
(3, 2) determined by Peéringuey as saussurez I have placed with opacus
(see above).
Gen. Henicus Gray.
For key to species see Onosandridus.
I cannot regard Stal’s Mimnermus as a different genus. It may be
considered either as a synonym of Henicus or as a subgenus of it. In
this latter case the genus Henicus should be divided into two sub-
genera as follows :—
Frontal processes of ¢ short, triangular or conical, sharply pointed at the end,
more or less outwardly directed. Ovipositor hardly one-third as long as the
hind femora . : . subgen. Mimnermus Stal.
Frontal processes of 3 eriindridal or ioEneunaned, forwardly directed. Ovipositor
not at all or but little shorter than the hind femora
subgen. Henicus Gray s. str.
Henicus (Mimnermus) pictifrons (Péringuey) (loc. cit., p. 422).
1 juv. 9 (type), Nylstroom District, Transvaal, A. Tucker, 1906.
This species has been described by Péringuey as Onosandridus.
According to a ¢ specimen now before me in the material of the.
British Museum, it must, however, be placed in Henicus (Mimnermus)
_ and is closely related to prodigiosus. I shall return to that specimen
in another publication, and will only state here that the structure of
128 Annals of the South African Museum.
the head is practically the same as in prodigiosus, whereas the colour
characters are quite as in the type @ and thus different from
prodigiosus.
Colour of frons very characteristic for the species. Occiput and
vertex with a narrow, well-defined, fine longitudinal sulcus, suddenly
stopping at the base of the fastigium verticis and not extending on
to it. Lateral lobes of pronotum broadly pale yellow along lower
margin, black along fore and hind margin. Fore and middle femora
just before the knee with a small black spot, the knees themselves
being pale; hind knees almost entirely black. All genicular lobes
spineless. Hind tibiae black above along both edges, but the spines
pale ; 8 on the inner side, 7 on the outer side, the last of them much
smaller and weaker than the others, situated just before the upper
apical spur ; the others decidedly longer, stronger, and more acutely
pointed than in Onosandridus plebevus. The upper inner spur of hind
tibia slightly longer than the middle one, the latter as long as the first
and second tarsal joint taken together ; lower inner spur half as long
as the middle one. Upper and middle outer spur as long as metatarsus
along its upper edge ; the undermost a little shorter, as long as that of
inner side. All abdominal sternites pale yellow, with a black spot at
base on each side. Ovipositor quite straight, acutely pointed, very
short (larval).
Besides this type specimen I also place with this species 2 99 from
Johannesburg, Cregoe, 1897; one of these specimens has a label
“ Onosandrus pictifacies sp.n.” without the name of the author, and
another one by Griffini: “ spinae 2 superae tibiar. anticarum notandae,
ut in O. puncticeps Pict. et Saussure, 1891 (gen. Onosandrus ???).”
The measurements of these two specimens (the second being that
labelled as “ pictefacies’’) are:
Width Length
of head. | of body. Rei fem. fem. tib. Orne
mm mm mm mm. mm mm mm
2 6:8 19-0 5-6 6-3 13-7 12°3 7:8
2 7-2 20-0 5:8 6:5 13-9 11-8 8:0
Both specimens agree very well with the type in all morphological
characters, but the middle inner spur of hind tibiae is as long as, or
even a little longer than, the uppermost. The colour is more intense
than in the type, especially the pronotum, which is more castaneous
A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae. 129
brown. Face with similar markings as in the type, but in the first
specimen (without a determination label) the pale vertical band on the
frons is interrupted by a black cross-stripe close above the clypeus,
thus connecting the black markings on the sides of the frons. In the
other specimen (with Griffini’s label) the markings on the face are as in
the type, the black parts of the latter (fastigium verticis and sides of
frons), however, being only castaneous in this case, passing into black
only lower down at the base of the mandibles. For all the three
specimens it 1s very typical that the lateral lobes of the pronotum
are pale yellow below, especially towards the anterior angle, and that
the meso- and meta-notum show a large, upright, yellowish spot
laterally. As the sexual characters are not discernible in the
(obviously still larval) type, I can only state that the ovipositor is
shaped practically as in Onosandridus plebevus; 2 subgenital plate
very large, about one-fourth as long as ovipositor, shaped like an
equilateral triangle, broadly rounded at the end, even slightly
emarginate in the middle. Shape of hind femora the same in all the
three specimens, practically as in Onosandrus togrinus (fig. 18).
Hencus (Mimnermus) prodigiosus (Stal).
3=Nasidius bechuanus Péringuey, loc. cit., p. 416.
0= Nasidius ferox Péringuey, loc. cit., p. 417.
1 $ (type of bechuanus), Vryburg District, J. M. Bain. 1 9 (type of
ferox), Zambesi, Matoppos, Pillans, also with the label (‘‘ verisim. :
Gen. nov., apud Gen. Platysvagona Br. locandum, voir les 2 épines aux
tib. anter. aussi chez Onos. puncticeps Pict. SSS. 1891,” det. Griffini).
These two specimens have been described by Péringuey as two
different species of Nasidius, but no specific differences can be gleaned
from his species key as ferox is not included init. From his descrip-
tions too, and from the types now before me, I am unable to see any
differences of specific value. On the contrary, the two specimens
agree entirely with each other in all structural and colour characters,
with the exception of the secondary sexual characters.- The only
fact remaining is that the @ is considerably larger than the g. We
must keep in mind, however, that such differences in the measure-
ments—so far as they are not relative, but absolute only—are not very
important in Henicinae, because we can very often (if the sexual
characters are not already well developed) not make out with certainty
whether we have to do with fully grown or larval specimens. In this
connection I may recall Burmeister’s two types of dregi (see above),
which show quite as great differences in size as bechuanus and feroz.
VOL X»
1852. 19, 4500 ,, 9 9
Solpuga masienensis, n. sp.
(Text-fig. 4.)
1 3, 1 2, 6389, Masiene, P.E. Africa.
Colour.—Mandibles infuscated above but not at the sides, head-
plate broadly infuscated anteriorly, narrowly posteriorly, forming
a broad V-shaped patch ; abdomen greyish above and below, tarsus
and apex of metatarsus of palp slightly infuscate, remainder yellow.
Dentition.—Outer series as. in fig. 4, a; inner series consisting of a
ae
—_—_ll
‘ae
————Ss FS
SS
ar eee
160 Annals of the South African Museum.
large distal, moderate middle, and minute proximal tooth, the middle
much nearer to the proximal than to the distal tooth.
b
Fia. 4.—Solpuga masienensis, n. sp.
Flagellum (fig. 4, a) reaching to just half-way between the basal
enlargement and anterior margin of the headplate; seen from the
outer side it is simple, without serrations, and flattened from above
downwards in its anterior half and from side to side in its posterior
New South African Solrfugae. 161
half ; seen from above (fig. 4, 6) it is a long, wedge-shaped structure ;
basal enlargement low and rounded above; fang of jaw just anterior
to the bend of the flagellum broad, its upper surface flat to slightly
concave (a cross-section taken here would be triangular in shape with
the apex of the triangle directed downwards) ; inner tooth, if present,
a minute granule. |
Spination.—Mandibles above, with numerous long, strong spines,
headplate thickly covered with short spines, three strong spines
(similar to those on the mandibles), forming a recurved row on each
side of and just behind the ocular tubercle; the latter with two
clusters of spines, one anterior, the other posterior to the eyes ; head-
plate fairly densely covered with long, erect setae; metatarsus of
palp with a broad scopulate area below, except at base and apex,
tibia with a row of 4 long curved setae on its inner side, femur with
a row of 4-5 spiniform setae on the inner side.
Measurements.—Width of headplate 7-9, length (including ocular
tubercle) 7, tarsus+metatarsus 12-8, tibia 13-3, femur 15-4, total
length 31 mm.
©. Colour as in ¢.
Headplate very much broader than in the 3, almost twice as broad
as long, without strong spines but with a few setae, mandibles with
a few strong spines above.
Dentition.—Jaws and teeth much more powerful and larger than
in the $; upper jaw with two large anterior teeth, the second of which
is larger than the first, then two intermediate teeth, the second of
which is about twice the size of the first, and is closely followed by a
third large main tooth equal in size to the second main tooth, then
four teeth, the first and third larger than the second and fourth ;
inner series consisting of three teeth, the first of which is long and
sharp ; lower jaw with three teeth fairly close together, the first and
third (main teeth) very large.
Measurements.—Width of headplate 10, length 5-6, tarsus+-meta-
tarsus 11-3, tibia 10-8, femur 11-7 mm., total length 41 mm.
This species is probably most nearly related to S. darlingz, Poc.
Solpuga intermedia, n. sp.
(Text-fig. 5.)
1 3, 12264, Montagu Baths.
Colour.—Headplate and appendages yellow, terminal segments
of fourth leg a little darker ; abdomen dark brown, tergites with two
VOL. XXIX, PART 1. 1]
162 Annals of the South African Museum.
posteriorly converging blackish stripes at the sides, sternites with a
pair of similar but less distinct lateral stripes; malleoli not edged
with black.
Dentition very similar to that of S. erythronotoides, Hewitt (Ann.
Transv. Mus., vol. vii, p. 33, text-fig. 6); the small keel in front of
the anterior bend of the flagellum is here bluntly and not conspicu-
ously terminated, but the dentition is otherwise similar to that of
erythronotoides, loc. cit.
Flagellum reaching to about half-way between apex of the upper
yen
Fie. 5.—Solpuga intermedia, n. sp.
jaw and the posterior margin of mandible (fig. 5) ; it is not so curved
as in either erythronota or erythronotoides, the median portion being
almost straight and the distal portion very slightly bent downwards
and (seen from above) inwards.
Measurements.—Length of upper mandible 7-5, width of headplate
5-5, length 4-2, tibia 7-1, tarsus-+metatarsus 8-1, total length 29 mm.
This may prove to be a variety of either S. erythronotoides or S.
erythronota, though it differs from both in the longer and less curved
flagellum, and also in the greater length of the lower jaw as compared
with the upper.
Solpuga calycicornis, n. sp.
(Text-fig. 6.)
2 Sg, 14582, Burghersdorp.
Colour.—Head and appendages yellow, the latter, especially the
fourth leg and palp, with the terminal segments more or less infus-
.
:
|
|
New South African Solifugae. 163
cated ; abdomen above with a broad, median, blackish-brown stripe
(deep black in the last four or five segments), bounded laterally by a
narrow band of yellow silky hairs.
Dentition as in fig. 6, a, closely resembling that of S. derbiana, Pocock,
as In figure given by Hewitt, Ann. Transvaal Museum, vol. vii, p. 35,
text-fig. 7. Seen from the inner side there is in front of and a little
below the anterior bend of the flagellum a short, projecting ridge or
keel provided with a few granules which terminates about half-way
between the fang tip and the first obsolete tooth of the upper jaw
without forming a distinct tooth : inner row of double series consisting
Fic. 6.—Solpuga calycicornis, n. sp.
of three teeth increasing progressively in size, the distal one larger
and a little farther from the middle one than is the latter from the
proximal one. No stridulatory ridges.
Flagellum as in fig. 6, a, reaching to about half-way between the basal
commencement of flagellum and eye tubercle; seen from above, its
_ long axis is parallel to that of the upper jaw; seen from the side, the
flagellum runs practically straight except for the distal portion which
is bent a little downwards ; seen under higher magnification (fig. 6, b),
the apex of the flagellum is cup-like with the upper part of its rim
drawn out to a point.
Some long, fine hairs on the palpi and some shorter silky ones on the
fourth leg, but no mane.
This species closely resembles S. derbiana, the main difference being
the peculiar structure of the terminal portion of th flagellum; it
164 Annals of the South African Museum.
also resembles S. coquinae, Hewitt, from Cookhouse, but is smaller
in size than either derbiana or coquinae.
Measurements of larger specimen. Width of headplate 4-3, tibia 6,
tarsus+ metatarsus 5-7, total length 18-5 mm. ; total length of smaller
specimen 15-5 mm.
Solpuga phylloceras, n. sp.
(Text-figs. 7, 8, 9.)
1 3, 1 9, 5215, Pocaltsdorp, near George, C.P.
Resembling S. vincta in the flagellum and dentition.
6- Colour.—Headplate, mandibles, and appendages yellow, without
Fie. 7.—Solpuga phylloceras.
markings ; abdomen with tergites light brown, bordered at each side
by a stripe of deeper brown, sides and sternites dirty yellow. Malleoli
without any infuscation. _ |
Dentition as in figs. 7 and 8,6; the toothless anterior portion of the
dorsal fang is shorter than in vincta ; in the latter species in a number of
specimens examined from Signal Hill, Cape Town, the second main
New South African Solifugae. 165
tooth is more or less truncated, fig. 8, a representing an extreme case,
while that of phylloceras is normal ; in vincta the keel along the dorsal
surface of the fang in front of the anterior bend of the flagellum is
always provided with more than one small tooth, sometimes as many
a
a ——
—
Fie. 8.—a, Solpuga vincta ; b, Solpuga phylloceras.
a
Fie. 9.—a, Solpuga vincta ; b, Solpuga phylloceras.
as shown in fig. 8, a, though there is usually one prominent and larger
than the rest; in phylloceras there is one small tooth, the dorsal keel
being otherwise smooth (fig. 8, b).
Inner series of teeth consisting of two stout, well-separated teeth,
the distal larger than the proximal one. Lower jaw resembling that
of vincta except that the anterior, untoothed portion is shorter.
Flagellum seen from the outer side as in fig. 7, In its brevity and
166 Annals of the South African Museum.
general formation it resembles that of vincta, but is stouter at its base
and narrows towards its distal extremity, while the reverse is true of
vincta. Seen from above (fig. 9, b), it differs markedly from the latter
in being leaf-like and much broader (at least twice the width), while
the apex curves towards the outer side of the mandible (in wzncta it
curves towards the inner side, fig. 9, a).
Spination.—Headplate provided with irregularly scattered, brown
setae of varying length, cleft at their tips; mandibles with similar
but stouter setae ; metatarsus of palp with irregular and ill-defined
scopula.
2. Colour as in 3, but the tergites less distinctly pigmented.
Dentition very different to that of the g, the teeth large and massive,
the upper jaw without a toothless space ; upper jaw with two large
anterior main teeth, the second a little larger than the first, then an
intermediate tooth adjacent to and about half the height of the fourth
(main) tooth, which is equal to the second in height, then four moderate
teeth ; inner series consisting of two large, conical teeth. Lower jaw
massive and short, the three teeth large and close together.
Measurements of ¢.—Width of headplate 4-5, length of headplate
3°5, length of mandible 6, tarsus-+metatarsus 5-6, tibia 5, total length
23 mm. Total length of 9 24 mm. This species belongs to the
maraisr, vincta, spectralis, montana group, but is much more nearly
allied to vincta than to any of the other species ; it differs from the
latter in the much broader leaf-like flagellum and in its light coloration.
Solpuga stiloceras, n. sp.
(Text-figs. 10, 11, 12.)
2 33, 2 99. Seven-weeks Poort, Ladismith, Cape Province. At
about 6000 feet altitude.
3. Colour.—Headplate and thorax chocolate brown, mandibles
dorsally brown, yellow at the sides; pedipalps and legs chocolate
brown but with a distinct reddish tinge, the terminal segments
blackish ; abdomen above, brown to black in the middle, a narrow
longitudinal stripe on each side composed of white or dirty-white
hairs; the central dark portion with some coarse yellowish hairs ;
abdominal sternites brown, not as dark as the tergites, clothed with
silky yellowish hairs; the genital sclerites and sternites in the one
specimen mottled with a number of round black spots near their
posterior borders ; headplate with some long, brown, scattered, seti-
New South African Solifugae. 167
Fia. 10.
Fre. 11.
Fies. 10, 11, 12.—Solpuga stiloceras, n. sp.
168 Annals of the South African Museum.
form hairs and some long yellow ones along the lateral and posterior
margins; fourth leg with some long, dirty-white, silky hairs, but no
mane; malleoli with infuscated borders.
Flagellum resembling that of S. phylloceras, but different when
viewed from above. It is shorter, and the anterior bend is situated
above the second main tooth and not behind it as in phylloceras ; the
basal enlargement is high ; seen from the side (fig. 10), the flagellum
appears to be a normal, slightly tapering structure, the serrations
being hardly visible ; seen from above (fig. 12), it appears as a much
flattened, leaf-like structure, its width being much greater than its
dorso-ventral thickness ; it differs considerably from phylloceras in
being broad near the base and then tapering rather suddenly, the
distal third being very narrow as compared with the remainder ;
the basal portion and distal two-fifths are free from serrations and
spicules.
Dentition as in fig. 11, resembling S. phylloceras; the terminal
portion of the dorsal fang provided with a keel along the mesial side
above; the large toothless interval followed by 2 teeth, the first of
which is moderate and not minute as in phylloceras ; these are followed
by the double series of 4 outer and 3 inner teeth, the first of the inner
teeth the largest, the third smallest.
Mandibles with fairly stout and numerous brown setae above,
stridulatory ridges 8 in number (in both sexes).
Palps. Metatarsus with an oval, scopulated patch below except
at apical and basal extremities.
Measurements.—Width of headplate 4-6, length 4, tibia 5-5, tarsus+
metatarsus 6°3 ; total length 23-2 mm.
2. Colour.—Much as in 3, the abdominal tergites without the well-
defined white stripes at the sides, the sides distinctly reddish with
silky yellow-white hairs; sternites light brown (the one 2 with
mottling as in the ¢ on the genital region and 5 anterior abdominal
sternites), with dark, infuscated, lateral borders; headplate with
brown setae not as numerous or as stout as in ¢; malleoli infus-
cated.
Dentition normal, without a large toothless space as in the g; single
serles consisting of 2 main anterior teeth, then a small tooth, then a
third main tooth; double series consisting of 4 outer and 3 inner
teeth, the third inner tooth minute.
Measurements.—Width of headplate 4:5, length 3-5; total length
20 mm.
This species belongs to the sub-group formed by S. vincta and S.
New South African Solifugae. 169
phylloceras ; it is evidently more closely allied to phylloceras than to
vincta, but differs from the former in the shortness of the flagellum,
the shape of the flagellum seen from above, and the fact that its distal
two-fifths is free of serrations. In colour it resembles the typical
diurnal coloration of vincta, and in the dentition it perhaps resembles
this species slightly more than phylloceras.
Genus ZERIASSA, Poe.
Zeriassa furcicornis, n. sp.
(Text-fig. 13.)
1 g, 1896, Kaapmuiden, EH. Transvaal.
Colour.—Headplate infuscated pale violet, darker at the sides,
bisected in the middle by a pale, narrow line ; mandibles infuscated
pale violet, a darker patch at the sides anteriorly, which gives off three
longitudinal lines, one inner, one in the middle, and one outer lateral ;
palps, except at base of femur ; legs, except tarsal segments, infuscated
violet, a little lighter below; tergites of abdomen violet, sides and
sternites yellow.
Dentition as in fig. 13, a, seen from the outer side ; inner series con-
sisting of 3 teeth diminishing in size posteriorly, the second a little
nearer to the third than to the first.
Flagellum.—Seen from above, the flagellum at its anterior bend is
equal in width to the width of the jaw, narrowing gradually to its
point of bifurcation and describing a regular curve inwards; seen
from the outer side (fig. 13, a), the flagellum is flattened from above
downwards and is slightly twisted so that its horizontal plane becomes
a more or less vertical one in its distal portion ; the tip of the flagellum
(fig. 13, b) is bifurcate, the lower prong being simple, the upper one
serrated ; the space between the two prongs is filled up with trans-
‘parent substance which is slightly frayed at its distal edge ; a narrow
curved band rises from the lower prong and apparently connects it
with the upper:one.
Spination.—Coxae of third pair of legs with a group of 7-9 stout
cylindrical bristles with slightly enlarged and darkened tips; meta-
tarsus scopulate below in its proximal two-fifths, the unscopulate
portion with an irregular double row of 6-7 spines, tarsus with 3-4
spines below.
Se
So
LL
———
NS ee naa eee. eee
170 Annals of the South African Museum.
Measurements.—Length of mandible 4:4, mandible-+headplate 7,
width of headplate 4, total length 17 mm.
aA a
Po
Fie. 13.—Zeriassa furcicornis, n. sp.
This species differs from Z. cuneicornis, Purcell, in at least the
bifurcation of the distal apex of flagellum, while differing from Z.
purcelli, Hewitt, in the same respect, as well as in the greater length
of the whole flagellum, and in the dentition.
New South African Solifugae. 171
Genus Buossia, E. Simon.
Blossia altecursor, n. sp.
(Text-fig. 14.)
1 3g, 1837. Great Winterhoek Mountains, 5000 feet.
Closely related to B. letoralis, Purcell, Ann. 8.A.M., vol. iii, p. 4.
Colour as in B. litoralis, loc. cat.
Mandibles.—Upper jaw stout, its apex less curved than in B. litoralis
without a differentiated bristle, dentition as in fig. 14; lower jaw
S
Fic. 14.—Blossia alticursor, n. sp.
stouter and on an average deeper than the upper jaw (the opposite
is the case in B. litoralis); the dentition of both jaws in general
resembles that of B. litoralis, except that the first tooth of the upper
jaw is unaccompanied by a “smaller, more conical, outer tooth ”’
next to it; the first tooth of the lower jaw is here replaced by a low,
rounded, talus-like prominence behind which the outline of the jaw
runs straight as far as the second tooth, thus giving greater depth to
the jaw than is the case in B. litoralis.
172 Annals of the South African Museum.
Flagellum, seen from the outer side through the transparent jaw
(fig. 14), is more drawn out distally than in B. litoralis, and resembles
that of B. crepidulifera, Purcell; the distal edges are not or very
slightly frayed and certainly not so distinctly as in B. crepidulifera
or B. litoralis ; when rotated forwards the flagellum surpasses by a
little the fang tip of the dorsal jaw.
Spination.—Headplate thickly covered with short spines, some
moderately long ones at each side of the headplate and along its
posterior border ; ocular tubercle in front of and below the eyes with
two fairly stout, short, slightly incurved spines.
Tibia of palp with an outer row of 3 spines and an apical seta, inner
side without spines; there seem to be no true spines on the meta-
tarsus. Abdomen with the three filiform hair-like structures on the
under-surface of second segment as described in B. crepidulifera.
Measurements.—-Width of headplate 2-8, length 2-3, tibia 3-9, meta-
tarsus-+tarsus 3-5, headplate to tip of jaw 2-7, total length about
12-6 mm.
Blossia grandicornis, n. sp.
(Text-fig. 15.)
1 g, 6829. Fraserburg, C.P.
Colour.—Mandibles yellow, headplate except a narrow median pale
stripe, legs except tarsi, and palpi infuscated reddish brown, tergites
infuscated light reddish brown, ventral surface of abdomen ashy grey.
Dentition.—Outer series seen from the outer side as in fig. 15.
Inner series consisting of 3 teeth, the first 2 subequal and moderate,
the third minute, the second much nearer to the third than to the
first.
Flagellum as in fig. 15, seen from the outer side; its distal two-
thirds covered with spicules, the edges more or less frayed into minute
points, the median rib is stout and very conspicuous, especially
distally, where it narrows uniformly ; rotated forwards the apex of
the flagellum reaches a point which is a little farther from the fang
tip than this is from the point of origin of the first tooth.
Spination.—Tibia of palp with 5 spines on the inner side, the two
basal ones setiform ; proximally at the sides with a number of short
cylinder bristles ; femora with one or two setae on inner apex ; head
densely covered with short, sharp prickles, one or two larger spines
on the lateral borders of the headplate; a short, stout, inwardly
directed spine behind each eye, another on each side between this
New South African Solifugae. 173
and the antero-lateral angle of the headplate ; a pair of strong spines
in front of the ocular tubercle, a pair of smaller spines (about half the
length of the first pair) behind these and between the eyes.
Second abdominal sternite with a pair of salmon-pink, thickened
4 DY
Mh
I LEG oy)
as gta
BEMIS “M
Vee Se,
Fie. 15.—Blossia grandicornis, n. sp.
hair structures on each side of the median line directed inwards and
crossing.
Measurements.—Length of mandible 2-5, width of headplate 2-1,
length 2-1. Total length 11-5 mm.
This species is related to B. laminicornis, Hewitt, from de Aar.
Blossia hesset, n. sp.
(Text-fig. 16.)
1 g, 7237. Fraserburg, C.P.
Colour.—Mandibles lightly infuscated with slight indications of
174 Annals of the South African Museum.
two stripes above, headplate fairly deeply infuscated, anterior margin
blackish, a lighter diamond-shaped patch in the centre, legs and palpi
except last segment infuscated reddish brown, except the under
surfaces, which are yellow and sharply marked off from the infuscated
portion ; tergites infuscate, more so in posterior than in anterior half,
ventral surface of abdomen light ashy grey.
Dentition as in fig. 16, a seen from the outer side, fig. 16, b from inner
side; at the apex of the fang of the upper jaw there is on the outer side
a lamina ending in a blunt tooth above the first tooth ; inner series
consisting of two fairly large subequal teeth, the second of which is
Fig. 16.—Blossia hessei, n. sp.
closely followed by a small tooth; the ventral surface of the upper
jaw is fringed on the outer side by a row of strong bristles, the most
anterior of which, situated in front of and below the rotatory centre,
is very stout and short ; lower jaw deeper and more massive than the
upper jaw. |
Flagellum as in fig. 16, a and 6, very long ; when rotated forwards
(fig. 16, b) it exceeds the fang tip by not much less than half its own
length ; the tip curved downwards narrows to a sharp point.
Spination.—Headplate with short spines not nearly as dense as in
B. grandicornis ; mandibles and headplate with a few long setae cleft
at their tips ; tibia of palp with three stout setiform spines occupying
the inner side of its middle part. Second ventral segment with three
New South African Solifugae. 175
modified hair structures on each side of the middle line directed
inwardly and curved.
Measurements.—Mandible 2-1, length of headplate 1-7, width 1-8,
total length 9-5 mm.
Blossia falcifera var. transvaalica, n. var.
(Text-fig. 17.)
2 $d, 14599. Johannesburg.
Colour as in B. falcifera.
Dentition as in fig. 17 ; the fang tip of the dorsal jaw is longer than
in falcifera, and is provided just in front of the first tooth with a minute
Fie. 17.—Blossia falcifera var. transvaalica, n. var.
granule ; dentition of lower jaw as in falczfera, the first tooth in both
these specimens being bifid.
Flagellum (fig. 17) stouter distally than in the type but of the same
general form, provided at its apex with a minute hooked process ;
seen from the side, two bristles arise from the dorsal surface behind the
rotatory centre, the one nearest the flagellum passes on the outer side
of it, the farthest from the flagellum passes it on the inner side ;
both project downwards and bear minute prickles, which are, however,
not shown in the figure; these two bristles are distinct from the
176 Annals of the South African Museum.
other normal bristles on account of their outstanding thickness and
the fact of their bearing prickles.
Spination.—Headplate and mandibles with a fairly large number of
cleft setae; second abdominal sternite with three modified hair
structures on each side crossing at their tips.
Total length about 9 mm.
Gen. MELANOBLOsSIA, Purcell.
Melanoblossia ? hewitti, n. sp.
(Text-fig. 18.)
1 g. Henkries, near the Orange River, Little Namaqualand.
Colour.—Headplate and appendages yellow, tergites of abdomen
brown, sides and sternites ashy grey.
Dentition as in fig. 18, 6 seen from the outer side ; the upper jaw is
almost edentate with a few tooth-like granules. Lower jaw with
5 small but distinct teeth increasing progressively in size distally,
pointed and sloping slightly forwards ; lower jaw a little longer than
the upper.
Flagellum not apparent.
Spination.—Seen from the inner side (fig. 18, a), the upper jaw is well
provided with feather bristles, the largest and most striking group
being composed of 5-6 long, stout plumes; these and 3-4 shorter
ones above them seem to be placed on the posterior rim of an elliptical
depression which is situated posteriorly and ventrally to the upper
jaw; below the main group is a smaller group, their bases forming
a rough curve, their tips strongly bent and pointing downwards.
The lower jaw is provided with a number of stout setae of varying
lengths which occupy that part of it posterior to the last and smallest
tooth ; they are most numerous towards the dorsal surface of the
jaw, the anterior ones being longest and stoutest ; the outer side of
the lower jaw is not provided with bristles or setae except for one or
two setae at its extreme base near the articulation with the upper
jaw. Upper jaw dorsally with one or two forwardly directed setae.
Six stridulatory ridges. |
Appendages.—Pedipalps with some long, slender, and shorter setae
but no spines below; first leg not provided with small or minute
claws ; all tarsi consisting of one segment ; the fourth tarsus resembles
that of Melanoblossia braunst in its slenderness, but I am unable to see
any sign of an articulation ; its length is about ten times its width.
New South African Solifugae. 77
Headplate with short bristles and some longer brown setae.
Abdomen above with a few, sides with fairly numerous cleft setae ;
second abdominal sternite with a group of five long, fleshy hairs on
each side of the median line.
Measurements.—Total length about 10 mm.
In the length and slenderness of the jaws, and especially in the
\S?
Fie. 18.—Melanoblossia hewitti, n. sp.
arrangement of the feather bristles, it resembles Lipophaga (Pseudo-
blossia) schultzer, Kraepelin, but again differs from this species in
having no claws on the first tarsus, in being provided with fleshy hairs
on the second abdominal sternite, and in its smaller size. It appears
to represent an intermediate stage between Melanoblossia and
Inpophaga.
Although differing from Melanoblossia in the important respect of
the fourth tarsus, I have placed this species provisionally under this
genus until more material can be accumulated. It is named in honour
VOL. XXIX, PART 1. 12
178 Annals of the South African Museum.
of our foremost South African arachnologist, Mr. Hewitt, Director
of the Albany Museum, Grahamstown, whose widespread knowledge
and co-operation have been of invaluable assistance to me in studies
of South African arachnids.
OTHER RECORDS.
Gen. SoLtpuea, Licht.
Solpuga vincta, Koch.
1 g. 4000 feet, Lemoenshoek, Heidelberg Mountains. Coll. K. H.
Barnard.
1 g. 2000 feet, Hermanus. Coll. E. L. Gill.
1 3. Barrydale, Swellendam District. Coll. A. J. Hesse.
1g. Zuurbraak Peak, Swellendam. Coll. R. F. Lawrence.
1 g. Giftberg, Van Rhynsdorp. Coll. R. M. Lightfoot.
Solpuga maraist, Hewitt.
1 ¢. Tradouw Pass, Swellendam. Coll. R. F. Lawrence.
1 g. 6000-7000 feet, Matroosberg Mountains, Ceres. Coll. R. W.
Tucker.
1 g. Touws River. Coll. Paynter.
Solpuga celervpes, Hirst.
6 gg. Kaapmuiden, Hastern Transvaal. Coll. R. W. Tucker.
1 g. Acornhoek, Eastern Transvaal. Coll. R. W. Tucker.
Solpuga serraticornis, Purcell.
1 g. Kaapmuiden, Hastern Transvaal. Coll. R. W. Tucker.
1 g. Messina, North Transvaal. Coll. R. W. Tucker.
Solpuga schonlandi, Pocock.
5 gS. Smithfield, Orange Free State. Coll. Kannemeyer.
1 g. Grootfontein, South West Africa. Coll. R. M. Lightfoot.
Solpuga montewror, Pocock.
2 $$. Junction of the Crocodile and Marico rivers, Transvaal.
Coll. R. W. Tucker.
New South African Solifugae. 179
Solpuga sericea, Pocock.
1 $. Grootfontein, South West Africa. Coll. J. Drury.
Solpuga fusca, Koch.
Specimens from Caledon, Kalk Bay, Constantia, Stellenbosch, Cape
Province.
Gen. DarstA, Karsch.
Daesia lineata, Pocock.
1g. Fraserburg, C.P. Coll. A. J. Hesse.
Daesia rhodesiana, Hewitt.
2 3S. Messina, North Transvaal. Coll. R. W. Tucker.
1 g. Potgietersrust, Transvaal. Coll. Dr. Melle.
Daesva bernhardi, Pocock.
1 3. Montagu. Coll. R. W. Tucker.
19. Montagu. Coll. K. H. Barnard.
1 g, 1. Matroosberg Mountains, Ceres. Coll. R. M. Lightfoot.
Daesia namaqua, Kraepelin.
1g. Henkries, near the Orange River, Little Namaqualand.
Coll. R. M. Lightfoot.
Gen. Briossta, Simon.
Blossta echinata, Purcell.
19,13. Beaufort West. Coll. W. F. Purcell.
Gen. CHELYyPuS, Purcell.
Chelypus barbert, Purcell.
2 33S. Kalahari Desert, 600 miles north-east of Upington. Coll.
Jackson.
Chelypus lennoxae, Hewitt.
1g. Upington. Coll. Father Sollier.
'
ia) Oe a ot oe Binal
( 181 )
5. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.—By K. H.
BaRNnaARD, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant Director.
No. 10. A REviIsion oF THE SoutTH AFRICAN BRANCHIOPODA
(PHYLLOPODA).
(With 33 Text-figures.)
INTRODUCTION.
LATREILLE’S division of the Crustacea into the Malacostraca and the
Entomostraca persists even at the present day, though it is recognised
that the latter “ constitute a very heterogeneous group, defined only
by negative characters and having no claim to retention in a natural
system of classification ’”’ (Calman, 1909).
The term Entomostraca, however, is frequently employed, in a
general and colloquial manner, to denote the more lowly Crustacea,
such as the Water-fleas (Cladocera), Cyclops (Copepoda), the Ostracods,
the Barnacles (Cirripedia), and the group here dealt with—the
Branchiopods or Phyllopods.
Using the term in this sense, but excluding the Barnacles, it may
be said that the Entomostraca are an important constituent of the
fresh-water fauna of South Africa. They are found in streams, lakes,
vieis, dams, wells, either permanent or temporary. These Crustacea
lay “‘ resting-eggs,” which are able to withstand desiccation for con-
siderable periods ; when the vleis and dams dry up, these eggs, either
in mud adhering to the feet of various aquatic birds, or in the dust
blown about by the wind, can be carried far and wide over the country.
When the rains fall, the eggs hatch.
It is possible, therefore, to collect these animals not only in the
adult stage direct from ponds and dams, etc., but in the egg stage
during the dry season. Samples of mud from the bottom and margins
of dried-up pools are taken and placed in small glass jars with water,
and when the Crustacea hatch they may be preserved and examined
in all stages of development.
This is an extremely valuable method of collecting, and no oppor-
182. Annals of the South African Museum.
tunity of collecting samples of mud should be neglected. By this
means many species have been added to the fauna-list, not only of
this country but of others, e.g. Australia.
The samples should be taken from the surface layer, an eighth or
a quarter of an inch thick ; it is useless to dig deeper into the mud.
The best part of the pool from which to take the mud is the extreme
2 k ‘ SOUTHERN
Etosha Pan, i sa % j
a @pruonesia
Bea 2 ere ae See.
F : -’ Makarikari
te : Pan
Swakop R\~.-’ arrRica :
3@) BECHUANALAND
y
BORO c-
Fic. 1.—Locality map, showing actual number of species
recorded in the present work.
centre where the water has remained longest, or from around the
margins where a water-level mark occurs composed of the debris of
bits of stick, leaves, etc., and the dried bodies or shells of the animals
themselves. Spencer and Hall (1896, Horn Sci. Exp. Centr. Austr.,
li, Zool., p. 229) have noted that Apus seems to congregate at the
shallower edges of the pool as the water dries up, where the animals
bury themselves just below the surface of the mud.
The late G. O. Sars in a series of papers (Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xv, 4,
1916; xx, 2 and 3, 1924; xxv, 1, 1927) has revised three groups of
the Entomostraca, namely, the Cladocera, Ostracoda, and Copepoda,
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 183
for the most part, however, dealing only with the fauna of the Cape
Province. As a basis for identifying and studying the fauna of the
rest of South Africa these papers are very valuable.
The following account of the fourth group—the Branchiopoda or
Phyllopoda—is based on what appears to be a considerable amount
‘of material from many localities. But when the localities are plotted
on a map (fig. 1) it is seen how scattered they are, and how very
inadequate our collections are at present for the purpose of giving
anything approaching a thorough survey of the Branchiopodan fauna
of South Africa. Many additional species will certainly be added
to the fauna-list in the future, and the distribution of those already
recorded remains to be worked out. Paradoxical as it seems, Ovambo-
land may be said to have been more intensively explored than any
other single region, thanks to the Administration of South West Africa
in aiding the South African Museum expeditions to that territory.
The fossil representatives found in this country have been included,
because they lead (at least in the case of Lepidurus) to interesting
inquiries as to changes of climate during past geological epochs.
Acknowledgments are due to the Directors and Curators of the
other Museums in the Union and Rhodesia, who have placed all their
material at my disposal ; and also to Dr. Haughton of the Geological
Survey; Mr. J. H. Power of Kimberley ; Dr. Calman of the British
Museum; and to Mr. R. Gurney, whose work on the Entomostraca
is well known.
As regards a portion of the material collected by myself and my
colleagues, I have to acknowledge herewith: (1) a grant from the
Research Grant Board in 1920, which enabled me to visit Ovamboland
early in 1921; (2) the financial and other assistance rendered by the
Administration of South West Africa and its officials, particularly
Dr. Fourie, Major Manning, and Lieut. Hahn, in carrying out the
Zoological Survey of South West Africa (chiefly Northern Damaraland,
Ovamboland, and the Kaokoveld) in the years 1920, 1923, 1925, 1926.
The localities quoted are those from which the South African
Museum has material, except where otherwise stated. The Institutions
where type material is preserved are quoted in most cases. A set,
including cotypes of the author’s species, is in the British Museum.
DISTRIBUTION.
For reasons already stated no attempt is here made to draw con-
clusions from the recorded distributions of the (living) species, but
a
184 Annals of the South African Museum.
attention may be directed to one or two outstanding features of the
distribution and composition of the Phyllopod fauna.
Following Daday, 11 families are recognised: 5 in the Anostraca,
1 in the Notostraca, and 5 in the Conchosiraca. All these families are
represented in our region with the exception of the Anostracan family
30,
NORTHERN
, eS
faa OS —
SEE,
=z
T 2 “ +f. = : 4
it 1 Lake Ngamt
- arikari
Pan
-
Swakop RX¥~._/ AFRIC
BECHUANALAND
Orang* i
Fic. 24.—Recorded localities of the genus Apus in South Africa.
(See legend to fig. 2.)
Ist leg usually as long as or a little longer than carapace. Caudal
rami about as long as carapace, including posterior angles.
Length.—Carapace (from anterior margin to hind end of median
carina) up to 24 mm. (¢ and 9).
Colour.—Horn or amber colour, more or less greenish or olivaceous,
eyes dark brown or black with pale or reddish margins, extremities
of exposed legs often pinkish, eggs salmon or dark red.
Locality.— Basutoland : Morajia.
CapeProvince: De Aar (Transvaal Mus.) ; Port Elizabeth ;
Hanover; Mossel Bay; Petrusville; Kimberley ;
Gordonia District; Kenhardt; Carnarvon; Berg
River (probably in the Piquetberg area).
f
|
}
i
f
238 Annals of the South African Museum.
Bechuanaland : Asbestos Mts. (J. H. Power).
Orange Free State: Bethlehem (Durban Mus.) ; Bloem-
fontein and Ladybrand (Albany Mus.).
Transvaal: Witbank; Rietfontein ; Heidelberg.
Great Namaqualand: Great Fish River near Gibeon.
Damaraland: Gobabis (Kimberley Mus.).
Ovamboland: Ondongua; Onolongo ; Uwuthija.*
Kaokoveld: Kamanyab ; Choabendus.
Distribution.—Northern Africa, Arabia, Afghanistan.
Type of trachyaspis in South African Museum.
This is by far the commonest and most widely distributed species
in South Africa. The smallest ovigerous 2? I have seen was 9 mm. in
median length of carapace.
Bouvier (1899, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, vol. xix, p. 576)
wrongly states that this species has 8-9 apodal segments.
Apus namaquensis Richt.
(Text-fig. 25, a.)
1886. Apus namaquensis. Richters, Ber. Senckenb. Ges., p. 31.
ISOS, 55 - Sars, Arch. Naturv. Krist., xxi, 4, p. 6,
pl. i, figs. 1-8 (as a n.sp.).
1899. ,, seulleys. Id., wbid., p. 12, pl 1; fies, O—l:
1907. ,, elongatus. Thiele, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1907,
No. 9, p. 290 (nom. nov. for nama-
quensis Sars).
1910. ,, namaquensis. Stebbing, Ann. S. Ader) Migs
p. 485.
1910. ,, sceulleyr. Id., vbid., p. 485.
IOUS; 4, a Daday, Voy. Afr. Orient. Alluaud. Phyllop,
10s. 2s
1924. ,, namaquensis. Barnard, Ann. S. Air. Musi ijees
p. 214.
Nuchal organ depressed, triangular. Carapace circular, only very
slightly, if at all, longer than broad, flattened, lateral margins usually
slightly concave near the posterior angles. Number of apodal seg-
ments normally 15 in g, 13 in 9, varying from 14-17 in 4, 12-14 in Q.
Denticles on posterior sinus 46-54. Fourth endite of 1st leg usually
* The specimens recorded by me in 1924 from Kalkfontein South and Ongka
prove, on closer examination, to belong to sudanicus.
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 239
a little shorter than carapace. Caudal rami in 2 usually not longer
than median length of carapace, in g often considerably shorter.
Length.—Carapace (median length) up to 20 mm. (¢ and Q).
Colour.—Horn or amber colour, often more or less olivaceous, eyes
dark, ova pinkish or dark red.
Locality.—Cape Province: Bushmanland (—Little Namaqualand)
(Sars) ; Aries, Narugas, Langklip (these three localities
in the Gordonia District) ; Upington ; Kimberley.
Great Namaqualand: Angra Pequena (= Liideritzbucht)
(Richters) ; Kalkfontein South.
a b C d
Fic. 25.—Semidiagrammatic figures of the four South African species of Apus :
a, namaquensis ; b, numidicus ; c, sudanicus ; d, cancriformis.
Distributeon.—Kinangop in British Hast Africa (Daday).
Types of namaquensis Sars and sculleyi in South African Museum.
In view of the limited and compact distribution of this species in
South Africa, its-discovery in British East Africa is interesting.
Unfortunately Daday, though he had a large number of both sexes,
merely gave measurements and no indication of, e.g., the variation
in the number of apodal segments. A re-examination of these speci-
mens is desirable.
The largest specimens I have seen came from Upington in the
Gordonia District. In three localities in the same district I have
collected very small examples, including an ovigerous 2 only 5 mm.,
and the largest ¢ only 9 mm.; in all these specimens the nuchal
organ is relatively very large and distinctly trapezoidal in shape.
240 Annals of the South African Museum.
It is impossible to say whether the small size of the animals and the
large size of the nuchal organ is in any way due to a slight brackishness
in the water.
The number 18, given by Sars for the apodal segments in the 4,
is due to an aberration in one of the types; the segment before the
telson being an incomplete one visible only on the dorsal surface.
Sars’ figure 5 is incorrect, though figure 4 of the dorsal surface is
correct. The other type ¢ has 17 complete segments.
The remarkable shortness of the caudal furca as described by Sars
in the ¢ is unusual, but the rami are characteristically shorter in this
species than in the others, especially so in the male.
This species was named after Mr. W. C. Scully, formerly Resident
Magistrate in Namaqualand, but the name was incorrectly spelt by
Sars.
Apus sudanicus Br.
(Text-fig. 25, c.)
1877. Apus sudanicus. Brauer, SB. Ak. Wiss. Wien, lxxv, p. 590.
1886. ,, abyssenicus. Richters, Ber. Senckenb. Ges., p. 32.
1893. ,, sudanicus var. chinensis. Braem, Zeitsch. wiss. Zool.,
Ibvatioroy, IRctOe
1924. ,, numidicus. Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 214
(part).
Probable further synonym :
1922. Thriops uebensis. Colosi, Att. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat., lx, p. 296.
Nuchal organ conical, oval. Carapace oval, slightly longer than
broad, more or less arched, lateral margins not concave near posterior
angles. Number of apodal segments in ¢ 11, in 2 8-10 (usually
9 in @). Number of denticles on posterior sinus 44-56. Fourth
endite of Ist leg about as long as carapace. Caudal rami about as
long as carapace including posterior angles.
Length.—Carapace (median length) up to 22 mm. (9).
Colour.—Horn or amber colour, more or less olivaceous, eyes dark,
eggs reddish.
Locality.—Cape Province: Kimberley ; Upington ; Moloppo River
45 miles N. of Upington.
Great Namaqualand: Kalkfontein South; Keetmans-
hoop.
Ovamboland: Ongka (N. of Ondongua).
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 241
Distribution.—Khartoum, Ailar, and N. of Cairo. (China ?)
The South African specimens are assigned to this species on account
of the agreement in the number of apodal segments. I have not
seen any authentic specimens.
Apus cancriformis Sch.
(Text-fig. 25, d.)
1756. Apus cancriformis. Schaeffer, Monogr. d. krebsart. Kieferf.
HST. y, zt Brauer, SB. Ak. Wiss. Wien, lIxxv,
[Oe D4,
ESS6:. ..,, - Simon, Ann. Soc. ent. Fr., ser. 6, vol. vi,
p. 425.
393. _,, aie Braem, Zeitsch. wiss. Zoll., lvi, p. 183.
1909. Triops 5s Keilhack, Susswasserfauna Deutschl.,
Hft. 10, Phyllop.
1911. Apus ai Kemp, Rec. Ind. Mus., vi, p. 353.
1921. Thriops Ht Ghigi, Att. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat., lx, p. 170.
1921. » mauritancus. Id., ibid., p. 175, fig. 9.
SPA » apulrus. Id., wbid., p. 176, fig. 10.
1921. 5 so Smplex. id. dbid 5p. WT.
1923. Apus cancriformis. Gurney, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), xi,
p. 496.
vo Chriops ,, Colosi, Att. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat., Ixii, p. 75.
1924. r i Ghigi, bid., xii, p. 193.
1924. Apus ovamboensis. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 215.
Nuchal organ conical, oval. Carapace oval, slightly longer than
broad, more or less arched, lateral margins not concave near posterior
angles. Number of apodal segments in 3 6-8, in 2 5-7 (usually 7 in 4,
6 in 2). Number of denticles on posterior sinus 32-36. Fourth
endite of Ist leg longer than carapace. Caudal rami as long as, or
even longer than, the rest of the animal.
Length.—Carapace (median length) up to 17 mm. (9).
Colour.—Horn or amber colour, more or less olivaceous, eyes dark,
eggs salmon or reddish.
Locality.—Ovamboland : several localities.
Distribution.—EKurope, Northern Africa, Kashmir.
Type of ovamboensis in South African Museum.
This species is characterised by its short “tail”? with the very
long filaments. Further study has convinced me that ovamboensis
is merely a synonym of cancriformis.
Viol XIX, PART 1. 16
é
242 Annals of the South African Museum.
OrpDER 3. CONCHOSTRACA.
1867. Conchostraca. Sars, Crust. d’eau douce Norv., pp. 5, 6.
1902. Conchophylla. Stebbing, Encycl. Brit., ed. 10, vol. xxvii
(Suppl., vol. iv), p. 269.
1913. Conchostraca. Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, p. 561
(classification in Hungarian).
1915. “i Id., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, vol) soc pees
1923. a) Id., vbed., ser 10, voly vi ps 25>
1925. sd Id., wbid., ser. 10, vol. viii, p. 148.
Body short, enclosed within a bivalve shell, ending posteriorly in
a claw-like caudal furca (except Lynceidae). Front of head produced
downwards, forming a frontal process or rostrum. Paired compound
eyes sessile, more or less confluent ; ocellus placed below the compound
eyes. First antennae short or long, unjointed, 2-jointed, or many-
jointed. Second antennae natatory, biramous. Trunk-limbs (legs)
10-27 pairs, of which 0-16 are post-genital. Rami of caudal furca
short, claw-like. Genital ducts opening on llth segment. Ova
retained within the shell attached to the 9th—15th pairs of legs.
Young hatched in the Nauplius stage, or (Cyclestherza) the develop-
ment takes place within the shell of the mother.
Distribution world-wide.
For fossil representatives of this order see under the family Cyzicrdae.
Key to the South African families.
I. Shell very tumid, without growth-lines. Head very large. Caudal furca
absent : : Lynceidae.
II. Shell laterally compressed.
A. Shell with few and indistinct growth-lines.
1. Shell circular in side view . : ; : . Cyclestheriidae.
2. Shell ovate in side view . ‘ : Limnadiidae.
B. Shell with numerous and distinct growth-lines.
1. Rostrum (in adult) unarmed (or with a minute spine in Q)
Cyzicidae.
2. Rostrum armed with a distinct apical spine in both sexes
Leptestheriidae.
Fam. LYNCEIDAE.
1896. Limnetidae. Sars, Fauna Norveg., 1 Phylloc. og Phyllop,
Dey lilttas
1902. Lynceidae. Stebbing, Zoologist, p. 101.
1902. a Id., loc. cit., p. 270.
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 2438
1910. Lynceidae. Id., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 486.
19138. i Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 566, 588.
Shell very tumid, subglobular, without growth-lines, hinge rather
long. Head large, without frontal appendage, with distinct fornix
on each side extending to end of rostrum. Rostrum spatulate, un-
armed, more or less differing in shape in the two sexes. Eyes con-
tiguous in front. First antenna short, 2-jointed, clavate, apex with
sensory setae. Second antenna moderate. Ten (3), 12 (@) pairs of
legs ; 1st pair (rarely also one of the 2nd pair) in g prehensile ; 9th and
10th pairs in 2 ovigerous. Caudal furca absent. Telson covered
below by a laminate operculum. A lobed lamellate process on each
side in 9 arising from the last 2 segments, apparently for the purpose
of supporting the egg-masses.
World-wide, in fresh-water.
The members of this family are easily recognised by the tumid
shell and large head.
Gen. Lynceus O. F. Mill.
1776. Lynceus (part). O.F. Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prodr., pp. xxvii,
GE
1816. bg Leach, Enevel. Brit., ed. 5, p. 406.
1847. Limnetis. Loven, K. Vet. Ak. Handl., xvi (for 1845), p. 430.
1848. Hedessa. Lieven, Schr. naturf. Ges. Dantzig, iv, Hit. 2, p. 4.
1853. Lomnetis. Grube, Arch. Naturg., xix, p. 71.
1883. - Packard, U.S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Territ., xu, p. 298.
1907. Lynceus. Thiele, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1907, p. 294.
1910. af Stebbing, loc. cit., p. 486.
1913. f Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, p. 589 (key to
species in Hungarian).
1926. Lemnetis. Gurney, Intern. Rev. Hydrob., xvi, p. 114 (figs. of
Nauplous larva).
Only the 1st pair of legs in the $ prehensile.
In the only other genus, Lynceopsis Daday, one of the 2nd pair of
legs, either the right or the left, is also prehensile.
In his 1913 paper (of which I have seen a translation) Daday
subdivides the genus into Lynceus sensu stricto and Eulynceus
n. subg. In the former the prehensile legs of the ¢ are similar on
the two sides and the terminal claw or finger is usually narrow and
scythe-shaped ; in the latter the legs on the two sides differ in shape
and the terminal claw is usually stout.
ee
244 Annals of the South African Museum.
All the South African species belong to Lynceus s. str. I have not
been able to refer them to any of the species mentioned in Daday’s
key. Itis greatly to be regretted that Daday did not live to publish
a revision of this family with detailed descriptions and figures as he
did for most of the other families of Conchostraca.
Four South African species are here listed, though it has not been
possible to identify with certainty Loven’s species wahlbergz. Of the
two Ovamboland species several additional characters are noted
which were omitted in the preliminary diagnosis. A further new
species is described from Bechuanaland.
Of the two Madagascan species—rotundus Thiele, 1907, and madagas
carensis Thiele, 1907—we have detailed accounts and figures of the
prehensile legs of the 3g, but no figures of the rostra. Both these
species require redescribing and figuring.
Key to the South African species.
1. Rostral keel double in both sexes.
a. Fornix running to end of rostrum, 7.e. rostrum spatulate, in both sexes
bicarinatus.
6. Fornix running to end of rostrum in 9, but to middle of lower margin in
3, v.e. rostrum spatulate in 9, truncate in ¢ : . pachydactylus.
2. Rostral keel single in both sexes. Rostrum truncate in both sexes.
a. Granules on proximal joint of Istleg g . : ; : truncatus.
b. No granules on proximal joint of Ist leg J : 5 . _ lobatsianus.
Lynceus bicarinatus Brnrd.
(Text-fig. 26, h.)
1924. Lynceus bicarinatus. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 224,
pl. xxvi, figs. 12-15.
Shell subcircular, slightly deeper anteriorly. Profile of head above
eyes nearly straight. Rostrum with double median keel in both
sexes, fornix running to apex of rostrum and ending in a small pro-
jection, apex spatulate, truncate, rather more convex in @ than 4,
margin in both sexes crenulate. Opercular plate below telson with
margin excised. Prehensile leg in ¢ with distal joint trapezoidal,
the “‘ palm ”’ distinct from rest of margin, the longer of the 2 terminal
appendages tapering distally, margin facing exopod with about 6-8
stout tubercles, finger moderately slender and curved, not exceeding
palm ; proximal joint with very short and unornamented margin
facing the very stout exopod. Posterior lamella of 2 with 3 marginal
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 245
processes and 1 accessory process on dorsal surface near junction
with body.
Diameter.—Up to 8 mm.
Colour.—Horny with a slight greenish tinge.
Locality —Ovamboland : several localities.
Type in South African Museum.
J h
Fic. 26.—Lynceus pachydactylus n. sp.: a, Profile of head 3; 6, profile of head 9 ;
c, frontal view of head 3; d, ventral view of rostrum ¢; e, prehensile leg of ¢.
L. lobatsianus n. sp.: f, Ventral view of rostrum 3; g, frontal view of head 9.
L. bicarinatus Brnrd.: h, Prehensile leg of ¢.
Lynceus pachydactylus n. sp.
(Text-fig. 26, a—e.)
Shell subcircular, slightly deeper anteriorly. Profile of head above
eyes nearly straight. Rostrum with double median keel in both
sexes, truncate in 3, spatulate in 9, fornix running to middle of lower
margin in g, to apex in 9, lower hind margin crenulate in 2; the
truncate lower end of rostrum in ¢ oval, hind margin evenly convex,
not crenulate, the ends of the fornices forming small points. Oper-
cular plate below telson bilobate in both sexes, larger in ¢ than @.
246 Annals of the South African Museum.
Prehensile leg in ¢ with distal joint oblong, “ palm ” short but distinct,
with about 10 stout blunt pines, margin facing exopod with 10-12
transverse ridges, finger very stout, short, nearly semicircular in
outline, the longer of the two terminal appendages scarcely projecting
beyond margin of finger; proximal joint with very short and un-
ornamented margin facing exopod. Posterior lamella in 2 with 3
marginal processes.
Diameter.—Up to 5 mm.
Colour.—Horny, eggs yellowish or salmon.
Locality.— Transvaal: Rietfontein (between Pretoria and Johannes-
burg) ; Heidelberg.
Type in South African Museum.
This species resembles madagascarensis Thiele and massaicus Thiele
in the short thick finger of the prehensile leg of g, but the shape of
the ““ hand ”’ is different. In other respects also it is close to massavcus,
as, €.g., in the short terminal appendages of the “ hand ” of the J and
the posterior lamella in the 9. The shape of the rostrum in both
sexes appears to be very similar in these two species. Thiele’s figure
(1900, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., xii, pl. xxxviu, fig. 31) of the g does not
quite correspond with his text, and gives the impression that it is
not a full lateral view, but has the lower end of the rostrum tilted
up and the continuation of the line representing the lower margin
omitted. If this were so, the fornix would run to the middle of the
lower margin as in pachydactylus. The two species, however, are
easily separated by the prehensile legs of the 3.
Lynceus truncatus Brurd.
(Text-fig. 27.)
1924. Lynceus truncatus. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 224,
pl. xxvi, figs. 5-11.
Shell subcircular, slightly deeper menene Profile above eyes
straight or slightly concave. Rostrum with a single median keel
in both sexes, distally truncate, fornix running to about middle of
lower margin (viewed laterally) and ending in small spiniform pro-
jections ; in g lower end of rostrum appears diamond-shaped, the
median keel forming an acute projection in front, the posterior end
also forming a sharp angle; in 2 the lower hind end of rostrum is
shovel-like, with the margin finely denticulate. Opercular plate
below telson much reduced in 9, much broader than long, margin
convex; in ¢ obsolete. Prehensile leg of $ with the distal joint
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 247
oblong, longer than broad, the curved rather slender finger closing
between two rows of stout spines and spine-setae,. the longer of the
two terminal appendages somewhat club-shaped at apex, proximal
joint with the long margin facing the slender exopod set with numerous
transverse rows of minute granules. Posterior lamella of 2 with 3
a
b
X Y Cc,
Cec,
fc,
a 2 CCc¢
Y
Fic. 27.—Lynceus truncatus Brnrd. a, Profile of head g; b, profile of head 9;
c, frontal view of head 9; d, ventral view of rostrum ¢; e, left posterior
lamella 9, dorsal view, anterior end to right; f, prehensile leg g; g, granules
on proximal joint of latter further enlarged.
marginal processes curving downwards and 2 (sometimes 3) accessory
processes on dorsal surface.
Diameter.—3 mm.
Colour.—Horny.
Localityx—Ovamboland : Ukualuthi.
Type in South African Museum.
Lynceus lobatsianus n. sp.
(Text-fig. 26, f, g.)
Very similar to truncatus. Truncate apex of rostrum in ¢ in ventral
view less elongate, diamond-shaped, the median keel and fornices
less prominent, and the hinder angle more rounded. Lower hind
end of rostrum in 9 less produced. Opercular plate not reduced in ?
or absent in g, margin convex. Proximal joint of prehensile leg of 3
without rows of granules on margin facing exopod.
A
248 Annals of the South African Museum.
Diameter.—2-5-3 mm.
Colour.—Horny.
Locality.— Bechuanaland : Lobatsi (J. H. Power).
Type in Kimberley Museum, cotype in South African Museum.
This form may prove to be a variety only of truncatus, but in the
absence of intermediates the two forms are very distinct.
Species insufficienter descripta.
Lynceus wahlbergi (Loven).
1847. Limnetis wahlbergi. Loven, loc. cit., p. 430, pl. iv.
1904. A us Gurney, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., u,
p. 299:
Q.—Shell subcircular, deeper anteriorly. Profile of head straight
above eyes, strongly and evenly convex below. Rostrum with a
double median keel, fornix running to apex of rostrum.
Diameter.—3 mm.
Locality.—** In paludibus terrae Caffrorum Natalensium ” (Loven).*
Orange Free State: Kroonstad (Gurney).
Type in Stockholm Museum.
Loven (and Gurney) had only female specimens, consequently there
remains a doubt as to the exact identity of this form. One or the
other of the bicarinate species, bicarinatus or pachydactylus, is probably
really the same as Loven’s species, but as the doubt will always remain
it is better to take no account of the name wahlberqi.
Thiele (1900, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., xii, p. 572, pl. xxxvil,
figs. 26-38) identified a g¢ and 2 from Massai Nyika (Tanganyika) as
this species, but later (1907, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, p. 294,
footnote) regarded them as distinct under the name massazcus. The
Q, and it seems the ¢ also, has a double rostral keel, thus resembling
jeannelt and bicarinatus; the prehensile leg of the 3g, however, is
very distinct.
Fam. CYCLESTHERIIDAE.
1888. Limnadidae (part). Sars, Vid. Selsk. Skr. Forh. Krist. for
1887, i.
1913. Cyclestheriidae. Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 566,
588.
Shell thin, pellucid, laterally compressed, subcircular in outline, —
with few and inconspicuous growth-lines, hinge short. Head without
* See note on locality under Streptocephalus cafer.
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 249
frontal appendage, with rudimentary fornices. Rostrum compressed,
securiform, apically serrate. Eyes fused into one. First antenna
rather long, simple, unjointed. Second antenna strong. Sixteen pairs
of legs, 1st in g prehensile.
Caudal furca claw-like.
The development takes place within the shell of the mother without
any free-swimming stage.
Only one genus.
1888
1913
Gen. CYCLESTHERIA Sars.
. Cyclestherta. Sars, loc. cit., pp. 5, 6.
; eS Daday, loc. cit., p. 588.
With the characters given above.
Widely distributed in tropical and subtropical regions.
Cyclestheria hislopr (Baird).
(Text-fig. 28.)
1859. Estherta hislopr. Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 282,
pl Ix, figs. 1, Ub.
1886. Limnadia _,, Brady, J. Linn. Soc., xix, p. 294, pl. xxxvil,
figs. 1-3.
1888. Cyclestheria ,, Sars, loc. cit., p. 8, pls. i-vill.
1898. 33 a Weltner, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin,
peugg:
1900. te Thiele, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., xiii, pp.
564, 576.
1903. A; 3 Sayce, Tr. Roy. Soc. Vict., xv, 2, p. 256,
pl xxl, iG. c:
NOUS. ” J Daday, Voy. Alluaud. Afr. orient. Crust.,
p- 3.
1913. Hulimnadia victoriae. Brady, Ann. Natal Mus., ui, p. 469,
1924
pl. xxxvu, figs. 1-7.
. Cyclestheria hislopi. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 223.
Up to the present only one species has been recognised, though
Thiele (loc. cit., p. 576) regards the Brazilian form as specifically
distinct.
figures
here given.
Diameter.—4-5 mm.
Colour.—-Horny with a slight greenish tinge.
It is easily recognised by the family diagnosis and the
250 Annals of the South African Museum.
Locality.— Rhodesia : Victoria Falls (Brady).
Ovamboland : several localities (Barnard).
Portuguese East Africa : Quilimane (Thiele).
Distribution.—India (Baird), Ceylon (Brady), Queensland, Celebes,
East Africa, Brazil (Sars), British East Africa (Daday).
Type (of hislopz) in British Museum, of vectorzae ? lost.
It seems a little remarkable that Brady, in describing this form as
a new species in 1913, did not recognise it as the same as that which
he had examined and figured in 1886 from Ceylon. He does not
pay
a b c
Fic. 28.—Cyclestheria hislopi (Baird). a, Telson and caudal furca ;
b, head; c, lateral view of shell.
state that the Victoria Falls specimen actually had 18 pairs of legs,
though he mentions that Hulimnadia is distinguished from Limnadia
by that number. According to Daday’s more recent work this
generic distinction does not hold good.
Fam. LIMNADIIDAE.
1896. Limnadidae (part). Sars, Fauna Norv., 1, p. 84.
1913. i Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 566, 584.
1925. a Id., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 10, vol. vin, p. 143.
Shell thin, pellucid, laterally compressed, ovate in outline, with
few and inconspicuous growth-lines, often slightly dimorphic in the
two sexes, hinge rather long. Head with frontal appendage (in adult),
without fornices. Rostrum compressed, apex unarmed. LEHyes con-
tiguous. First antenna moderately long, anterior margin with short
rounded lobes bearing sensory setae. Second antenna rather strong.
Highteen to thirty-two pairs of legs; Ist and 2nd pairs in ¢ pre-
hensile; 9th and 10th, and sometimes also 11th, pairs in Q each
with a long filamentous appendage (exopod) to which the egg-mass
is attached. Caudal furca claw-like.
—
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 251
Daday (1925) recognised three genera: Limnadia, Eulimnadia, and
Limnadopsis. Paralimnadia Sars is regarded as a synonym of
Limnadia, though the shell with its numerous growth-lines might be
considered a good generic character. Limnadopsis has a serrate
hinge-line and more numerous legs.
Eulimnadia was defined by Packard as having only 18 pairs of
legs, but Daday does not adopt this as a distinguishing feature. It
has also been considered distinct from Liamnadia on account of its
being bisexual; up to the present no males have been seen of the
typical species of Limnadia (L. lenticularis). As this argument might
any day be put out of court by the discovery of males of one of the
species of Limnadia, I agree with Daday that structural characters
alone should be the criterion for separating these two genera, if
indeed it be deemed worth while to separate them at all. Daday
relies upon the presence (Hulamnadia) or absence (Limnadia) of an
acute projection on the lower distal angle of telson as a distinguishing
feature. If this is the only feasible character, the separation of the
two genera seems insecure, and Daday himself felt (loc. cat., p. 147)
that later authors might regard both genera, and even Limnadopsis,
as subgenera only of Limnadia. i
Gen. Eutimnapi1A Pack. Dad.
1874. Hulimnadia. Packard, 6th Rep. Peabody Ac. Sc., p. 55.
1874. iS Id., Hayden’s U.S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Rep.
for 1873, p. 618.
1883. i Id., U.S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Territ., xii,
Dol pe oll
1895. i Ishikawa, Zool. Mag. Tokio, vu, No. 76.
1896. mn Sars, Arch. Naturv. Krist., xvii, No. 8.
1902. us Id., ibid., xxiv, No. 6.
1911. Wolf, Fauna 8.W. Austral., iii, p. 270.
HOLS. - Daday, Math. Termt. Hrt., xxxi, pp. 584, 585
(key to species) (in Hungarian).
1914. - Dakin, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 298.
1925. ¥ Daday, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 10, vol. viii, p. 145
(species not dealt with).
Hinge-line of shell not serrate. Eighteen or twenty pairs of legs.
Lower distal angle of telson produced in an acute point (Daday).
252 Annals of the South African Museum.
Eulimnadia africana (Brauer).
(Text-fig. 29.)
1877. Limnadia africana. Brauer, SB. K. Ak. Wiss. Wien, Ixxy,
p. 608, pls. vu, vil.
1913. Hulumnadia _,, Daday, Voy. Alluaud Afr. orient. Phyll.,
past
MOMS hs o Id., loc. cit., p. 586 (defined in key to
species) (in Hungarian).
1924. Ed ; Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 223.
Shell oval, hinge-line slightly convex in 3, more strongly so in 9,
anterior margin rounded and extending beyond anterior end of hinge-
Fic. 29.—Hulimnadia africana (Brauer). -a, b, Lateral view of shell of ¢ and 9
respectively ; c, d, head of 3 and Q respectively; e, Ist leg of $; f, telson
and caudal furca (only one side drawn in); g, ovum.
>
line ; growth-lines 6-7 in number, usually very indistinct, converging
at anterior end, surface smooth, very minutely pitted. Rostrum in 3
bluntly acute, in 9 quadrate or rounded-quadrate. Eighteen pairs of
legs. Tactile process (Calman) or endopodital palp (Daday) elongate,
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 253
longer on 2nd leg than on Ist, 2-jointed, 2nd joint longer than Ist,
apically obliquely truncate and minutely setulose. Filamentous
appendages (dorsal lobes of exopods) on 9th and 10th pairs of legs
in 2. Lower distal angle of telson produced in a short point; teeth
on dorsal margin subequal in size. Caudal style with long plumose
setae for nearly whole length, except near apex where the margin is
minutely serrulate. Posterior 12 (about) segments each with medio-
dorsal tufts of setae, much larger in 2 than g, where they pass into
a single short spine on each of the last 3 or 4 segments. Ova
spherical, rugulose.
Dimensions.—fg 8:5X5 mm.; 9 9:5xX7 mm.
Colour.—Pale horny, more or less tinged with green.
Locality._—Cape Province: Kimberley (Kimberley Mus.).
Bechuanaland : Lobatsi (J. H. Power).
Transvaal: Rietfontein ; Heidelberg.
Rhodesia : Bulawayo (Rhodesia Mus.).
Great Namaqualand: Great Fish River near Gibeon.
Ovamboland : widely distributed (Barnard).
Kaokoveld : Choabendus.
Distribution.—Sudan (Brauer) ; British East Africa (Daday).
The tooth on the margin of the “ hand” of the prehensile legs is
much less strong in Brauer’s figure than in the South African specimens.
The ova are comparable with those figured by Sayce (1903, Tr. Roy.
Soc. Vict., xv) for EL. rivolensis (= Limnadia sordida).
Fam. CYZICIDAE.
Inmnadudae (part) and Estherudae (part) auctorum.
1900. Estherudae (part). Sars, Arch. Naturv. Krist., xx, No. 9,
palo:
1910. Cyzicidae (part). Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 486.
1913. Caenestherridae. Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 566,
567 (in Hungarian).
es fd., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, vol. xx, p, 49
(revision).
1915.
Shell thin, pellucid (but often rendered opaque with extraneous
matter), laterally compressed, ovate in outline, with numerous and
distinct growth-lines and more or less distinct surface sculpturing.
Head without frontal appendage, with distinct fornix on each side
extending to apex of rostrum. Rostrum unarmed, or with a minute
254 Annals of the South African Museum.
apical spinule in the young which may persist in adult 9, but not in
adult g. Eyes contiguous. First antenna long, with numerous lobes
on anterior margin bearing sensory setae. Second antenna strong.
Twenty to twenty-seven pairs of legs; Ist and 2nd pairs in 3
prehensile, 9th and 10th pairs in 9 ovigerous. Caudal furca claw-like.
Foremost tooth on upper margin of telson larger and stronger than
the following ones.
In examining the surface sculpturing the shell should in the first
place be dried and observed by reflected light; but it should also
be examined by transmitted light, and for this purpose the membrane
on the inner side of the shell must be carefully removed.
The family should take its name from the oldest genus (Cyzzcus),
not from Daday’s own genus.
Brief mention may be made of the fossil representatives of this
order which occur in South Africa.
As the animal within the shell is not preserved (except in the case
of Limnestheria, Wright, 1920) fossil species cannot with any certainty
be ranged in the present-day families, though by a comparison of the
shell characters we can perhaps say that the Lynceidae, Cyclestherudae,
and Limnadudae have no fossil representatives, at least in South
Africa.* The other two families, the Cyzicidae and Leptesthervdae,
are scarcely distinguishable on shell characters alone, and we may
therefore regard all the fossil species of “ Estheria ’’ as members of
the former family.
As the name Estheria (Riippell, 1837) is preoccupied (1830, Robineau-
Desvoidy, Diptera) and the fossil species are not referable to any
particular modern genus, Daday has proposed the name Palaeestheria.
In 1912 Deperet and Mazeran (Bull. Soc. d’Hist. nat. d’Autun, xxv,
p. 173) have subdivided the genus “ Estheria’”’ into groups. The
group containing the majority of fossil species is characterised by
the numerous regular concentric ribs, and is named Ewuestheria. I
have not seen this paper, but apparently the name Euestheria is not
to be regarded as a properly constituted generic or subgeneric name ;
it does not appear in the International Catalogue. Therefore Daday’s
name Palaeestheria should stand.
The following South African forms have been discovered.
* Reference, however, may be made to Mitchell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
hii, 2, p. 105, 1927. Some of the fossil species described in this paper, e.g. Hstheria
glenleensis, pl. ii, fig. 6, and LH. lenticularis, pl. iii, fig. 7, might justly be regarded as
representatives of the Limnadiidae and Cyclestheriidae respectively, judging by
the figures.
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 255
Gen. PALAEESTHERIA Daday.
1915. Daday, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, vol. xx, p. 51.
+ Palaeestheria anomala (Jones).
1901. Jones, Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. vill, p. 352, text-figs. 1-4.
A shortly oval or subrotund species, 5x3 mm., with a rather short
hinge and no visible sculpture.
From the Enon Conglomerate at Heidelberg, Cape.
+ Palaeestheria draperi (Jones and Woodw.).
1894. Jones and Woodward, Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. i, p. 289,
pl. ix, figs. 1, a~c.
1894. Id., ibid., p. 290, pl. ix, figs. 2, a, b (stowrana).
1901. Jones, Geol. Mag., p. 354.
1924. Haughton, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xu, p. 326 (Cyzicus (Huestheria)
drapert). )
Suboblong, hinge-line straight, up to 1610-5 mm., interspaces
between the ridges with coarse shallow pits.
From shale-band in the Cave Sandstone, at Harrismith, Orange
Free State, and Wodehouse, Cape.
The small specimens described as stowiana were originally regarded
as possibly the young of draperz, but in 1901 Jones maintained their
distinctness on the ground that the full complement of ridges is present.
Haughton unites both forms.
t Palaeestheria grey (Jones).
1879. Jones, Geol. Mag., dec. 2, vol. v, p. 100, pl. ili, fig. 1.
A minute species, }x,'5 inch, in shape somewhat resembling a
LIimnadia, but with numerous ridges. No visible sculpture.
From the Karroo Beds near Cradock.
{ Palaeestherva sp.
Specimens of a Palaeestheria are in the Geological Survey Collection
(Nos. 312-319 W), from the Lower Beaufort Beds, at Bosch Hoek
near van Reenen’s Pass, Orange Free State.
256 Annals of the South African Museum.
{+ Palaeestheria sp.
Some large specimens, 16-23 mm. in length, were collected by
Dr. 8S. H. Haughton from the Cretaceous (Wealden) at Port Elizabeth.
They show very numerous growth-lines, but no definite intervening
sculpture ; they are comparable with ellepteca Dnkr. from the Wealden
of Europe.
Gen. LEAIA Jones.
1862. Jones, Monogr. Foss. Hstheria.
This genus is characterised by having two radiating ribs from the
umbo to the lower margin. No living genus with similar shell
characters is known.
{ Leava sp.
Specimens of this genus are in the collection of the Geological
Survey (Nos. 298-311 W), from the Lower Beaufort Beds, 2 miles 8.
of Mooi River Station, Natal.
The largest is 75x 4 mm. ; ovate, hinge straight in some specimens,
curved in others; umbo at anterior third; anterior radiating rib
runs perpendicularly to the hinge-line, the other rib nearly bisects
the angle between the anterior rib and the hinge-line ; faint concentric
striae are visible, but the direction of them does not appear to be
abruptly altered by the ribs, at least not by the anterior rib, as in
typical Leava.
Key to the South African genera.
1. Rostrum in both sexes acute. Occipital angle of head (in adult) acutely
pointed : : ; 2 : : : ‘ . Caenestheriella.
2. Rostrum in @ acute, in ¢ apically dilated, truncate, securiform. Occipital
angle rounded or rounded-quadrate ; : : : Eocyzicus.
Gen. CAENESTHERIELLA Daday.
1913. Caenestheriella. Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 567,
570 (key to species in Hungarian).
II)IUS), 43 Id., Aun. Sci—Nat., ser. 9, vol: xx, pg
Head with occipital angle in both sexes more or less acutely pro-
duced. Rostrum in both sexes apically acute. Teeth and spines on
margin of telson spinulose.
Distributed over all continents except South America.
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 257
Daday (1915) has admitted 20 species to this genus, of which 11 are
described as new. It seems reasonable to think that some of these
will later be united. I am unable to find, e.g., constant differences in
the 3 South African species admitted by Daday.
Caenestheriella australis (Loven).
(Text-fig. 30.)
1847. Cyzicus australis. Loven, K. Vet. Ak. Handl. for 1845,
p. 428, pl. in.
1898. Estheria elizabethae. Sars, Arch. Naturv. Krist., xx, No. 4,
p. 33, pl. iv.
1905. us bs Id., wbid., xxvu, No. 4, p. 3.
1910. Cyzccus australis and elizabethae. Stebbing, Ann.S. Afr. Mus.,
vi, p. 487.
1915. Caenestherta (%) australis. Daday, loc. cit., p. 98, fig. 15.
1915. Caenestheriella vidua. Id., vbid., p. 122, fig. 21.
1915. As joubint. Id., wbid., p. 148, fig. 29.
PONS. Bs elizabethae. Id., rbid., pl. clxxv, fig. 37.
1924. Ce elizabethae, joubint, and vwidua. Barnard,
Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, pp. 225, 226.
Shell ovate, hinge-line forming a slight angle with posterior margin
in 2, this angle in g obsolete, growth-lines forming strong ribs more
or less closely set with fine setae, especially in young; sculpturing
consisting of closely set fine punctures, which are arranged more or
less in regular transverse lines leaving pellucid intervals, at least at
front and hind ends and near central margin, but the linear arrange-
ment often not too well marked, especially in the younger portions
of the shell. Rostrum apically subacute in J, in 2 acute and curved
shghtly forwards, in young very acutely pointed ; at the apex of the
- groove formed by the fornices there is in the young a short stout
spine (fig. 30, f) which in adult 9 is much smaller and scarcely, if at
all, projects beyond the margins of the fornices, or even becomes quite
obsolete ; in adult J itis nearly always obsolete. I have seen a minute
vestige of it in one specimen from Bulawayo, one from Gibeon, and
one from Port Elizabeth. Occipital angle in young much less acutely
produced than in adult. Telson with the two claws asymmetrical in 3.
Dimensions.—Up to 10x 6 mm.
Colour.—Shell corneous, animal reddish.
WoOb. XXIX, PART 1. ie
258 Annals of the South African Museum.
Locality.—Cape Province: Port Elizabeth (Sars) ; Hanover (Sars) ;
Kimberley (Kimberley Mus.) ; Queenstown (Daday) ;
Hutchinson ; Prince Albert; Beaufort West; Mol-
teno; Prieska ; Kenhardt ; Langklip, Narugas Siding,
and Omdraaiputz (all three in the Gordonia District).
Bechuanaland: Kalahari, several localities (Daday) ;
Asbestos Mts. (J. H. Power).
Orange Free State: Kroonstad (Gurney) ; Bloemfontein
(Daday, and Albany Mus.).
Transvaal: “in paludibus terrae Caffrorum Natalensium
(Loven).* Blaauwberg (Albany Mus.); Witbank ;
Brakpan ; Heidelberg ; Wolmaranstad.
Rhodesia: Bulawayo (Rhodesia Mus.).
Great Namaqualand: Great Fish River near Gibeon ;
Keetmanshoop ; Kalkfontein South.
Damaraland : Windhoek (Daday).
Ovamboland : several localities (Barnard).
Kaokoveld : Kamanyab.
Type of australis in Stockholm Museum ; of elizabethae in South
African Museum ; of wzdua in Berlin Museum; of joubsni in Paris
Museum.
In the first place I agree with Wolf’s opinion (cf. Daday, loc. cit.,
p- 152) that elzabethae is synonymous with australis. Loven has
figured the essential outstanding features of this widely distributed
species, viz. the setose growth-lines of the shell and the acute rostrum.
Young female specimens in particular correspond with Loven’s words
“angulo acuto terminatum spina armato.” These words might be
taken as applicable to Leptestherza but for the shape of the Ist leg
of the g figured by Loven. From the size and the rounded occipital
angle of the head Loven’s specimens were evidently not full grown.
As regards Daday’s species vidua and joubinz, after the examination
, of a large amount of material from numerous localities, I am unable
to appreciate the constancy of the characters relied upon for dis-
tinguishing these forms from one another and from elzzabethae.
The typical arrangement of the punctures on the shell is not always
well seen, especially in young specimens; it is best seen in adult
shells at each end and near the ventral margin. The presence or
absence of an angle where the hinge-line meets the posterior margin
is, as Sars pointed out, largely a sexual character. The actual shape
of the head is variable in both sexes ; the rostrum in some g¢ being
* See note on locality under Streptocephalus cafer.
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 259
comparatively stout (Daday’s figure of jouwbinz), in others slender
(Daday’s figure of elizabethae) ; the angle of the fornix just below the
eye in may be very conspicuous (vidua), but I have seen all variations
between this and the inconspicuous angle in joubint. Females with
stout rostra occur in the same locality along with males with slender
0
0 RRR
3 C a .
ct
, WW
Paks
A
Fig. 30.—Caenestheriella australis (Loven). a, c, Heads of ¢; 6, d, heads of 9;
e, head of young ; f, apex of rostrum of young ; g, apex of rostrum of adult 9 ;
h, apex of rostrum of adult ¢ (Bulawayo) ; 7, Ist leg of 3; j, sculpture of shell.
v
rostra. In general, the larger the specimen the more slender the
rostrum in both sexes.
According to Daday the margin of the branchial epipod in joubinz
is entire, in elizabethae more or less crenulate, in vidua crenulate ;
obviously not a decisive character.
The number of lines of growth is also an unreliable character.
C. paradoxza Daday, founded on a young female from the Niger
River, shows the same projecting point or spine at the apex of the
rostrum as does the young of australis ; and I am inclined to think
that paradora may also prove to be synonymous with australis.
This is a very widely distributed species. The animals are more
260 Annals of the South African Museum.
sedentary than some of the other Conchostraca, lying embedded in
the mud with the dorsal surface downwards, and the ventral margins
of the shell just flush with the surface of the mud.
Gen. Eocyzicus Daday.
1913. Hocyzicus. Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 567, 574
(key to species in Hungarian).
1915. Id., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, vol. xx, poige
Head with the occipital angle in both sexes rounded or rounded-
quadrate. Rostrum in 9 acute, in ¢ apically dilated, securiform,
rounded or truncate. Teeth and spines on margin of telson simple,
smooth.
Mainly in Africa, but also in Asia and North America.
Key to the South African species.
1. Size about 6-7 mm.
a. Rostrum in g with anterior angle slightly less than a right angle. Margin
of hand of ¢ slightly notched. Telson with fine denticles . obliquus.
b. Rostrum in 3 with anterior angle a right angle. Margin of hand deeply
notched. Telson with strong denticles and claws . . dentatus.
2. Size about 13 mm. Rostrum in ¢ with anterior angle an obtuse angle. Margin
of hand deeply notched. Telson with fine spiniform denticles . gigas.
Hocyzicus obliquus (Sars).
(Text-fig. 31, a—c.)
1905. Estherva obliquus. Sars, Arch. Naturv. Krist., xxvii, No. 4,
(Os NO) jolly me
1910. Cyzccus 5 Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 487.
1915. Hocyzicus ,, Daday, loc. cit., p. 222, fig. 50.
Shell ovate, deeper anteriorly, dorsal margin straight, passing 1m-
perceptibly into hind margin, growth-lines rather faint, forming low
smooth ridges; sculpturing faint, consisting of very shallow ovoid
or polygonal pits. Rostrum in @ triangular, apex subacute; in g
somewhat quadrangular, apex (anterior angle) rounded-quadrate,
posterior angle broadly rounded and bevelled off. Profile of head from
occipital angle to eye straight. Twenty-two pairs of legs. Anterior
(inner) margin of the “hand” of prehensile legs in 3 with a slight
notch. Telson with the claws scarcely, if at all, asymmetrical in
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 261
3g, rather slender, smooth, preceded by about 12 small unequal
denticles.
Dimensions.—Up to 7x 4:5 mm.
-Colour.—Shell corneous, animal pale yellowish white.
Locality.—Cape Province: Hanover (Sars).
Transvaal: Potchefstroom.
Type ubi ?
I have seen only Potchefstroom examples of this species ; apparently
BS by
Sa He
By a.
Se Sa
ve
ie G /
Fie. 31.—Hocyzicus obliquus Sars: a, Head of 3; 6, head of 9; c, telson. EH. gigas
Brnrd.: d, Head of ¢; e, head of 9; f, telson; g, sculpture of shell. H.dentatus
n.sp.: h, Head of 3; i, telson; j, shell; &, sculpture of shell; J, lst leg of ¢.
none of the original set were returned to this Museum by Sars. Sars’
description of the sculpturing of the shell was inadequate or even
Inaccurate ; it is more difficult to observe in this species than the
others.
Eocyzicus dentatus n. sp.
(Text-fig. 31, h—I.)
$.—Shell ovate, deeper anteriorly, dorsal margin passing imper-
ceptibly into hind margin, growth-lines rather faint, smooth ; sculp-
r
262 Annals of the South African Museum.
turing consisting of irregularly ovoid, subcircular, or polygonal
depressions, with intervening narrow raised network. Rostrum
quadrangular, hind angle rounded-quadrate. Profile of head from
occipital angle to eye straight. Twenty-two pairs of legs. Anterior
(inner) margin of “‘ hand ”’ of prehensile leg of ¢ with a deep notch.
Telson with the claws markedly asymmetrical, strong, the left one with
accessory teeth on the anterior and posterior margins, the right one
less strongly curved and with an accessory tooth on anterior margin ;
6-7 strong triangular denticles on upper margin, the foremost one
very strong.
Dimensions.—6 X 4 mm.
Colour.—Shell corneous.
Locality.—Cape Province: Hanover.
Type in South African Museum.
The single g specimen on which this species is founded was collected
at the same locality as EL. obliquus, but whether or not in the same
pool is not recorded. It was recognised by the late Dr. Purcell as
being different from the other four specimens he received from
Hanover, but he did not send it to Sars.
The characters of the animal are so markedly distinct from those
of obliquus that one can hardly doubt that it represents a separate
species and not merely a variety of the latter. The telson, in fact,
is quite distinct from that of any of the other species of the genus
mentioned in Daday’s monograph. Further specimens, however,
would be welcome.
Some empty valves from Hutchinson (Cape Province) show the
same sculpturing as this species, but in the absence of the animals,
it is impossible to assign them definitely to one or the other
species.
Hocyzicus gigas Brurd.
(Text-fig. 31, d-g.)
1924. Hocyzicus gigas. Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 226,
peas ties. 6, Ife
Shell ovate, deeper anteriorly, dorsal margin passing imperceptibly
into hind margin, growth-lines rather faint, smooth; sculpturing
consisting of small closely aggregated pits (smaller than those in
dentatus) with intervening narrow network. Rostrum in 9 triangular,
apex subacute; in ¢ quadrangular, apex obtuse-angled, hind angle
rather bluntly produced. Profile of head from occipital angle to eye
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 263.
concave, more so in ¢ than in 9. Twenty-one to twenty-two pairs
of legs. Anterior (inner) margin of “ hand” of prehensile leg of 3
with a deep notch, but in young specimens (6 mm. long) straight
or slightly sinuous. Telson with the claws slightly asymmetrical in
3; upper margin with numerous fine spiniform denticles.
Dimensions.—13 X 8-5 mm.
Colour.—Shell corneous with slight greenish tinge, animal pale
ochreous.
Locality.—Ovamboland: Ukualuthi and Ukualonkathi (about
100 miles N.W. of Ondongua).
Type in South African Museum.
The large size and the shape of the head distinguishes this species
from all the others of the genus.
Fam. LEPTESTHERIIDAE.
Inmnadudae (part) and Estherwdae (part) auctorum.
1910. Cyzccidae (part). Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 486.
1913. Leptestherudae. Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 566,
579.
1915. + Id., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, vol. xx, p. 48.
1923. 5 Id., wbid., ser. 10, vol. vi, p. 255 (revision).
Shell pellucid (but often rendered opaque with extraneous matter),
laterally compressed, ovate-oblong, with numerous and distinct
growth-lines, and more or less distinct surface sculpturing. Head
without frontal appendage, with distinct fornix on each side extending
to apex of rostrum. Rostrum armed with a distinct apical spine in
both sexes. Eyes contiguous. First antenna long, with numerous
lobes on anterior margin bearing sensory setae. Second antenna
strong. ‘Twenty-two to thirty-two pairs of legs; Ist and 2nd pairs
in ¢ prehensile ; exopod (Sars) or dorsal lobe of epipod (Daday) of 9th
pair in 9 filiform ; on the 10th—11th, 10th—12th, 10th—13th, 10th—14th,
or 10th—15th pairs this lobe is cylindrical, ovigerous. A triangular
epipodal lamina present on some of the anterior pairs of legs in both
sexes. Caudal furca claw-like. Foremost tooth on upper margin of
telson not large or stronger than the following ones.
Kurope, Asia, North and Central America, Africa.
The chief reasons for the institution of this family are the presence
of the triangular epipodal lamina on the legs, and the presence of the
264 Annals of the South African Museum.
spine at the apex of rostrum. The first character is certainly distinc-
tive, but the second loses much of its value from the fact that a similar
and evidently homologous spine occurs in at least two of the species
of Caenestheriella, viz. australis and crinita.
In Caenestheriella it is present only in the young, and if it persists
at all, it is only in a reduced or vestigial state. In the members of
this family it is much stronger and always persists in both sexes. °
Daday mentions three other distinguishing features of this family
(loc. cit., p. 257): the development of the cylindrical process on two
or more of the 10th—15th pairs of legs in 2 to support the egg-mass,
the character of the spines on the margin of telson, and the shape of
the shell. These three characters, with the exception perhaps of the
first, seem scarcely of sufficient importance for family distinctions.
The enlargement of the foremost tooth or spine on the upper margin
of the telson in the Cyzicidae is a useful “ first aid ’’ in identification ;
in the present family the foremost tooth or spine is not larger than the
others.
Key to the South African genera.
1. Margin of the exopods (branchial epipods) of legs entire . . Leptestheria.
2. Margin of the exopods with digitate, setiferous processes . . Leptestheriella.
Gen. LEPTESTHERIA Sars.
1898. Leptestherria. Sars, Arch. Naturv. Krist., xx, No. 6, p. 9.
1900. Id. tbids, xxe_NOno pel:
1910. 5 Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 488.
1913. ‘ Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, p. 580 (in
Hungarian).
1923. - Id., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 10, vol. vi, p. 276.
Head with occipital angle acutely produced ; rostrum often broader
in g than in 9, but usually not differing greatly in the two sexes.
Twenty-two to twenty-six pairs of legs; margin of the exopod (or
branchial epipod as Daday calls it) entire; dorsal lobe of exopod
cylindrical on two or more of the 10th—15th pairs of legs in 9.
Key to the South African species.
1. Shell-sculpturing reticulate or areolate.
a. Occipital angle of head moderately produced . : . rubidger.
6. Occipital angle considerably produced. Rostrum very short
brevirostris.
2. Shell-sculpturing striate : : oF : : : . striatoconcha.
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 265
Leptestherva rubidger (Baird).
(Text-fig. 32, a.)
1862. Estheria rubidger. Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 148,
pl. xv, figs. 3-30.
1862. » macgillvrayr. Id., rbid., p. 148, pl. xv, figs. 5-56.
1898. Leptestherva silaqua. Sars, Arch. Naturv. Krist., xx, No. 6,
1899. - ¥, Id., wbid., xxi, No. 4, p..23, pl. in.
1910. e ‘ Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vi, p. 488.
1923. - brauert. Daday, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 10, vol. vi,
p. 280, fig. 84 (juv.).
1923. sf gigantea. Id., rbid., p. 284, fig. 85.
1923. t suiqua. Id., brd., p. 300, fig. 90.
1923. 55 macgillivrayr and rubidger. Id., whid., pp. 350,
301, figs. 103, 104 (“ species insuffic-
lenter cognitae ’’).
Shell ovate or ovate-oblong, deeper anteriorly, dorsal margin
straight, forming a distinct angle with the hind margin, growth-lines
numerous but not prominent, finely setulose, more so in young than
in adult ; sculpturing consisting of closely aggregated depressions of
varying shape and size, the intervening raised borders of the depres-
sions forming a reticulate or areolate pattern, which is larger and more
areolate on the younger portions of the shell, smaller and more
regularly reticulate towards the margins in adult shells. Rostrum in
3d sometimes narrower, sometimes broader, apically rounded or some-
times subquadrate ; in 2 subtriangular, apically subacute. Occipital
angle shortly produced. Profile between occipital angle and eye
convex, concave, or sinuate. Segments 26-28, of which 23-24 are
pedigerous, the posterior 2-3 segments often apodous. Anterior
(inner) margin of “ hand ”’ of prehensile leg of $ with a moderate, or
a deep, notch in adult ; nearly straight in young. Tenth and eleventh
pairs of legs in 9 with cylindrical dorsal lobe of exopod. Spines and
setae on posterior segments very variable, often much stronger than
shown in Sars’ figures, the hindermost 2-4 segments often without any
armature at all. Spines on upper margin of telson numerous, sub-
equal, closely set.
Dimensions —Up to 127 mm.
Colour.—Shell corneous, animal pale yellowish or ochreous.
266 Annals of the South African Museum.
Locality. Cape Province : Cape Town (Sars) ; Port Elizabeth (Sars,
Daday); Hanover (Sars); Bushmanland=Little
Namaqualand (Sars); Grahamstown (Albany Mus.
and Natal Mus.) ; Cape Flats ; Prinskraal, Bredasdorp
Div. ; Pofadder, Kenhardt Div. ; Upington ; Beaufort
West Division ; Pocaltsdorp ; Gouritz River railway
bridge.
Basutoland : Morajia.
Bechuanaland: Kalahari (Daday: brauert).
Transvaal: Rietfontein ; Heidelberg.
b
I h ¢
=
& ae
Cc e vs J k
Fig. 32.—Leptestheria rubidgei (Baird): a, Head of 9; 6, head of 2; c, Ist leg
of §; d, e, sculpture of shell, young and old portions respectively ; f, shell.
L. brevirostris Brnrd.: g, Head of 9. L. striatoconcha Brnrd.: h, Head of ¢;
7, head of 2; Jj, sculpture of shell; k, telson.
Distribution.—Daday believed that the specimens from Russia and
Transcaucasia, referred by Zografi to this species (1907, Zeit. wiss.
Zool., Ixxxvi, p. 449), were more likely to be rotundirostris. Thiele’s
record of s¢liqua from the Massai Nyika (1900, Zool. Jahrb. Abt.
Syst., xi, p. 571) is referred to by Daday in 1913 (Voy. Alluaud Afr.
orient. Phyllop., p. 3) and again in his revision (1923, loc. cat., p. 304).
In the latter work, however, he describes (loc. cit., pp. 370, 375) some
specimens from the identical locality as Leptestheriella thieler. One
has to assume therefore that the material collected by Neumann and
recorded by Thiele contained two species, and that silequa (rubsdget)
occurs also in the Kast African region.
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 267
Types of rubsdger and macgillivrayi in British Museum, of szliqua
in South African Museum, of brawerz in Berlin Museum, of gigantea
in Vienna Museum.
There can be no reasonable doubt that szlzqua, recorded from
Cape Town and Port Elizabeth, is synonymous with rubidger and
macgulivrayt from the same two localities. At the time Sars wrote
it might have been urged that our knowledge of the South African
Conchostraca and their distribution was not far enough advanced
to exclude the possibility of two species (of similar shell characters)
being found in the same locality. To-day our knowledge is by no
means so far advanced as to be conclusive. But since in these two
localities, especially Cape Town and its environs, no species resembling
Baird’s two species, except szliqua, has been reported, the conclusion
seems justified that szlequa is, in fact, the same as Baird’s species. As
rubidger has line and figure precedence over macgillivrayi, the former
name should be used.
This species is a variable one, as can be seen from the diagnosis.
In the specimens from Rietfontein the rostrum is especially broad,
apically rounded, or even subquadrate, thus resembling some forms of
the equally variable dahalacensis. Further, I have seen one 9 from
Heidelberg (Transvaal), with a perfectly oval outline to the shell,
without any angle between the dorsal and hind margins.
Leptestherta brevirostris Brnrd.
(Text-fig. 32, g.)
1924. Leptestheria brevirostris. Barnard, Ann. 8S. Afr. Mus., xx,
p. 227, pl. xxvi, fig. 18.
Shell similar in form and sculpturing to that of rubidger. Rostrum
(2) very short, apically acute ; occipital angle strongly and acutely
produced. Twenty-three pedigerous segments. Tenth and eleventh
pairs of legs in 9 with cylindrical ovigerous exopods. Spines on upper
margin of telson subequal, rather widely spaced. Dorsal surface of
last 3 or 4 segments minutely granulate as well as setiferous.
Dimensions.—4:5 X 2-5 mm.
Colour.—Pale corneous.
Locality. Damaraland : Waterberg, E. of Otjiwarongo.
Type in South African Museum.
Founded on an ovigerous and a young 9; distinguished from
rubidget by the produced occipital angle and the short rostrum.
268 Annals of the South African Museum.
Leptestheria striatoconcha Brurd.
(Text-fig. 32, h-k.)
1924. Leptestheria striatoconcha. Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xx,
Da 2 pla xaos alo:
Shell ovate or ovate-oblong, deeper anteriorly, dorsal margin forming
a distinct angle with posterior margin, growth-lines numerous, setulose,
especially in young; sculpturing consisting of raised subcontinuous
striae enclosing elongate fusiform depressions, striae longitudinal
anteriorly and in the middle, becoming transverse posteriorly ; on
the outer margin the striae tend to form an irregular reticulation,
the depressions becoming more or less polygonal. Rostrum in g
stout, broadly rounded apically ; in Q narrower, apically subacute.
Occipital angle shortly produced. Twenty-two to twenty-three pairs
of legs. Anterior (inner) margin of “ hand ”’ of prehensile leg of ¢
deeply notched. Tenth and eleventh pairs in 2 with cylindrical dorsal
lobes of exopods. Upper margin of telson with numerous closely
set spines, subequal proximally, but becoming long distally at the
base of the apical claw.
Dimensions.—Up to 9X6 mm.
Colour.—Shell corneous, animal pale yellowish, ova salmon-
coloured.
Locality.—Ovamboland : widely distributed (Barnard).
Transvaal: Heidelberg.
Type in South African Museum.
This species is very closely allied to the Northern African mayeti
Simon ; in fact, the only real difference seems to be in the spines on the
upper margin of telson, which are all nearly uniform in size in mayett.
The absence of spines or setae from the posterior 3-7 segments in
mayett may prove to be an inconstant character as it is in rubidget.
There are two other North African forms with striate shell-
sculpturing : cortiert Daday and aegyptiaca Daday. They differ in
having the 10th-13th and 10th—14th pairs of legs respectively with
cylindrical ovigerous exopods in 9.
Gen. LEPTESTHERIELLA Daday.
1913. Leptestheriella. Daday, Math. Termt. Ert., xxxi, pp. 579, 583
. (key to species in Hungarian).
1923. if Id., Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 10, vol. vi, p. 352.
Head with occipital angle acutely produced ; rostrum often broader
in g than in 9. Twenty-two to thirty-two pairs of legs. Margins
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 269
of exopods of the legs with lobate or digitiform processes. Dorsal
lobe of exopod in 2 cylindrical on 10th and 11th pairs of legs.
Key to the South African species.
1. A strong tooth on ventral surface of telson . é b é . calcarata.
2. No tooth on ventral surface of telson . : ‘ : : . wmermis.
Leptestheriella calcarata Daday.
(Text-fig. 33, a-d.)
1923. Leptestheriella calcarata. Daday, loc. cit., p. 366, fig. 108.
1924. Leptestherva rubidget. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx,
p. 227 (non Baird).
Shell ovate or ovate-oblong, dorsal margin straight, forming an
angle with hind margin, growth-lines setulose ; sculpturing areolate
O
io)
: 2 t..,
da
A
Fic. 33.—Leptestheriella calcarata Daday: a, Head of 3; b, head of 9; c, telson;
d, 3rd leg of 3. L.inermis n. sp.: e, Head of ¢; f, head of 2; g, telson of 9;
h, 3rd leg of 3.
with irregular polygonal depressions. Rostrum in ¢ narrowly rounded
apically, in 2 rather broader, apically subquadrate. Occipital angle
shortly produced. Twenty-two (2) to twenty-four (3) pairs of legs.
Anterior (inner) margin of “‘ hand” of prehensile leg of 3 notched.
Margin of exopods with rather long, often bifid, digitiform processes.
270 Annals of the South African Museum.
Cylindrical exopods of 10th and 11th pairs of legs in 9 slender.
Segments with dorsal armature of spines and setae. Telson with a
strong tooth on ventral surface in both sexes, spines on upper margin
subequal, smooth.
Dimensions.—Up to 7x 4:5 mm.
Colour.—Pale castaneous or whitish.
Locality.— Bechuanaland : Kalahari (Daday).
Great Namaqualand: Great Fish River near Gibeon.
Type in Berlin Museum.
This species is at once distinguished from all the other South African
Leptestheriids by the telsonic tooth.
Leptestherrella inermis un. sp.
(Text-fig. 33, e—h.)
Shell similar to that of calcarata, but the sculpturing not so coarse.
Rostrum in ¢ broadly rounded, in 2 subquadrate. Occipital angle
strongly produced. ‘Twenty pairs of legs. Anterior (inner) margin of
“hand” of prehensile leg of g notched. Margins of exopods with
short lobe-like processes. Cylindrical exopods on 10th and 11th legs
in 2 very stout. Segments without any dorsal armature of spines or
setae in both sexes; posterior 6-7 segments in @ raised up into a
cockscomb-like ridge. Telson without ventral tooth ; upper margin
in 9 minutely crenulate, with a few setae distally, in g perfectly smooth,
or with one or two minute denticles proximally.
Dimensions.—5 x 3 mm.
Colour.—Shell pale corneous.
Locality.—Cape Province: between Upington and Keimoes.
Type in South African Museum.
This species is well distinguished from all the others by the absence
of armature on the dorsal margins of the segments, and its great
reduction on the upper margin of telson, especially in the g.
Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.
A
abyssinicus (Apus)
africana (EKulimnadia)
anomala (Palaeestheria)
ANOSTRACA .
APODIDAE
apulius (Apus) .
Apus :
Artemia .
ARTEMIIDAE :
australis (Caenestheriella) .
B
bicarinatus (Lynceus)
Branchinectidae
Branchinella
Branchinellites .
Branchinema
BRANCHIOPODA
BRANCHIPODIDAE
Branchipodopsis
brauert (Branchipodopsis)
brauert (Leptestheria) F
brevirostris (Leptestheria) .
browni (Branchipodopsis)
C
Caenestheriella .
Caenestheridae .
cafer (Streptocephalus) :
calcarata (Leptestheriella) .
eancriformis (Apus) .
CHIROCEPHALIDAE .
cirratus (Streptocephalus) .
cladophorus (Streptocephalus)
CONCHOPHYLLA .
CONCHOSTRACA
Cyclestheria .
CYCLESTHERIIDAE
CYZICIDAE
Cyzicus
D
dendyi (Streptocephalus)
dentatus (EHocyzicus) .
dispar (Apus)
- draperi (Palaeestheria)
dregei (Streptocephalus)
drepane (Branchipodopsis) .
dukianus (Apus) 5
INDEX.
PAGE E
240 | elizabethae (Estheria) .
252 | elongatus (Apus)
255 | Eocyzicus
188 | Hstheriidae
226 | Kuestheria
241 | Eulimnadia
229
189 G
189 monnian, (1b ;
gigantea (Leptestheria)
257 gigas (Hocyzicus) :
gracilis (Streptocephalus)
greyi (Palaeestheria) .
ches GY MNOPHYLLA
201 H
202
201 Hedessa
is7 | # eterobranchipus
192 | Bislopi (Cyclestheria). —..
192 | hodgsoni (Branchipodopsis)
194
265 -
267 | indistinctus (Streptocephalus)
198 | inermis (Leptestheriella)
J
256 | jowbini (Caenestheriella)
253
212 K
269 | kalaharensis (Branchipodopsis)
241 | .aokoensis (Branchipodopsis)
ae - (Streptocephalus)
29 5 karroensis (Branchipodopsis) ‘
949 k6ppeniana (Artemia salina var.) .
242
249 ~
248 | Leaia
253 | Lepidurus
254 | Leptestheria
Leptestheriella .
LEPTESTHERIIDAE
209 | LIMNADITIDAE
261 | Limnestheria
236 | Limnetidae
255 | Limnetis . ;
215 | lobatsianus (Lynceus)
199 | LYNCEIDAE .
236 | Lynceus
PAGE
257
238
260
253
254
251
265
262
222
255
188
243
205
249
194
217
270
257
194
200
210
198
190
256
227
264
268
263
250
254
242
243
247
242
243
272 Annals of the South African Museum.
M
macgillivrayt (Leptestheria)
macrourus (Streptocephalus)
mauritanicus (Apus) .
milhausenii (Artemia salina var.) .
N
namaquensis (Apus) .
natalensis (Branchipodopsis)
NOTOPHYLLA
NOTOSTRACA
numidicus (Apus)
O
obliquus (Hocyzicus) . ,
ondonguae (Branchinellites)
ornata (Branchinella)
ovamboensis (Apus)
ovamboensis (Streptocephalus)
12
pachydactylus (Lynceus)
Palaeestheria .
papillatus (Streptocephalus)
paradoxa (Caenestheriella) .
principalis (Artemia salina var.) .
proboscideus (Streptocephalus)
propinguus eeu)
Proterothriops .
purcelli (Streptocephalus)
. R
rubidgei (Leptestheria)
S
salina (Artemia)
salinus (Cancer)
PAGE
265
220
241
19
238
196
226
226
236
260
203
201
241
219
245
255
21]
259
191
223
212
229
207
265
190
190
sarsi (Streptocephalus purcelli var. .) 207
scambus erase! ;
sculleyi (Apus) .
siliqua (Leptestheria)
simplex (Apus) . :
simplex (Branchipodopsis) .
somalicus (Apus)
stormbergensis (Lepidurus)
stowiana (Palaeestheria)
strauchii (Apus numidicus i :
Streptocephalellus
STREPTOCEPHALIDAE >
Streptocephalopsis :
Streptocephalus
striatoconcha (Leptestheria)
sudanicus (Apus)
£
Thriops
trachyaspis (Apus) :
tridens (Branchipodopsis)
Triopes :
Triops .
truncatus (Lynceus) .
Ui
uebensis (Apus)
V
victoriae (Hulimnadia)
vidua (Caenestheriella)
Ww
wahlbergi (Lynceus) .
wolfi (Branchipodopsis)
Z
zanont (Apus)
PAGE
199
238
265
241
196
236
228
255
236
204
204
204
205
268
240
229
236
197
229
229
246
240
249
257
248
197
236
( 273 )
APPENDIX TO SPELEIACRIS TABULAE, PER.
(See p. 150.)
6. Additional Notes.—By A. J. Hussz, Ph.D., F.ES.,
Assistant in Entomology, 8.A. Museum.
Dr. H. Karny has kindly invited me to add a few notes as an appendix
to his revision of Speleiacris as well as to the descriptions of the late
Dr. L. Péringuey on pp. 420, 421 in these Annals, vol. xv, 1916.
In view of the poor condition of the type material upon which
Dr. Karny worked, Drs. K. H. Barnard, R. F. Lawrence, and I
undertook to investigate the Wynberg Cave, the Kalk Bay Cave,
and a newly discovered cave in a private garden in Orangezicht,
Cape Town, with the object of obtaining more material for the col-
lection. This was done, unfortunately, after Dr. Karny’s paper was
already in the press. . We succeeded in obtaining fresh material from
all three caves, but by far the largest number of specimens from the
Orangezicht Cave. The caves were explored during February and
March, during which months climatic conditions at the Cape are
ideal and dry, and thus with no excess of dampness in the caves.
Spelevacris in the fresh condition is dark to very dark sienna brown
on the body, the legs being slightly paler and the head often paler
still. The mouth parts, the apical joints of the palpi, the apices of
the tibiae, the apical spines, and the tarsi are very pale yellowish,
inclining to white. The ovipositor in the 9 is shining, yellowish, pale
reddish brown to dark pitchy brown. The entire body is covered
with very minute golden yellow setae, which give the insect a slight
_bronzy or golden, even greasy, sheen, depending on the position it
is held in with respect to incident light. The setae very easily become
detached, and are denser along the hind margins of the thoracic
segments, on the abdomen, and especially dense on the legs. They
are different from the longer bristles present on different parts of the
body, such as those situated medially on the face just below the
antennal insertions, and some of those on the antennal joints, the
legs, cerci, etc. :
In its peculiar habitat the insect lives only in the innermost cor-
WOE xxix, PART |. 18
274 Annals of the South African Museum.
ridors and chambers, where no ray of light penetrates and where no
sound is heard. It is found mostly on the rock surfaces, at their
bases where the rocky walls jut over, in hollows, crevices, and chasms,
or the spaces between contiguous boulders, where there is a maximum
amount of dampness and sliminess, but not actual dripping water.
They have not been caught or seen on the floors proper or under
stones, debris, etc., strewn on the floors. Incidentally, these are the
very places where a lichen (Lecanora sp.) flourishes best.
By torchlight these Gryllacrids are weird and ghostlike with their
long legs and very long and slender antennae. When the light is
turned on them they begin to run and always away from the source
of the light, generally perpendicularly upwards. The running move-
ments recall those of a spider and their appearance that of a Phalangid.
As soon as they are further disturbed, for instance by a movement of
the hand, they jump away with great dexterity, and, as a matter of
fact, are difficult to catch. The antennae and maxillary palps are
continually moved about, the former trembling and vibrating all the
time, as if they are attempting to receive all the sense impressions,
and the latter feeling and touching the rock surface. In all proba-
bility, judging from the active movements of these organs, the
antennae are the chief media for the reception of external stimuli in
this dark and soundless environment, while the palps (abnormally
long), with their terminal cup-shaped cavity, feel and test the surface.
The structure of the hind legs, and especially the long apical spines
on the tibiae, insure a good grip on the rock surfaces both for running
and jumping. The caves in which Spelezacris lives are very difficult
to enter, as the entrances are very narrow, leading down by shafts,
extremely narrow in places. They are composed of a series of cor-
ridors and chambers, either small and inaccessible or larger and more
roomy. The Orangezicht Cave is in the basal granite of the Table
Mountain sandstone; whereas the Wynberg Cave, higher up on top
of the mountain, is in the sandstone itself. These caves were not
produced solely by the solution of calcium carbonate by subterranean
water, as in the case of limestone caves, but are more of the nature
of subterranean joints or cracks in the rocks, or of boulders with
spaces between them which have become enlarged through sub-
sequent solution. The floors are composed of disintegrated grit and
sand, with a slight admixture of mould and humus in the case of
the Orangezicht one, and sandy, even muddy, in the Wynberg and
Kalk Bay ones. The rock walls are mouldy, slimy, very damp, and
in places with water trickling, dripping, and oozing out in crevices
Appendix to Speleiacris Tabulae Peér. 275
and chasms. The atmosphere in the chambers is very damp and
humid, and the temperature would thus be more or less uniform
throughout the seasons, conditions which are found in practically
all underground caves and which constitute the environment of cave
fauna. The only plant we found in the caves was a species of lichen
belonging to the genus Lecanora, although the exposed rootlets of
trees were also observed in the Orangezicht Cave.
Spelevacris was not observed to feed; but, as Lecanora is the only
plant capable of growing in these caves, the supposition that it feeds
on this lichen has some justification.
OE ta te tO a Bmw
ow Gee
3
|
|
|
;
'
5 A fae: . IX. The N. eae Molinos oF South West : “
= eae nae M. Connotny. - (With Plates TIT and ie.
a" \
3 “Lawnencs, ee Ph. D., ‘Assistant § ‘in n Charge of ‘Arach-
i es 907 Text- a oe a e a.
PE OT, CR Rte REN A eth Ryle AOS 5 1S RM MRT Ae OR
al FEN reew ke
ah Dec! Dg AS AO pk Me ND BT 3
fe ey
SRE O\G gee
preost), & Fe
(2)
7. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West Africa.
IX. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa.—By
M. Connot_ty.
(With Plates III and IV and one Text-figure.)
CONTENTS.
PAGE PAGE
INTRODUCTION . : 3 . 277 | GErocRAPHICAL NoTES : 030
SYSTEMATIC : ; ; . 279 | BIBLIOGRAPHY . ; 3 aoe
DISTRIBUTION, ETC. . : fy) 02 Oh) EN DEG. y : ‘ s . 334
(i) INTRODUCTION.
CoNSIDERING how little was for long known about the fauna under
present notice, it is remarkable that the earliest record of it dates
back to 1838, when Gray (i) * described the four species now known
as Sculptaria sculpturata, Dorcasia alexandri, Xerocerastus hottentotus
and X. eulamordes from material collected by Sir J. E. Alexander about
the Great Fish River in Great Namaqualand, and it is further remark-
able that, while the two Helicoid species have never until quite re-
cently been frequent in collections (the present writer paid 4s. for a
good specimen of D. alexandri less than ten years ago!), the two
Zootecoids are still among the rarest of old established African land
shells.
No genuine additions were made to this brief list for thirty-two years,
when in 1870 H. Adams not only redescribed X. hottentotus under the
name of pygmaeus, but established Sculptaria damarensis and Xero-
cerastus damarensis, and Pfeiffer, in ignorance of Adams’ paper, also
described X. dammarensis and its var. minor, and added Achatina
dammarensis to the fauna. The name of the collector is not published,
but in both cases is probably R. F. Geale.
Another long lull then occurred until 1886, but.from that year in-
_clusive there have been frequent contributions and additions, for the
most part by Continental authors, to the mollusca of S.W. Africa
and its immediate neighbourhood, while three comparatively compre-
hensive papers have been written on the subject. In 1889 von
Martens (iii) gave a list of 18 species and 2 varieties which were sup-
* Numerals after authors’ names refer to the Bibliography.
MOlnmex Xx, PART 2. 19
: 4
Ie Nica
278 Annals of the South African Museum.
posed to inhabit the country ; in 1910 O. Boettger (vii) published a
valuable work in which he ascribed thereto a total of 35 species and
6 varieties, while in 1922 Degner (xiii), when dealing with the results
of the Michaelsen expedition of 1911, enumerated in a partial list
29 species and 9 varieties.
Since the publication of Boettger’s work and independently of those
of Degner and other authors, extensive collecting has been carried out
by P. Ross Frames, and still more recently by members of the stafis
of the South African Museum and Geological Survey of the Union,
for the most part aided by financial assistance from the South West
African Administration. The results include several species new to
science, which have been already published by the late H. C. Burnup
and the present writer, and increase most valuably our knowledge of
the distribution and variation of many older forms, so that the paper
now presented is by far the most comprehensive which it has yet been
possible to bring to bear on the subject.
To exemplify the importance of recent exploration, I may mention
that no fewer than ten organised expeditions have been undertaken
since 1916, as listed below ; with the exception of Dr. 8. H. Haughton
and Mr. H. F. Frommurze, of the Geological Survey, all the collectors
are, or were, members of the staff of the South African Museum.
1916. R. W. EH. Tucker (with Prof. Pearson ; Percy Sladen Expedi-
tion). S. Damaraland, Gibeon to Windhoek.
1919. R. M. Lightfoot (S.A.M. Expedition). Grootfontein
District.
1920. R. W. EH. Tucker (S8.A.M. Expedition). Grootfontein, Otji-
warongo and Waterberg Districts.
1921. K. H. Barnard (Government Research Grant). Tsumeb to
Ovamboland, and Otjiwarongo to Narebis.
1923. K. H. Barnard and party (Administration of S.W.A. grant).
Tsumeb to Ovamboland and the Great Falls of Kunene River.
1925. R. F. Lawrence and party (Administration of §.W.A. grant).
Outjo to Zesfontein.
1925. K. H. Barnard (with Dr. Haughton). Nakob, 8.E. corner of
Great Namaqualand.
1926. K. H. Barnard and party (Administration of S.W.A. grant).
Outjo to Kaoko Otavi and Hoarusib River.
1926. 8. H. Haughton (Geological Survey). Aiais and district be-
tween Warmbad and the N. bank of Orange River.
1927. 8. H. Haughton and H. F. Frommurze (Geological Survey).
Krongo Mt. to Brandberg, Franzfontein, and Omaruru River.
:
|
i
j
i
i}
The Non-Marmne Mollusca of South West Africa. 279
The map, Plate IV, shows the revised geographical boundaries and
every locality from which specimens have been obtained. A few dis-
erepancies will be noted between the districts to which certain localities
are assigned in these pages and in my Reference List, due to the
revised subdivisions and to the difficulty of ascertaining exactly the
external boundary limits, even so lately as seventeen years ago.
As the Revised Reference List (ix), already published in these
Annals, gives every reference of the slightest importance to the species
described before its appearance, all that is now necessary is to cite the
original description, the No. in my Reference List being sufficient guide
to other papers, prior to its completion. Full references are made to
all subsequent works on the subject.
The letters D., F., A., R., N., L. denote, as in my List (ix), that
the paper contains Description, Figure of shell, Anatomy, Radula,
Note or Locality, but the two latter are only given when there is no
more important matter in the article.
My warm thanks are due to the late H. C. Burnup and to Dr. E.
Warren, of the Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, for the loan of much
material, including the Ross Frames collection, with permission to
incorporate the results of its investigation in the present paper, while,
just on the point of going to press, Miss Wilman has kindly furnished
me with several important additions to the South African fauna,
collected by G. C. Shortridge in the rivers of Ovamboland.
(11) SYSTEMATIC.
Crass GASTROPODA.
OrpER PULMONATA.
Famity ZONITIDAE.
Subfamily ARIOPHANTINAE.
Genus Zonitoides Lehm., 1862.
Zonitoides africanus O. Bttg.
Ref. List No. 184.
1910. Zonitordes africanus Bttg., Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxxii, p. 436,
pe2s,fie.2. D.F.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Gobabis (subfossil, Hermann).
A smooth, rather widely umbilicate shell, 2254+ mm. in altitude
and diameter ; the figures show it as strongly striate, in direct contra-
diction to the description. It is also known in subfossil condition
from Bechuanaland.
280 Annals of the South African Museum.
Subfamily HELICARIONINAE.
Genus Gymnarion Pilsb., 1919.
Gymnarion lacrimosus Conn.
1929. Gymnarion lacrimosus Conn., Ann. Natal Mus., vi, p. 224,
pl. xiv, figs. 6-9. D.F.R.
Hab. KaokoveEtp. Kaoko Otavi (Barnard).
The south-western limit so far established for this genus, which
probably has a wide range in tropical Africa; the shell is unusually
solid and is remarkable for its beautiful beaded sculpture, but as
H. Watson has found the animal to be purely a Gymnarion, I have
not created any sectional name on conchological grounds alone.
Famity ENDODONTIDAE.
Genus Sculptaria Pfr., 1855.
An interesting genus containing beautifully sculptured shells, of
which one species (collaris Pfr.) from Benguella, and a single unidenti-
fied specimen in the Albany Museum from Gordonia, provide the only
known representation outside South West Africa. No more than
four species had been established before 1922, since when the number
has exactly doubled.
Sculptaria collaris (Pfr.).
Ref. List No. 223.
1867. Helix collaris Pir., Mal. Blatt., xiv, p.197. OD.
1909. Stegodera (Moellendorffia) mariae Nobre, Bull. Soc. Portugaise,
ili, Supp. 2, p. 79. D. |
1923. Sculptaria collaris Pfr. (=mariae Nobre) Bnp., Ann. Natal
Mus., v, p. 84, pl. i, figs. 14-18. D.F.
Described from an unknown locality, but subsequently attributed
in Pfeiffer’s “‘ Nomenclator ”’ to Damaraland. However, Burnup has
proved that all the specimens he has been able to trace were collected
in Benguella or further north, and that Pfeiffer’s record of Damaraland
is almost certainly erroneous.
Sculptaria corona Bnp.
1923. Sculptarva corona Bnup., loc. cit., p. 34, pl. ui, figs. 41-45. D.F.
Hab. Namie. Swakopmund (Frames).
A prettily sculptured species of the group of reticulata Mts. , ha
quite distinct ; only two specimens are yet known.
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 281
Sculptaria damarensis (H. Ad.).
Ref. List No. 224.
1870. Helix (Corilla) damarensis H. Ad., P.Z.S., p. 379, pl. xxvii,
mae l4, DF.
1890. Sculptaria chapmanni Ancey, Bull. Soc. Mal. Fr., vu, p. 156.
Dy
1892. Sculptaria melvilliana (=chapmanni Ancey, non Cox), Ancey,
Brit. Nat., p. 126. N.
1920. Sculptaria damarensis H. Ad., Gude, Proc. Mal. Soc., xiv,
peop. N. .
1922. Sculptaria damarensis H. Ad., Dgnr., L.-u 8.-w. fauna D.-Sw.
meso, p.5. N.
1923. Sculptaria damarensis H. Ad., Dgnr., Arch. f. Moll.-K., lv,
p. 146, pl. vi, figs. 1-10. A.R.
1923. Sculptarva damarensis H. Ad., Bup., Ann. Natal Mus., v, p. 19,
pl. 1, figs. 19-23. D.F.N.
Hab. DAMARALAND (fide H. Adams; G. de Vylder, 1873) ; Groot-
fontein; Tsumeb (Michaelsen) ; Grootfontein; Gaub; Outjo (Bar-
nard) ; Otavi Mountain (Durban Light Infantry).
Namis. Walfish Bay (chapmanni, Andersson and Chapman).
One of the largest of the genus, averaging about 3-64 8-75 mm. in
altitude and diameter respectively, one example measured by Burnup
being 4:0 9-5 mm.
var. minor Degner.
1922. Sculptaria damarensis H. Ad., var. minor Denr., loc. cit., p. 5.
DIR.
1923. Sculptaria damarensis H. Ad., var. minor Denr., Bup., loc. cit.,
p. 23, pl. i, figs. 24-30. D.F.
Hab. Damaraland. Karibib (Michaelsen); Swakop Valley
(Frames).
Smaller than the typical form, averaging about 3:0x7-5 mm. ; the
type was 2-4 6:8 mm.
Sculptaria framest Bup.
1923. Sculptaria framesi Bup., loc. cit., p. 41, pl. ii, figs. 62-66.
D.F.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Swakop Valley (Frames).
A comparatively small species, averaging about 3-676-25 mm.,
with high spire and weak sculpture.
282 Annals of the South African Museum.
Sculptaria leschker Dent.
1922. Sculptaria leschker Denr., loc. cit., p. T, fig. 2. DF.
1923. i ~ » Bup., loc. cit., p. 25, pl. u, figs. 57—
Oil, LD.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Karibib (Michaelsen).
Namis. Swakopmund (Frames).
KaAoOKOVELD. Warmbad*; Kaoko Otavi (Barnard).
Not unlike S. damarensis, but easily distinguishable through having
a stronger keel at the periphery, and a blunt one on the base which is
lacking in the older species. The average size of Degner’s set was
2:04 7-44 mm., and of those measured by Burnup 2-68 x 7-89, with
a maximum of about 2:79 8:15 mm., but the shell sometimes attains
greater dimensions, the largest example from Kaoko Otavi being
4-0 9-8 mm. in altitude and major diameter.
Sculptaria pyramidata Buy.
1923. Sculptaria pyramidata Bnp., loc. cit., p. 38, pl. u, figs. 46-56.
D.F.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Usakos (type, Frames).
Namis. Swakopmund (Frames).
Another beautiful species of the retisculpta group; the average size
of the five specimens measured by Burnup was 2-59 x 4:97 mm.
Sculptaria retisculpta (Mts.).
Ref. List No. 225.
1889. Helix retisculpta Mts., Nachr.-Bl. D. Mal. Ges., xxi, p. 154. D.
1920. Sculptaria ,, ,, Gude, Proc. Mal. Soc:, xiv; px do: ee
S23. x Be ,, Bnp., loc. cu., p. 29, pl. 1, igs) si 20m
D.F.
Hab. DaMARALAND. Usakos (ex ‘ Linnaea,’ fide von Martens).
Namis. Swakopmund (Frames).
A rare and beautiful species, remarkable for its prominent reticulate
sculpture.
Sculptaria sculpturata (Gray).
Ref. List No. 226.
1838. Helicodonta sculpturata Gray, Alexander’s Expedition, ii, p.
268. D.
* The native village of Warmbad in the Kaokoveld is not to be confused with
the township and magisterial district of the same name in the south of Great
Namaqualand.
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 283
1910. Sculptaria sculpturata Gray, var. rintelenr, Bttg., loc. cit., p.
fap. xxvii, fig. 1. D.F.
1920. Sculptaria sculpturata Gray, Gude, Proc. Mal. Soc., xiv, p. 55.
N.
1922. Sculptarra sculpturata Gray, var. rintelent Bttg., Dgnr., loc. cit.,
pao. N.
1923. Sculptaria sculpturata Gray (=var. rinteleni Bttg.), Bup., loc.
ieee, pli, wes. 1-13. DP.
Hab. Great NAMAQUALAND. About the Great Fish River (Alex-
ander) ; Bullspoort (Tucker).
DAMARALAND. Usakos (Barnard); Kurikaubmund am Swakop
(Kurikop bei Otjikango) (Rintelen) ; Usakos; Karibib; Khan River
(Frames); Huleb, 8. of Usakos (var. rinteleni, Rintelen); Karibib -
(var. rinteleni, Michaelsen).
Namis. Swakopmund (Frames).
Burnup has shown that there is no object in retaining rinteleni as a
varietal name, since every intermediate can be found between it and
the typicalform. The species is easily distinguishable from any other
yet described, owing to the aperture containing only three plicae,
instead of the usual four.
Genus Trachycystis Pilsb., 1893.
Trachycystis eupleura Conn.
1925. Trachycystis ewpleura Conn., A.M.N.H., xv, p. 470, pl. xxvii,
neo. DF.
Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Bremen Farm, Warmbad District
(Haughton).
Originally described from Herschel District, Cape Province, it is
surprising to find this species so far afield, but the examples from
Bremen are in subfossil condition and may, perhaps, be extinct in that
locality ; it is a small species, 2:2 4-8 mm. in altitude and diameter,
with comparatively open umbilicus and strong costulate sculpture.
Famity ACAVIDAHE.
Genus Trigonephus Pilsb., 1905.
Trigonephrus gypsinus (M. & P.).
Ref. List No. 290.
1891. Helix (Dorcasia) gypsina M. & P., A.M.N.H., viii, p. 238. D.
1915. Trigonephrus gypsinus M. & P., Conn., Ann. §.A. Mus., xiii,
fei’, pl. u,fig.3. D.F.A.R.
284 Annals of the South African Museum.
Hab. Namis. 90 km. 8S. of Liideritzbucht (in South African
Museum).
Described from Little Namaqualand, whence it has been recorded
from four localities.
Trigonephrus porphyrostoma (M. & P.).
Ref. List No. 292.
1891. Helix (Dorcasia) porphyrostoma M. & P., A.M.N.H., vii,
p. 208. 1D:
1915. Trigonephrus porphyrostoma M. & P., Conn., loc. cit., p. 152,
plon, fig. 6; pl. iv, figs. 2,11, 19, 25,28; pl.v,fig:3. Di ieaeee
Hab. Great NAMAQUALAND (?). Lower Orange River (Schenck).
Namis. Angra Pequenas (=Liideritzbucht) (Schneider).
Described from Little Namaqualand, and also known from the Cape
Province.
Trigonephrus rosaceus (Miull.).
Text-fig. 1.
Ref. List No. 293.
1774. Helix rosacea Mill., Verm., i, p. 76. D.
1915. Trogonephrus rosaceus Miill., Conn., loc. cit., p. 150, pl. un,
figs. 4, 5; pl. iv, figs. 10, 18; pli, fes2:) DR ASE
1926. Trigonephrus rosaceus Mill., Wenz, Diam.-Wiiste S.-W.-A., |
Tp. LO Ds plixacxixe eae uN ae |
1928. Trigonephrus rosaceus Miill., Haas, Senckenbergiana, x, p. 91. |
N.L. |
Hab. Namis. Bogenfels Diamond Field (L. J. Spencer); Bunt-
feldschuh, East Bogenfels (recent); Elfirtstafelberg, Schacht; Vlei
S. of Lockuppe Klingharal (=Klinghardt) gebirge; Feld Liibeck,
12 km. 8.H. of Liideritzbucht (subfossil) ; Neu Gamachabbrunnen,
7 km. 8.E. of Bogenfels (Kaiser and Beetz); Granitberg, 85 km. S.
of Liideritzbucht (subfossil, Lotz) ; Kolmanskop near Liideritzbucht
(Braunfels) ; near Bogenfels (Lotz); S. of the Bushelberg, Liideritz-
land, 150 metres (Range); dunes W. of Liideritzbucht (in Senckenberg |
Museum).
GREAT NaMAquaLanpD. W. of Aurus and S. of Kubub near Aus
(Range).
Previous to the records of Wenz and Haas, this species appears to
have been known only from the Cape Province, where it is widely
distributed along the north-western seaboard.
Haas states that the example from the Busheberg is in live
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Afroca. 285
condition, of a violet-brown colour with a bright malachite-green
peristome, and that the subfossil shells
from Granitberg merge toward T. por-
phyrostoma (M. & P.). In two of those
fisured by Wenz the aperture is notice-
ably less oblique than usual, and
Spencer’s single example (text-fig. 1)
diverges still further in this respect.
In fact, although it has the sculpture
and rosy aperture of rosaceus, it differs
from it in so many other respects that
it may well represent a distinct species. Othisenemitey 1p
a
Vi
Genus Dorcasia Gray, 1838.
Dorcasia alexandri Gray.
Ref. List No. 282.
1838. Dorcasia alecandri Gray, Alexander’s Expedition, 11,p. 268. D.
ISD af ie oy OM, WOO, Co. Os OMG Tolle wily aie, a),
D.F.A.
1922. Dorcasia alexcanderi Gray, Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 8, figs. 3-5. N.A.
1926. Dorcasia alexandri Gray, Wenz, loc. cit., p. 156, pl. xxxix,
fig. 4. N.F.
1928. Dorcasia alexandert Gray, Haas, loc. cit., p. 93. N.L.
Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. About the Great Fish River (Alex-
ander); Aiais, S.W. of Warmbad (Haughton).
DAMARALAND. Usab * (fide von Martens); Kurikaubmund (Rin-
telen) ; Okahandja ; Neudamm (Michaelsen) ; Windhoek (Thomsen ;
Barnard); Tsumeb (Barnard); Usakos (Frames); Kuisib Valley
near Heusis (Thomsen) ; Otjiwarongo (in Senckenberg Museum).
Also collected in Little Namaqualand by Lightfoot at Henkries,
and in Gordonia at Reimvastmak, Bosman’s Pile Hills, and on the
Bak River, 8 miles above its junction with the Orange River, by
Barnard, in the last two localities in company with the var. manor.
A beautiful corneous-brown shell, with rather depressed spire, weak
transverse sculpture and extremely strangulate, excentric rima;
examples to hand measure from 23-29 mm. in major diameter.
Var. minor Bttg.
1886. Helix (Dorcasia) alexandert Gray, var. minor Bttg., Ber.
Penekenb. Ges., p. 22, pl. ii, fig. 1. D.F.
* Probably the Ugab River.
286 Annals of the South African Museum.
1915. Dorcasia alexandri Gray, var. minor Bttg., Conn., loc. cit.,
> WS, jol, tum, ne, IDA
1928. Dorcasia alerandert Gray, var. minor Bttg., Haas, loc. cit.,
Da BB. Ils
Hab. Great NAMAQuaLAND. Geitsi Gubib (Schenck; Rogers) ;
Brukkaros (in Senckenberg Museum).
DAMARALAND. Windhoek (in Natal Museum).
Also known from Gordonia, as recorded above under the typical
form, to which itis very similar, but smaller, about 21 mm. in diameter.
Var. rotundata Mouss.
1887. Helix alexandri Gray, var. rotundata Mouss., J. de C., xxxy,
Oy ABA, Jol, zat, mies, il, 1D).10.
1914. Dorcasia alexandri Gray, var. siegymann Honigmann, Nachr.-
Bi Ds MaliiGess\ppa20 hole aie
1915. Dorcasia alexandri Gray, var. rotundata Mouss. (=siegmannt
Honigmann), Conn., loc. cit., p. 169, pl. i, fig. 7; pl. iv, figs. 6, 16, 24 ;
lw, tess 8, Lies Dh AG:
1928. Dorcasia alexanderi Gray, afi. var. rotunda Mouss., Haas, loc.
cut., p. 93, and figs. 1, 2 on p. 92. NF.
Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Rehoboth (Schinz) ; Homeib River,
S.W. of Rehoboth (svegmanni, Siegmann) ; Heliographenberg near
Rehoboth; Tsumis (subfossil, Lotz).
Rather a small form, 18 to 24 mm., similar to the type and var.
minor about the umbilical region, but with rather stronger, though
equally close, sculpture and a more exserted spire. The subfossil
series from Tsumis is quite inseparable from recent examples.
Var. trivia Bttg.
1910. Helix (Dorcasia) alecanderi Gray, var. trivia Bttg., Abh.
Senckenb. Ges., xxxu, p. 439, pl..xxviu, fig. 3. D.F.
1915. Dorcasia alexandri Gray, var. trivia Bttg., Conn., loc. citt.,
nm le (else)?
Hab. DAMARALAND. Kamas Highlands (Schultze).
A large form, 24 to 30 mm. in major diameter, agreeing with the
type in the narrow umbilicus, but differing from all the foregoing in
its sculpture, which consists of strong curved transverse costae, much
more widely spaced than in the smoother forms.
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 287
Var. perspectiva Conn.
1915. Dorcasia alexandri Gray, var. perspectiva Conn., loc. cit., p. 172,
peut, ie. 8. -D.F.
1929. Dorcasia alexander Gray, var. perspectiva Conn., Adens., Ann.
Naturh. Mus. Wien, xli, p. 390. N.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Omaruru River (Wohlfahrt); Nobgams and
Neineis, Omaruru River; Uis, near Brandberg (Haughton) ; Okam-
bahe (Lebzelter).
Specimens I have measured range between 22 and 25 mm., while the
largest in Adensamer’s series from Okambahe were 27-5 and 29 mm. ;
the costulate sculpture is the same as in trivia, but the umbilicus is
an open circle, without strangulation.
Var. montana Conn.
1916. Dorcasia alexandri Gray, var. montana Conn., Ann.S.A. Mus.,
ep. 179. DF.
1928. Dorcasia alexandert Gray, var. montana Conn., Haas, loc. cit.,
pave and figs. 3, 4 on p. 92. N.F.L.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Mt. Usakos (Frames) ; Hrongo Mts. (Rogers).
GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Bullspoort (Tucker) ; Naauwkloof, and on
the mountains between there and the Namib border (ex Rolle, in
Senckenberg Museum).
Sunilar to perspectiva in its wide umbilicus, but with the smooth
striation of the typical form ; diameter varies from.20 to 31 mm.
Var. glabra Adens.
1929. Dorcasia alecandert Gray, var. glabra Adens., loc. cit., p. 388,
plea, fig 2; pl. xii,figs.3, 4. D.F.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Okambahe (Lebzelter).
11 examples, ranging from 27-0 to 35-9 mm. in major diameter ;
the author differentiates it from var. montana Conn. by reason of its
still weaker sculpture and wider umbilicus, but both these differences
are so extremely slight that they scarcely justify varietal separation.
Dorcasia cernua (Mts.).
(Pl. III, figs. 2-4.)
Ref. List No. 284.
1889. Helix cernua Mts., Sitz.-Ber. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin, p. 161. D.
1915. Dorcasia cernua Mts., Conn., Ann. S.A. Mus., xiii, p. 166, pl.
meus. 4. FE.
ee eee err
288 Annals of the South African Museum.
1926. Dorcasia cernua Mts., Wenz, loc. cit., p. 156, pl. xxxix, fig. 6.
iN@EE
1928. Dorcasia cernua Mts., Haas, loc. cit., p. 93. L.
Hab. Great NamaAguaLtanp. Anganthal and Rooiberg, near
Bethany (Schenck); Kuibis (Schultze); Kwab’s and Viols Drift,
N. of Orange River, Warmbad District (Haughton) ; Witputz (Range) ;
Duwisit, 170 miles 8.W. of Windhoek (C. Murman).
Namis. Liideritzbucht (in Senckenberg Museum).
In fresh condition the shell differs from that of alexandri in colora-
tion, being mottled fawn and cream ; the umbilicus is wide open and
the diameter varies from 154 to 30} mm. In its typical form it has
an almost flat spire, examples from Viols Drift measuring 25 x 194 x 12
and 194x16x114, and from Kwab’s Drift, 214x16}x11 mm. in
major and minor diameter and altitude respectively, but many of the
series from Duwisit are comparatively much higher in the spire, though
very variable in this respect, as evinced from the subjoined data :
|
mm.|mm.|;mMmm.;/mm.|mm.| mm.|mmMmM.|mm.|mm.|mm.\| mm.
Diam. major 23 | 224 | 214 | 21 | 21 | 90 | 193 | D7z | 16% er ies
» minor 19 | 19. | 18 | 17~| 17% | 17 )16 | 148 )ioeaeeee
Altitude . 13 | 15 | 12% | 182°) 194) 12 | 183 | 115 ce ee
Dorcasia coagulum (Mts.).
Ref. List No. 288.
1889. Helix coagulum Mts., Sitz.-Ber. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin, p. 160.
D.
1915. Dorcasia coagulum Mts., Conn., loc. cit., p. 162, pl. i, fig. 1 ;
pl. iv, figs. 5, 1422) 26) 30: plawaee) 6) Dt AS
Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. On the road from Aos to the Orange
River, and near the Lower Orange River (Schenck).
Also recorded from Stinkfontein and Fielding’s Chabeesies in Little
Namaqualand (Rogers).
A rare species of similar colour pattern to the foregoing, but of more
globose form, with narrow strangulate umbilicus.
Dorcasia rogersi Conn.
Forma maxima.
1915. Dorcasia rogersi Conn., loc. cit., p. 164, pl. iii, fig. 3. D-F.
Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Aiais and Klipneus, north bank of
Orange River, Warmbad District (Haughton).
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 289
This species differs from cernua mainly in having a narrow, rather
strangulate umbilicus; it varies much in size, the type, which was
selected because its anatomy was available, being only 20 mm. in
diameter, while a forma major measures about 26 and the forma
maxima 30 mm., an example from Klipneus reaching 33-5 mm. This
large form is the only one yet collected in 8.W.A., the small typical
race hailing from t’Kaigas and the forma major from Henkries, both
in Little Namaqualand. :
The last three species differ clearly from the alexandri group in that
the ends of their peristome do not meet, whereas in alexandri the
peristome is continuous.
Dorcasia kaisert Wenz.
1926. Dorcasia kaiser Wenz, loc. cit., p. 156, pl. xxxix, fig.5. D.F.
Hab. Namis. Neu Gamachabbrunnen, 7 km. 8.E. of Bogenfels
(fossil, Kaiser and Beetz).
A rather widely umbilicate fossil, compared by its author to both
alexandri and cernua.
Dorcasia antiqua Wenz.
1926. Dorcasia antiqua Wenz, loc. cit., p. 157, pl. xxxix, fig. 7. D.F.
Hab. Namris. Chalcedontafelberg, west of the old Liideritz fields
(Eocene, Kaiser and Beetz).
Wenz states that antoqua is simpler and older than kaiseri ; it comes
nearest to cernua.
Famity PACHNODIDAE.
Genus Conulinus Mts., 1895.
Conulinus kaokoensis Conn.
1929. Conulinus kaokoensis Conn., Ann. Natal Mus., vi, p. 231,
pl. xiv, fig. 24. D.F.
Hab. KaoKkovELpD. Kaoko Otavi; Hoarusib River, W. of Kaoko
Otavi; Otjinjerese (Barnard).
A remarkable addition to this fauna, which has not yet occurred in
live condition ; it recalls some of the Natal species, such as maritz-
burgensis M. and P., but is amply distinct from any of them.
290 Annals of the South African Museum.
Genus Rachis Albers, 1850.
Rachis punctata (Anton).
Ref. List No. 327.
1839. Bulimus punctatus Ant., Verz. Conch. Samml., p. 42. D.
1898. Buliminus (Rhachis) punctatus Ant. (=ferussaci Dkr.) Stur.,
Denkschr. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixvii, p. 600. L.
1925. Rhachis punctata Ant. (=ferussact Dkr.) Conn., Trans. R.
Soc. S.A., xii, p. 160, pl. iv, fig. 22. —D.F:
Hab. OvAMBOLAND. Upingtonia *; Epitonna (fide Sturany).
DAMARALAND. Omaruru (fide Sturany).
This Indian species is known from the East coast of Africa and also
from Loanda, in Portuguese West Africa, but it is more probable that
Sturany’s records are based on bleached immature examples of Xero-
cerastus than that punctata exists in South West Africa.
Famity PUPILLIDAE.
Genus Pupoides Pfr., 1854.
(= Leucochiloides Pfr., 1881.)
Pupoides minusculus (Mouss.).
Ref. List No. 336.
1887. Bulominus (Leucochiloides) minusculus Mouss., J. de C., xxxv,
1s ADs yolks sxiat, anes 55 ID). Ja
1921. Pupoides minusculus Mouss., Pilsb., Manual, xxvi, p. 139,
jolly xan, mm, B), ID.10.
1922. Leucochiloides minusculus Mouss., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 31. N.
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Ku-Ganab, 8.E. of Ondonga (Schinz) ; Hoeis
(Hermann) ; Sodanna (Passarge) ; Onolongo; Ukualuthi (Barnard).
DAMARALAND. Sandup (Barnard).
Also recorded by von Martens from Meno a kwena, Bechuanaland
(subfossil, Passarge).
Mousson gives 3 mm. as the length of the single shell on which he
founded his species, while examples from Sandup measure 3-6 mm.
If there is any true specific difference between it and calaharicus and
the others of this group, it may lie in the fact that manusculus, the
* Upingtonia was the name given, in honour of Sir Thomas Upington, in 1885
to a stretch of country situated roughly between the Etosha Pan and Omaruru.
The name never had any real political or geographical significance, and is no longer
in use.
The Non-Marme Mollusca of South West Africa. 291
smaller form, seems to be restricted to the northern districts of South
West Africa in recent condition, not having occurred further south
than latitude 19°, whereas calaharicus and its allies have a wide dis-
tribution over most of the Dark Continent.
Var. major Dgnr.
1922. Leucochiloides minusculus Mouss., var. major Dgnr., loc. cit.,
pool. ID.
1926. Pupordes minusculus Mouss., var. major Denr., Pilsb., Manual,
pecvil, p. 202. N.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Tsumeb; Grootfontein; Otavifontein; Oka-
handja; Karibib; Okapuka (Michaelsen) ; Usakos; Outjo; Cauas
Okawa (Barnard).
KAOKOVELD. Kaoko Otavi (Barnard).
According to Degner, minusculus, cum var. major, can be distin-
guished from calaharicus through having flatter whorls, shallower
suture and comparatively larger aperture, two-fifths of the total
length instead of barely one-third ; var. major, however, is certainly
extremely near akin to calaharicus, and I doubt if any constant
difference exists between them.
Pupoides calaharicus (Bttg.).
Ref. List No. 335.
1886. Buliminus (Leucochiloides) calaharicus Bttg., Ber. Senckenb.
Ges, p. 24, pl.u,fig.3. DF.
1921. Pupoides calaharicus Bttg., Pilsb., Manual, xxvi, p. 138,
pee tos, 10, 11 ;-pl. xvu, fig. 8. DF.
Hab. DAMARALAND (Geale); Karibib; Usakos (Frames); Outjo
(Lawrence); Nuragas (Lightfoot); Namutoni; Narebis (Barnard).
Great NamaquaLAnD. Nakob (Barnard); Bullspoort (Tucker) ;
Kuibis (Michaelsen) ; Homeib River, near Klip (Siegmann).
Described from Ghous, Gordonia (Nolte) and extending through
Griqualand West and the Cape Province to Rhodesia and Zululand,
but the exact relationship has not yet been determined between the
Indian coenopictus Hutt., the African senegalensis Morel., sennaariensis
Pfr., soror Preston and the present species ; such points of difference
as may exist are hardly discernible and intermediate forms are found.
While normally about 5 mm. in length, calaharicus occasionally, though
rarely, attains far greater dimensions, one of the largest shells I have
seen, from the Noap Hills, Gordonia, being as much as 7-6 mm. long. .
292 Annals of the South African Museum.
Genus Microstele Bttg., 1886.
Microstele nolter (Bttg.).
Ref. List Nos. 337 and 338.
1886. Pupa (Microstele) nolter Bttg., Ber. Senckenb. Ges., p. 25,
olla, amex, 46, ID) Ia ic
1910. Leucochiloides (Microstele) oblongus Bttg., Abh. Senckenb.
Ges. xxx p: 445, plo xxvan, fie. Ui Dehe
1921. Muicrostele nolter Bttg., Pilsb., Manual, xxvi, p. 150, pl. xiv,
figs. 12-16. D.F.
1921. Mucrostele oblongus Bttg., Pilsb., Manual, xxvi, p. 149, pl. xiv,
1GGe Ty» ID) Jt
1922. Leucochiloides (Microstele) nolter (=oblongus) Bttg., Dgnr.,
lOe-: Wi Stas
> SS = eS
hs
‘4
294 Annals of the South African Museum.
1901. Pupa ridibunda M. and P., A.M.N.H., vii, p. 320, pl. ii, fig.
Lis. AD
1917. Gastrocopta damarica Ancey, Pilsb., Manual, xxiv, p. 125,
pl. xxu, figs. 14-16. D.F.
1918. Gastrocopta damarica Ancey, Pilsb., Manual, xxiv, p. 359,
leexdva, icrmloe INC
1925. Gastrocopta damarica Ancey (=mucrobus Morel.), Conn.,
ASMONGH. xy, p. 479. Ni:
1926. Gastrocopta microbus Morel., Dautz., Pilsb., Manual, xxvu,
pe 20930 Ne
Hab. OVAMBOLAND (ovampoensis, in coll. Layard) ; Disappointment
Vlei (damarica, Andersson and Chapman).
DAMARALAND. Outjo; Narebis; Nuragas; Usakos (Barnard).
KAOKOVELD. Kaoko Otavi (Barnard).
Also recorded from the Cape Province, Transvaal, Orange Free
State, Zululand, Rhodesia, and Senegal.
Genus Nesopupa Pilsb., 1900.
Nesopupa sp.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Cauas Okawa (Barnard).
KAOKOVELD. Ombombo; Kaoko Otavi (Barnard).
A few calcined shells, doubtless attributable to this genus, were
collected in the foregoing localities, but in all cases the aperture
was choked with soil and the condition too fragile to run the risk of
cleaning.
Famity ACHATINIDAE.
Genus Achatina Lam., 1799.
Achatina damarensis Pir.
Ref. List No. 375.
1870. Achatina dammarensis Pfr., Mal. Blatt., xvii, p. 31. D.
1870. Achatena dammarensis Pir., Novit. Conch., iv, p. 2, pl. cix,
figs. 3,4. DF.
1922. Achatina damarensis Pfr., Denr., loc. cit., pp. 34, 36, fig. 12;
Doo te lo. NOAGR:
1929. Achatina damarensis Pfr., Adens., loc. cit., p. 397. N.L.
Hab. DAMARALAND (coll. Dohrn); Ubeb on the Khan River
(Schenck) ; Omuramba-Omataka R., near Okosongoho ; bank of the
Black Nosab, near Gobabis (Hermann); Grootfontein; Omaruru ;
Farm Voigtsland, 26 km. E. of Windhoek (Michaelsen) ; Okosongo-
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 295
mingo, on the Little Waterberg (Thomsen); Okahandja (Fock) ;
Sandfontein, E. of Windhoek (Drury); Nobgams; Omaruru R.
(Haughton) ; Okambahe (Lebzelter).
GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Choarib; Choa’s District (Hermann) ;
Homeib R., near Klip (Siegmann).
KAOKOVELD. Kaoko Otavi (Barnard).
Also recorded from Bechuanaland.
The type is of almost uniform yellow, with a few irregular flames of
slightly deeper shade; it is only 45x24 mm., apert. 26x14 mm. in
length and breadth; but the species appears to attain considerably
greater dimensions and it is possible that the two which follow merely
represent better grown, dark-flamed examples of Pfeiffer’s species,
with which they agree fairly wellin contour and sculpture. The shells
collected by the South African Museum are in bleached condition, but
agree in other respects with damarensis.
Achatina schinziana Mouss.
Ref. List No. 397.
1887. Achatina schinzvana Mouss., J. de C., xxxv, p. 294, pl. xii,
moo. D.F.
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Ondongua (Schinz); Sodanna (Passarge) ;
upper reaches of Omuramba-Omataka R. (Shortridge).
I have pointed out elsewhere that the record of this species from
Lorenzo Marques is incorrect, but Boettger described a var. degenerata
from Kakir, Bechuanaland.
Achatina passargei Mts.
Ref. List No. 391.
1900. Achatina passarger Mts., Sitz.-Ber. Ges. Nat. Fr., Berlin,
peg. D.
1904. Achatina passarge: Mts., Die Kalahari, pp. 754, 755, fig. 1.
DE.
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Sodanna (Passarge).
Appears from the figure to be absolutely identical with schinziana.
Achatina tracheia Conn.
1929. Achatina tracheca Conn., Ann. Natal Mus., vi, p. 233, pl. xiv,
no26. D.F.
Hab. KaoxoveLp. Kaoko Otavi; Hoarusib River (Barnard).
296 Annals of the South African Museum.
Kasily distinguishable through its strong longitudinal sculpture,
which renders the shell rough to the touch.
Notr.—The four genera which now follow may possibly belong to
three different families or subfamilies (Stenogyrinae, Ferussaciinae,
and Zootecinae), but their exact status is at present so uncertain that,
in order to avoid future complications, I include them all, in the
present treatise, in the Family Achatinidae, sensu lato.
Genus Opeas Albers, 1850.
Opeas sublineare Bttg.
Ref. List No. 433.
1910. Opeas sublinearis Bttg., loc. crt., p. 448, pl. xxvii, fig. 14. D.F.
Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Bremen Farm, 8.W. of Warmbad
(Haughton).
A rare species, described from Little Namaqualand and also known
from Griqualand West.
Genus Subulina Beck, 1837.
Subulina vitrea (Mouss.).
Ref. List No. 426.
1887. Stenogyra (Subulina) vitrea Mouss., J. de C., xxxv, p. 296,
Ol, Sau, ier, GID) Ie
1892. Stenogyra chapmani M. and P., A.M.N.H., ix, p. 90, pl. vi,
mG. Bs IDI,
1922. Subulina vitrea Mouss., Denr., loc. cit., pp. 38, 39, fig. 14a.
D.N.F.
Hab. OVAMBOLAND (chapmani, Chapman); Ku-Ganab, 8.H. of
Ondongua (vitrea, Schinz).
KaAOKOVELD. Near Otjitundua ; Hoarusib River (Barnard).
DAMARALAND. Otavi Mountain (Frames); Tsumeb; Otjikoto
Lake ; Brakwater, 20 km. N. of Windhoek ; Okahandja (Michaelsen) ;
Onguati (Thomsen); Outjo; Namutoni; Sandup; Cauas Okawa
(Barnard).
This very slender little species, whose greatest lengthis about 11 mm.,
appears to be confined to the northern districts of S.W. Africa ; it has
not been recorded from elsewhere.
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 297
Genus Cecilioides Fér., 1807.
Cecilroides acicula (Mill.).
Ref. List No. 408.
1774. Buccinum acicula Mill., Verm., 11, p. 150. D.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Outjo; Namutoni; Cauas Okawa (Barnard).
KAOKOVELD. Ombombo; Kaoko Otavi (Barnard).
OVAMBOLAND. Ukualuthi (Barnard).
I am unable to separate specimens from the foregoing localities from
the European species, which appears to be rather widely diffused over
South Africa.
Cecilioides advena (Ancey).
Ref. List No. 409.
1888. Caecilionella advena Ancey, Le Naturaliste, x, p. 215. OD.
1892. Cronella ovampoensis M. and P., A.M.N.H., ix, p. 91, pl. vi,
ioe. DF.
Hab. OVAMBOLAND (ovampoensis, in coll. Layard) ; Disappointment
Vlei (advena, Andersson and Chapman).
There can be no doubt as to advena and ovampoensis being identical ;
both were described from the same original lot ; the type of advena is
lost, but Ancey mentions in his description a distinct internal angulate
thickening on the middle of the paries, which is prominent in the type
of ovampoensis. Watson has explained this feature in a more in-
telligible way by stating that young examples of C. acicula have a
prominent spiral fold on the upper part of the columella, which dis-
appears when the snail is half-grown, but persists until a later stage
in one or two continental forms of the genus; the examples of ovam-
poensis examined by me appear to be quite mature, and to differ in
this single respect of the columella fold from all other shells of
Cecilioides that I have seen from South Africa, otherwise it would
certainly agree with them.
The illuminating definition of the locality published by Ancey is as
follows :
“ Disappointment Key [sic], Ovampoland (‘ Liideritzland’ seu
“Damara’). Leg. Cl. Andersson and Chapman,” perhaps the best
spot in which to leave this dubious species.
Genus Xerocerastus Kob. and Mlldff., 1902
(=Hburnea Mouss., 1887, non Fleming, 1828).
There is no doubt that this genus, which was until recently placed
in the Enidae, is extremely closely allied to the Stenogyroid Zootecus,
298 Annals of the South African Museum.
even if the two are not congeneric. However, the distribution of the
former is limited to the more or less desert regions of 8. and 8.W.
Africa, while Zootecus ranges from N.EH. Africa to India and the
Mascarene Islands, so I retain Xerocerastus as distinct until the com-
parative anatomy has been fully investigated.
As the most difficult questions in this paper have arisen regarding
the inter-relationships of the burchelli-damarensis group and the equally
complicated subteres group, I deal first with well stabilised species,
which hardly enter into later calculation.
Aerocerastus namibicus (Bttg.).
(Pl. TE, fies 19.)
Ref. List No. 453.
1910. Ena (Kburnea) namibica Bttg., Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxxu,
p. 444, pl. xxvii, fig. 10. D.F.
1922. Ena (Eburnea) namibica Bttg., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 30. N.
Hab. DAMARALAND. 140 km. inland from Swakopmund (Rintelen) ;
Karibib (Michaelsen) ; Usakos (Barnard ; Frames).
The smallest and most slender member of the genus; my largest
adult example from Usakos is roughly 9X3 mm. in length and
breadth, while Degner’s Karibib series were 9X3 to 34 mm.
Xerocerastus eulimoides (Gray).
(Pl. 1M te 18")
Ref. List No. 452.
1838. Bulimus eulimoide Gray, Alexander’s Expedition, ii, p. 269. D.
Hab. Great Namaquatanp. About the Great Fish River (Alex-
ander) ; Bullspoort (Tucker).
DAMARALAND. Usakos (Frames).
Another small and slender form, more obese than namibicus,
measuring about 9x4 mm. In my reference list I placed these two
species in Zootecus, but for the reasons stated above, I now restore
them to Xerocerastus.
Xerocerastus hottentotus (Gray).
(PIT ier)
Ref. List No. 313.
1838. Bulimus hottentota Gray, loc. cit., p. 269. D.
1870. Bulimulus pygmaeus H. Ad., P.Z.8., p. 9, pl. i, fig. 18. D.F.
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 299
1922. Ena (Eburnea) hottentota Gray, Dgnr., loc. cit., pp. 26, 27,
mem Oy NE.
1929. Ena (Eburnea) hottentota Gray, Adens., loc. cit., p. 396. N.L.
Hab. Great NaMAQuaLaND. About the Great Fish River (Alex-
ander) ; Kuibis (Michaelsen).
OVAMBOLAND (Chapman, fide Layard).
DAMARALAND (pygmaeus, coll. Adams); Flats by the Khan River,
N. of Tsoachaul (Schenck) ; Usab (fide Mts.); 140 km. inland from
Swakopmund (Rintelen); Otavifontein (Michaelsen); Usakos
(Frames; Barnard); Uis; Neineis (Haughton); between Klein
Ameib and Usakos (Lebzelter).
By far the stoutest member of the genus, in comparison with its
short stature, and easily distinguishable ; it varies slightly in diameter,
the largest example to hand measuring 128 mm.
Aerocerastus robustus (Dgnr.).
(PE Ei nigs5s il)
1922. Ena (Hburnea) robusta Dgnr., loc. cit., pp. 25, 26, fig. 8. D.F.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Otavifontein, 5 km. HK. of Otavi (Michaelsen) ;
Otjiwarongo (Barnard); Otavi Mountain (Durban Light Infantry).
Far more obesely conical, in proportion to its length, than any of
the species that follow. The type set of four, of which the largest
measured 19 x 10 and the smallest 14x 8-5 mm., average 17 x 9:25 mm.
in length and breadth ; according to the description there is a small
swelling half-way up the columella and the aperture is very angular.
The other two sets cited above do not show these features, but they
resemble robustus in general form and occur, the one within 5 and
the other within 60 miles of the type locality, so that there is every
reason to consider them conspecific. The set of three from Otavi
Mountain measure 20-2 x 10:3, 20 x 9:5, and 18-5 x 9-5 mm., while those
from Otjiwarongo are smaller and comparatively more narrow, ranging
from 167-5 down to 146-5, with an average of 15-37 mm.
We now come to two groups, in each of which it is difficult to dis-
tinguish between the members. The first is that of burchelli Gray and
damarensis H. Ad., with its var. minor Pfr., of which the exact re-
lationship can only be determined when the anatomy of the former
has been examined. The shell of burchelli appears to be translucent
flesh pink in freshest condition, but to become white and more or less
opaque, with or without rufous streaks, after exposure to a very small
degree of weathering. The same is probably the case with damarensis,
=. ae - eit ne)
Ss
7.
300 Annals of the South African Museum.
but I have not observed a record of its occurrence in absolutely fresh
condition. The shells of both these species are most variable, within
certain well-defined limits, in size and contour, and can be graded into
each other. However, it is possible that there may be geographical
grounds to assist in their demarcation, and it is principally this that I
propose for consideration hereunder.
Xerocerastus damarensis (H. Ad.).
(PL. Ti) tiger d: ib =85)
Ref. List Nos. 309, 323.
1870. Bulamus damarensis H. Ad., P.Z.S8., p. 9, pl.i, fig. 17. D.F.
1922. Ena (Eburnea) damarensis H. Ad., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 19. N.
192950 y r ,, . Adens., loc: city’ pious
Toll, xaut, 1mvee, Il, | INT I,
1929. Xerocerastus damarensis H. Ad., forma maxima Conn., Ann.
Natal Mus., vi, p. 236, pl. xiv, fig. 29. DF.
Var. minor Pfr.
Ge OU ses, S10.)
1870. Bulimus dammarensis, var. minor Pfir., Mal. Blatt., xvu,
Deas De
1887. Bulaminus (Eburnea) damarensis H. Ad., var. exspectata
Mouss., J. de C., xxxv, p, 295) plaxaiiio 4 Nene
1887. Helix (Cochlicella) opposita Mouss., vbid., p. 293, pl. xu, fig. 2.
D.F.
1922. Ena (Eburnea) damarensis H. Ad., var. minor Pfr., Denr., loc.
Cit, Pps 21, 235 fie. 6.) INERE
1923. Xerocerastus damarensis H. Ad., var. minor Pfr., Dgnr., Arch.
f. Moll.-K., p. 214, pl. viii, figs. 1-5. A.R.
1928. Xerocerastus damarensis H. Ad., var. minor Pfr., Haas, loc.
cit., p. 93. NAL.
There may be said to be four races attributable to this species,
differing from one another in average dimensions and inhabiting, to a
great extent, limited areas from which the others are absent. They
appear to lie about the territory in little localised groups, often within
a radius of under 30 miles of each other, yet over 200 miles from the
other nearest groups of similar dimensions. Further exploration may
doubtless extend and possibly confuse the limits of distribution here
given, but at present they are very clearly defined.
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 301
They may be classed as—
(i) Forma typica.
(11) 4 Gate alioeye
(111) Pe mumuisenila:
(iv) ee Tanne:
In order to make some attempt at the elucidation of this and other
species which follow, I append the numbers examined and the average
dimensions from each separate locality :
(i) Forma typica.
DAMARALAND (type, 21xX8 mm.); Usakos (Thomsen; Frames ;
Barnard; 33 shells, ranging from 229-4 to 18x7 mm., average
20-2 8-3 mm.); Onguati (Thomsen; 1 shell, 21-5x10 mm.); Uis
(Haughton; 5 shells, 20-58-2 to 18x7-1, average 197-8 mm.) ;
Neineis (Haughton; 6 shells, 197-2 and 18-6X7-:6 to 17:5X7,
average 18-4x7:2 mm.); Okambahe, Omaruru River (Haughton ;
2 shells, each 187-5 mm.; Lebzelter; over 100 shells, ranging from
24-3 10-1 and 22-2 10-0 to 17x8-7, average 21-19-3 mm.) ; be-
tween Klein-Ameib and Usakos (3 shells, Lebzelter).
The five foregoing localities all fall within a comparatively small
circle.
Namutoni (Barnard; 28 shells, 21x8-25 to 166-5, average
17X7-1 mm.); Otjikoto (Barnard; 7 shells, 20-25x7-5 to 17:5X7,
average 196-85 mm.).
These two localities, though less than 30 miles apart, are 200 miles
distant from the Usakos circle.
(i) Forma maxima.
DAMARALAND. Outjo (Barnard; 22 shells, 26x11 to 21x9°5,
average 23:3 x 10 mm.).
(ii) Forma minuscula, a rather small, narrow form.
KaOKOVELD. Otjikondo (Barnard; 38 shells, 17x6-5 to 146-5,
average 15°56:1 mm.); North of Kowares (Barnard; 7 shells,
16-8X6-7 to 146, average 15-7x 6-1 mm.); Kamanyab (Barnard ;
7 shells, 18x 7 to 16x 6-5, average 16:6 6-8 mm.) ; between Kaman-
yab and Choabendus (Barnard ; 9 shells, 16-5 x 6-75 to 13x 6, average
15-4 6-3 mm.) ; Ombombo (Barnard; 16 shells, 20x7 to 13X5-5,
average 16-7 <6-5 mm.).
Whereas the large form from Outjo inhabits the open plains, the
narrow forms of group (ili) and the var. minor are found to the north-
_ 302 Annals of the South African Museum.
west of a line half-way between Outjo and Otjikondo, on rocky hills
and krantzes, wherever the dolomite crops out ; they avoid pure sand,
granite, etc.
(iv) Var. minor, Pir. (=exspectata and opposita Mouss.), including
a series from Karibib, which are rather large for this variety.
DAMARALAND (type, fide Pfeiffer, 14xnearly 6 mm.; Geale;
3 shells, 15x5-9 to 13:7x5-6, average 14:5x5:8 mm.); Karibib
(Michaelsen ; Frames; 18 shells, 17-3 7-3 to 13-1 x 6:5 and 13-5 x 6-3,
average 15:37 mm.); Voigtlands Farm, 26 km. E. of Windhoek
(Michaelsen ; 3 shells, 13-2 5-5 to 11-4 5-5, average 12-2 5-5 mm.) ;
Usakos (Frames; 12 shells, 17-58 to 13-66 mm., average 15-8
S<(OxS) iaaam-)),
Usakos and Karibib are about 100 miles from Windhoek.
GROOTFONTEIN (Michaelsen; 1 shell, 13-7x6-6 mm.); between
Nuragas and Otjituo (Lightfoot; 39 shells, 13-75x5-5 to 10x 4-5,
average 11-9X5-1 mm.).
These three localities form a circle with a radius of 20 miles.
OVAMBOLAND. Upingtonia (Schinz); Onolongo (Barnard; 19
shells, 135-5 to 11x 4-75, average 125-1 mm.).
KaoKoveELp. Between Otjitundua and Ombombo (Barnard; 16
shells, 14:25 x 5:25 to 11x 4:75, average 125-1 mm.).
GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Keetmanshoop (Michaelsen, fide Degner ;
I shell, 13-5 x 6-5 mm_).
Mousson founded opposita on a single damaged example, collected
by Schinz in a recent calcareous marl in the Upingtonia District, south
of Ovamboland ; von Martens has recorded it, also as a fossilsingleton,
from Bechuanaland, though without any authority for its identification.
The type appears to be lost, but an immature example from Ovam-
boland of X. damarensis var. minor, from a series about 14 mm. long
when mature, coincides with Mousson’s figure and agrees with his
description ; J. R. Tomlin confirms my view as to the synonymy.
var. subradiata Bttg.
1910. Ena (Eburnea) damarensis H. Ad., var. subradiata Bttg., loc.
cit., p. 443. D.
1922. Ena (Eburnea) damarensis H. Ad., var. subradiata Bttg.,
Danr-miockct.. parolee Ni
Hab. DamMaRaLanD. Kurikaubmund, Swakop Valley (Rintelen).
Founded on a single particularly obese example, with 8 whorls,
21x10 mm. in length and breadth.
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 303
Xerocerastus burchella (Gray).
(Pl. III, figs. 12-15.)
Ref. List Nos. 305, 314, 326.
1834. Bulomus burchellii Gray, P.Z.8., p. 66. D.
1886. Buliminus (Mastus) psammophilus Bttg., Ber. Senckenb. Ges.,
mee, pl. i, fig. 2. DF.
1892. Buliminus layardi M. and P., A.M.N.H., ix, p. 90, pl. v, fig. 11.
DF.
Hab. Great Namaquatanpd. Bullspoort (Tucker) ; Choarib (Her-
mann); Nakob (Barnard); Aroab (Arahoab) ; Haruchas Farm, near
Gokhas (psammophilus, in Senckenberg Museum).
Burchelli was described from Taku in British Bechuanaland and is
rather widely distributed over Bechuanaland, Griqualand West and
the north-west of the Cape Province. Layardi was described from
Kobis, Bechuanaland, and psammophilus from Khuis in the same
province ; in so far as concerns the synonymy set forth above, I need
do no more than quote the opinion of the two eminent experts, here
given, in support of my own.
Dr. F. Haas kindly compared specimens of burchelli with the type of
psammophilus and writes: “X. psammophilus Bttgr. is quite certainly
identical with burchelli Gray and must be placed in its synonymy.”
With regard to layardi, its authors sought to differentiate their
species from burchellz in the following words: ‘“* This seems to us to
differ from B. burchelli (Gray) in the smaller size, want of umbilication,
greater reflection of columella, less ventricose whorls, and more vivid
painting.”
After careful study of the types, Burnup’s opinion, in which I
concur, was: “Considering M. and P.’s comparison with burchelli,
I find layardi quite as much umbilicate as burchelli ; the difference in
size is quite immaterial ; I cannot see that the columella is any more
reflexed, and in my series, as in Connolly’s, there are specimens quite
as vividly painted. I can only consider layardi a synonym of
burchelli.”’
In this connection I need only add that among eighty specimens of
burchelli which have been measured, the largest is 18x7 and the
smallest 12-45 mm.; the three shells of the type set are 14-56,
14-2 6-2, and 13-55-6 mm., while the type of layardi is 12-25x
55 mm., and psammophilus is said to range from 13-25 to 146 to
6-5 mm. .
The exact relationship, however, between burchelli and damarensis
et
—— a —_—. . -—- o — —
=_—_—-— mw
= 2
—— se
304 Annals of the South African Museum.
var. minor raises a far more difficult question. The former’s range of
measurements completely covers that of the latter; the flammate
marking in comparatively unbleached specimens is common to both
and the decussate sculpture, though possibly more pronounced in
burchellz, hardly provides ground for separation. In fact, damarensis
var. minor appears to be far more nearly akin to burchelli than to the
larger races of damarensis, and further investigation will probably
prove them to be identical. The anatomy of burchelli, however, is
unknown, and while the var. mznor is distributed from Damaraland
northward, and burchelli mainly south of the Orange River, both are
extremely uncommon in the intermediate district of Great Namaqua-
land, where all but one of the known localities for burchelli are near
the Kalahari border.
It may be advisable, therefore, to recognise them as distinct, chiefly
on geographical grounds, until it becomes possible to study their
comparative anatomy.
Xerocerastus schultzer (Bttg.).
(Pl Ti sis os)
Ref. List No. 328.
1910. Ena (Eburnea) schultzei Bttg., loc. cit., p. 442, pl. xxviii,
ne, @), 1D)1a
This species has not been yet recorded from 8.W. Africa, but I
figure it in order to present a complete series of the genus to which it
belongs. It was described from Bechuanaland and is also known
from British Bechuanaland and Griqualand West, while it is remark-
able for being the only member to occur outside the south-west corner
of the continent, being established in the Northern Transvaal in the
neighbourhood of the Messina mines, whither it was probably carried
by natives, who are fond of making these kinds of shells into necklaces.
Section Lubricetta Haas, 1928.
Lubricetta was proposed as a subgenus of Bocageia for B. rollei Haas ;
it will be shown, however, that this is simply a small form of Xero-
cerastus subteres (Bttg.), so that Lubricetta must be treated as a section
of Xerocerastus, with subteres as its type. The shells attributable to
this section, of which no species was known prior to 1910, differ slightly
in form from those of Xerocerastus s.s. and have a rather blunter
apex ; they constitute a small, but very difficult group, of which the
extremes, the large sericus and small nitens of Degner, would be easily
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 305
separable, were it not for the great variability of the intermediate
subteres, which almost bridges the gap between them. However, the
following statistics, based on the examination of more than 150
specimens, and taking into consideration size, sculpture, and distri-
bution, may tend to establish all three as distinct species.
Aerocerastus subteres (Bttg.).
(Pl. III, figs. 20-24, 27-29.)
Ref. List No. 332.
1910. Ena (Lburnea) subteres Bttg., loc. cit., p. 444, pl. xxviii, fig. 8.
D.F.
1928. Bocageia (Lubricetta) rolle: Haas, Senckenbergiana, x, p. 92,
nes. and 6,p.94. F.D.
The localities and dimensions of various series are as follows :—
DAMARALAND. 140 km. inland from Swakopmund (type, Rintelen ;
19:-5x7 mm.); Usakos (Frames; Barnard; 20 shells, ranging from
217 down to 12-5x5:-4 mm., with average of 16-86 x 6-62 mm.).
Karibib (Frames; 3 shells, from 13-8x5-5 to 12:2x5-6, average
i3-2>¢5:5 mm.).
Between Usakos and Karibib (Frames; 16 shells, from 22-6 x 8-1 to
15-16 and 15x 6-2, average 17-7 x 6-3 mm.).
The above localities are within 30 miles of each other.
Neineis, 50 miles N.W. of Usakos (Haughton; 7 shells, 165-2
and 15-75-3 to 12:-8x5-2, average 14:3x5-2 mm.); Uis, 20 miles
N.W. of Neineis (Haughton; 4 shells, 17-°8x5-5 to 16-25-5 and
16X5-9, average 16-5 5-7 mm.).
Namis. Swakopmund (Durban Light Infantry; 5 shells, 267-2,
29°9X 7-7, 217, 216-8, and 175-2, average 22-2 x 6-8 mm.).
KaoKovELD. Kaoko Otavi (Barnard; 43 shells, from 197 and
18-5 X 6-5 to 125, average 15-25-75 mm.).
Between Otjitundua and Ombombo (Barnard ; 13 shells, from 17 x 6
to 12-55, average 14-2 x 5-3 mm.).
These three localities are less than 20 miles apart.
Zesiontein, 60 miles from Kaoko Otavi (Lawrence; 2 shells,
Zo S and 23x 7-5 mm.).
GREAT NamMaQguaLAND. Near Naauwkloof (rollez, ex coll. Rolle;
iroex'6-1 mm.).
It will be seen that this species has been collected so far in five
limited areas and that the average from all, except the large pair
from Zesfontein and the strange set from Swakopmund, falls well
306 Annals of the South African Museum.
below the size of the type. Until large series occurred and full
statistics were available, it appeared possible that the smaller forms
might be referable to netens and the larger to subteres, but I do not
think such is the case, as all have similar, though variable, decussate
sculpture, stronger than in nitens, and the geographical distribution
is consistent with their being conspecific.
The series from Uis, Neineis, and Swakopmund differ considerably
from the typical form, being comparatively more slender and practically
devoid of spiral sculpture; I would, in fact, have reckoned them to
be a distinct species, were it not that the contour of the smaller
examples can be matched by one or two individuals among the large
set from Kaoko Otav1.
Subteres was founded on a single bleached shell, 19-57 mm., and
rolle. on a single mature and one or two rather immature examples,
of which the former measures 156-1 mm., in brilliantly fresh con-
dition, when the shell is very glossy and coloured a beautiful pinkish
brown. Since this was the only material available to Dr. Haas when
considering the status of the latter, it is not surprising that he failed
to notice the connection between the two shells; however, there is
no doubt as to their being conspecific. The series of 43 from Kaoko
Otavi, which ranges from 197 mm., practically the dimensions of
Boettger’s type of subteres, down to 125 mm., little larger than
mitens, includes several examples about 15x6 mm., thus agreeing
with roller, and an immature paratype of the last named, kindly
furnished by its author, is quite inseparable from them. Naauwkloof
is situate about 160 miles S. of Usakos, and is the most southerly
locality in which subteres has yet been collected.
Xerocerastus nitens (Dgnr.).
(Pisiiins 2a.)
1922. Ena (Eburnea) nitens Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 28, fig. 10. D.F.R.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Otjikoto Lake (Michaelsen).
Kight adult examples were collected, of which 6 varied from
11-5 5-5 to 115-3 and the other 2 were 9X5 mm., giving a rough
average of 10-7 x 5:26 mm.
If actually distinct from the foregoing, this is the smallest of the
section. The later sutures are remarkably white, the transverse
sculpture almost absent and the spiral extremely close and faint, so
that the shell is more glossy than its confréres.
It is only yet known from the original set, and the fact of its hailing
The Non-Marme Mollusca of South West Africa. 307
from the same district as the large sericus, and apparently rather
remote from the haunts of subteres, lends colour to its distinctness.
Xerocerastus sericus (Dgnr.).
(ede GUN nae, 610), Sul.)
1922. Ena (Hburnea) servca Degnr., loc. cit., pp. 23, 24, fig. 7 e-g. D.F.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Tsumeb (type, Michaelsen; Rogers); Otavi
Mountain (Durban Light Infantry) ; Gaub (Tucker).
A large form, of which the type set of four from Tsumeb measure
from 28 x 10 to 23-5 x 10-5 mm., with average of 25-1 x 10-25 mm., and
Rogers’ series of 27, ranging from 23-3 9-8 down to 20x10, 20x9
and 20x 8-5 mm., average 21-16 9-4 mm.
The pair from Otavi Mountain somewhat resemble the type in size,
being 2812-2 and 27-4x12-7 mm., while the pair from Gaub are
somewhat smaller, each measuring 198-5 mm.
These localities are within a radius of 12 miles and none others are
yet known tome. The shell is remarkable for its size and particularly
silky sculpture, caused by the very close, strong, transverse striae
being slightly interrupted by microscopic spiral striation. The fact
just mentioned that this large species and its other extreme, the
diminutive nitens, are found within 20 miles of one another, with no
near occurrence of subteres, may either suggest their distinctness, or
that subteres is a Bastard race, caused by the inter-breeding between
other forms.
Famity SUCCINEIDAE.
Genus Succinea Drap., 1801.
Succinea badia Morel.
1868. Succinea badia Morel., Voy. Welwitsch, p. 54, pl.i, fig. 4. D.F.
Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Bullspoort (Tucker).
DAMARALAND. Homeib R., near Klp (Siegmann); Sandfontein
(Barnard).
KaOKOVELD. Ombombo; Kaoko Otavi (Barnard).
Described from Calemba Is., Angola; the examples from S.W.A.
are quite typical. It is a large species, which has been collected as
far south as Excelsior, Modder River (Swan).
It occurs in large numbers in the flat open valleys between Otji-
tundua, Ombombo, and Kaoko Otavi, which are only flooded in the
summer season, and then only occasionally. In the dry season the
animals hide in the ground under logs or at the roots of grass.
308 Annals of the South African Museum.
Succinea delalandei Pir.
Ref. List No. 460.
1821. Helix (Cochlohydra) elongata, var. y, Fer., Tabl. Syst. Moll.,
pt. 3, p. 31 (or 27), I, and Hist. Nat. Molly pl sak) ei
1851. Succinea delalandw Pir., Zeitschr. fiir Malak., vin, p. 28. D.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Between Nuragas and Otjituo ; Grootfontein ;
Namutoni (Barnard). |
A slender species, whose headquarters appear to be in the Cape
Peninsula, but also known from British Bechuanaland and recorded
by Craven from Oliphants River, Transvaal.
Succinea exarata Krs.
Ref. List No. 461.
1848. Succinea exarata Krs., Stidafr. Moll., p. 74, pl.iv, fig. 15. D.F.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Gobabis (subfossil, Hermann, fide Boettger).
Described from Natal, where, if a valid species, it is extremely rare ;
I am inclined to doubt the correctness of the Damaraland locality.
Succinea moussoni Mts.
Ref. List No. 462.
1887. Succinea (2) sp., Mouss., do de |€., soacy,) py 205 ean
1904. e moussont Mts., Die Kalahari, p. 755, fig. 2. D.F.
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Upingtonia District, south of Ovamboland
(subfossil, Schinz) ; Sodanna (Passarge).
Also collected in subfossil condition by Passarge in Bechuanaland ;
the figure appears to represent an immature example of badia Morel.
Succinea striata Krs.
Ref. List No. 466.
1848. Succinea striata Krs., Siidafr. Moll., p. 78, pl. iv, fig. 16. D-F.
1922. ae a 5, =Benr., loc. cit., p40. INE
Hab. DAMARALAND. Gobabis (subfossil, Hermann); Okahandja
(Michaelsen).
Described from Natal, and distributed over the Cape Province,
British Bechuanaland, O.F.S., Transvaal, as well as Central and
North East Africa.
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 309
Famity ONCHIDIIDAE.
Genus Onchidella Gray, 1850.
Onchidella maculata Plate.
Ref. List No. 474.
1893. Onchidella maculata Plate, Zool. Jahrb. Jena, vii, pt. 1, p. 201,
pl. vii, fig. 4; pl.ix, figs. 43,44; pl. x, figs. 45-49, 52; pl. xi, fig. 68 ;
pea, fig. 1Ol. D.F.A.
1925. Onchidella maculata Plate, Wats., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx,
pe2zsD. N.
Hab. Namis. Angra Pequenas (fide Plate).
A slug of semi-marine habit, but classified as non-marine.
Famity LYMNAEIDAE.
Zen Lymnaea Lam., 1799.
Lymnaea natalensis Krs.
Ref. List No. 491.
1848. Limnaeus natalensis Krs., Sitidafr. Moll., p. 85, pl. v, fig. 15.
D.F.
1914. Limnaea natalensis Krs., D. and G., Rev. Zool. Africaine,
peso. LL,
1919. Limnaea (Radix) natalensis Krs., Germ., Bull. Mus. Paris,
pp. 47,199. D.N.
1920. Limnaea (Radix) natalensis Krs., Germ., Voy. Babault,
pew2d. D:
1925. Limnaea natalensis Krs., Conn., Trans. R. Soc. 8. Africa, xii,
p. 188. N.
1926. Rado aff. natalensis Krs., Wenz, loc. cit., p. 158. N.L.
1927. Lymnaea natalensis Krs., P. and B., Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H.,
lini, p. 144, pl. xi, fig. 6. N.F.
' Hab. Kaoxovetp. River terraces at Kamanyab (subfossil,
Barnard).
Namis. 20 km. E. of Bogenfels (Hocene, Kaiser and Beetz).
Two of Barnard’s shells from Kamanyab are undoubtedly natalensis
and there is no reason why those cited by Wenz from Namib should
not also belong to the same variable species. A third example from
Kamanyab, however, is very different, being comparatively smaller,
with a more exserted spire, and possibly referable to the following
species.
VOL. XXIX, PART 2, 21
310 Annals of the South African Museum.
Lymnaea cailaudi Bet.
1883. Limnaea caillaudi Bgt., Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., xv, p. 89, pl. x,
figs. 100, 101. D.F.
1883. Limnaea africana Riipp., Bgt., zbid., p. 95, pl. x, fig. 99. DF.
1908. ee ie ,» N. and A., Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., vii,
peZols 1 Dake
1909. Limnaea cailliaudi Bgt., Plry., Mem. Inst. Egypte, vi, p. 46,
pl. ii, figs. 836-38. N.F.
1919. Limnaea africana Riipp. (=cailliaudi, alexandrina, laurentz,
lavigeriei, acroxa, kynganica and zanzibarica Bgt.), Germ., Bull. Mus.
Paris, pp. 181, 185. N.
1920. Limnaea africana Riipp., Germ., Voy. Babault, p. 141, pl. iv,
figs. 6-11 and text-figs. 31-59. D.F. and synonymy.
1927. Lymnaea (Radix) caillaudi Bgt. (=africana Riipp., etc.), P.
and B., Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H., lm, p. 113. N.
NotE.—Only the more important references are cited above.
Hab. OvamBoLAND. Upper reaches of Omuramba-Omataka R.
(Shortridge).
Germain selected africana Riipp. as the prior name to apply to a |
group of so-called species which differ from natalensis, in their typical |
extreme, in their more slender contour and longer spire, on the ground
that Bourguignat (1883) mentioned africana on p. 85 of his paper,
before caillaudt and others of the group, but P. and B. point out that
its occurrence on that page is ‘ so that caillauds
Bgt. has priority.
The species, if such it be, is widely distributed in Egypt and tropical
Africa, often occurring in company with, and merging into natalensis,
of which it and many other species, described as distinct, are probably
at most merely varieties. |
The shells from Ovamboland are rather small and extremely slender.
“nomen nudum,”
Lymnaea damarana Bttg.
Ref. List No. 490.
1910. Lomnaea damarana Bttg., loc. cit., p. 450, pl. xxviii, fig. 16.
D.F.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Gobabis (subfossil, Hermann).
The dimensions given by Boettger are: shell, 11x63; apert.,
7x4 mm. If it bears any near resemblance to his figures, it is cer-
tainly very distinct ; I have not seen examples.
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 311
Lymnaea subtruncatula Bttg.
Ref. List No. 493.
1910. Limnaea subtruncatula Bttg., loc. cit., p. 451, pl. xxvii, fig. 17.
D.F.
1926. Galba (Galba) aff. truncatula Mill., Wenz, loc. cit., p.158. N.L.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Gobabis (subfossil, Hermann).
Namis. 20 km. KE. of Bogenfels (Hocene, Kaiser and Beetz).
I unite these two references, although it is possible that they do
not refer to the same species. However, Boettger separated his
subtruncatula from truncatula Mill. mainly on account of its strongly
twisted columella; it is true that this feature is very unusual in
Miiller’s species, but it is emphasized in a good series in my collection
from Merton, Surrey, England, which appear to agree with Boettger’s
figure. It is advisable to wait till many more specimens from 8.W.
Africa are available for examination, before attempting to dabble in
their probable synonymy.
Famity PLANORBIDAE.
Genus Planorbis Geofiroy, 1767.
Planorbis pferfferr Krs.
Ref. List Nos. 498, 501.
1848. Planorbis pfeifferc Krs., Siidafr. Moll., p. 83, pl. v, fig. 7. D.F.
1910. - (Coretus) hermanni Bttg., loc. cit., p. 452, pl. xxvii,
ees. DF.
1921. Planorbis (Planorbis) hermanna Bttg., Germ., Rec. Indian
Mus. xx, p. 20. N.
1922. Planorbis pfeiffert Krs., Dgnr., loc. cit., pp. 40, 42, fig. 15. N.F.
1925. Fe 7. Conny, lrans hy. S0Cs SnErica, xit,
p. 195, pl. vii, figs. 16-19. N.A.R.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Grootfontein (Lightfoot ; Michaelsen) ; Oko-
songomingo (Thomsen); Okaputa Pan (hermanni, Hermann).
OVAMBOLAND. “ Omanbonde”’ [sic] “(Ovampoland)” (in Indian
Museum); upper reaches of Omuramba-Omataka R. (Shortridge).
A species of wide distribution, occurring apparently as far north as
the Sudan, and very variable, even in the same pool, in regard to its
altitude and position of the aperture in relation to the penultimate
whorl. Germain (1921) remarks that hermanni is merely a depressed
variety of pfeifferi, with a descending last whorl, but Haas, who has
32 Annals of the South African Museum.
kindly examined Boettger’s type, informs me that there is no object
whatever in retaining the former even as a variety ; I therefore place
it in synonymy.
Planorbis salinarum Morel.
Ref. List No. 503.
1868. Planorbis salinarum Morel., Voy. Welwitsch, p. 85, pl. v,
fig. 4. D.F.
1921. Planorbis (Planorbis) salinarum Morel., Germ., Rec. Indian
MINIS; Seay 10, 225 IW
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Sodanna (Passarge).
Described from Angola and also recorded by von Martens from
Lake Ngami.
Degner (loc. cit., p. 41) doubts the accuracy of Martens’ identification
of these shells, which he considers may bear closer relationship to
pfeifferr Krs.
Planorbis natalensis Krs.
Ref. List No. 500.
1848. Planorbis natalensis Krs., loc. cit., p. 83, pl. v, fig. 9. D.F.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Gobabis (subfossil, Hermann).
Described from the Umgeni Valley, Natal, and also recorded from
British Bechuanaland and Port Elizabeth.
A small species, near costulatus Krs., but with weaker sculpture ;
I have never been able to find a match for the typical form, and
doubt whether any of its records outside Natal are correct.
Planorbis gibbonsi Nels.
Ref. List No. 497.
1878. Planorbis gibbonsi Nels., Q.J. of C., i, p. 379, pl. iv, fig. 3. D.F.
1914. ae (Lropidiscus) gibbonsi Nels., Dautz. and Germ.,
Rev. Zool. Afr., iv, p. 42. N. |
1927. Planorbis (Gyraulus) gibbonsi Nels., Pilsb. and Beq., Bull.
Amer. Mus. N.H., lu, p. 126, fig. 8. NF.
1927. Pi ssonhis gibbonsi Nels., Conn., J. of C., xvi, p. 172. N.
Hab. KAoKOvELD. Karaneab (subioseive near Otjitundua
(Barnard).
Widely diffused over nearly the whole of tropical and South Africa.
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 313
Planorbis anderssoni Ancey.
Ref. List No. 494.
1890. Planorbis anderssoni Ancey, Bull. Soc. Mal. Fr., p. 161. D.
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Ovambonde (Andersson and Chapman).
Originals from the above locality not being forthcoming, knowledge
of this species rests upon examples from Durban, which were declared
by Ancey to be typical. If this determination is correct, anderssont
is rather widely distributed throughout South Africa.
Planorbis leucochilus M. and P.
Ref. List No. 499.
1903. Planorbis leucochilus M. and P., A.M.N.H., xii, p. 607, pl. xxx1,
me. L).H.
1922. Planorbis leucochilus M. and P., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 43. N.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Grootfontein (Michaelsen).
Described from Killarney Lake, Maritzburg.
Discussion on the affinities of the small and the larger thin, closely
coiled races of Gyraulus, as represented respectively by such as
anderssont Ancey and leucochilus M. and P., and gibbonsi Nels. and
crawfordy M. and P., can lead to no definite conclusions until large
series have been collected for considerable periods in the same locality,
in order to obtain, when possible, fresh, uncoated specimens, and to
determine the influence on their development of local and seasonal
conditions. In exemplification of this statement, I may mention
that I collected a large number of Gyrauli at the bridge over the Black
River, Maitland, C.P., on frequent occasions during the three years
1908 to 1910, and during the first two years found none but extremely
small examples, which could be referred to leucochilus or anderssona
according to the degree in which their peristome was white and
thickened, or simple. In the third year, however, on at least two
visits I collected what appeared to be the same species, but of greatly
increased size, agreeing perfectly with gibbonsi, and displaying in
many cases several of the white thickenings at various stages of
growth, on which leucochilus was founded, while a few were free of
this peculiarity, and might well be mature anderssont.
Degner’s minute shells hardly appear to me to be quite represen-
tative of the Durban race of anderssoni, and, judging from their
locality, may possibly be the true embodiment of Ancey’s species, but
314 Annals of the South African Museum.
they are also very near to leucochilus, so that it is advisable to leave
the question of nomenclature as it stands for the present, subject to
the foregoing remarks.
Genus Segmentina Fleming, 1818.
Segmentina planodiscus (M. and P.).
Ref. List No. 505.
1897. Planorbis (Segmentina) planodiscus M. and P., A.M.N.H., xix,
POS, ple xan tio Os aE
1923. Segmentina planodisca M. and P., Germ., Rec. Indian Mus., xxi,
Oo Oy. IDJN
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Ovambonde (in Indian Museum and my
collection).
Described from Natal, this beautiful species, which is remarkable
for the large number of its septa, of which I have counted as many
as from 7 to 10 in the last whorl of shells 55 mm. in diameter, has
been collected nowhere else than in Albert Nyanza and Ovamboland,
if the rather dubious record of Ovambonde is correct; I can confirm
the accuracy of Germain’s determination, but it may well be that the
localities of this, and other species described by Ancey, Morelet and
M. and P., have been mixed up, owing mainly to the carelessness of the
collectors in Europe, who received the original examples.
Genus Bulinus Mill., 1781.
(=TLsidora Ehrn., 1831.)
Bulinus angolensis (Morel.).
Ref. List No. 516.
1866. Physa angolensis Morel., J. de C., xiv, p. 162. D.
1873. ,, algoensis Morel., Sow., Conch. Icon., pl. vii, fig. 53.
D.F. (Hrr. type.)
Hab. DAMARALAND. (Geale, “‘ algoensss”’ in British Museum.)
OVAMBOLAND. Tamansu; Ongandjera (Barnard).
Described from Angola ; a beautiful globose species, but extremely
near the more globose forms of B. natalensis (Krs.), with which it may
ultimately prove to be conspecific.
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 315
Bulinus parietalis (Mouss.).
Ref. List No. 522.
1887. Physa parietalis Mouss., J. de C., xxxv, p. 298, pl. xii, fig. 8.
D.F.
1922. Isidora parietalis Mouss., Dgnr., loc. cit., pp. 44, 45, fig. 16.
D.F.R.
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Ondongua (Schinz); Andoni (Barnard).
DAMARALAND. Okosongoho (Hermann); Otjituezu, 66 km. N.E.
of Frauenstein and 50 km. E.N.E. of Windhoek (Michaelsen).
Also recorded from Bechuanaland, British Bechuanaland and Port
Hlizabeth, the last a somewhat improbable determination.
Very similar to angolensis, but distinguishable by its costulate
sculpture and prominent callus.
Bulinus tropicus (Krs.)
(=cyrtonota Bet. and craveni Ancey (larata Crvn., non Trist.)).
Ref. List No. 524.
1848. Physa tropica Krs., loc. cit., p. 84, pl. v, fig. 12. DF.
1922. Isidora diaphana Krs., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 47, fig. 18. D.F.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Okaputa Pan (subfossil, Hermann); Neitsas
Farm, near Grootfontein (diaphana, Fock).
KAOKOVELD. Kamanyab (subfossil, Barnard).
Tropicus was described from the Transvaal and is distributed
throughout the Union of South Africa, while it appears to oceur also
in Kenya Colony and Abyssinia. It is distinguishable from B. natal-
ensis (Krs.) through having a straight, or slightly concave, columella
with a more or less broadly reflexed margin, whereas in natalensis the
columella usually has a slight bulge or twist half-way down and the
margin is extremely narrowly reflexed. Paratypes of diaphanus in
my collection do not resemble tropicus in the columellar region, but
may well be immature examples of natalensis ; Degner’s and Barnard’s
Specimens resemble rather small forms of tropicus, such as occur in
other localities in South Africa.
Bulinus natalensis (Krs.).
Ref. List No. 521.
1841, 43. Physa natalensis Krs., Kiist., Conch. Cab. (Limn.), p. 8,
pl. i, figs. 12-14. D.F.
316 Annals of the South African Museum.
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Upper reaches of Omuramba-Omataka R.
(Shortridge).
A small, rather degenerate race, such as often occurs in streams
liable to periodical desiccation ; the columella is longer and straighter
and the contour more slender than in parvetalis, and the callus weak
or absent ; I have a very similar series from a similar locality 10 miles
from the Victoria Falls.
The species is known to inhabit Natal, Zululand, Rhodesia, British
Bechuanaland, Griqualand West and Lorenzo Marques.
Bulinus diaphanus (Krs.).
Ref. List No. 519.
1848. Physa diaphana Krs., Siidafr. Moll., p. 84, pl. v, fig. 11. D.F.
1929. Isidora ,, », Adens:; loc. cit.,(p, 301, ae
Hab. DAMARALAND. Between Nuragas and Fockshof (Lebzelter).
Described from Natal and, as stated above, a species of dubious
validity ; I have not seen the two specimens on which Adensamer
based his determination.
Subgenus Pyrgophysa Crosse, 1879.
Bulinus forskala (Khrn.).
Ref. List No. 520.
1831. Lstdora forskalit Khrn., Symb. Phys., Evert., 3rd species. D.
1922. 4, jorskals Kbrn., Dgnr., loc. ci., p.48. N-
Hab. DAMARALAND. Neudamm; Teufelsbach, 25 km. S.S8.E. of
Okahandja (Michaelsen).
OVAMBOLAND. Ondongua (forma apiculata Morel.); Mafa, N. of
Ondongua ; Ukualuthi (Barnard).
KAOKOVELD. Near Otjitundua (forma semzplicata Morel., Barnard).
A most variable species, easily recognisable through its many whorls
and attenuated form, frequently exhibiting extreme dimorphism, even
in series from the same pool.
Originally described from Egypt, it occurs over nearly the whole of
South and Central Africa, as well as in the Comoro and Mascarene
Is.; various authors, with whom I see no reason to disagree,
have placed in its synonymy wahlbergi and jickelii Krs., gradata
M. and P., nyangweensis D. and P., lamellosa Roth, vitrea Parr.,
jischervana Begt., beccarit Paladh., dunkeri Germ. (=scalaris Dkr.),
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 317
schmidti Dkr., marier Crosse, spiralis Fér., apiculata, caprllacea, clavu-
lata, semplicata and turriculata Morelet.
It is probable, too, that dautzenbergi Germ., ludovicianus Mittre,
morelett and osoriot Nobre are merely forms of this same species.
Genus Physopsis Krs., 1848.
Physopsis africana Krs.
Ref. List No. 527.
1848. Physopsis africana Krs., Siidafr. Moll., p. 85, pl. v, fig. 14.
DEE.
1914. Physopsis africana Krs., D. and G., Rev. Zool. Africaine, iv,
peso. La.
1919. Physopsis africana Krs., Germ., Bull. Mus. Paris, p. 47. D.
1922. ce - » Dup. and Putz., Ann. Soc. Zool.
Belg., lili, p. 74. N.
1929. Physopsis africana Krs., P. and B., Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H., hn,
pelts pl. xu, fig. 6. NF.
Hab. OvAMBOLAND. Upper reaches of Omuramba-Omataka R.
(Shortridge).
A single large example, agreeing perfectly with the typical form
from Natal.
This species is practically always imperforate, and occurs in the
Transvaal, Zululand, Cape Province, Lorenzo Marques, Belgian Congo
and many parts of Central Africa, but there is so great divergence of
opinion as to its range of variation and synonymy that I| refrain from
discussing it in the present paper.
Famity ANCYLIDAHE.
Genus Burnupia Walker, 1912.
Burnupia trapezordea (Bttg.).
Ref. List No. 506 (pars).
1907. Ancylus trapezordeus Bttg., in Schultze, Aus Namaland u.
Kalahari, p. 708. N.
1923. Burnupia trapezoidea Bttg., Walk., The Ancylidae of South
Eaini¢a, p. 5, pl. i, figs. 16, 17. D.F.
Hab. KaoxoveLtD. Kamanyab (subfossil, Barnard).
Described from Witkop, British Bechuanaland, in subfossil con-
dition, this species appears to be living in the Transvaal, Orange Free
318 Annals of the South African Museum.
State and Griqualand West, while I have seen very typical subfossil
examples from Cape St. Francis. It is also recorded by von Martens
from Tanganyika Territory.
It has a large, narrow shell, usually with a very promeneae apex, so
greatly deflexed as to project beyond the right margin of the cir-
cumference.
Burnupia sp.
1922. Ancylus sp., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 39, figs. 146, 14c; p.438. D.F.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Neudamm, 42 km. E.N.E. of Windhoek
(Michaelsen).
GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Seeheim (Michaelsen).
Very immature examples in bleached condition; the apical sculp-
ture, however, appears to be that of Burnupia, and they may well be
the young of the foregoing species.
OrnpDER PECTINIBRANCHIA.
Famity PILIDAE
(=AMPULLARIIDAE).
Genus Pala Bolten, 1798.
(=Ampullaria Lam., 1799.)
Pila occidentalis (Mouss.).
Ref. List No. 544.
1887. Ampullaria occidentalis Mouss., J. de C., xxxv, p. 299, pl. xii,
ime, @), |) 1D)_ IN
1910. Ampullaria occidentalis Mouss., Sow., Proc. Mal. Soe., ix,
10> OO IB,
1919. Ampullaria occidentalis Mouss., Germ., Bull. Mus. Paris,
p- 48. D.N.
1925. Ampullaria occidentalis Mouss., Alderson, Studies in Ampul-
laria, p. 85, pl. xvii, figs. 5-7. N.F.
1929. Pola occidentalis Mouss., Adens., loc. cit., p. 397, pl. xiii,
iGO, NERY
Hab. OvAMBOLAND. Kunene River (Geale; Schinz) ; below Erik-
son Drift (Lebzelter) ; Ondongua (Barnard).
DAMARALAND. Nuragas (Lightfoot) ; Okosongoho (Hermann).
Also recorded from Angola and Bechuanaland.
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 319
Pila werner (Phil.).
1851. Ampullaria werner (=rugosa Parr. in litt.), Phil., Conch. Cab.,
pete, pl. v, ig. 4; pl. xvi (1852); fe 2. DE.
1910. Ampullaria werner Phil., Sow., Proc. Mal. Soc., ix, p. 62. L.
1925. .. = 1) Alderson, occ. p. 89, pl. xviii,
figs. 2, 5, 6.
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Okovango R. (Wohlfahrt) ; upper reaches of
the Omuramba-Omataka R. (Shortridge).
Described from the Sudan and recorded from Uganda, Zanzibar,
Mozambique, the Belgian Congo, Nigeria, Ubangui and Abyssinia.
Shortridge’s largest example measures 6256 mm. in height and
width, and is remarkable for its beautiful olive-green ground colour,
with numerous narrow bands of darker green, and a broad buff zone
around the suture.
Famity VIVIPARIDAE.
Genus Vaviparus Montf., 1810.
Viviparus leopoldvillensis (Putz.).
1898. Paludina leopoldvillensis Putz., Bull. Soc. Mal. Belg., xxxiii,
feesxn, fies. 1, 2., DF.
1909. Vivipara leopoldvillensis Putz., Kob., Conch. Cab., p. 380,
plelxxy, figs. 10, 11. D.F.
1920. Vivipara leopoldvillensis Putz., Germ., Voy. Babault, p. 214. D.
1927. Vaviparus i ey cand) Bo Bulle Aumer. oMinis:
Ne li, p. 207. N.
Hab. OvamMBoLAND. Junction of Okovango and Omuramba-
Omataka rivers (Shortridge). 7
Described from the Stanley Pool, Belgian Congo, its sole recorded
locality.
The sculpture of this species is described as consisting of very
fine close spiral lines and usually decussate growth lines; the shell
is imperforate, yet with reflexed columellar margin, greenish black
in colour, bluntly subangulate at the periphery, columella straight,
extending to the base and forming an angle with the margin.
The Ovambo shells accord with the above in size and the unusually
strong close spiral sculpture, and in all other features except the
straight columella, which is only present in one example, but all
show the basal angle, and I think there can be no doubt as to their
correct determination.
Viviparus duponti (Rehbr.) (=Bellamya bellamy: Jouss.), from
French Guinea and Senegal, considered by Germain to be a variety
320 Annals of the South African Museum.
of V. unicolor, and V. liberranus Schepm., from Liberia, must be
extremely near akin to the present species—all, in fact, may well be
identical—but without acquaintance with the shells, it is impossible
to decide on their relationship.
All Shortridge’s univalves were collected along the Omuramba-
Omataka, within 15 miles of its junction with the Okovango, and the
fact that two of his bivalves from the latter river correspond very
closely to two described by Putzeys from Stanley Pool, in the same
paper as V. leopoldvillensis, lends additional colour towards the name
being correct.
Famity THIARIDAE
(=MELANIIDAE).
Genus Melanoides Oliv., 1807.
(= Melania Lam.)
Melanoides tuberculata (Miill.).
Ref. List No. 557.
1774. Nerita tuberculata Mill., Verm., 11, p. 291. OD.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Namutoni (Barnard).
Described from Coromandel, this well-known species is widely
distributed over nearly the whole of Africa, Southern Asia and many
islands of the Indian and Pacific Oceans.
Melanoides victoriae (Dhrn.).
Ref. List No. 558.
1865. Melania victorrae Dhrn., P.Z.8., p. 234. D.
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Kunene R., near Great Falls (Barnard).
Described from the Victoria Falls ; a smoother form than the fore-
going, but extremely closely related to M. crawfordi (Brot.).
Genus Cleopatra Trosch., 1857.
Cleopatra bulimoides (Oliv.).
var. welwitschi Mts.
(Pl. III, fig. 32.)
1868. Paludina bulimoides Oliv., Morel., Voy. Welwitsch, p. 96. N.
1898. Cleopatra 3 > var. welwitsch Mts., D-OEAR
[Oe sys 1D),
Hab. OVAMBoLAND. Upper reaches of Omuramba-Omataka R.
(Shortridge).
Previously known only from Angola, where it appears to replace
the typical form.
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 321
It has a rather large shell, frequently more obese and with slightly
flatter whorls than the Egyptian race, but does not seem specifically
distinct.
var. richard Germain.
(Pl. IIL, fig. 26.)
1911. Cleopatra bulimoides Oliv., var. richardt Germ., Docs. Sci.
Miss. Tilho, i, p. 200, pl. 1, figs. 5, 6. D.F.
Hab. OvaMBoLanD. Upper reaches of Omuramba-Omataka R.
(Shortridge).
Described from Lake Chad.
Germain’s description of this variety stresses its great length, from
12 to 16 mm., and its very convex whorls and deep suture. The
Ovambo series are considerably shorter, only 10 mm., but they agree
very well with his figure in all other respects and probably represent
a small race of the Chad form.
It is certainly remarkable to find these two extreme varieties living
here in company, with practically no intermediates, but in Lake Chad
and the quaternary beds of the Fayum several such are found.
- With the exception of Pala werne: and V. leopoldvillensis, all Short-
ridge’s gastropods are in bleached condition, but may not have been
dead for long, and probably still inhabit the Omuramba-Omataka
River, as it is subject to annual flooding and is only dry for a portion
of the year.
Famity HYDROBIIDAE.
Genus Hydrobia Hartm., 1821.
(= Paludestrina d’Orb., 1840.)
Paludestrina was adopted vice Hydrobia on the ground that the
latter was preoccupied in Coleoptera by Hydrobius Leach, 1817, but
as the Committee of Nomenclature has ruled that generic names
already in existence shall not be invalidated by older ones of different
termination, Hartmann’s name holds good.
Hydrobia afi. alabastrina Morel.
1889. Hydrobia alabastrina Morel., J. de C., xxxvu, p. 18, pl. ii,
mo. 4. DF.
1926. Hydrobia afi. alabastrona Morel., Wenz, loc. cit., p. 157. N.
Hab. Namis. Chalcedontafelberg (fossil); Klinghardtfeldern 24,
S.W. corner (age uncertain, Kaiser and Beetz).
Described from Port Elizabeth.
322 ~ Annals of the South African Museum.
Crass PELECYPODA.
Famity UNIONIDAH.
Genus Cafferva Simps., 1900.
Cafferia caffra (Krs.).
Ref. List No. 576.
1848. Unio caffer Krs., loc. cit., p. 18, pl. 1, fig. 14. D.F.
1914. ,, (Cafferia) caffer Krs., Simps., Cat. Naiades, p. 574.
D. and synonymy.
1922. Cafferia caffer Krs., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 48. N.
1925. , caffra ,, Conn., Rec., Albany Mus., my p2o2
oll, Sat, 1H A, INI
Hab. GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Stolzenfels, N. bank of Orange River
(Thomsen).
Described from Natal and distributed all over the Union of South
Africa and Rhodesia; I refrain from repeating the synonymy pub-
lished in my Reference List, but may point out that navigioliformis
Lea, included therein on the authority of Simpson, has since been
proved to be a South American Diplodon, so plays no part in African
conchology.
Genus Indonaia Prashad, 1918.
Indonaia kunenensis (Mouss.).
Ref. List No. 581.
1887. Unio kunenensis Mouss., loc. cit., p. 300, pl. xu, fig. 4. D.F.
OMA: Sates be 5, simpson, Cat. Naiades, p. 724. D.
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Kunene R. (Schinz); near Great Falls
(Barnard); Okovango R., near Kuringkuru (Dickman); between
Dirico and Andara (Staunton); near its junction with Omuramba-
Omataka (Shortridge). Also recorded from Bechuanaland.
I. zambesiensis (Preston) and croninae (Walker) appear to be
synonymous with this species, while U. leopoldvillensis Putz. must be
very nearly allied.
Famity MUTELIDAE.
Genus Aspatharia Bet., 1885.
(=Spatha Auct., non Lea.)
Aspatharia wahlbergi (Krs.).
Ref. List No. 585.
1848. Iridina wahlbergi Krs., Siidafr. Moll., p. 19, pl. ui, fig. 1.
D.F. .
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 323
1914. Spatha wahlbergi Krs., Simpson, Cat. Naiades, p. 1326. D.
HOD. 3 » Conn., Drans. R. Soc. S. Africa, xi,
pe2ls. N.
1927. Spatha wahlbergi Krs., Schlesch, Arch. f. Moll.-K., p. 200,
pex tig. i. NE.
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Junction of Omuramba-Omataka and Oko-
vango rivers (Shortridge).
A single immature example, of unusually high altitudein comparison
with its length, dimensions being alt. 38 mm.; long. 65 mm. and
crass. 17 mm., but agreeing in all other details with normal.
Described from the Transvaal and recorded from Natal, Zululand,
Rhodesia and Lorenzo Marques, this mussel has a wide northward
distribution, which is difficult to establish owing to its having been
redescribed under several different names; Schlesch figures an example
from Nigeria.
Aspatharia sinuata (Mts.).
1883. Spatha sinuata Mts., Sitz.-Ber. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin, p. 73. D.
1885. ie « conch Mitten, p. L90) ply sect,
figs. 5-7. D.F.
1898. Spatha cryptoradiata Putz., Bull. Soc. Mal. Belg., xxxiii,
fepody, figs. 8,9. D.F.
1900. Spatha sinuata Mts., Simpson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxii,
p- 899 (check list only).
1907. Spatha (Leptospatha) sinuata Mts., Germ., L’Afr. centr. Fr.,
peoot.- N.
1913. Mutela lukuluensis Prest., Rev. Zool. Africaine, i, p. 61,
pl. vi, fig. 4. D.F.
1913. Mutela mathildae Prest., Rev. Zool. Africaine, iii, p. 61, pl. vi,
gee. D.F.
1914. Spatha sinuata Mts., Simpson, Cat. Naiades, p. 13833. D.
1927. Aspatharia sinuata Mts. (=lukuluensis and mathildae Prest.),
P. and B., Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H., liti, p. 417, pl. xxxv, figs. 1-4;
pl. xxxvi, figs. 1-3a. D.F.
1928. Aspatharia sinuata Mts., Spence, J. of C., xviii, p. 216. L.
1929. ns be » Clench, Bull. Harvard Mus., Ixix,
pe 125. N.L.
1929. Spatha sinuata Mts., Haas, Senckenbergiana, xi, p. 112 (in
Synonymy).
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Okovango R. (Shortridge).
A. sinuata was described from the Belgian Congo and has been
324 Annals of the South African Museum.
recorded from Camerun and the Gold Coast; cryptoradiata and
lukuluensis were described from the Belgian Congo and mathildae
from Nyasaland.
Haas (loc. cit.) places protcher Rchbr., eryptoradiata Putz., sinuata
and stuhlmanni Mts., and lukuluensis Prest. all in the synonymy of
A. pfeifferiana Bernardi; P. and B. place cryptoradiata in that of
protchet, remarking that A. sinuata and A. stuhlmanni have the beaks
farther forward than in A. protchet.
However, in the Ovambo series an immature shell, which agrees
exactly with the dimensions of Putzeys’ species, coincides with his
figure, as do some of the larger examples with that of sinuata. The
full synonymy adopted by Haas is very probably correct, but there is
no doubt that the name I have selected is correctly applied to the
present series, and without further knowledge of the older species, it
may be advisable for the present to retain it.
Genus Mutela Scop., 1777.
Mutela mabilla (Rehbr.).
1886. Mutelina mabillt Rehbr., Bull. Soc. Mal. Fr., ii, p. 7. D.
re m paludicola ,, = 29. 5p) op LMG Oem
1900. e & and mabilli Rcehbr., Simps., Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus. xxi, p. 906 (in check list).
1908. Mutelona mabiller (=paludicola) Rehbr., Germ., L’ Afr. centr.
Iie, 70s DGS) 1D.
1909. Mutelina mabiller Rchbr., Germ., Bull. Mus. Paris, xv, p. 476.
D.
1914. Mutela mabilli Rchbr., Simps., Cat. Naiades, p. 1360. D.
1927. . - s P. and B., Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H., Iii,
Dp. 433.) plexi tica i Ane
1929. Mutelina mabilla Rehbr., Haas, Senckenbergiana, xi, p. 115
(in synonymy). |
Hab. OVAMBOLAND. Okovango R. (Shortridge; Staunton).
Described from the Congo, just within French territory, and re-
corded from Lake Chad and the Belgian Congo; the present series
accords well with P. and B.’s figure of what they conceive to be
de Rochebrune’s previously unfigured species.
Here again, Haas relegates angustata Sow., mabilli Rehbr., rostrata
Rang and garambae, langi and iris P. and B. all to the synonymy of
M. milotica (Caill.) ; he may well be correct, but I am at least on sure
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 325
ground in recording the Ovambo shells under the name that best fits
them.
Shortridge collected I. kunenensis, A. sinuata and M. mabilla in
sandbanks in the bed of the Okovango close to its junction with the
Omuramba-Omataka, where, he writes, he “ had to practically dive
for them in the sandbanks—keeping a native to look out for crocs
all the while”’; a good instance of the pleasant risks attendant on
scientific research in so many parts of the dark continent.
Famity CYRENIDAE.
Genus Sphaervum Scop., 1777.
Sphaerium capense (Krs.).
Ref. List No. 593.
1848. Cyclas capensis Krs., Siidafr. Moll., p. 7, pl.i, fig. 6. D.F.
1922. Sphaeriwm capense Krs., Dgnr., loc. cit., p. 49. N.
Hab. DAMARALAND. Grootfontein (Michaelsen).
GREAT NAMAQUALAND. Seeheim (Michaelsen).
A rare species, only recorded from its original locality, the Knysna
District, Cape Province, and near Salisbury, Rhodesia.
Genus Pisidium C. Pir., 1821.
Pisidium ovampicum Ancey.
Ref. List No. 596.
1890. Pisidium ovampicum Ancey, Bull. Soc. Mal. Fr., vi, p. 162. D.
Hab. “‘ OMAMBONDE (Ovamboland), Andersson and Chapman.”
Neither the type or other authentic examples of this species exist ;
it appears to have been founded on an unopened specimen, since the
only distinctive features in the description are that the sculpture
consists of very fine lines of growth, and that the measurements are :
diam., 22; alt., 27; crass., 14 mm.
Unless further material, agreeing with the particulars above men-
- tioned, can be collected from somewhere near the vague locality given
by the French author, his species can only be regarded as null and
void, a just fate for such a slovenly description. The dimensions of
ovampicum prove it to be distinct from P. langleyanum M. and P., from
the Cape Province and O.F.S., while they agree almost exactly with
those of an undescribed form, which I have seen from the O.F.S. and
Transvaal, but in this case the concentric striation is extremely coarse
and distant, though quite regular, and could not possibly be termed
“very fine,” so that it is impossible to accept it as Ancey’s species.
VOL. XXIX, PART 2. 22
6é
—{—]—|—|]—|—-|—-—|]—-|—-|—|—-|—-! TI 1] ° ‘uuog punjuow =“
—|—{|—{—|—|]—|]—|]—|—|]—|—|—-| 1 ]—| ‘aaog wayoadsuad * ka sf
—/—{—}—|—/|—|—|—-|]-—|-l-]-| tl- ‘Byq vii * fe a
—}|—}—/]—|]—}—|—|—|—|—|—|]—|—| 1 | ‘ssnoyy vyopunjos # a
—}—|—|—|—|/—| t1/—-!—|—/|—-J—-I1lt1 aE LOWE * TCA og 4
=f} — | — | —)— | tt — | pt Hl Hl ple ti: Key Lapupxayy vispoL0(7
—}— | — | — | FPF — | — | — SH KH te Tl: : (‘T[MIN) Snaonso4
c —|—|—|—|tTIi—|—-|—-|trl-|—Itli-lt (‘q pue ‘X) vwopsoshydiod ss
S —}|—/}—/}]—|—|—|—-|]-I|rl—-l—-Ilri-It-l- Cd pure ‘j) snusdhb snsydouobe. 7
5 a “uu0g nanajdna syshohyovs J,
2 fp ep a ee ES a pai (Avery) vyounjdjnos
S sa] tS Se ale | ee (‘s9]A1) DICpnosyos i
2 Be ee eee eee ere (ary le [meea fn : : dug npoprupshd 6
S Sf a ee a : : ‘lus, 1ayYyosa) =
8 ea a ae Sy et as Q : ‘dug wawnaf i
= sof SA) Set eS a a ee HS br Pe “IUdG JOU “IBA es es
Sf fe pcan ee Fo Saiy) levy thet e 3 (PY *H) sisuasnwmop “ig
s ff Sac Sepp ae . ‘dug nuos09 misnjdjnogy
= slp Sf Se ee a ee ae ° “UUOD) SnsOw1in) UolunUUh»D
DW Sf i ea pe ae a ep ea 5 - "899g snupoifp sapriopUoZ ,
aS | ae | ee | en | | es ne a
ee)
a ay US: @
2 Flol Gl el ws g
= ieee re ran a Sunet a Ve | &
S PlelalS (Fe) ele Zi els| 4/8 | 2
ES ‘SOIpITROO'T I0T9O 3 a Ss S S 8. © E S ap 5 5 E *goroodg JO OWeNy
PIT STL] SIS ee Ger ee) eal tea oie
MiBl Si si5/s/2) ea 5 | ®
Sl si/e el eie| P|: =|
sane Ne 2
oy : ‘
‘UOI}IPUOD [ISsoJ-qns ur UMOUY ATUO ore porIeys soloodG— ALON
326
‘QIOYMOS[O PUL BOTIFY SPM YINOG UI VOSATIO], Jo UOTyNGIyAsIp Surmoys aTavy, (TM)
327
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa.
nS
“qSaA\4 puryenbi1r4
‘ojo ‘odoimy “eouypy [eryue9
‘[esoueg pu ISOPOyry
‘oqo ‘erutssh{qy “eXuoyy
(T9201
sisuajpbauas=) “qqynyZ snqoud
-0U209 JO 9UIVU Jop[oO 94} Jepun
‘eIpuy pue eoljy ynoysnosyy
Ajqissod pure ‘puen[nz “etsopoyyy
‘SOIPUT 4SEY pure VOLIY ASV
is in se eo ie
el es A ee |
i
I
I
I
66
elas (Aer) wayoung
‘Sy
DIDUPDAQNS 66 66 66
"Iq wou *1eA oe <
: * (pV °H) sisuasmwop es
Z ; (‘1usq) snjsngos ee
: ij (Avery) snjoywayjoy oe
: : (Ae1y) saprowmiyna a
2 ; (344q,) SnoiquuDU SnjsD1900.10 y
E ; - (Aago0uy) vuaapo =
, ; * (TPR) 9729200 sapr0ywa
"B49q aupauyqns svedQ
"UMD DIdYIDY a
: : ° “ssnoy, DuDIzULYyoS
"SN tabsvsspd
‘Ifq sisuasvwupp Duynyoy
. : (Asouy) vowwnunp njdo00.4s0/)
(339q) snpoyaa =“
(‘sxy) vunquof oypdng
(°349q)) 2a1]0U 979]S0100 FT
ee
66
6é
. : * (399q) Sno.pynjVd
* -iusq wolpw *reA be
: : (‘ssnoyy) snynosnumum saprodng
: : : (uoquy) nyDpoUnd siyonoy
: : * “UUOD SIsuaoyooY snurynuog
° . ° e 13 onbyup 66
2 : . * ZU9M\ taswDy ee
: - mUU0g vurxnu *} ‘rs1abos es
(“sd) wnjnboo09
* (‘S¥JM) DNUL109
* -“suopy D2lqn7?b “1eA tepuvxaqy DIsHILoT
(‘ssnoy,) vauqwa DUyqny
*
*
Annals of the South African Museum.
328
a rere ee ge ee eee fe , * ‘[OLO|, WnMUYyDS o
‘oqo ‘uepng “Wq-"y “ekueyy | : | | | ati “es
“eollyy yee osonsnyiog “eisopoyy |—| 1} t{/—|/—|/—|1}—i—|1j/—-i-iti-|: 3 ‘sayy daffrafd ee
eles I me fe | ee ee er a eg | ' : “SLY SiswaqpjoUu a
=—{—{] Timi — le} Heel KH Kd HK le lie Kl: . s ue “TAT Sn77y900N9 ss
eae aetna Oa é a POSING ey, l
puv spuo ouo YoIyM 4e o9e49 |
94} eploop 04 e[qissodurr ysourye Bet Dee Vane eth al hemes este fee met ey) oe | ‘SON tsuoqqub =“
ST 41 sosevo AUvUL UT 4ynq ‘eorIzy —-|TITItiltl—l—-!t!—-!l—-!|trl-l—-l|-—-!t- |: : - AQoUY WossMapuUn S1q4oun) gq
[eqyuep ynoysnoryqy Ajopra A19A
peynqiystp ore soroods OM4 osoy,
—|—|—} —|] — | —| — | — | — |=] —| pi pti—-i: : “S94 DNIwoUNn.YQns aay
‘soureu Soll SNL |e lr ge Pca fc ca ee | "qoq wpnoyvpa
SNOWvA Jopun “eoLIpy Jo syed soy Ti TI Ti tlrtricli—-l-lt-l—-lriri-i-i: : : “SD SisuajnjoU of
—{/—/}/—{|—/—}—]—}—/]—-;-—/!—-|/]-| tl—-|-: , > "3q9q DUDIWULDp DEDUWAT
SN fe | ee ' - Oye VIDJNIODUL DIApyIUC
‘BOLIJV ISVY YIION pure [eryuo_y =—=/TILTI Title litlia—telH—i er le tN: : : * “Sly 0701448 J
Sel meal (eel (itn (eet ite ci Vy (ef a ena ue eee (i : : “SYN Vuossnow y
ee at mee pe ee ee Se ere ge | els . : * “SLY 0IDLDxA ie
Saeed ea ee Mpa eee yy al eee eee | pe [eens |e ; : “Iq vapunwyjap
Te a a aH ad eH ea aK aa: p : * "[OLOY\ DUpHG vaUroong
SS SS SS SS SS SSeS . : << -8nd0t.ba8 s
So ee |) 2 . - (aus) sway
—|—|—|—|—|—}/—/|—|—!I|-/] 1lrtitiqtl: . * (*944q)) Sasaqqns snysD1a0010 XK
ee Et
- Ss g2
S Q = ct bd ES ®
Bi, 2&|o|o/ oe] 0] O| &
4 gq | =| ie) res <{ A ©
ele) 2/e/ 8/2/12) e/8/8) 2/8) 2
‘solq[VoO'T 10Y3O 0 @ a e iS Bic § B |S BS 5 E ‘soroadg jo oureN
BEI ele ale sielelel? siz
= Bisp|]s || 2 Sale
8) 8 ©) Slee] Sa eye || ey
) Ba] || p
“panuljuoo—wTE V J,
329
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa.
“eUNv]T UBOLIFY FINO of} 07 Snues Ysolj & sppe puvfoquIeAG UI Ypqnw vjajnpy Jo AIOAOOSIP YU90OI OTT,
‘solzepunog sjt puotoq 4sIxe
0} UMOUYZUN Surleq JouIOF oY} JO 9Z Wey} SSo] OU ‘soroods o1yenbe 6g pure [II4SeI110} PH JO [e40} eV AIO4IIIO} OY} WOIF SpIO9I 4ST] STULL,
BISOpOU
“pego ex2'T
pue osuoy urisjg pue youor iy,
“eOLIFY [e1yUusQ JO 4SOTA]
‘OSU0/)
UvIS[og pue ySvOH Ploy “UNJoUTeD
‘Oyo SVISOpOT ty]
“eIsopoyy
‘ovo ‘UVB0Q) URIPUT
‘eIsy UloyyNoY “eolty je AjrZeoN,
“peyg yey pure ydéoy
‘OSU0D URIS
"eoLIFY [e1yueg
-£ioqyta19 J, eytAuesury,
“eollyy jeryueg jo syed Aue
“eOlyW [erjueg
jo syred Aueul pue puejoynsed
"BOLT VW
qseq, osensqyiog pue visopoyy
0790 “UB90CQ)
uerpuy ‘Uepy “eolIzYy ISH YIION
pue yeryueg jo qaed 10}¥0I1d oy],
“epuesy pue eXuoy
ee
eS
I
es
Lee |
i
I
: Aoouy wnoidunao wnrpiseg
(‘sry) asuadvo wnisanydy
° e
(‘rqyoy) wpeqou ee W
: (‘sryq) bvaquyon
(‘SdN1) vipnws ninyods F
: (‘Ssno]) seswauauny DIDUOpUT
(say) vuff[vo vrsaffop
(4) ‘[OLOW vUtysoqnjy vigo1ph FT
: * (‘uIyq) 202110}910 me
( TIM IN) 920)N9.10qQN} saprownja YT
TIE) ypupyors “*
: STIL 2Y9SquaaM *TBA
(‘ATIQ) saprowyng vuyodoay
(" z4nq) sisuajpuapjodoa) snundiar 4
: (‘{IqGq) 1ausam es
: (‘ssnojy) 8170}Uap1000 DILT
: AG S8YqQ) vaprozadv.y midnuimag
: ‘sry punoiifo sisdoshy q
(sayy) snoidowy ie
* (ssnoyy) synod *
° ° 66 snunydoup 6é
: (‘sayy) susuaypjpu =“
7 (ura) yoysuof — “
- (‘JeLOPT) ssuajobun snurng
(‘q pue ‘) snosrpounjd nuyuoubay
330 Annals of the South African Museum.
(iv) GroGRAPHICAL NOTES.
In a recent paper on the mollusca of Abyssinia * I pointed out how
remarkable is that fauna for its richness and extreme exclusiveness,
due to the fact that although situate well within the tropics, Abyssinia
has for the most part a temperate climate, is well supplied with lakes
and rivers, and is walled in by high mountains from the arid, low-
lying regions which surround it.
No one can accuse the similar fauna of South West Africa of richness,
but its exclusiveness is quite remarkable, considering that there are
no more formidable obstacles north and south than the Kunene and
Orange rivers, and that its eastern boundary is, roughly speaking.
merely the 20th degree of H. longitude. We must therefore seek an
explanation, although not a very satisfactory one, in climatic and
geographical conditions.
South West Africa may be divided into seven physical regions, the
Namib, Damaraland, the Karst, Ovamboland, Kaokoveld, Great
Namaqualand and the Kalahari, but as the Karst, which is the
northern district of Damaraland, and the Kalahari have no political
status, I have not included either separately in the foregoing records
of distribution. Each region has its characteristic climatic and
physical features, but there is only a gradual transition from one to
the next, and no sharply cut boundary is possible, with the probable
exception of that along the southern and western borders of
Ovamboland.
The arid stretch of the Namib, which runs along the coast between
the Kunene and Orange rivers, comprises a coastal belt of sand with
an inland transition zone; here rain seldom falls and there is little
or no vegetation. The coastal belt has an average annual rainfall of
less than 1 inch, while in the transition zone 3 to 6 inches are regis-
tered ; the coastal temperature, however, is never high, only rarely
rising above 70° Fahrenheit.
The southern area, Great Namaqualand, has in the main an appear-
ance similar to that of Little Namaqualand and the north-west Karroo
of the Cape Province, with a dissected border along the Orange River
and a mountain belt between it and the Namib. The rainfall is from
4 to 7 inches, but sometimes has been known to drop to 2-6 inches or
to rise to 29 inches in various localities ; the summer temperature is
high and the winters are always severe.
In Damaraland the central plateau reaches its greatest elevation
* P.Z.S., 1928, p. 182.
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 331
and the Karroo type of country gives place to park-like grassland
studded with large thorn trees, while from it rise several steep and
rugged mountain ranges. The average rainfall is from 14 to 16 inches,
diminishing southwards and westwards (Rehoboth 9, Karibib 6 and
Omaruru 9 inches).
The Karst is an area mainly formed of limestone and dolomite in
the north of Damaraland, with its centre around Otavi, a region of
deep water-holes, springs, etc., which depend on its predominantly
limestone nature. The mean temperature is higher than that of the
central plateau and the rainfall heavier; at Tsumeb the average for
seventeen years was 22 inches, with a minimum of 12-8 and a maximum
of 76-7 inches. Towards the west, however, the average decreases,
and in the Kaokoveld is about 12 inches in the east and not more than
1 or 2 in the west, where it merges into the practically waterless Namib
sand-belt of the coast.
Ovamboland, however, is a very sharply defined area, at least on
the south and west. It is absolutely flat and exclusively sandy,
without a mountain, hill, stone, or pebble; rainfall from 24 inches in
the east to 16 in the west, but infinitely greater and more reliable than
that of the Kaokoveld. |
The Kalahari, along the eastern boundary, is but the western strip
of the whole Kalahari region which divides the Transvaal from South
West Africa. The country 1s of the type seen in Bechuanaland, grass-
covered sand-dunes, with trees and sandy loam in the north and an
admixture of Karroo bushin the south. The rainfall is variable, with
an average at Hasuur of about 7 inches.
This account of the climate and country, which offers no violent
lines of regional demarcation, provides but a meagre solution to the
peculiarity of much of its molluscan fauna, of which the salient features
are the extremely restricted distribution of certain species, and even
genera, in exemplification of which I may mention that the entire
genus Sculptaria, with one exception, is confined to the territory, in
common with the monotypic Pupilloid Mvcrostele Bttg., since I hardly
think that Leucochiloides wedaler Prest. can, as tentatively suggested
by Pilsbry, be a true Microstele.
Most of the Dorcasiae, as opposed to their southern cousins, the
Trigonephri, are only to be found in 8.W. Africa, as is the entire
genus Xerocerastus, with the two exceptions of burchelle and schultzez,
while individuals of other genera confined within its limits include
Gymn. lacrimosus, Con. Kaokoensis and Ach. tracheia Conn., Ach.
passarger Mts., Ach. schinziana and Sub. vitrea Mousson.
332 Annals of the South African Museum.
Owing doubtless to the similarity of environment, but noteworthy
by reason of the great distance apart, it will be seen that, on first
coup d@’eil, the shells of this territory bear considerable resemblance
to those of the deserts of Arabia and North East Africa, while the
southern Xerocerastus is so near akin to the northern Zootecus that it
rests with anatomists of the future to determine whether they are
identical.
Even more striking is the great dissimilarity between the land
snails of 8.W. Africa and its immediate neighbour Angola. Not a
single terrestrial species recorded from either province is known to
inhabit the other; of Trigonephrus and all the genera more or less
peculiar to S.W. Africa, one species alone, Sculptaria collaris (Pfr.),
occurs in the Portuguese colony, while of the Streptaxidae, Limzcolaria,
Opeas and Subulina, which have a strong representation in Angola,
S.W. Africa possesses but a single species each of the two last-
mentioned genera. Itis of course possible that investigation to the
immediate north of the Kunene River may help to bridge the gap
between the two faunas, but in our present state of knowledge its
breadth is truly remarkable.
(v) BIBLIOGRAPHY.
With the exception of the present author’s Revised Reference List, the only
works mentioned below are those dealing almost exclusively with the mollusca of
South West Africa.
(i) 1838. Gray, J. E., Appendix I. in Sir J. E. Alexander’s ‘‘An Expedition of
Discovery into the Interior of Africa ”’ (ii, pp. 268-269).
(ii) 1887. Mousson, A., Coquilles recueillies dans le Sud-Ouest de l'Afrique par
M. le Dr. H. Schinz (J. de C., xxxv, pp. 291-301, pl. xii).
(iii) 1889. Marrens, E. von, Siidafrikanische Landschnecken (Sitz.-ber. Ges.
nat. Fr. Berlin, pp. 160-165).
(iv) 1889. Martens, E. von, Eine neue Damara-Schnecke (Nachr.-Bl. D. Mal.
Ges., pp. 154-155).
(v) 1894. Martens, E. von, Afrikanische Binnenmollusken (Conch. Mitth.,
i, 3, pp. 1-7).
(vi) 1897. Martens, E. von, Siidafrikanische Binnenmollusken (Arch. f. Naturg.,
pp. 35-40, pls. vi-vii) ; A reprint of two previous papers, with the addition of plates.
(vii) 1910. Ponsonsy, J. H., Note on Sculptaria Pfeiffer (Proc. Malac. Soc., ix,
pp. 34-36).
(viii) 1910. Borrrcrr, O., Die Binnenkonchylien von Deutsch-Sudwestafrica
(Abh. Senckenb. Ges., xxxii, pp. 431-455, pl. xxviii).
(ix) 1912. Connoxty, M., A revised Reference List of South African Non-marine
Mollusca, with descriptions of new Species in the South African Museum (Ann. S.
African Mus., xi, pp. 59-293, pl. ii).
The Non-Marimne Mollusca of South West Africa. 333
(x) 1914. Honiemann, H. L., Beitrag zur Malakozoologie von Deutsch-Sudwest-
Africa (Nachr.-Bl. D. Mal. Ges., pp. 29-32).
(xi) 1915. Connotiy, M., Notes on South African Mollusca, iii; A Monograph
of the Dorcasiinae (Ann. 8. African Mus., xiii, pp. 120-178, pls. ii—v).
(xii) 1916. Connotiy, M., Notes on South African Mollusca, iv; A hitherto
unnamed variety of Dorcasia alexandri Gray (ibid., pp. 179-181).
(xiii) 1922. Dreneur, E., Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Land-und Siisswasser-fauna
Deutsch-Siidwestafrikas (in MtcHaELSEN, W., Ergebnisse der Hamburger deutsch-
stidwestafrikanischen Studienreise, 1911, pp. 1-52).
(xiv) 1923. Burnup, H. C., The Genus Sculptaria Pfeiffer, with descriptions of
three new Species (Ann. Natal Mus., v, pp. 1-44, pls. i, ii).
(xv) 1923. Decaner, E., Zur Anatomie und systematischen Stellung von Sculp-
taria Pfeiffer (Arch. f. Moll.-K. vi, pp. 146-158, pl. vi).
(xvi) 1923. DEGNER, E., Ueber Bau und systematische Stellung der stidwest-
afrikanischen Eniden (7bid., pp. 212-217, pl. viii).
(xvii) 1926. Wenz, W., Tertidre Binnenmollusken (in Kaiser, E., Die Diaman-
tenwiiste Stiidwestafrikas, ii, pp. 154-159, pl. xxxix).
(xviii) 1928. Haas, F., Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Landschnecken von Siidwest-
africa (Senckenbergiana, x, pp. 91-94).
(xix) 1929. ApENSAMER, W., Beitrag zur Molluskenfauna von Siidwestatrica
(Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien, xliii, pp. 387-399, pls. xii, xiii).
(xx) 1930. Connotiy, M., The Non-marine Mollusca of South West Africa (Ann.
S. African Mus., xxix, pp. 277-336, pls. iii, iv).
334 Annals of the South African Museum.
(vi) INDEX.
Arranged by genera in alphabetical order. Names of species considered
invalid are printed in italics.
PAGE
Achatina damarensis Pfr. . . 294
5 passargei Mts. . | 20D
a schinziana Mouss. » 285
Re tracheia Conn. . ~ | 295
Ancylus (see Burnupia).
Aspatharia cryptoradiata (Putz.) 323
ss sinuata (Mts.) . ~ lo2e
ab wahlbergi (Krs.) One
Bulinus algoensis (Sow.) . sh ee
a angolensis (Morel.). Paes a kt
7 diaphanus (Krs.) . 315, 316
,» torskali (Ehrn.) and
synonyms . ; “oL6
at natalensis (Krs.) . . La
+f parietalis (Mouss.) . Sod
tropicus (Krs.) . . old
Burnupia trapezoidea (Bttg.) . 317
Cafferia caffra (Krs.) . : ser.
Cecilioides acicula (Miull.) . ee |
At advena (Ancey) . 297
i ovampoensis (M. and P. ) 297
Cleopatra bulimoides (Oliv.), var.
richardi Germ. 9 ool
43 welwitschi Mts. . . 220
Conulinus kaokoensis Conn. ; 209
Dorcasia alexandriGray . . 285
5 » var.glabra Adens . 287
_ oo Minor Dots. wee S
Bs 57 5s montana), Conne. 25m
me » »» perspectiva Conn. 287
. » », rotundata Mouss. 286
As SOU) i 1m 8
Honigm. . 286
- a trivia Btte. R010)
“3 antiqua Wenz : . 289
3 cernua (Mts.) : . 287
3 coagulum (Mts.) . . 288
oe kaiseri Wenz. : . 289
rogersi Conn. 3 . 288
Eburnea (see Xerocerastus).
Ena - :
Gastrocopta damarica (Ancey) = 293
= microbus (Morel) . 293
4 ovampoensis (M.and P.) 293
“5 ridibunda (M.and P.) 293
Gymunarion lacrimosus Conn. . 280
Hydrobia alabastrina Morel. Sei
Indonaia kunenensis (Mouss.) . 322
Isidora (see Bulinus).
Leucochiloides (see Pupoides).
Lubricetta Haas 3 : . 304
PAGE
Lymnaea africana Ripp. . ae
oh caillaudi Bet. : i ee
3 damarana Bttg. . . #10
Jn natalensis Krs. . . oof
a subtruncatula Bttg. . 311
aff. truncatula (Mill.) . 311
Melanoides tuberculata (Mull.) . 320
victoriae (Dhrn.) . 320
Microstele noltei (Bttg.) . . 292
55 oblongus (Bttg.) . . 292
Mutela mabilli(Rehbr.) . . o24
Nesopupa sp. . . 294
Onchidella maculata Plate . . 309
Opeas sublineare Bttg. 3 - 2a6
Paludestrina (see Hydrobia).
Physopsis africana Krs.__. - lone
Pisidium ovampicum Ancey «, one
Pila occidentalis (Mouss.) . . olf
>» werneL (Phil;) ~ * : _ ole
Planorbis anderssoni Ancey . 313
a gibbonsi Nels. . a es
55 hermanni Bttg. . eee) |
+ leucochilus M.andP. . 313
- natalensis Krs. . . Slz
a pteifferi Krs. ‘ . oun
- salinarum Morel. a jle
Pupilla fontana (Krs.) and
synonyms : << 208
» sinistrorsa (Crvn.) . « 205
» tetrodus (Bttg.) . . 293
ss thaumasta (M. and P.) . 293
Pupoides calaharicus (Bttg.) . 208
a minusculus (Mouss. ) « 28
» var. major Dgnr. . 291
Pyrgophysa Crosse . : ~ ole
Rachis punctata (Ant.) : - 290
Sculptaria chapmanni Ancey . 281
sti collaris (Pfr.) . . 280
- corona Bnp. . 280
= damarensis (H. Ad. )-. ae
59 », varminor Dgnr. 281
$5 framesi Bnp. : » 2st
3 leschkei Dgnr. . . 282
sf melvilliana Ancey . Zell
5 pyramidata Bnp. . 202
c retisculpta (Mts.) . 282
0 sculpturata (Gray) . 282
» var. rintelent Bttg. 283
Sesmentina planodiscus (M. and P.) 314
Sphaerium capense (Krs.) . . one
Subulina chapmani (M. and P:) .. 3238
The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West Africa. 335
PAGE PAGE
Subulina vitrea (Mouss.) . . 296 | Xerocerastus damarensis var. minor
Succinea badia Morel. ; an 307 Pfr. 300
a delalandei Pfr. . aus oe », var. subradiata
a exarata Krs. : . 308 Bttg. . 302
a moussoni Mts. : . 308 33 eulimoides (Gray) . 298
a striata Krs. . : . 308 > hottentotus (Gray). 298
Trachycystis eupleura Conn. . 283 is layarda (M. and P.) 303
Trigonephrus gypsinus (M.and P.) 283 » namibicus (Bttg.) . 298
os porphyrostoma 3 nitens (Dgnr.) 306
; (M. and P.) . 284 a oppositus (Mouss.) . 300
5, rosaceus (Mull.) . 284 as psammophilus (Bttg.) 303
Unio (see Cafferia and Indonaia). 37 pygmaeus (H. Ad.) . 298
Viviparus leopoldvillensis (Putz.) 319 ke ene (Dene eirh\2e2
Xerocerastus burchelli (Gray) . 303 af oe Ne as ae
ey, By schultzei (Bttg.) . 304
5p damarensis (H. Ad.) 300 Be sericus (Denr.) _ 307
»» var. exspectata subteres (Bttg.) . 305
Mouss. 300 | Zonitoides africanus Bttg. . » Th)
336 Annals of the South African Museum.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
FIG.
1. Xerocerastus damarensis (H. Ad.), forma maxima. Outjo.
2. |
eaten cernua (Mts.), forma minima. Duwisit.
4,
5. Xerocerastus robustus (Dgnr.). Otavi Mountain.
6. damarensis (H. Ad.). Usakos.
7 99 5 $5 99
8 > 55 95 99
9. “n Ss Pe var. minor Pfr. Onolongo.
10. £ 7 A Ms s> 9) (juv.,=oppositus (Mouss.)).
Omuramba-Omataka R.
ae . robustus (Dgnr.). Otjiwarongo.
12. a burchelli (Gray). Koegas, Cape Province.
13. es Ke as Newlands, G. W.
14, a en aS identified by O. Boettger as psammophilus
(Bttg.). Haruchas Farm.
5): si os fe type of layardi (M. & P.). Kobis.
16. a5 schultzei (Bttg.). Messina, Transvaal.
7 eS hottentotus (Gray). Uis.
18. - eulimoides ,, Bullspoort.
ik), “A namibicus (Bttg.). Usakos.
20. 55 subteres (Bttg.). Usakos.
Qe ie = Kaoko Otavi.
22. Bs pel - paratype of rollei (Haas). Near Naauwkloof.
23. rs BN 7 Karibib.
DAs e . ne Usakos.
25. . nitens (Dgnr.), paratype. Otjikoto.
26. Cleopatra bulimoides (Oliv.), var. richardi Germ. Omuramba-Omataka R.
27. Xerocerastus subteres (Bttg.), forma maxima. Swakopmund.
28. $3
>» > »» major: 3
29. ne a 5 Neineis.
30. Ms sericus (Dgnr.), topotype. Tsumeb.
31. > > forma major. Otavi Mountain.
32. Cleopatra bulimoides (Oliv.), var. welwitschi Mts. Omuramba-Omataka R.
Notx.—All figures are natural size. The plate contains no new species and all
except the last variety have been figured before, so the photographic process was
selected as best calculated to portray the variation in certain species in size and form.
It has not proved entirely satisfactory in a few cases, however, owing to variation
in condition ; for instance, in fig. 15 the apex, having retained its dark colour,
appears finer than that of the shells on its left; in reality it is quite as blunt as
theirs.
Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. X XIX. Plate III.
Neill & Co. Lid.
MOLLUSCS OF SOUTH WEST AFRICA.
PO i EE LAE A GI A, i SMO Re CEE Mey lacie cy, nage
it
(
Amn. S. Air. Mus., | Plate IV.
Kunene
¢8
CO ROD Oa) oA
iS ie :
Ne wartmodder oF
HLLS_7 \ypington
iL Aughrabies
SOUT Re Peirves
Kakamas
>
NEIGH oy ss
i? ee
| To illust # Xo
| |LAND -4
Polit Ee A Pries
Faun Pos jf -———yerneuk Pan
| Rail a uf L-=- moO
0 i
4
J
{
/
| an | |
x4 2 i 2 2
=.8 in
one |
John Bartholomew & Son Ltd. Edinburgh.
‘Ann. s. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXIX.
Plate IV.
ericson Pett eon
3 See at eet eee eee
& °Qlushanda HEEL
UkutJonkathio Ne Mata , Xuringkuru ©
Ukualuthi© ~~. OO ' ongka
2 fegandjera @ Ondongua
Tamansu. \y
és (Wel BegO mL aA N D
c}
KaokoOtavi *., \ Womtel
preg: Onolongo? Amtenya Katiti
Ombombo Spit a OA MAO etme ccsegeaettt® .
; ° oOtjitikua™, ;
“KAOKOVEL D © Namutoni ~~
% f : ‘Kowares © Sandup Ty a stele a \ 4
Zes ontein >, Warmbad = Otjikotoo Dranes meee a e ‘soanadum \ a}
. 2 See ‘Choabendus Forhshore Kas /* 2
‘ Hl ; y
Df Hh 1 Gaus _ Grootfontein ae Pia @)
7 MAMAYANN 9." Cauas Okawa Otavig : open -V / aa
é F otjitambi ¥ Petia iw aG
i yA OH 26
24 Within Fe ose \ 9° Otjikondo Vas pa “*\ ie
eh F 7
ee Tutara, Outjo, oa gs Okoputa at Ne vA
° F aoe 1 re
| Franzte ante Narebis> sOtjiwarango 7 S{/
® a]
Be a Waterberg. lake Ngami\ _-
R&- <4 Okosongomingo _ 7 iS
Ms 2
Ikfeld g
Us oy kalkfeld ‘ H Osire o” =F
(ican DAM A RY SAR. Ll’ A N D
., yJsomtsaubo — Pkambahe pee
BRANDBER eure >>>--60maruru
Ny gyi ERONGD 3 ts Sa Epukiro__— = ae OGhansi
cathy? i aati
Cape Cross 8 Ameith _gOnguati Walday ——~. ey. Steinhausen - Ao
A340 O85; Yi pO ORS —-fn--- -2
Usakos Karibib ong 3 Okahandja Ch Ty
L22— T 6 *Barmenio— mn Oss03s.
Qi, Za anhS \ ot aN Sandfontein,
Whubass ___ 5 -- S Mi AY Ars Siifivles \
AND ; fo O Seis "ey ]
“© Oyimbinge.
{\ WY Jakalsyiter LIENS
~~ OG
Swakop ‘Salem
= 7 loGobabis
ped’ | @WINDHOEK Nac
~ a +>.
( CHaris® Ute Sa
\
)
1
\
Garumanas Te
Hs 9 / \ al
Sandwich B: Cis aa ‘Rehoboth me \oNaosanabis ‘ i
/ s ‘ :
Z o3. \ \ Noe! 1
Nauchas®%. __ Tsumis ve AN \ Aminuis ( i
mee Hoachana’, %, i
B ’ -24
1-24— Conception 8] = Atagees KZ i \ S4roab nf
Hi © Bullspoort \S, BN Vee
a Be ‘
= % Naauwkloof ° a MeO EAN { !
; Nomisas S 5 X No
‘: \$Marenthal <. \e Rr~l |
. Pe X. ‘
2% Maltahoheo s GaKgas a
y SNAPS ! 25:
. SY \ |
25— A SA \ i ee
= 4 \ i
A GEITS! GUBIB NaN I
: SS (voLCcANo, eA i
AO A I \N AM A\Q ALAN Ds i
* \\GTBRUKKAROS =, J
: TIRAS is > bhes a af
IL Mrs \ Beersheba?” Koes, , \ ee’
Be ; ! sa f yi
/ ih see! yee!
& . 8 GtAub i \ oo
Luderitzbuch; i SP \ Keetmanshoop: © |Rietfontien \ Pee
Ar x y Hasuur <6 Z )
Angra Pequenas\"“*p A ) : i [Lone nena
\ eeheim 0 (—75
7 a
LITTLE is Alipdam, ! ) BS
pa KARAS MI 9? penn ie
| Holoog S& Narudas op L
(<} Sid
ZN
: Nebis A GORDONIA
| ‘anus?
| \ j ( fwartmodder <8
/ 9
(
-
[5285
SKETCH MAP ying
pe ,
LOT “Shain
Warmbay, Stolzenfelso i tH
ky
enfels
OF
SOUTH WEST AFRICA Alexander B. pea ay Vols Ramans re, Orange fe Tie
akomas
AND ao-~/ °Stinkfontein a
Ee NEIGHBOURING REGIONS Holga, Ontipreres Ee ofe/la
DB Stel an
To illustrate the Zoological and Botanical Port Nolloth'® teinkopt ofofadder Kenhardt >
Surveys by the South African Museum okie ‘
Springbok /7TLE NAMAQUALAND 4 eee
Political Boundaries »—-—+— P @ VEAP Prieske
Faunistic + eaepeneneeene “Kamaggas rc 30:
Railways et
}-30—
SCALE OF MILES
25 50
“orn Bartholomew & Son Ltd, Edinburgh.
( 337 )
8. Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the South
African Museum. By J. R. te B. Tomuiy, M.A.
(With One Text-figure.)
V. THe ScaPHopoDa.
Dentalium subterlineatum n. sp.
SHELL whitish, slender, fairly solid, opaque; strongly and regularly
curved throughout, four-angled with more or less of a keel at each
angle; lateral areas absolutely flat and smooth; area on the convex
side almost smooth, but with some faint traces of longitudinal linea-
tion; concave area marked throughout with distinct longitudinal
raised lines, about 10 in number; apical opening almost circular ;
aperture oblique, quadrilateral, narrowing slightly but regularly from
the concave to the convex face.
Length 14 mm.; diam. max. slightly over 1 mm. Hab. Cape Point
N. 86° HE. 43 miles, 900 fathoms, 2 examples (S.A. Mus., A 6192).
I am doubtful whether these are full grown, but they have such
distinct characters that I do not hesitate to describe the species as
new.
The nearest form, as far as I can discover, is D. quadricostatum
Brazier from N.H. Australia, but that is more regularly quadrangular
and is quite different in sculpture.
Dentalium strigatum Gould.
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vii, p. 166, Dec. 1859. False Bay.
Dentaloum belchert Sowerby, Thes. Conch., ii, p. 101, pl. cexxiv,
figs. 28, 29, 1860.
This seems to be the commonest and most widely distributed
South African Scaphopod.
Pilsbry is almost certainly correct in assigning the D. lessoni
Deshayes of Sowerby’s ‘“‘ Marine Shells of South Africa,” p. 48, to
this species. The true lessoni of Deshayes came from New Guinea
(Lesson).
338 Annals of the South African Museum.
A recent inspection of the types (3) of D. belchert in the British
Museum enables me to place this in the synonymy of D. strigatum.
Sowerby (I.c.) gives the locality of belcheri as “ EH. Indian Archipelago,”
while the type tablet in the British Museum is labelled “ Cape San
Antonio”’ (in Yucatan)! Such a discrepancy is not uncommon in
the case of specimens from the Mus. Cuming.
The South African Museum has specimens from Kentani and from
156 fathoms off Lion’s Head (dead shells).
A. L. Salisbury, photo.
D. (Fissidentalium) salpine n. sp.
Dentalium (Fissidentalium) salpina n. sp.
Shell white, stout and solid, enlarging rapidly, moderately curved
throughout its whole length; apex simple; sculpture consisting of
about 29 rounded, somewhat flattened ribs, separated by impressed
shallow grooves ; the ribs become obsolescent towards the broad end
over about one-fifth of the length of the shell; they are crossed at
right angles throughout by very numerous, fine, close, irregular
strie ; aperture circular; apex very small with circular opening.
Length 75 mm.; diam. max. 10 mm.
Marine Mollusca in the Collections of South African Museum. 339
Hab. Cape Point N.E. ? E. 40 miles, 700-800 fathoms (A 5459),
several living.
This splendid species bears a good deal of resemblance to D. can-
didum Jeff. and to D. ergasticum Fischer, but may be readily separated
by its more regular curvature, its larger aperture, and by the number
and character of the ribs.
Dentalium (Fissidentalium) capillosum Jefireys.
Dentalium capillosum Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xix, p. 153,
1877. The name also occurs as a nomen nudum the year before, in
Proc. Roy. Soc., xxv, pp. 185, 191, in the “ Valorous ”’ Report.
A single example, about 38 mm. long, dead but fresh and perfect,
dredged off Cape Natal in 440 fathoms (S.A. Mus., A 3630). This has
been carefully compared with “Challenger” shells from off San
Miguel (1000 fathoms) of more or less the same size, and is absolutely
identical.
D. capillosum has an. extraordinarily wide range: I quote the
following list of localities from Pilsbry and Sharp’s monograph of
the Scaphopoda :—
N. of the Hebrides in 542 fathoms; whole N. Atlantic in 208-
1785 fathoms (“ Valorous ” and “ Porcupine’); Bay of Biscay, 882
fathoms; coast of Portugal, 220-1095 fathoms; W. of Azores and off
San Miguel, 1000 fathoms; Setubal, 470 fathoms; Bahia Honda, 418
fathoms; Culebra Is., 390 fathoms; Havana,119 fathoms; Martinique,
169 fathoms; near Santa Lucia, 116 fathoms; Barbados, 100 fathoms.
Dentalium (Fissidentalium) platypleurum n. sp.
Shell yellowish white, thin, enlarging slowly ; moderately curved at
apical end for about a third of the length, the remainder much
straighter; apex notched on the convex side; aperture circular,
not oblique ; sculpture consisting of 32 broad, flat, regular, longitudinal
ribs, about twice the breadth of the interstices which separate them,
and of numerous fine raised lines which cross interstices and ribs
at right angles; these lines can only be detected on the ribs, at the
apical end; they seem to have been entirely abraded on the lower
two-thirds of the shell, and are only to be traced in the interstices.
Length 31 mm.; diam. max. 3-4 mm.
Hab. off Itongazi River, Natal, 25 fathoms, one live specimen
(S.A. Mus., A 3631).
I cannot find any species to which this bears a particularly close
340 Annals of the South African Museum.
resemblance. The ribbing is remarkably close and regular. The
shell has a pinkish tinge almost throughout, but this is due to its
thinness and to the presence of the animal inside.
Dentalium (Compressidens) capense n. sp.
Shell whitish, strongly and evenly curved, much flattened, a distinct
keel being thus formed on both convex and concave sides ; there is also
a similar keel on each of the lateral sides, rather nearer to the convex
than to the concave keel, and in addition an angular line on either
side of the convex keel—between it and the lateral keel; the shell is
strongly marked with growth rings ; aperture compressed oval, bluntly
hexagonal; the apical orifice is imperfect.
Length 16 mm.; greatest diam. of aperture 1-9 mm., least 1-5.
Hab. Cape Point N. 86° EH. 43 miles, 900 fathoms, one specimen
(S.A. Mus., A 6191).
An interesting addition to the small group of Compressidens Pilsbry
and Sharp. I believe that this is only the sixth known species: all
come from very deep water, though D. pressum S. and P. (n. n. for
Watson’s compressum of the “ Challenger ” Report) was once dredged
in 111 fathoms in the Gulf of Mexico.
‘
( 341 )
9. The Harvest-spiders (Oprliones) of South Africa.
By R. F. Lawrence, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant in Charge of Arachnida.
(With 90 Text-figures.)
Tue Opilionid fauna of South Africa as dealt with in this paper is
taken to comprise all forms occurring in the South African region,
which is that part of the continent below 17° south of the equator ;
it consists of the Cape Province, which is redivided into western and
eastern portions, Natal and Zululand, Orange Free State and Trans-
vaal, South West Africa, parts of Rhodesia, and parts of Portuguese
Hast Africa. In numbers its 90 species compare with other parts of
the world as follows : Europe 232, North America 104, South America
581, Africa (South African region excluded) 201, Australia 38.
Several striking features of the South African fauna must be briefly
touched upon. Not a single species has been introduced from other
countries by shipping or other means of transport ; in the Myriopod
fauna, a largely cryptozoic group, von Attems points out that at
least 4 common species, some of them very common, have been intro-
duced and become acclimatised along the coastal strip and even farther
inland. No species and only 1 genus (Rhampsinitus) of the Opiliones
has as wide a distribution in South Africa as, for instance, have
certain species of the Palpatores group in Europe such as Phalangiwm
opilo and Opilio parivetinus, which range over Kurope, Asia, and North
America; the distribution of Rhampsinitus extends from the south
of the Sahara to the southern extremity of the continent, but all the
29 species are localised. The South African fauna is again peculiar
in that it differs sharply from that of the rest of the African continent ;
it shows no relationship at all with that of the Ethiopian region.
There is a remarkable development of one of the 3 suborders, the
Laniatores, which comprises about 74 per cent. (25 genera, 67 species)
of the South African fauna, and in this group there is a marked
preponderance of one family, the Triaenonychidae, which consists
of 21 genera and 59 species or two-thirds of the total fauna. The
fauna of the rest of the African continent is more or less equally
VOL. XXIX, PART 2. 23
=
—_———
> eS ee
= = 5
—_—_ —————————
rs
eel ante
ae
e- ae a
——— Pee
3
7
342 Annals of the South African Museum.
divided between the Laniatores and Palpatores, but there is not a
single member of the family Triaenonychidae; this family seems
to be limited to the southern continents, Australia, Madagascar,
Southern Africa, and South America; its greatest development
occurs in Southern Africa, Australia coming next in order, and then
South America.
The table given below shows the comparative numbers of species
of Laniatores as opposed to Palpatores in the different continents :—
Laniatores. Palpatores.
Europe . ; 14 ( 7 per cent.) 215 (93 per cent.)
North America Sleek ie ) 69 (69 i )
Africa ; 88 (59 . ) 81 (41 e )
South Africa. : 64 (76 sat ot ae) 21 (24 Reins.
Australia Se (oll ms ) 5 (13 fe )
| South America . Saad) (S15 ‘Noe 293 i Sea
This shows that while the Palpatores attain their greatest develop-
ment in the northern continents, the undoubtedly more highly
specialised Laniatores are most strongly established in the southern
ones. In this respect Southern Africa, Australia, and South America
are more or less in agreement; Africa shows an equal development
of both groups owing to its Mediterranean seaboard sharing a number
of widespread palaearctic species of Palpatores with the Mediterranean
countries and Northern Europe. In one respect the fauna of South
Africa differs from that of Australia and South America ; no members
of the peculiar primitive suborder of Cyphophthalmi have as yet
been found in the two latter continents while 2 species are found
at the southern extremity of Africa; 3 species are found in tropical
Africa.
Since all the South African genera except Rhampsinitus are endemic
it cannot be said that there is any striking resemblance to any other
region, though taking the group as a whole there is a greater relation-
ship with the other southern continents Australia and South America
than with the geographically more closely allied Ethiopian region.
With regard to the relationships of individual members, the unique
family of Acropsopiliondae, in which the eyes show enormous develop-
ment of size, has hitherto been represented only by a single species
from Chile; a member of this family, Oonopsopilio, from the south-
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 343
western corner of South Africa is undoubtedly allied to it. The east
coast of South Africa shows undoubted relationship to Madagascar
in 1 species of the genus Acwmontia which had been hitherto
supposed to be confined to the island; in the Assamiidae, a family
containing most of the Laniatores of tropical Africa, 2 more or
less subtropical genera Namutonia and Cryptopygoplus from South
West Africa reveal affinities which link up the South African and
Ethiopian regions.
Though many additions will have to be made to the list of
Opilionids in South Africa, the Western Cape Province, especially
the Cape Peninsula, is comparatively well known; in this respect
the eastern half of the Cape Province comes very near to it except
those parts between the east of Grahamstown and Natal. Natal and
Zululand are but little known and will repay more detailed investiga-
tion ; the other provinces—Transvaal, Orange Free State, Rhodesia,
and South West Africa—are hardly known at all; the following table
shows the number of genera and species recorded from the various
provinces :—
Natal, | Trans-
W.C.P.| E.C.P. | Zulu- | vaal, | Rhod. | P.E.A.|S.W.A.
land. | O.F.S.
Species . 44 31 5 6 3 2 4
Genera . : 20 13 5 2 3 2 4
Endemic genera| 13 4) 2 0 0 0) 1
The Western Cape shows the greatest number of endemic genera,
and this number decreases eastwards; the only 2 species of the
small suborder of Cyphophthalmi living in South Africa are found
in the Western Cape; the whole family of Triaenonychidae with
its 2 subdivisions is confined entirely to the southern provinces,
although with more detailed exploration some species are bound to
be discovered in the northern ones; at present only 1 genus of
Opilionid is found in the northern provinces that also occurs in the
southern ones—Rhampsinitus ; the lack of exploration in the northern
provinces is well illustrated by the fact that the Opilionid fauna of
the whole area covered by the Transvaal, Orange Free State, and
Basutoland is represented by this single genus.
In the Cape Province certain small areas seem to be especially
rich in Opiliones; on Table Mountain and its slopes are found no
344 Annals of the South African Museum.
less than 20 species representing all 3 suborders and all the families
except 1 that occur in South Africa; Knysna represents another
rich locality with 10 species, Grahamstown has 9, the Hogsback,
Amatola Mountains, 5 species.
Unfortunately practically nothing is known of the habits and life-
histories of South African harvest-spiders ; they are in one respect
a group easy to collect, for when their hiding places are revealed they
make no effort to escape, and even when touched or taken with forceps
remain inert ; all the South African forms are slow-moving and for that
reason are difficult to detect, especially when, as in all the Adaeinae,
they are covered with a thin layer of dirt and grit, which together
with the dry-twig appearance of their appendages make them almost
invisible against a gnarled log or earth-covered stone. The long-
legged Palpatores of Europe, such as Opzlio, evidently differ in their
habits from our Rhampsinitus ; the Palpatores of the older countries
seem able to move with more rapidity, and occasionally also enter
houses, neither of which can be said of our Palpatores ; it is possible
that as a country becomes more densely populated the habits of these
animals may be modified and that in Europe the entry of these
arachnids into human dwellings accounts for the wide distribution of
one or two species; this is also the case in some spiders such as
Tegenaria and Pholcus. At Hermanus all specimens of Rhamp-
sinitus littoralis were found under rusty tins and rotting wooden boxes
among the scrub near the shore, a habitat rather unusual for the
genus.
In this paper the main lines of classification set out by Dr. C. F.
Roewer in his comprehensive and valuable monograph, Die Weber-
knechte der Erde, have been adhered to. My best thanks are due to
the author for allowing me to reproduce his descriptions of new species
which had already gone to press. The present paper is based mainly
upon the collection in the South African Museum accumulated through
many years by the late Dr. W. F. Purcell; of very great assistance
has been the material of the Albany Museum, Grahamstown, the loan
of which is due to the kindness of its Director, Mr. J. Hewitt; the
work of Dr. G. Rattray and the Rev. R. Godfrey, who have collected
much fine material in the Hastern Province, has been of great value.
Thanks are also due to the Directors of the Transvaal and Natal
Museums for the loan of their collections.
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 345
OrpDER OPILIONES.
The Opiliones fall into 3 suborders which can be distinguished as
follows :—
1. Openings of the odoriferous glands situated on a conical tubercle on the dorsum
of the carapace (fig. 1, a); genital opening exposed, not covered by an oper-
culum (fig. 1,h) . : : : A. Suborder Cyphophthalm, p. 345.
Openings of the odoriferous glands not situated on a tubercle but at the
sides of the carapace; genital opening covered by a movable operculum
(iow FA): ; ; : : F , : : : Snes
2. Pedipalps powerful, the tarsus provided with a stout grasping claw (fig. 26, f) ;
terminal segment of tarsi I and II with 1 simple claw, tarsi III and IV with
2 claws or a trifurcate claw (fig. 16,c) . B. Suborder Laniatores, p. 351.
Pedipalps slender, antenniform, the tarsus with or without a weak claw
(fig. 79); terminal segments of all tarsi with 1 simple claw
C. Suborder Palpatores, p. 468.
A. SuBORDER CYPHOPHTHALMI Simon.
1923. Die Weberknechte der Erde, C. Fr. Roewer, p. 41.
1904. Two Orders of Arachnida, Hansen and Sorensen, p. 86.
Hyes usually absent (always in South African forms), if present
widely separated from each other ; openings of the odoriferous glands
at the apices of conical tubercles situated on the carapace above the
interval between coxae II and III (fig. 1, a); pedipalps slender, antenni-
form, the tarsus with a minute terminal claw (fig. 1, c); maxillary lobe
of coxa I itself immovable but movable together with the coxa, its
chitinous portion not divided; maxillary lobe of coxa II distinct,
either movable or only slightly movable together with the coxa;
labium absent; sternum either small and triangular or absent (fig. 1, h) ;
coxa I movable, coxae III and IV always immovable and fused with
each other, coxa II movable or fused with coxa III; leg I longer than
IL, legs II, III, and IV hardly movable between metatarsus and tarsus;
claws of tarsi of legs I-IV simple, not serrate (figs. 1, d, e); abdomen
dorsally consisting of 9 complete and distinct tergites without the anal
operculum, and ventrally of 9 sternites; genital opening exposed, not
covered by an operculum (fig. 1, h); secondary sexual characters
present in tarsus IV and in the region of the genital opening, tarsus IV
of 3 with a dorsal process concealing the canal of a gland (fig. 1, e), this
absent in the 2; genital aperture in the ¢ hardly longer and usually
shorter, in the 9 many times longer than the distance between genital
aperture and coxa III.
One family.
346 Annals of the South African Museum.
Fam. SIRONIDAE Simon.
Two subfamilies.
1. I coxa movable, IJ, III, [IV coxae fused and immovable; maxillary lobes of
coxa IT longer than broad; second segment of chelicera with a medial row
of fine hairs . : : : : : ‘ Subfam. Stylocellinae.
I and II coxae movable, III and IV coxae fused and immovable; maxillary
lobes broader than long; second segment of chelicera with only 1 minute
medial hair . : : ; , : : . Subfam. Szroninae.
The Stylocellinae are not represented in Southern Africa though two
genera, Ogovea and Parogovia, occur in Equatorial Africa.
SUBFAM. Sironinae Hansen and Sorensen.
Two genera and two species in South Africa.
Key to genera.
1. Odoriferous glands about 6 times as far from each other as from the lateral
edge of carapace; tergites closely covered with bead-like granules; tro-
chanter of pedipalp with an inferior process. : Purcellia, p. 346.
Odoriferous glands 2-3 times as far from each other as from the lateral edge
of carapace; tergites smooth or with a few very small granules ; trochanter
of pedipalp without an inferior process. ; : Speleosiro, p. 348.
Gen. PurcELLIA Hansen and Sorensen.
1904. Hansen and Sorensen, Two Orders of Arachnida, p. 105.
Kyes absent ; odoriferous tubercles (fig. 1, a) short, rounded, their
basal diameter about a half their distance from the lateral margin of
the carapace; chelicerae as in fig. 1, b; pedipalp as in fig. 1, ¢, the
trochanter with an inferior process ; coxa I hardly broader than II and
III, about a half as broad as coxa IV; sternum minute; tarsi of
legs I-IV one and a half to twice as long as their metatarsi; hair pad
absent in tarsus I; tarsi I and II not longitudinally sulcate above ;
tarsal claws of legs I-IV simple, not serrated ; tarsus IV of g 2-jointed,
of Q 1-jointed.
One species, Cape Province, South Africa.
Purcellia allustrans Hansen and Sorensen.
(Text-fig. 1, a—h.)
1904. Hansen and Sorensen, Two Orders of Arachnida, p. 106, pl. 11,
figs. 4, a-c; pl. iv, figs. 1, a-c.
We have in the Museum’s collection specimens from the following
localities in the Cape Peninsula: Newlands, Table Mountain above
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 347
Klassenbosch, Grotto Ravine, Platteklip, Devil’s Peak, Nordhoek ;
new locality records are: Stellenbosch, Houwhoek (Caledon division),
C.
‘el
Fie. 1.—Purcellia illustrans. g: a, dorsal surface; 06, chelicera; c, palp;
e, tarsus IV; f, coronaanalis. Q: d, tarsus IV; g, corona analis; h, genital
opening. (Copied from Hansen and Sorensen.)
iS
Knysna ; specimens from the last three localities agree in all respects
with those found on Table Mountain. The habitat of this species is
typically cryptic, being always found in damper parts such as ravines
348 Annals of the South African Museum.
and kloofs where mould is apt to collect ; it lives in damp, decaying
leaves or in soil containing a large percentage of vegetable detritus.
Hansen and Sorensen in their general account of the Cyphophthalmi
describe certain peculiar hairs in this species to which they ascribe a
sensory function (loc. cit., p. 36) and also lyriform organs (loc. cit.,
p. 41).
Gen. SPELEOSIRO n. gen.
Body flattened and oval, pointed posteriorly and anteriorly, more so
posteriorly ; body quite distinctly larger than in Purcellia, its length
12 the breadth (in Purcellia it is almost 2); chelicerae strongly com-
pressed laterally, length of segment I measured 7m situ from the
anterior margin of the carapace 1} times the distance of the odori-
ferous glands from the anterior margin of the carapace (in Purcellia
these distances are about equal); odoriferous glands, when viewed
from above, 2-3 times as far apart as they are from the lateral margin
of the carapace; in Purcellia they are about 6 times as far apart as
from the lateral margin of the carapace; granulation differing from
Purcellia as follows: carapace wrinkled and leather-like, with some
moderate granules; tergites, especially those posteriorly, smooth,
provided with a few small scattered granules; coxae and sternites
with more numerous regularly placed small granules, a little larger
than those of the tergites ; seen with the naked eye the dorsal surface,
especially of the abdomen, is smooth and shiny; in Puwrcellia the
granules are much larger, bead-like, and closely packed all over the
dorsal and ventral surfaces. Pedipalps longer and more slender than
in Purcellia, the trochanter without an inferior process. Otherwise as
in Purcellia.
One species, in caves, Table Mountain.
Speleosiro argastformis 0. sp.
(Text-fig. 2, a—d.)
9. Colour.—Dorsum dark brown, the posterior and anterior apices
and a marginal border light brown, appendages light brown. Granula-
tion of body as in generic description. Odoriferous tubercles low
conical structures, flattened at the top, broader at the base than high,
and situated a little nearer to the posterior than to the anterior margin
of the carapace, the apertures of the glands opening upwards and a
little backwards, a few setae near the tip of the tubercle.
Tergites and sternites as in description of family characters, 8 tergites
visible from above as in fig. 2, a; corona analis as in fig. 2, b.
The. Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 349
Pedipalp as in fig. 2, d, the segments long and slender, trochanter
without process but its inferior distal portion and the whole of femur
inferiorly with fine granules; femur and trochanter sparsely clothed
d
/
Fig. 2.—Speleosiro argasiformis. 9: a, dorsal surface; 6, corona analis ;
c, chelicera ; d, palp.
with upright setose hairs; patella, tibia, and tarsus with similar hairs
but with a scopula of much shorter, spine-like hairs as well; these,
especially on the tarsus, far more numerous than the setose hairs,
almost prone and slightly curved.
Chelicera as in fig. 2, c, strongly flattened from side to side, slender,
movable finger of second segment with about 16 small simple conical
teeth followed by 5 larger bicuspid teeth, these decreasing in size
350 Annals of the South African Museum.
distally ; immovable finger with only 7-8 teeth of the bicuspid type ;
the simple teeth of the movable finger equal in size and quite differ-
entiated from the following 5 molariform teeth ; first segment covered
with very small scattered granules, a row of short hairs along its
dorsal surface, second segment smooth with 2 short setae on its dorsal
surface, 1 a little anterior to the middle and 1 just before the insertion
of the movable finger ; second segment longer than first segment.
Genital opening much as figured by Hansen and Sorensen in the
description of Purcellia allustrans, Two Orders of Arachnida, pl. iv,
fig. 1,7; the arculi genitales, however, are larger and project farther
inwards and forwards over the genital opening, appearing to be almost
distinct and detached from the coxa; they are provided at their tips
with some curved setose hairs.
Legs.—All tarsi with 1 segment; I tibia 12 as long as patella;
I tarsus 1} times as long as metatarsus and 5 times as long as broad,
seen from the side; all segments of leg I except tarsus with both long
curved fine-pointed hairs and short hairs; tarsus with a dorsal strip of
long curved pointed hairs and a row of 7 modified hairs, these shorter,
regularly curved and with blunt tips, corresponding to the modified
sensory hairs described in Purcellia and other genera by Hansen and
Sorensen (loc. cit., p. 37); ventral surface and sides of tarsus with
no long hairs but with a brush of very fine, short, close-set hairs.
Measurements.—Total length with chelicerae removed 4-7, greatest
breadth 2-9; I leg 7-8; chelicera: I segment 2, II segment 2-5 mm.*
Type, 1 adult female.
Additional specimens, 2 subadult females.
The subadult specimens are distinctly larger in size than adults of
Purcellia ; they differ from the type in being more granular on the
carapace and anterior tergites, especially in the middle; the last 5
tergites seen from above are quite smooth; tergites with a narrow
black margination posteriorly, the general colour of the body a dirty
olive green ; genital aperture closed.
Measurements.—Total length 3-7-4, greatest breadth 2-4-2-5.
Total length of largest subadult, including chelicerae, 5-2 mm.
These 3 specimens were found in the Wynberg Cave of Table
Mountain, one by Dr. K. H. Barnard in 1913, the other two by myself
in May 1929. The cave occurs at the top of the mountain in the
* In any further descriptions, unless the contrary is stated, the total length is
taken to mean the distance from the posterior apex of abdomen to the anterior
border of the carapace, the chelicerae having been removed.
} For description of male see Appendix, p. 503.
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 351
Table Mountain sandstone; the entrance to the caves is tortuous
and narrow, and the main body of it where the specimens were found
is about 100 feet below the surface, the possibility of any light
reaching it being thus precluded ; the walls of the main cave are damp
and slimy from the water which constantly percolates through fissures
in the rocks; the specimens were found under small stones on very
damp or even wet sand. The only vegetation seems to consist of a
small lichen and the fauna is sparse, the chief representative being
the peculiar Acridiid Orthopteron, Spelezacris tabulae ; another peculiar
animal inhabiting the cave is a blind and unpigmented Peripatus,
Peripatopsis alba. Outside at the mouth of the cave were found
specimens of Purcellia illustrans in the usual habitat.
B. SuBporpDER LANIATORES Thorell.
1923. Die Weberknechte der Erde, C. Fr. Roewer, p. 55.
1904. Two Orders of Arachnida, Hansen and Sorensen, p. 85.
Two eyes present, usually placed one on each side of a tubercle in
the middle of the carapace (Subfam. Adaeinae, fig. 58, a) or widely
separated from each other on the surface of the carapace (Subfam.
Biantinae, fig. 3, a) ; openings of odoriferous glands not situated on a
conical tubercle but near the sides of the carapace above the anterior
margin of coxa II; tergites of prosoma not demarcated from each
other, fused into a carapace without dividing grooves (fig. 10, a) ;
abdomen with 8 tergites, excluding the last the so-called anal oper-
culum, of these tergites only the last 3 free, the first 5 being fused
with the carapace to form a single dorsal scute where they are recog-
nisable as I-V or I-IV (where still greater fusion has taken place)
areas, these areas may be defined by transverse grooves (fig. 10, a) ;
abdomen with 9 sternites, of the first of which only traces are present
(arculi genitales), IIT and III being fused into the stigma-bearing
sternite, VIII and IX completely fused into a broad sternite lying in
front of the anal opening (fig. 11, A); genital opening covered by a
movable operculum (g.0., fig. 11, A); pedipalps powerful, modified
for grasping, tibia and tarsus at least with long seta-tipped spines or
with teeth provided laterally with setae (fig. 26, f), tarsus with a long
powerful terminal claw which at rest can be folded against its under
surface ; labium distinct, soft ; sternum long, narrowed, seldom widen-
ing posteriorly (fig. 43) ; coxa I movable, remaining coxae immovable
and fused with each other, coxa IV sometimes strongly developed ;
leg I shorter than leg II, metatarsus of legs I-IV sometimes (all
392 Annals of the South African Museum.
Triaenonychidae) divided into a basal astragalus and apical calcaneus,
these being immovable with respect to each other (fig. 11, B); in all
South African forms of Triaenonychidae with a few exceptions the
calcaneus is very much shorter than the astragalus; terminal claws
of tarsi I and II always simple and single, those of III and IV usually
double or with 3 prongs (trifurcate) (fig. 16, c); penis usually long, thin
and without muscles, occasionally short, thick and muscular (Triae-
nonychidae) ; ovipositor short, more or less soft skinned, not annulate ;
secondary sexual characters of 3 strongly developed in the armature
not only of the body but also of the legs and pedipalp ; tarsi of legs
divided into a variable number of segments which in legs J and II fall
into 2 sections which occasionally consist of 1 but usually of more
segments, in legs III and IV the tarsi fall into 3 sections, a basal
section with several segments, a median always consisting of 1, and
an apical consisting always of 2 segments bearing the 2 claws or
trifurcate claw ; above these claws the tarsus is sometimes prolonged
into a pseudonychium or false claw; the divisions between the
sections of the tarsus in adult animals always remain deeper and more
distinct than those between the segments which themselves compose
the sections ; metamorphosis either slight or quite distinct.
The suborder is divided into 6 families.
Key to families of Laniatores.
1. The last 4 tergites free and not coalesced . : ‘ A:
Only the last tergite, the operculum anale, freely iiovablete remaining tergites
coalesced to form a dorsal scute : ; : e : Oncopodidae.
2. III and IV tarsus with 2 true claws, these simple or serrated : 4 3.
III and IV tarsus with 1 trifurcate claw in adults (fig. 16, c), or in juveniles with
1 claw which bears a variable number of small lateral teeth
Triaenonychidae, p. 366.
3. Pedipalps carried crossed over in the region of the patellae, with weak armature ;
inferior frontal margin of carapace with 5 (2:1:2) forwardly projecting
conical teeth (fig. 5,g) . : ; . Assamiidae, p. 357.
Pedipalps not carried crossed over Sh divevted forwards; inferior frontal
margin of carapace, although sometimes drawn out into sharp angles at the
sides and centre, not armed with 5 conical teeth (fig. 42, 6) ‘ « A
4. III and IV tarsus each with a pseudonychium_ ; ‘ : . ee
III and IV tarsus without a pseudonychium : Phalangodidae, p. 353.
5. Pedipalps weak, the femur tibia and tarsus broadly flattened and keeled, all
segments of pedipalp unarmed, not strongly spined . : Cosmetidae.
Pedipalps strong, the femur not flattened, tibia and tarsus stout and rounded,
at most only flattened ventrally between the strong spines of tibia and
tarsus . : 5 : 5 : ‘ ; . Gonyleptidae.
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 353
Three of these families are found in South Africa, the Phalan-
godidae, Assamiidae, and Triaenonychidae. The Oncopodidae is a
small family confined to South-East Asia, while the Cosmetidae and
Gonyleptidae occur in South America and the southern part of North
America.
Fam. PHALANGODIDAE Simon.
For a summary of the family characters see:
1923. Die Weberknechte der Erde, C. Fr. Roewer, p. 64.
The family has a practically world-wide distribution; 3 sub-
families occur in Africa.
Key to subfamilies of Phalangodidae.
1. Femur of leg I not spined . : 5 : : : : : ee
Femur of leg I spined ; : . Hrecananinae.
2. Eyes raised on a distinct Gubereles eal aaips hor’, and stout, III and IV tarsus
without a scopula . : ‘ . Phalangodinae.
Eyes not raised on a tubercle Bat piteed Hide ut on the carapace (fig. 3, a) ;
pedipalps very ee and slender (fig. 3, 6), III and IV tarsus with a thick
scopula : : : : : : Biantinae, p. 353.
Of these only the Brantinae occur in South Africa. The Phalan-
godinae is much the largest subfamily, consisting of about 40 genera
distributed throughout the Old and New Worlds; of these 3 are
found on the Guinea coast of West Africa, 1 in British East Africa,
and 1 in the Seychelles. The Hrecananinae is a small subfamily
consisting of 2 genera, one of which is found in Java (Lomanius),
the other (Herecanana) in Kast Africa.
SUBFAM. Biantinae Roewer.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 128.
The subfamily contains 10 genera, most of which are African; 1
genus, Metabiantes, 1s found in South Africa.
The genus Spinibiantes was created for Pocock’s species Hinzwanius
leaght by Roewer, 1915, Arch. Naturg., Ixxxi, A, fasc. 3, p. 177. The
generic descriptions as given by him in Die Weberknechte der Erde,
pp. 183-140, for Metabiantes and Spinibiantes are, however, almost
word for word identical, the only character really differentiating the
two being the presence in Spinibiantes of a pair of median spines
(Dorn-Paar) on the III and IV areas of the dorsal scute, while in
Metabiantes these are absent with the exception of two tropical species,
jilipes and jeanneli, in which these areas bear enlarged granules
354 Annals of the South African Museum.
(Kérnchen). In the specimens of Metabiantes (Spinibiantes) leagha
I have examined, from Port Shepstone, Natal, Zululand, etc., these
spines or teeth vary from a small size hardly larger than the sur-
rounding granules to distinctly defined sharp teeth. which are quite
noticeably prominent; the only character then which separates
Metabiantes from Spinibiantes is the size of the teeth or enlarged
granules on the III and IV areas, and this itself is a variable character.
It seems highly probable that Spinibiantes leighi and Metabiantes
jyeannelt from Hast Africa are related or even that jeanneli is only a
variety of leight. I therefore propose to drop the genus Spinibrantes
and to include its 1 species, S. leighi, in Metabiantes ; from a survey
of the 70 odd specimens in the collection of the Museum it appears
that the whole genus Metabiantes is a homogeneous one with few
characters that sharply divide the species, some of those used in
Roewer’s key being of little diagnostic value; the sigmoid curvature
of the IV femur, for instance, is a character of doubtful specific value,
there being a certain but variable amount of curvature in all specimens
I have examined.
a
Vere ww
Fig. 3.—Metabiantes. a, dorsal surface (granulation not shown) ; 6, palp.
(Copied from Roewer.)
Gen. METABIANTES Roewer.
(Text-fig. 3, a—0.)
1923. Die Weberknechte der Erde, C. Fr. Roewer, p. 133.
Frontal margin of carapace in the middle with or without a low
rounded process; dorsal scute divided by transverse grooves into
5 areas, the III and IV of which may be armed with a median pair of
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 355
enlarged granules or teeth; stigmae hardly visible; chelicera with
segment I swollen dorsally at its distal extremity ; pedipalp: femur
with 1 spine inferiorly in its basal third, patella with 1 spine inferiorly
near distal apex, tibia and tarsus with 2 spines on each side inferiorly ;
legs with tarsal segments I, 3; II, 5; III, 5; IV,5; secondary sexual
characters developed in leg II or IV.
Four species, confined to the eastern half of Southern Africa.
Key to species.
1. Areas I-IV closely and irregularly granular with no transverse row of enlarged
granules : 2 meraculus, p. 355.
Areas I-IV closely and eee anal with either a transverse row of
enlarged granules, or areas II] and IV with a pair of distinct median spines 2.
2. Areas III and IV with a median pair of enlarged tooth-like spines lezghi, p. 356.
Areas III and IV without a median pair of tooth-like spines but with a trans-
verse row of slightly enlarged granules, these sometimes limited to a median
par. : ‘ : ; : 6 : ‘ : é sp os
3. Femur of pedipalp below with 2 spines near its base (fig. 4, c), segment I of
chelicera uniformly granular above (fig. 4, 6) . : maximus, p. 356.
Femur of pedipalp below with 1 spine near its base, segment I of chelicera
more or less smooth above . : : : ° pusulosus, p. 355.
The South African species as distinguished above are not very
clear-cut forms; the species tend to grade into each other.
Metabiantes meraculus Loman.
1898. Loman., Zool. Jahrb. Syst., u, p. 522.
One specimen which appears to belong to this species, the label \
bearing the words “no history’; there is, however, no seta (borst)
in the anterior third of the femur of either this or any other specimen
of Metabiantes in the collection of the South African Museum.
|
Metabiantes pusulosus Loman. |
1898. Loman., Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 1, p. 522.
The South African Museum has specimens from Doornek, Alex- a
andria Division (5 individuals); Knysna (8); Dunbrody, Uitenhage
Division (3); Grahamstown (11); Kaapmuiden, E. Transvaal (3) : |
Addo Bush (1); Inchanga, Natal (1); Rietvlei, Umvoti District (1) ; |
Krantskop, Natal (3); Pietermaritzburg, Natal (1). The Albany
Museum, Grahamstown, has it from Blytheswood (8) ; Alicedale (7) ;
|
i
|
, I
" (i
356 Annals of the South African Museum.
East London (1); Grahamstown (1); Somerville (10); Port Alfred
(5); Hogsback, Amatola Mountains (1).
Metabiantes leigh Pocock.
Hinzuanius leight.—Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc., pt. 2, p. 412 (1902).
Spinibiantes leighi.mRoewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 140.
The South African Museum has specimens from Umtata (1);
Manubie Forest (1); Kentani (6); East London (1); Durban (6) ;
Delagoa Bay (3); Amanzimtobi, Natal (1); Mfongosi, Zululand (5) ;
Port Shepstone (5); Masiene, near Limpopo River (2); Krantzkop,
Natal (1); Port St Johns (1). The Albany Museum, Grahamstown,
has it from East London (11).
Metabiantes maximus n. sp.
(Text-fig. 4, a—c.)
Colour.—Y ellow-brown.
Carapace, dorsal scute, tergites closely and uniformly covered with
shiny round granules; carapace with granules smaller than those on
the remainder of dorsum; anterior lateral
angles of carapace with a row of about 9
small granules; areas I-IV well defined,
with 1 or 2 seta-tipped granules in the
middle a little larger than the rest but with
no definite row of enlarged granules; area
V with a row of granules definitely a little
larger than remaining granules, free tergites
I and II with 1 row of slightly enlarged
granules their anterior thirds matt, free ter-
gite ITI covered with granules but without
an enlarged row; dorsal scute with 2 lateral
rows of granules, the outer one regular the
ee SM a inner a little less so; sternites with 2 dis-
mus. a,chelicerafromthe tinct rows of small granules at the sides,
side; >, segment I of cheli- these rows hardly visible in the middle;
cera fromabove; c,femur . ‘ ;
and patella of palp. inferior surfaces of coxae with scattered
granules, coxa III with an anterior and
posterior row of distinct reddish granules.
Pedipalp as in fig. 4, c, femur below near the base with 2 spines,
these smaller than in other species, patella below with an apical spine
weaker than in other species, remaining segments as in other species ;
If 4
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 357
chelicera large and strong (figs. 4, a, b), segment I above regularly but
not thickly covered with small granules, seen from the side as in
fig. 4, a, anterior surface of segment II with an irregular row of low
rounded granules. Legs: Il and IV stronger and longer than I and III,
tibia and metatarsus of II without a row of small sharp granules
(female ?); tarsal segments 3:5:5:5.
Measurements.—Length of body 4:2, chelicerae I+II, 1-5+-2-2,
pedipalps (trochanter-tarsus) 4-2 mm. .
Type, 1 9, Somerville, Eastern Cape Province. Type in Albany
Museum, Grahamstown.
Fam. ASSAMIIDAE Sorensen.
For a summary of the family characters see :
1923. Die Weberknechte der Erde, C. Fr. Roewer, p. 215.
Three subfamilies are known, two of which—the Trionyzellinae
and Assamiunae—occur in the South African region.
Key to subfamilies.
1. IiI and IV tarsus with a pseudonychium (fig. 5, e)
Subfam. Trionyzxellinae, p. 357.
IIT and IV tarsus without a pseudonychium Subfam. Assamiinae, p. 360.
SuBFAM. Trionyxellinae Roewer.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 215.
Two tropical West African genera, Pungowca Roewer and Pun-
goiella Roewer, belong to this subfamily ; only one genus, Namutonia,
is found in the South African region.
Gen. NAMUTONIA n. gen.
Tarsi III and IV with large blunt spur-like pseudonychium, claws
simple (fig. 5, e). Tarsi I and II with each 3 segments, tarsi III and IV
with each 4 segments. Ocular tubercle low, the eyes far apart (three
times their largest diameter) and surrounded by a pigmented area ;
tubercles of body themselves covered with fine granules; femur of
pedipalp armed with 5 strong teeth below ; legs unarmed.
One species—South West Africa.
VOL: XXIX, PART 2. 24
358 Annals of the South African Museum.
Namutonia scabra, n. sp.
(Text-fig. 5, a-g.)
Body yellow, eyes surrounded by black rings (fig. 5, ¢, seen from above
and a little from behind); area surrounding ocular tubercle with
fairly dense and irregular tubercles; tubercles of body of different
sizes, the 5 (2:1:2) on the lower frontal margin of the carapace
much the largest and conical (fig. 5, g); next in size are the tubercles
constituting the enlarged transverse rows of the free tergites, then those
of the fused area ; all tubercles themselves covered with fine granula-
tion and tipped with a seta which usually projects backwards and
mesially, the interspaces of the tubercles filled up with minute granules
but these much less dense than on the areas described as “ matt.”
Ocular tubercle seen from the side as in fig. 5,d ; dorsal scute divided
into quite well-defined areas thickly covered with tubercles arranged
in 2 or 3 rather irregular transverse rows, the interspaces filled with
smaller tubercles ; lateral borders of fused area with smaller tubercles ;
I and II free tergites with their anterior halves occupied by 2 rows of
tubercles the anterior of which is composed of small, the posterior of
large tubercles; their posterior halves devoid of tubercles but with
fine matt granulation ; III free tergite with tubercles arranged in more
or less irregular rows, more than 3 deep, the posterior ones largest.
Sternites with their anterior $ forming a thickly tuberculate band, the
tubercles homogeneous in size and smaller than those of the tergites ;
remaining posterior = with matt granulation ; all coxae below thickly
covered with small tubercles, IV with 3 club-shaped tubercles along
posterior distal margin and 3 smaller anterior ones more proximally
situated, II with 3 club-shaped tubercles at posterior distal apex, the
anterior margin bordered with a row of enlarged tubercles, I with a
tricuspid tubercle along lower anterior margin in the middle; genital
operculum matt, with a few granules.
Pedipalp seen from the outer side as in fig. 5,a; trochanter with 1,
femur with 5 strong teeth below with accessory lateral setae; femur
with a strong spine-like tooth at its inner distal apex (not seen in fig.)
which projects horizontally at right angles to the longitudinal axis of
femur ; patella with 1 (2) outer, and 2 strong inner teeth ; outer side
of tibia spined as in fig. 5, a, inner side with 3 small spines alternating
with 2 much longer ones ; inner side of tarsus spined as in outer side ;
chelicera with first segment asin fig.5, f. Tarsal segments I, 3; II, 3;
Ill, 4; IV,4; terminal segment of tarsus IV with pseudonychium as in
fig.5,e; pseudonychium of tarsus III considerably smaller than in IV.
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 309
a,
aa
rf ® md :
d
Fic. 5.—Namutonia scabra. a, palp from outer side; 6, patella of pedipalp from
inner side; c, ocular tubercle from above; d, from side; e, tarsus IV; f,
chelicera, segment I; g, anterior margin of carapace from above.
360 Annals of the South African Museum.
Measurements.—Length of body 3-3-5 mm.
Types, 6 specimens (sex ?) from Okorosave, Kaokoveld, South-West
Africa.
Other specimens: Grootfontein, Damaraland, South West Africa (1) ;
Namutoni, Damaraland, South West Africa, (1); Kunene River,
Ovamboland, South West Africa (3).
I have been unable to distinguish sexual characters in these
specimens.
SusBFAM. Assamiinae Roewer.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 236.
Two genera in South Africa.
Key to genera.
1. Tarsus I consisting of 4 segments, tarsus II of 5 segments
Polycoryphus, p. 365.
Tarsus I consisting of 5 segments, tarsus II of 10 segments
Cryptopygoplus, p. 360.
Gen. CRYPTOPYGOPLUS NR. gen.
Most resembling the genus Wintonia from Australia, see Roewer’s
key to the genera of Assaminae (loc. cit., p. 236). Tarsus I with 5,
II with 10 segments, the terminal section of the latter consisting of
3 segments; ocular tubercle transversely oval, convex but not
prominent, unarmed but with about 25 granules scattered irregularly
over it ; no median tooth on the anterior border of carapace but the
area between the ocular tubercle and the anterior margin of the cara-
pace convexly rounded; granulation of body consisting of stout,
sometimes club-shaped granules, themselves finely granular and
tipped with a seta ; areas of fused portion of carapace, four in number,
clearly defined by transverse grooves, bearing definite but rather
irregular transverse rows of granules; granules on fused portion of
carapace not so markedly different in size as in the case of Wintonia
(fig. 271, p. 247, loc. cit.) ; stigmae not visible ; femur of pedipalp with
a ventral row of teeth which are shorter or hardly longer than the
diameter of the femur seen from the side; legs long and slender,
unarmed but finely granular ; coxa IV anteriorly near its base without
an enlarged spine; claws of tarsi III and IV simple; tarsal seg-
ments I, 5; II, 9-11; III, 6; IV, 7.
Three species in South Africa.
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 361
Key to species.
‘1. Anterior surface of segment II of chelicera with a stout tooth near its distal
apex (fig. 8, b) : : : : . rhodesianus, p. 363.
Anterior surface of segment II of cree without a tooth near its distal
2
apex . P 3 : ‘ ‘
2. Free tergites with more tien 1 camaploe (aiscetee row of ceaniless femur of
pedipalp with 1 stout triangular tooth at its distal inner apex (fig. 6, 6)
africanus, p. 361.
Free tergites with only 1 complete transverse row of granules, these larger
than those of the other segments, femur of pedipalp with 2 spine-like teeth
at its distal inner apex (fig. 7, c) : ; : . damaranus, p. 362.
Cryptopygoplus africanus Nn. sp.
(Text-fig. 6, a—e.)
Colour yellowish-brown, fused portion of carapace blackish ;
anterior border of carapace without a median tooth in front of ocular
7 le oe Be
eae
}
‘| ;
A Ie
Fic. 6.—Cryptopygoplus africanus. a, ocular tubercle from side; 6, femur of
palp from inner side; c, apex of femur from below; d, tibia and tarsus of
palp ; e, chelicera.
tubercle; ocular tubercle as in fig. 6, a, seen from the side, broader than
long, distinctly demarcated from the rest of the carapace, covered
with about 25 small round granules; some granules behind and at
the sides of the ocular tubercle; area containing the ocular tubercle
separated from the remainder of the fused area by a procurved groove,
the first area bordered posteriorly by a recurved groove, the second
one by a straight groove, the last two by slightly procurved grooves ;
the 4 areas with fairly close and regularly set granules about 3 rows
362 Annals of the South African Museum.
deep, the granules of the middle row the largest; dorsal scute
bordered at the sides and posteriorly by a coarsely granular strip
separated from the areas by a distinct groove which is without
granulation ; free tergites bordered anteriorly by 2 rows of granules
in I and II, by 3 rows in III; sternites weakly granular in anterior 2,
fine matt in posterior 2; coxae inferiorly irregularly granular, coxa
IV below with a row of 4 club-shaped granules along its posterior
margin almost meeting at an angle a row of 5 similar granules at the
side of the stigma-bearing sternite, a patch of blackish granules along
its anterior side above.
Pedipalp.—Trochanter with 1 large and 1 small tooth below, femur
as in fig. 6, b, seen from the inner side, with a row of 11 teeth below
and a large tooth apically on the inner side; patella with 2 long teeth
ventrally on the inner side, 1 on the outer side; tibia and tarsus as
in fig. 6, d, showing outer row of teeth, inner row of both segments
consisting of 3 small teeth alternating with 2 large long ones as in
tarsus of C. damaranus (fig. 7, 6).
Chelacera.—Segment I dorsally with the distal raised surface
covered with rounded granules (fig. 6, e), 1 or 2 of those on the outer
side distally, enlarged, ventral surface granular; segment II shiny,
anterior surface with a patch of small tooth-like granules basally on
the outer and inner sides; tarsal segments I, 5; II, 9-11; IU, 6;
EVENT:
Measurements.—Total length of body 4:9 mm.
Types and genotypes, 2 specimens (males?) from Inhambane,
Portuguese East Africa
Cryptopygoplus damaranus n. sp.
(Text-fig. 7, a-e.)
Colour yellow, fused portion of carapace slightly infuscated, tarsi
almost white; this species differs from the preceding one chiefly in
the granulation of the fused portion of the carapace ; the granulation
of the body is less dense, those in the neighbourhood of the ocular
tubercle are larger, the 4 areas of the fused portion of carapace are
not so distinctly divided ; areas III and IV are provided with a row
of enlarged granules and some other smaller ones not arranged in
regular transverse rows; the free tergites and posterior border of
fused portion of carapace without several rows of smaller round
granules but bordered posteriorly by a single transverse row of
enlarged conical granules ; lateral margin of fused portion of carapace
7 |
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 363
bordered by a strip of weak granules very much smaller than those
in the middle of the carapace; sternites matt with a single distinct
anterior row of small round granules.
Pedipalp as in figs. 7, a, 6; femur seen from the inner side with 9
ventral teeth a little longer than the diameter of the femur; on the
inner side at apex 2 teeth with their inner axes almost at right angles to
the axes of the ventral teeth (fig. 7, c), seen from below ; patella, tibia,
and tarsus seen from below with the teeth on the outer side of these.
segments as in fig. 7, b, the teeth on the inner side not drawn ; patella
on inner side with 2 teeth (fig. 7, d), tibia and tarsus both with teeth
Fic. 7.—Cryptopygoplus damaranus. a, chelicera; 6, palp from inner side;
c, femur of palp from below; d, patella of palp from above; e, ocular tubercle.
on inner side similar to those on the outer side of tarsus, viz. 3
small ones alternating with 2 large long ones.
Chelicera as in fig. 7, a, segment I with the dorsal surface of raised
distal portion covered with granules, at the sides matt, a few granules
below ; segment II shiny with a few granules basally on its inner sur-
face. Legs unarmed; tarsal segments I, 5; II, 10; III, 6; IV, 7.
Measurements.—Total length 3-6 mm.
Types, 3 specimens (males ?) from Kaoko Otavi, Kaokoveld, South
West Africa. Other specimens: 2 from Okorosave, Kaokoveld; 1
from Tsumeb, Damaraland, South West Africa.
Cryptopygoplus rhodesianus 0. sp.
(Text-fig. 8, a—b.)
Colour yellowish-brown, some of the granules round the ocular
tubercle infuscated black; granules behind and at the sides of the
ocular tubercle fairly large, tipped with setae which are directed
forwards and medially ; areas I-IV and free tergites with 2 rows of
364 Annals of the South African Museum.
granules the posterior row enlarged, the posterior row of the free
tergites consisting of larger granules than those of the posterior rows
of areas I-IV; sternites shagreened with a row of small granules
nearer to their posterior than to their anterior border; coxae irregu-
larly granular, coxa IV at its posterior distal border with a row of 4
enlarged club-shaped granules which is opposed to a similar row at
the side of the stigma-bearing sternite.
Pedipalps.—Trochanter with 1 large, 1 small tooth below, 1 small
tooth above; femur with a row of 9-11 teeth below, 2 inner apical
teeth, one long and spine-like, the other close to it, much smaller ;
patella with 2 long spines on inner, 1 shorter one on outer side;
tibia with teeth arranged proximo-distally as follows: outer side—
Fic. 8.—Cryptopygoplus rhodesianus. a, chelicera; b, apex of anterior surface
of segment IT.
3 short, 1 long, 1 short; inner side—1 short, 1 long, 2 short, 1 long,
1 short ; tarsus similarly on both sides with 2 short, 1 long, 2 short,
1 long, 1 short.
Chelicerae.—Segment I as in other species, segment II shiny,
with some spine-like teeth basally on the inner side; near distal
apex on the inner side there is a stout pear-shaped tooth on the
anterior surface just above the insertion of the immovable finger
of the claw (figs. 8, a, b); this tooth is quite absent in the other
species.
Tarsal sesments 1,5; Il, 8: II, 6: -1V, 7.
Measurements.—Total length 3-2-3-6 mm.
Types, 4 specimens from Umtali, Rhodesia (3 males, 1 female 2)
The chelicerae of the specimens I take to be $¢ are in this genus
larger than those of the 99. In one of the smaller specimens of
C. rhodesianus, which is presumably a 9, the II leg is much longer in
proportion to the remaining legs than in the gS. There is no large
tooth on the chelicerae.
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 365
Gen. PoLycoryPpaus Loman.
1902. Loman, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., xvi, pp. 188, 195.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 274, fig. 290.
Ocular tubercle in middle of carapace, coarsely and irregularly
tuberculate; upper frontal margin of carapace in front of ocular
tubercle with 1 median conical tooth ; dorsal scute a little constricted
opposite the III coxa, broadening again posteriorly ; area I without
a median longitudinal groove; all areas and free tergites with very
coarse tubercles and with a median pair of tubercles a little more
prominent than the rest; operculum anale with one median spine ;
stigmae hidden under the teeth filling up the cleft between coxa IV
and the stigma-bearing sternite ; coxa IV laterally at its base without
1 large tooth ; segment I of chelicera distinctly swollen at its dorso-
distal extremity ; femur of pedipalp with 1 spine medially at its apex,
inferiorly with a row of ventral teeth which are shorter than its
diameter ; legs stout, femora of III and IV with sigmoid curvature ;
terminal section of tarsus II with 2 joints; tarsal segments I, 4;
eo 11, 5; IV, 5.
One species in South Africa.
Polycoryphus asper Loman.
(Text-fig. 9.)
1902. Loman, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., xvi, p. 195, Taf. 9, fig. 14.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 274, fig. 290.
Colour.—Body and appendages reddish yellow, a dorsal median band
and legs I-IV reticulate with black.
Ocular tubercle and anterior margin of carapace as in fig. 9; cara-
pace, dorsal scute, and I-III free tergites coarsely and irregularly
tuberculate ; areas I-V and I-III free tergites with a
slightly more prominent median pair of tubercles in 57,0
c
addition, these directed posteriorly ; operculum anale ier
with 1 median spine; all free sternites coarsely Soc
‘ €
granular; surfaces of coxae I-IV and latero-dorsal
surface of coxa IV coarsely granular; dorso-distal fe. 9—Poly-
swelling of I segment of chelicera and all segments co7yphus asper
oman. Oc-
of pedipalp dorsally with coarse granulation; legs «lar tubercle. »
unarmed except trochanters I-IV posteriorly, which are
armed with 2-3 teeth; tarsal segments I, 4; II, 5; Ill,5; IV, 5.
Length of body 4:5, pedipalps 2:5; legs I-IV, 7:10:8:12 mm.
366 Annals of the South African Museum.
Type, 1 9 from Port Elizabeth ; Roewer records 1 9 and 1 juvenile
from Cape Town. This species is not present in the Museum’s collec-
tion, and though the Cape Peninsula has been more thoroughly searched
for Opiliones than any other part of South Africa this form has as yet
not been discovered by local collectors.
Fam. TRIAENONYCHIDAE Sorensen.
For a summary of the family characters see :
1923. Die Weberknechte der Erde, C. Fr. Roewer, p. 585.
This family contains the very great majority of South African
Laniatores and these are grouped in 2 subfamilies, the Adaeinae
and Triaenonychinae; a third subfamily, the Triaenobuninae, is
confined to Australia.
Key to subfamilies.
1. Shape of sternum as in fig. 16, b ; Triaenonychinae, p. 366.
Shape of sternum as in fig. 43. , é : Adaeinae, p. 424.
SupraM. Triaenonychinae Pocock
1902. Pocock, Ann Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, x, p. 512.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 586.
Pocock separated the 2 South African subfamilies Triaenony-
chinae and Adaeinae on the basis of two characters, viz. the shape
of the sternum, and the stigmae which were exposed in the Trae-
nonychinae and hidden in the Adaewnae ; the first-named character is
the only one which holds good for differentiating the two groups ; it 1s
quite constant and in itself is enough to distinguish a Triaenonychinid
from an Adaeinid ; the stigma may be exposed in genera occurring in
other parts of the world, but as far as the 13 South African genera are
concerned the exceptions are more numerous than the rule, the stigmae
being exposed in only 2 of them—Austronuncia and Speleomontia ; as a
rule there are large conical granules forming a bridge over the gap
between coxa IV and the stigma-bearing sternite, the stigma-bearing
sternite being often reduced and partly hidden beneath the bridging
granules. The Triaenonychinae are in general distinctly smaller in
body size than the Adaeinae and include all the smallest members of
the family ; the body length varies between 2 and 4:5 mm., that of the
Adaeinae between 4:5 and 7-6 mm., Micradaeum excepted. In many
¥ D4 2)
spuswhas Wes}
VUOSALY 40 920
£+ say bay pasnéG = UIuopyl,
rie!
$9) 7b 2
223723
% 3
>>.
>
B. = 322 3 3344 > vy
PRBy 2 3333 38 DI Tres
2 >. .
> > 34> 953 BE355 BRERA
UY
Fie. 25.—Rostromontia granulifer. a, ocular tubercle; 6, leg 1; c, femur
of palp below.
distinct black reticulate markings; closely resembling R. truncata,
the granules of dorsal scute and free tergites larger, ocular tubercle
somewhat differently shaped (fig. 25, a), with a row of small granules
only in the middle of the posterior surface of tubercle; carapace
behind ocular tubercle with 2 oblique or transverse rows of 5-6
granules each, the cleft between them broadly A-shaped; granules
of areas and free tergites as in R. truncata but stouter, sternites as in
truncata ; coxae II-IV with more definite and larger granules than in
———
ee —e C—O eee
392 Annals of the South African Museum.
truncata, coxa IV with 5 granules along its posterior margin growing
successively larger distally and projecting over the cleft between coxa
IV and stigma-bearing sternite. Pedipalp: femur much deeper than
wide and strongly flattened from side to side with 3 distinct sharp teeth
above and 1 small round granule near the base, below as in fig. 25, c;
patella, tibia, and tarsus resembling truncata ; chelicera as in truncata,
segment I ending distally above in a blunt tooth, segment IT with
tooth-like granules similar to those of truncata but stronger. Leg I as
in fig. 25, b, tarsal segments of III and IV short and stout; tarsal
seoments 1,3; I1,5; Ill,4; IV, 4.
Measurements.—Length of body 3-8, pedipalps 5-7 mm.
©. Asin g but differing in the following particulars : ocular tubercle
with a lateral row of 7-8 granules at its base; pedipalp: patella with
a tooth-like granule at its inner, not its outer, distal apex; tibia with
4 seta-tipped teeth and some smaller granules on the outer side, 3-4
teeth on the inner side, inferior surface of tibia with coarse transverse
ridges ; tarsus as in 6; chelicera as in g, the II segment, however,
without 3 tooth-like granules on its outer surface near the apex ; femur
of leg I not armed inferiorly or with 1—2 low seta-tipped tubercles. The
2 can be distinguished from the 3 most readily by the armature of the
tibia of the pedipalp which is distinctly stronger than in the g; the pedi-
palps in proportion to the body are noticeably smaller than in the d.
Measurements.—Length of body 3-7, pedipalps 4:3 mm.
Types, 1 g, 1 9, Kalk Bay, Cape Town. Other specimens: 2 3,
1 9, Blinkwater Ravine, Table Mountain ; 1 3, Newlands, Cape Town.
Rostromontia lasposoma nu. sp.
(Text-fig. 26, a-.)
g. Colour yellow. Carapace defined posteriorly by an incomplete
procurved groove; ocular tubercle large, blunt (fig. 26, a); whole of
dorsal surface of body with fine matt granulation, no spines but a few
minute granules; areas of dorsal scute defined by grooves passing
across the scute to meet a lateral groove ; posterior margin of dorsal
scute and free tergites with a transverse row of minute, barely dis-
cernible seta-tipped granules ; sternites matt, posterior ones with 1-2
rows of setae; coxae matt, I and II with inferior surfaces covered
with irregularly placed round granules, especially distally, anterior
margin of I without 2 large conical tubercles, II with an enlarged tooth-
like granule at its posterior distal apex, III with a row of small round
granules along its posterior and anterior margins, IV with a similar
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 393
row along its posterior margin, inferior surface of IV without granules.
Pedipalp seen from inner side (fig. 26, c) ; trochanter with 1 large outer
and 1 small inner tooth ; femur strongly granular on the inner surface,
Fic. 26.—Rostromontia lisposoma. a, ocular tubercle; 6, chelicera; c, palp from
inner side; d, leg III, all of ¢; e, chelicera; f, palp from outer side of Q.
smooth on the outer surface, below with 4 strong teeth on the outer
side, the first longer and stronger than the rest, on the inner side 1
small tooth opposite the large outer basal tooth and a large tooth near
the middle, median strip of bead-like granulation absent ; patella un-
armed, tibia and tarsus as in fig. 26, c; chelicera as in fig. 26, b, a few
indistinct granules on its anterior surface; femora of all legs armed
inferiorly with a row of granules, those of III (fig. 26, d) conical and
394 Annals of the South African Museum.
distinctly longer than in the other legs, tarsal segments of III very
short and stout; tarsal segments 1,3; IT,5; III, 4; IV, 4.
Measurements.—Length of body 4:5, pedipalps 5-2 mm.
@. Asin ¢ with the following differences: teeth on inferior surface
of femur of pedipalp much smaller, about half the size of those of
the S$ ; inner surface of femur matt, a patch of granules at distal apex
but not elsewhere, outer surface smooth ;» femur of leg III similar to
that of ¢ with 3-4 conical granules inferiorly larger than those of
remaining legs; pedipalps much smaller in proportion to body than
ing. Figs. 26, f, e, represent respectively the pedipalp and chelicera
of a 9 from Swellendam.
Measurements.—Length of body 4-3, pedipalps 4 mm.
Types, 1 3g, 2 99, Newlands, Cape Town. Other specimens: 3 99,
Constantia, Cape Town; 3 99, River Zonder End, Swellendam; 1 9,
Hottentots Holland Mountains; 1 9, Swellendam.
This species resembles the North American form Sclerobunus
robustus Packard in the absence of body armature and the spination
of the pedipalp, especially the dorsal surface of the femur, see figs.
746, a, b, p. 596, Die Weberknechte der Erde, Roewer.
Rostromontia capensis 0. sp.
(Text-fig. 27, a-h.)
3. Colour yellow brown; ocular tubercle and outline of carapace
as in fig. 27, c, a row of small granules laterally to and in front of ocular
tubercle, ocular tubercle with a number of small granules on its
posterior surface and sides; the first 4 areas each with a transverse
row of granules in the middle and a row of minute granules along its
posterior border, area V and free tergites with only the one row of
larger granules in the middle; whole of dorsal surface of body with a
background of fine matt granulation; sternites matt with a single
transverse row of small granules in the middle, coxae shiny with
some rather indistinct transverse rows of granules in the middle,
I with 2 large conical teeth at anterior distal apex. Pedipalp seen
from inner side (fig. 27, a); trochanter with a small tooth above
and below; femur with 3 large teeth above and 2 (sometimes 3)
much smaller conical ones near the basal one but situated more
mesially, below with 4 large teeth on the outer side, some small round
shiny granules on the inner side, between these a median row of fine
bead-like granules ; patella unarmed except for a blunt tooth at its
distal outer apex; tibia not armed with teeth but an irregular row
The Harvest-sprders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 395
of about 11 small low granules extending almost the whole length of
inner side, outer side with about 4-6 similar granules; tarsus as in
fig. 27, b; chelicera as in fig. 27, e, anterior surface with a sharp tooth
near its distal apex, inner surface with 3 teeth, the most distal one
round and granuliform. Legs long and slender, femur I with a row
of granules inferiorly not much stronger than those of remaining
Fie. 27.—Rostromontia capensis. 3: a, femur of palp from inner side ; 6, tarsus
of palp ; c, ocular tubercle ; d, tarsus III ; e, chelicera. Q: f, ocular tubercle :
g, femur of palp from inner side ; h, tibia of palp. E
femora; 3 terminal segments of tarsus III (fig. 27, d), longer than
broad (in the other species of the genus these segments are broader
than long) ; tarsal segments 3:5:4: 4.
Measurements.—Length of body 3-2, chelicerae 4-6 mm.
@. As in 3 with the following differences: terminal spine of ocular
tubercle distinctly shorter (fig. 27, f); pedipalp seen from inner side
(fig. 27,9); the 2 small basal teeth on the inner side of the femur are
always absent, the outer row of teeth on inferior surface are much
smaller than in ¢; tibia inferiorly with the outer row of granules
much larger than in the g, tipped with long setae, inner row small
396 Annals of the South African Museum.
and seta-tipped, tarsus below with more numerous setae than in g;
chelicera as in ¢ but the granules much smaller.
Measurements.—Length of body 3-1, chelicerae 3-3 mm.
The presence of the 2 small basal teeth on the inner side of the femur
is a good means of distinguishing the males; the spine of the ocular
tubercle is nearly always longer in the g than in the 9, though there
are a few specimens in which this is not so ; as usual, the pedipalps are
much larger and stouter in proportion to the body in the g than in
the. Thisis by far the most common Opilionid in the Cape Peninsula,
there being about 80 specimens in the Museum’s collection from locali-
ties in the Peninsula, mostly different parts of Table Mountain.
Types, 6 3d, 7 99, Newlands, Cape Peninsula.
Gen. CRYPTOBUNUS N. gen.
Differing from the other South African genera of Triaenonychinae
chiefly in that the calcaneus of the I and II legs is longer than the
astragalus instead of being much shorter; dorsal scute without
armature and without transverse grooves; anterior margin of cara-
pace with 5 conical granules; coxa I below with | blunt tubercle at
its anterior distal border; stigmae hidden; pedipalp femur with a
median strip of short cylindrical setae below; femur of leg I not
armed inferiorly ; median prong of claws of tarsi III and IV much
stouter than the lateral claws; tarsal segments 3:5:4: 4.
One species, Natal.
Cryptobunus setifemur n. sp.
(Text-fig. 28, a-g.)
Colour light brown; anterior margin of carapace with 5 conical
seta-tipped granules, the middle one situated just anteriorly to the
ocular tubercle; ocular tubercle as in fig. 28, a, seen from the side,
with a short terminal process ; whole of dorsal scute covered with fine
dust-like granulation without spines or granules except 4 median pairs
of obsolete granules in the posterior half; dorsal scute without any
indication of transverse grooves but with well-defined lateral and
posterior grooves; posterior margin of dorsal scute with a median
pair, free tergites with a transverse row of obsolete granules ; sternites
matt; coxae with their inferior surfaces without granules but not
shiny, coxa I with a large tubercle at its anterior distal apex, II with
5-6 rounded granules along its posterior distal margin, IV with 3-4
similar granules along its anterior distal margin and 2-3 longer club-
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 397
shaped granules at its posterior distal margin projecting backwards
to meet 2-3 similar granules at the sides of the stigma-bearing sternite ;
oO
Fic. 28.—Cryptobunus setifemur. a, ocular tubercle; 6, chelicera ; c, tibia—tarsus
of palp; d, femur of palp from inner side; e, from below; f, metatarsus—
tarsus of leg 1; g, femur I.
pedipalp as in fig. 28, d, seen from the inner side; trochanter with 2
small teeth above, 1 large one below ; femur with 4 teeth above, some
small and large teeth on outer side below, none on inner side except at
apex, a median strip of fine short cylindrical setae differing markedly
from the usual fine bead-like granulation of other genera ; femur below
as in fig. 28,e; patella unarmed, tibia as in fig. 28, c, showing the
398 Annals of the South African Museum.
armature of the inner side, the outer side similar, tarsus as in fig. 28, c;
chelicera as in fig. 28, 6; legs: femur I as in fig. 28, g, remaining femora
unarmed, metatarsus and tarsus of leg I as in fig. 28, f, the calcaneus
longer than the astragalus, their articulating point not clearly defined ;
tarsal segments 3:5:4: 4.
Measurements.—Length of body 3-6, breadth 2:3, pedipalps 3-3 mm.
Type, 1 specimen, Pietermaritzburg, Natal.
Gen. AUSTROMONTIA 0. gen.
Resembling Rostromontia in most of its characters but differing
therefrom in the second tarsus, having 4 instead of 5 segments ; dorsal
scute divided by transverse grooves into areas; coxa I below with
2 blunt tubercles at its anterior distal border; stigmae hidden;
chelicerae with the upper surface of segment I ending in a pointed
tooth or process; tarsus of leg I consisting of 3, remaining tarsi of 4
segments ; calcaneus of metatarsi I and II shorter but not much
shorter than astragalus; femur I not armed below; median prong
of claws of tarsi III and IV stouter than the lateral prongs.
Three species, Western Cape Province.
Key to species.
1. Femur of pedipalp below with a large compound tooth on the outer side near
the base, figs. 30,a; 3l,d . : : : : : : ; 2.
Femur below without a large compound tooth, the large teeth on the outer
side simple and homogeneous, fig. 29, e . : : . stlvatica, p. 398.
2. Femur of pedipalp below with a bifid tooth on the outer side near the base
capensis, p. 400.
Femur of pedipalp below with a trifid tooth on the outer side near the base
caledonica, p. 402.
Austromontia silvatica n. sp.
(Text-fig. 29, a-g.)
2. Colour.—Body brown, the segments bordered posteriorly with
black, appendages brown variegated with black. Body closely and
finely beset with small round granules; anterior margin of carapace
with 1 seta-tipped granule on each side of the ocular tubercle ; ocular
tubercle as in fig. 29, b, with some round shiny granules on its lateral
and posterior slopes more numerous on the posterior slope; area
behind ocular tubercle with 3 short medially interrupted rows of
round seta-tipped granules, the anterior row consisting of 1, the
middle of 3, the posterior of 6 on each side; the 4 areas each with a
i I tt ret
Fic. 29.—Austromontia silvatica. 2: a, chelicera; 6, ocular tubercle; c, tibia—
tarsus of palp below ; d, femur of palp below ; e, frominner side. ¢: f, outer
side of tarsus of palp; g, segment I of chelicera.
400 Annals of the South African Museum.
posterior bordering row of small granules and a shorter anterior row
not reaching the sides and interrupted in the middle; fifth area and
free tergite I provided with only 1 middle row, free tergite I] with
2 rows; sternites finely shagreened with an anterior row of small
round granules ; coxae shiny below, without granules, IJ and IV with
a distal patch of fine granulation, that of IV larger than II; coxa I
with 2 stout conical tubercles situated along its anterior distal margin.
Pedipalp seen from the inner side (fig. 29, e), from below (fig. 29, d) ;
trochanter with 1 tooth below, 2 above, femur below with 3 large teeth
in its proximal two-thirds on the outer side, a row of 5-6 denticles on
the inner side, a strip of fine granulation between these rows ; femur
above with 3 teeth, the distal one smaller than the others and a group
of 5 small teeth near the distal inner apex; inner side of femur
covered with fine matt granulation, outer side smooth; patella with
1 tooth on the inner side, tibia and tarsus as in fig. 29,c; chelicerae as
in fig. 29, a, segment I with a hooked tooth at its superior distal apex,
a saddle-shaped dorsal depression situated well behind the middle of
the segment ; neither femur of leg I nor those of the other legs armed
below ; calcaneus of metatarsus I, 4-4 the length of astragalus, cal-
caneus of metatarsus II, }—-{ the length of astragalus ; tarsal segments
3:4:4:4,
Measurements.—Total length 3-2, pedipalps 3-7 mm.
g. As in 9 with the following differences: the terminal process of
ocular tubercle slightly longer than in 2; pedipalps much larger and
longer in proportion to the body than in 9, see measurements below ;
tibia with smaller teeth, at the sides below, outer side of tarsus as
in fig. 29, f, inner side with 5 teeth ; segment I of chelicerae propor-
tionally longer than in @ (fig. 29, 9).
Measurements.—Length of body 2-7, pedipalps 5:3 mm.
Types, 4 33, 2 99, Knysna, Cape Province.
Austromontia capensis Nn. sp.
(Text-fig. 30, af.)
Colour yellow brown; anterior margin of carapace with 3 small
seta-tipped granules on each side; ocular tubercle as in fig. 30, e,
seen from the side; area behind ocular tubercle with 2 short longi-
tudinal parallel rows of 3-4 small granules ; areas I-IV each bordered
posteriorly with a row of small granules, a row of larger seta-tipped
granules in the middle (these much fewer in number and not reaching
the lateral grooves) ; area V and free tergites I and II with a single
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 401
tow of larger granules, III free tergite with 2 rows of granules ; stigma-
____ bearing sternite with a row of setae at each side, remaining sternites
Fie. 30.—Austromontia capensis. a, femur of palp from inner side; 6, from
below ; c, femur I; d, chelicera; e, ocular tubercle; f, tarsus of palp from
outer side.
with an anterior row of obsolete granules; coxae below smooth and
shiny without armature except I, which has two conical tubercles on
its anterior distal margin; genital operculum smooth, broader than
long. Pedipalp: femur differing from A. silvatica in having a large
402 Annals of the South African Museum.
bifid tooth near the base on the outer side below, distally to this 5
smaller teeth (fig. 30, a), no denticles or enlarged granules on the inner
side but the usual strip of bead-like granulation in the middle ; inner
side of femur with matt granulation and a group of 3 teeth near distal
apex, one of these large (fig. 30, 6, showing outline of femur from below);
outer side of femur smooth and shiny; femur above with 4 teeth ;
patella unarmed, tibia below with some small irregularly placed
granules at the sides, 2 teeth near its inner distal apex, tarsus on the
outer side as in fig. 30, f, on the inner side with 3 teeth; chelicera
as in fig. 30, d, segment I with a tooth-like process at its superior
apex on the inner side, this process directed slightly inwards ; femur
I armed below as in fig. 30, ¢; calcaneus much shorter than astragalus
in metatarsi I and II; tarsal segments 3:4:4: 4.
Measurements.—Length of body 3, pedipalps 3-8 mm.
Type, 1 2(?), Platteklip Ravine, Table Mountain. Other speci-
mens: 1 9, St James; 2 99, Newlands, Cape Town.
Austromontia caledonica un. sp.
(Text-fig. 31, a—d.)
Colour.—Body olive brown with blackish reticulate infuscation,
pedipalps and appendages yellowish brown; anterior margin of
carapace with 2 seta-tipped granules on each side; ocular tubercle
seen from the side as in fig. 31, 6, a seta-tipped granule on each side
at its base anteriorly, posterior slope in the middle with a row of about
5 seta-tipped round granules; area behind ocular tubercle with 2
short anteriorly converging rows of 3-4 small granules; areas I-IV
with a posterior marginal row of small granules, a row of larger seta-
tipped conical granules in the middle, the 2 central ones in each row
slightly enlarged, these rows consisting of more numerous granules
than in capensis and reaching or nearly reaching the lateral grooves ;
fifth area and I and II free tergites with 1, III free tergite with 2
rows of conical granules ; stigma-bearing sternite with | anterior row
of small granules, remaining sternites with 2 rows of similar granules ;
coxae below smooth and shiny, coxa I with 2 conical tubercles at its
anterior distal margin, the distal one bifid; genital operculum smooth,
longer than broad. Pedipalp: femur (fig. 31, d, seen from inner side)
as in capensis except that the large basal tooth on the outer side
below is trifid, a group of 2 teeth near the apex on inner side, one of
these large, above 3 instead of 4 teeth; patella unarmed, tibia with
some irregularly-placed granules at the sides, 2 short stout teeth near
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 403
the apex and 1 near the base on the inner side; tarsus as in capensis ;
chelicera as in fig. 31, a, segment I with 2 moderate teeth above, near
(CE
Fic. 31.—Austromontia caledonica. a, chelicera; 6, ocular tubercle; c, femur I;
d, femur of palp from inner side.
distal apex; femur I armed as in fig. 31, c; calcaneus of metatarsi
I and II much shorter than astragalus; tarsal segments, 3:4:4: 4.
Measurements.—Length of body 2-3, pedipalps 3:9 mm.
Type, 1 g (2), Caledon, Cape Province.
Gen. BIACUMONTIA n. gen.
Ocular tubercle with 1 or 2 terminal processes ; dorsal scute divided
into areas by well-defined grooves, a lateral groove present ; armature
of body consisting of a background of small round granules, the areas
of dorsal scute and free tergites with 1 or 2 rows of larger conical
seta-tipped granules ; stigmae hidden; coxa I with 2 large tubercles
along its anterior margin ; pedipalp with tibia long and weakly armed ;
segment II of chelicerae with a row of about 17 minute comb-like teeth
on the inner side; tarsal segments, especially of II, long and slender,
calcaneus of metatarsus I and II long; median prong of claw of tarsi
III and IV stouter than the lateral claws, tarsus I with 2, II with 4,
III and IV each with 3 segments.
Four species, Cape Province.
404 Annals of the South African Museum.
Key to species.
1. Ocular tubercle with a posterior spine-like process (fig. 33, a), caleaneus of
metatarsus IT only a little shorter than astragalus . cornuta, p. 406.
Ocular tubercle without a posterior spine-like process (fig. 32, c), calcaneus of
metatarsus II about 4 length of astragalus : ; se
2. Areas of dorsal scute with a double row of enlarged saaies teat on inferior
outer surface of pedipalp femur round and truncate (fig. 34, f)
truncatidens, p. 408.
Areas of dorsal scute with a single row of enlarged granules, teeth on inferior
outer surface of pedipalp femur more or less pointed (fig. 35, c) . ree
3. Areas of dorsal scute with the middle pair of granules enlarged (fig. 32, 5b),
inferior outer surface of pedipalp femur with only 4 large teeth (fig. 32, g)
paucidens, p. 404.
Areas of dorsal scute with the middle pair of granules not enlarged, inferior
outer surface of pedipalp femur with at least 7 large teeth (fig. 35, c)
fissidens, p. 410.
Biacumontia paucidens n. sp.
(Text-fig. 32, a-g.)
3. Colour.—Legs and trunk yellow brown with blackish infuscations,
dorsal scute with a distinct blackish vertebral stripe (sometimes
doubled) above, the sides blackish; free tergites I and II black in
anterior half, yellow in posterior half, III free tergite black ; pedipalps
yellow.
Dorsal scute covered with small granules, anterior lateral angles of
carapace, posterior surface of ocular tubercle, and segment posterior
to ocular tubercle comparatively smooth; ocular tubercle with a
rather slender spine, a swollen enlargement posteriorly (fig. 32, c); areas
of dorsal scute bordered posteriorly by a distinct row of small granules
similar to those at the sides of the ocular tubercle, area I with an
anterior row in addition, area IV bordered posteriorly with a strip of
granules more than 1 deep; areas with a single row of enlarged
conical seta-tipped granules, area I with about 4, II with 7, III with
8, IV with the row extending almost the whole width of the scute ;
the middle pair of these rows larger than the remaining granules in
areas I-III, those of IV either not larger or smaller than the remaining
granules, area V with a single row of enlarged granules, its posterior
half matt; anterior half of free tergites I and II with 2 rows of granules,
the anterior one abbreviated, posterior half matt, III free tergite with
2 well-separated rows of enlarged granules; sternites with a row of
small round fairly close-set granules in anterior half ; coxae as in other
species of Biacumontia.
. The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 405
Pedipalp : femur as in fig. 32, g, seen from outer side, fig. 32, f, seen
from inner side, a row of 4 large and 3 much smaller pointed teeth on
Fie. 32.—Biacumontia paucidens. a, chelicera; b, body from side; c, ocular
tubercle; d, tibia of palp from outer side; e, femur of palp from above ;
f, from inner ; g, from outer side.
outer side below; inner side with 4 sharp subapical teeth near the
upper surface, these teeth seen from above as in fig. 32, e; upper
surface of femur without sharp teeth but with 5 low granules ; outer
side of tibia as in fig. 32, d, inner side unarmed, tarsus with about
VOU,
« c < Pa >
é we © ,
crlume cS Sey £ cma
R
Fic. 37.—Graemontia bifidens. a, dorsal surface of body; 6, body from side ;
¢, anterior portion of body; d, ocular tubercle; e, palp; f, anterior margin
of coxa l; g, chelicera; h, femur of leg I.
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 415
the middle line but curving upwards to the base of the ocular tubercle
(fig. 37, c), a single similar isolated granule in front of ocular tubercle ;
seen from the side, ocular tubercle with a narrow terminal spine,
2 club-shaped granules on its posterior surface about the level of the
eyes (fig. 37, d) ; carapace and dorsal scute with rows of lobed granules
similar to those on anterior margin of carapace but a little smaller,
arranged as in figs. 37, a, c; areas represented by transverse rows of
lobed granules, areas I-II with 0, III with 2, [IV and V with 4 long
cylindrical granules in the middle in addition to the lobed granules ;
free tergites with 8-10 long cylindrical granules, some lobed granules
amongst them; sternites matt with a well-spaced row of small round
granules ; inferior surfaces of coxae matt fairly smooth in the middle,
the sutures forming their boundariesfilled up with small round granules,
anterior margin of coxa I with 5 seta-tipped papilliform granules as in
fig. 37, f. Pedipalp as in fig. 37, e, seen from inner side armed with
long slender spines, these tipped with stout setae, femur inferiorly
without a strip of fine granulation in the middle; chelicera unarmed
as in fig. 37, g. Legs: leg I with trochanter and femur armed as in
fig. 37, h, femur with superior as well as inferior long spines, remaining
segments unarmed, femora of remaining legs unarmed ; coxa II with
a row of 3 granules at its posterior margin near apex, the distal one
much larger than the others, coxa IV with 5 granules on its anterior
distal margin.
Measurements.—Total length 2-4, pedipalps 2:7 mm.
Types, 2 specimens (sex ?), Stones Hill, Grahamstown. Types in
Albany Museum, Grahamstown.
Graemontia dentichelis n. sp.
(Text-fig. 38, a—d.)
Colour.—Body light yellow with some greenish infuscation, legs
olive green, pedipalps light yellow.
Dorsal scute with a background of small fine spicular granulation ;
anterior margin of carapace with a straight row of about 18 lobed
granules not broken in the middle and curving up towards the ocular
tubercle, these granules with more distinct lobes than in bifidens ;
ocular tubercle seen from the side as in fig. 38, a, with some lobed
granules at the sides, 2 lobed granules above the marginal row an-
teriorly at the base of the ocular tubercle ; lobed granules on carapace
arranged in rows forming a pattern as in bifidens but less regular ;
large cylindrical granules on areas II-IV and free tergites not differing
416 Annals of the South African Museum.
so markedly from the smaller lobed granules as in bifidens; here,
though longer than wide, they are divided into several small lobes at
their apices, the sides provided with small granules, almost moruliform ;
areas with 2-4 larger granules in the middle, area V and free tergites
with rows composed mostly of large cylindrical granules with some
smaller ones filling the interspaces.
Pedipalp : femur as in fig. 38, c, seen from the inner side; chelicera
as in fig. 38, d, the anterior surface of segment II with 2-3 large
ry
=
Fic. 38.—Graemontia dentichelis. a, ocular tubercle ; 6, anterior margin of coxal;
c, femur of palp ; d, chelicera.
teeth ; femur of leg I armed much as in befidens (fig. 37, h), anterior
margin of coxa I as in fig. 38, b; legs very long and slender, especially
II; tarsal segments 3:8:4: 4.
Measurements.—Length of body 2-6, pedipalps 3-8; leg II, 11-6 mm.
Type, 1 3, Hogsback, Amatola Mountains. Typein Albany Museum,
Grahamstown.
Gen. MONOMONTIA 0. gen.
Ocular tubercle stout and short, terminal process short; dorsal
scute divided into areas by deep clear grooves passing across the scute
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 417
to meet the lateral grooves; dorsum comparatively smooth without
large or modified granules, areas of dorsal scute with 2 rows of small
granules; coxa I below with 2 tubercles along its anterior margin ;
pedipalps and chelicerae not strongly armed, femur of pedipalp with a
row of strong teeth on outer side below, inferior surface with a strip
of fine granulation in the middle; stigmae hidden; femur of leg I
armed below, tarsal segments of leg I short and deep ; calcaneus of all
legs much shorter than astragalus ; median prong of claws of tarsi III
and IV stronger than the lateral claws; tarsal segments I, 3; II, 3;
Ill, 4; IV, 4.
Two species, Hastern Cape Province.
Key to species.
1. Pedipalp femur on outer side below with 4 teeth, inner surface with 3 teeth
(figs 39, d) : : ‘ : 5 : : : atra, p. 417.
Pedipalp femur on outer side below with 6 teeth, inner surface with at least
7 teeth (fig. 40, b) . d 5 : of ih ahs : . rattray, p. 418.
Monomontia atra n. sp.
(Text-fig. 39, a-f.)
Colour.—Body and legs blackish with a greenish tinge, carapace a
little lighter, pedipalps with blackish reticulate infuscation except
patella and tibia above, which are yellow.
Anterior margin of carapace with 2 small granules on each side of the
ocular tubercle; ocular tubercle seen from the side (fig. 39, c), with
2 sharp granules on its posterior surface; background of dorsal
surface of body quite smooth, area posterior to ocular tubercle with
a few minute round granules in the middle; areas I-IV with 2 rows
of granules, a row of larger conical seta-tipped granules in the middle,
and a row of minute round granules along its posterior border
(fig. 39, a); area V and free tergites with 1 row of larger granules ;
sternites with 1 anterior row of small granules; coxae smooth and
shiny except II and IV which have a small distal patch of fine matt
granulation, coxa I with 2 tubercles along its anterior margin, the
distal one bifid.
Pedipalp: femur and trochanter seen from the inner side as in
fig. 89, d, under surface of tibia smooth and slightly concave with
4 blunt seta-tipped teeth on each side below; tarsus with 3 sharp
teeth on each side below; chelicera as in fig. 39, f, unarmed; leg I
armed as in fig. 39, e, tarsal segments stouter and more thick-set than
418 Annals of the South African Museum.
those of remaining legs, remaining legs unarmed; tarsal segments
3:3:4:4.
Measurements.—Length of body 3-5, breadth 3, pedipalps 3 mm.
a
Fic. 39.—Monomontia atra. a, dorsal surface; 6, lateral view of body; c, ocular
tubercle ; d, femur of palp from inner side; e, leg I; f, chelicera.
Type, 1 (Q ?), Hogsback, Amatola Mountains. Type in the Albany
Museum, Grahamstown.
Monomontia rattrayi nu. sp.
(Text-fig. 40, a-e.)
Colour.—Body and legs blackish with a greenish tinge, pedipalps
yellow, bases of femur and tibia, apical 2 of tarsus blackish.
Lhe Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 419
Anterior margin of carapace with a few small indistinct granules on
each side of ocular tubercle; ocular tubercle seen from the side as in
Fic. 40.—Monomontia rattrayi. a, ocular tubercle; 6, femur of palp from inner
side ; c, from above; d, leg I; e, chelicera.
fig. 40, a, the terminal process longer and slenderer but otherwise
resembling atra ; segment posterior to ocular tubercle with 2 rows of
minute granules along its posterior border, otherwise dorsal scute and
free tergites armed as in atra; sternites and coxae as in atra.
Pedipalp : femur seen from inner side as in fig. 40, 6, inner surface
420 Annals of the South African Museum.
of femur near upper side with 5 teeth, 2 lower teeth in the middle near
distal apex, inferior outer surface with a row of 6 teeth, the 2 distal
ones much smaller than the rest; tibia on outer side with 6, on inner
side with 4 granules, none of these large or distinct, inferior surface
sparsely granular; chelicera as in fig. 40,e; tarsus on outer side near
the base with alow bilobed tooth and 4 other minute teeth, inner side
with 3 teeth ; leg I armed as in fig. 40,d; tarsal segments3:3:4: 4.
Measurements.—Length of body 2-9, breadth 2-6, pedipalps 4 mm.
Types, 2 ($3) ?, Hast London. Typesin Albany Museum, Grahams-
town.
Gen. AcUMONTIA Loman.
1898. Loman, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 1, p. 528.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 609.
Carapace smaller than scutum ; anterior margin of carapace without
grooves and its upper surface on each side with or without teeth ;
ocular tubercle rising directly from the anterior margin of carapace and
with I median spine; areas I-IV with a pair of tubercles or spines in
the middle; area V and free tergites I-III unarmed or with 1 pair of
spines or tubercles in the middle; stigmae hidden; femur of leg I
armed below; calcaneus of metatarsi I-IV much shorter than astra-
galus ; terminal section of tarsus I consisting of 2 segments, that of
II of 3 segments; tarsus I with 5 segments, II with more than 6
segments, III and IV with each 4 segments; median prong of claws
of tarsi III and IV much stouter than the lateral prong.
One species, Natal. 7
Acumontia natalensis n. sp.
(Text-fig. 41, a-e.)
Colour olive brown, carapace and dorsal scute at the sides with
some lighter patches; carapace finely shagreened ; anterior margin
of carapace without teeth at the sides ; dorsal scute finely shagreened,
not divided into areas by transverse grooves, the areas represented by
transverse rows of granules not reaching the sides, a pair in the middle
of each row enlarged and spine-like (fig. 41, a), the third pair the
largest; fifth area and the free tergites with a transverse row of
granules reaching to the sides; ocular tubercle as in fig. 41, a, seen
from the side; sternites finely shagreened with a row of small
granules in the middle; coxae finely shagreened, I with an anterior
row of 4 long conical seta-tipped spines, II with a single row of small
granules in the middle, III and IV without granules. Pedipalp,
Lhe Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 421
especially tibia and tarsus, armed with long spine-like teeth which are
provided at their tips with stout setae, some of which are bent at right
angles to the teeth; trochanter with 2 spines below, one of which is
Fie. 41.—Acumontia natalensis. a, body from side; 6, femur of palp below;
c, palp ; d, chelicera ; e, leg I.
minute, 1 denticle above ; femur as in fig. 41, c, seen partly from the
side, partly from below, with 4 spines above, and seen from below
(fig. 41, b), 4 large teeth below along the outer side and a row of about
6 round denticles on the inner side ; inner surface with 2 large teeth ;
patella, tibia, and tarsus strongly armed with long spine-like teeth
(fig. 41, c); chelicera as in fig. 41, d; leg I with femur armed as in
fig. 41, e; tarsal segments 5: 10-11:4: 4.
VOl, . AG.
10. Segment I of chelicerae more or less granular above. . leighi, p. 497.
Segment I of chelicerae smooth , : : 5 : , ; = gael
11. Pedipalps smooth . : : : : : . transvaalicus, p. 494.
Pedipalps with femur sparsely granular below. : . minor, p. 496.
12. Carapace between anterior margin and ocular tubercle with about 20 equal-
sized spines . : : 5 : : ; : . crassus, p. 495.
1 median spine on anterior margin of carapace larger than the rest, carapace
between anterior margin and ocular tubercle with about 10 spines
spenceri, p. 498.
The following species of Rhampsinitus are not included in the above
keys as not occurring in the South African region : R. ater, quadrispina
spinifrons, filipes, lettowr, pictus, montanus, niger, bettonr, from East
Africa ; pachylomerus from Abyssinia. Descriptions and figures of
these are given by Roewer in Die Weberknechte der Erde, pp. 784-795.
Rhampsinitus capensis n. sp.
(Text-fig. 68, a-e.)
S$. Colour.—Dorsal surface of body a light earthy brown, a median
strip and the area on each side of the ocular tubercle a little darker ;
all spines tipped with black, a V-shaped marking at anterior margin of
carapace in front of ocular tubercle blackish ; ventral surface of body
dirty white, sternites with 2 indistinct longitudinal brown stripes in
the middle, coxae with their distal # and some spots at their bases
brown, chelicerae a rich brown, segment I lighter above and blackish
below, segment IT blackish below, its anterior outer surface with some
dark brown spots, palp and legs dark brown ; body covered with long
The Harvest-spiders (Opilones) of South Africa. 479
black-tipped spines except on the grooves dividing the tergites, the
spines in the middle of the body long, longer than those on the ocular
tubercle, those at the sides of the body generally shorter than those
on the ocular tubercle, last 2 tergites with short spines, operculum
anale with none; anterior margin of carapace in the middle with
3 stout spines directed forwards and upwards, the middle one stouter
than the 2 lateral ones which are directed a little more upwards than
the middle one; behind each of these a row of 2-3 shorter spines ;
another spine on the anterior margin of carapace a little shorter than
the lateral spines and situated laterally to them (thus 5 spines on the
anterior margin of carapace) ; antero-lateral angles of carapace with
Fig. 68.—Rhampsinitus capensis. 4: a, ocular tubercle ; 6, chelicera from inner ;
c, from outer side; d, claws of chelicera enlarged ; e, palp.
a group of small spines, 1 or 2 at the sides of the ocular tubercle ;
ocular tubercle as in fig. 68, a, the number of spines varying consider-
ably, usually a large one alternating with a small one; behind ocular
tubercle a transverse row of spines extending across carapace ; coxae,
genital operculum, and sternites all uniformly and thickly (especially
coxae) covered with black-tipped granules.
Chelicerae as in fig. 68, 6, seen from inner side (fig. 68, c, seen from
outer side); segment I below with 5-6 large triangular teeth on the
outer side, on inner side with some granules near the base, otherwise
ventral and inner surface smooth ; whole of upper surface with strong
coarse spines varying considerably in size; segment II flattened on
inner side, rounded on outer side, basal third of its anterior surface
with small sharp granules. Pedipalp as in fig. 68, e. Legs: femur,
patella, and tibia of leg I stouter than those of other legs with 5 distinct
rows of spines ; upper surface with 3 rows, a middle and 2 lateral rows,
ventral surface with 1 row on each side; in addition an irregular row
480 Annals of the South African Museum.
of spines on each side between the dorso-lateral and ventro-lateral rows
(these rows not present in leg II) ; the spines of the dorsal rows larger
than those of the ventral rows in femur and patella, those of tibia more
or less equal sized ; femur I shortest, femur IT longest of legs; tarsal
segments I, 30; II, 64-67; III, 31-35; IV, 31-35.
Measurements—Length of body 6:5, greatest width 4-5, chelicerae
I+II, 2-1+3-8, pedipalps 5-7 mm.
2. Colouring asin 3. Spination; spines of dorsal surface of body
smaller than in J, the larger ones in the middle of the body more
distinctly demarcated from the smaller ones at the sides; coxae,
genital operculum, and sternites granular asin g; chelicerae unarmed
except for a few granules near upper apex of segment I; palp armed
asin ¢ but less strongly so; legs more slender, the spines smaller than
inthe g. Tarsal segments 29 : 61 : 29: 34.
Measurements.—Length of body 7-4, breadth 4-5, chelicerae 2:5,
pedipalps 3-8 mm.
Types, 5 3d, 2 99, Signal Hill, Cape Town. Other specimens: 4 36,
3 99, Signal Hill, Cape Town; 4 3d, 10 99, Table Mountain; 1 4,
19, St Helena Bay ; 2 99, Prince Albert Division ; 1 2, Gordon’s Bay ;
3 99, Kalk Bay.
Rhampsintus littoralis n. sp.*
(Text-fig. 69, a—d.)
$. Colour—Dorsum of body at the sides blackish brown mottled
with greyish spots, a darker longitudinal band in the middle expanding
on the thoracic segments and including ocular tubercle and most of the
carapace ; spines bordering the sides of the median darker band white,
those situated on the band itself and at the sides of the body greyish
brown; the middle of the three spimes on the anterior margin of
carapace white, the lateral ones brown; ventral surface of body dirty
white, 2 indistinct longitudinal brown stripes on the sternites extending
along the sides of the genital operculum, distal 3 of coxae brown,
some brown spots at their bases; chelicerae a rich brown, segment II .
lighter, the inner and outer sides except at apex speckled with small
black spots; pedipalp with tarsus and apical third of tibia yellow,
remainder dark brown; legs light brown, tibiae, especially apically,
a little darker, tibiae and patellae, especially of posterior legs, speckled
with small black spots above; colouring in general of the same type
as In capensis.
* Tn all probability Phalangium rhinoceros Strand, based on a Q from Simons-
town, Cape Province, is identical with this species.
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 481
Tergites with rather irregular single rows of spines consisting of
larger ones confined to the darker area in the middle (these a little
larger than the spines on the ocular tubercle), and smaller spines at |
the sides of the body (these distinctly smaller than the spines on the
ocular tubercle) ; in addition to these there are small scattered spines
between the transverse rows of spines on the tergites ; tergites VI and
VII with small spmes only, VIII and anal operculum with none ;
thoracic segments with a complete transverse row of small spines ;
anterior margin of carapace in the middle with 3 stout spines directed
more forwards than up-
wards, the middle one con-
siderably stouter than the
lateral ones, its axis in the
same plane or a little lower
than these; area between
these spines and _ ocular
tubercle smooth, devoid of
spines ; 3-4 small spines at
antero-lateral angles of cara-
pace, carapace generally with
much fewer spines than in
R. capensis ; ocular tubercle
with 4 short stout spines,
these constant mm number
not alternating with smaller
spines, an incomplete trans- Fic. 69.—Rhampsinitus littoralis. 3: a, ocu-
: lar tubercle; 6, palp; c, chelicera from
verse row of small spines
inside ; d, chelicera from outside.
behind ocular tubercle (fig.
69, a); coxa I with a few granules, remaining coxae, genital, oper-
culum, and sternites without granules. Chelicerae (fig. 69, d) seen
from outer side (fig. 69, c, seen from inner side), resembling those of
Rh. capensis; segment I below on outer side with an irregular double
row of about 9 teeth (in R. capensis a single row of 5-6), on inner
side a double row of spine-like granules in proximal % of segment;
segment II with a few granules basally on its anterior surface; pedipalp
spined as in fig. 69, 6, tibia smooth except for 1 or 2 spines proximally.
Legs spined as in Rf. capensis, differing in the tibiae, on which, except
for 2 inferior rows, the spines are barely perceptible ; tarsal segments
39 : 62 : 33 : 38-40.
Measurements.—Length of body 7, breadth 4, chelicerae I-+-II,
2:5-+4, pedipalps 6 mm.
482 Annals of the South African Museum.
9. Colour and spmation of body as in g; palp with weaker spina-
tion than in 3g, femur dorsally smooth, tibia with 1 or 2 minute
spines; chelicerae with some granules above on segment I, segment IT
smooth.
Measurements.—Length of body 6, breadth 4:3, chelicerae I-+-II, 3,
pedipalp 4-4; leg II, 28 mm.
Types, 2 3,4 99, Hermanus, Cape Province (collected R. Lightfoot,
1902). Other specimens: 18 gd, 52 99, Hermanus (collected C. de
Villiers and R. F. Lawrence, 1929). Other localities: St James,
Bergvliet, Cape Flats, Plumstead, Kalk Bay, Maitland, Retreat, all
Cape Peninsula. This species is allied to R. capensis in colouring and
especially in the structure of the 3 chelicerae; it can easily be dis-
tinguished from it by the fewer and smaller spines on the dorsum of
body, the spines of the ocular tubercle, and the absence of granulation
on the inferior surface of the body. Both species, it will be noted,
occur in the Cape Peninsula; capensis is in all probability a
monticolous form, while littoralas, which has not been recorded from
mountains, lives in flat, low-lying, sandy regions.
Rhampsinitus vittatus n. sp.
(Text-fig. 70, a-e.)
Colour.—Dorsum of body with a light brown longitudinal band in
the middle widening on the thoracic segments and forming a diamond-
shaped patch on carapace; a sinuous white band on each side of
median band reaching from posterior end of abdomen to anterior
margin of carapace, on the whole a little narrower than the median
band; laterally to these white bands the sides of the body from
posterior end of abdomen to thoracic tergites brown, a little darker
than the median band ; sternites and genital operculum white, coxae
light brown, mottled with white spots proximally; chelicerae with
segment I blackish brown below, yellowish brown above, segment II
light brown below, yellowish brown above, mottled with brown spots ;
pedipalp and legs light brown to yellow. Tergites each with a single
transverse row of minute spines, those bordering the sides of the
median band slightly larger; anterior margin of carapace (fig. 70, a)
with no large spines projecting forwards beyond its edge, area between
anterior margin of carapace and ocular tubercle smooth in the middle,
2 minute spines at the sides; antero-lateral angle of carapace with a
group of 4-5 small spines, I small spine laterally to eye tubercle ;
ocular tubercle (fig. 70, a) with 3 moderate spines above; all coxae,
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 483
genital operculum, and sternites smooth ; chelicerae as in fig. 70, 8,
seen from inner side (fig. 70, ¢, seen from outer side); segment I below
(fig. 70, d) with a broad irregular strip of granules on each side, those
of the outer side larger than those of the inner side, the strip tapering
distally on both sides, a narrow area between them smooth ; whole of
dorsal surface except near the base granular; segment II with some
weak granules basally on its anterior surface in the middle ; pedipalp
with femur (fig. 70, e) fairly densely covered with granules inferiorly,
femur above, patella and tibia with a few weak granules, tarsus
smooth. Legs: femora with the usual 5 rows of spine-like granules,
3 above and 2 below, femur I with a sixth accessory row in proximal
Fic. 70.—Rhampsinitus vittatus. g; a, ocular tubercle ; b, chelicera from under
side; c, chelicera from outer side; d, segment I of chelicera below ; e, palp.
half between the dorso-lateral and infero-lateral rows only on the
outer side; patellae with a few rows of minute spines, tibiae quite
smooth except for 2 inferior rows of minute spines in I; tarsal seg-
ments 42 : 73 : 43 : 47.
Measurements.—Length of body 5-5, breadth 3-7, pedipalps 6-2,
chelicerae [+I], 2:2+3:7 mm.
Types, 2 gd, Sir Lowry’s Pass, Hottentots Holland Mountains,
Caledon, Cape Province. This species is related to capensis and
littoralis.
Rhampsinitus longupalpis n. sp.
(Text-fig. 71, a0.)
3g. Colour.—Dorsum of body uniform dark brown, the spines black,
ocular tubercle and sides of carapace light brown; ventral surface
dirty white, coxae light brown with some ivory white stripes in the
484 Annals of the South African Museum.
middle ; chelicerae light brown, a little darker near the base of seg-
ment I, pedipalp yellowish brown, legs blackish brown. lighter
distally.
Tergites of abdomen (fig. 71, a) irregularly and fairly densely
covered with triangular spines, the longest of these a little shorter
than those on the ocular tubercle, not arranged in transverse rows
and with no indication of grooves dividing the tergites ; the spines in
the middle a little larger than those of the sides; carapace with
scattered spines fewer and smaller than those on the tergites, 1 larger
6
Fic. 71.—Rhampsinitus longipalpis. 3: a, body from the side; b, chelicera
from inner side.
spine at the side of ocular tubercle opposite the eye ; anterior margin
of carapace in front of ocular tubercle with 3 small spines, the middle
one smaller than the lateral ones, behind each of the latter 1 small
spine situated more mesially ; antero-lateral angles of carapace with
a group of 4-5 small spines; coxa I below with a few small granules,
remaining coxae with ventral surfaces smooth; chelicerae as in
fig. 71, b, seen from inner side, segment I with the spines of the upper
surface more numerous than those of the under surface, the sides
smooth ; segment II anteriorly at the base with some small spines,
otherwise smooth; pedipalp much longer than body or chelicerae,
about 4 times the length of body and 2 times the length of chelicerae,
femur below with a few minute granules tipped with short setae,
otherwise quite smooth. Legs very long, especially II, which is
nearly 12 times length of body; femora with the usual.5 rows of
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 485
short spines, no accessory rows present, tibiae smooth except in I,
which has 2 inferior rows of minute granules, patellae with some
irregular rows of minute spicules; femur II the longest, III the
shortest, thus: II, IV, I, III; tarsal segments 47 : 86 : 44 : 48-50.
Measurements.—Length of body 6-3, breadth 4-6, chelicerae [-+-IT =
5:7 + 7:4, pedipalp (femur + pat. tibia + tarsus) = 10 + 9 + 7:2
= 26-2 mm.
2. Colour.—Abdomen above with a black marking in the middle,
pointed at the sides in tergite II, then slightly constricted and parallel
sided in remaining tergites, this marking not continued anteriorly
on thoracic tergites; sides of abdomen light brown, carapace light
brown variegated with black spots and stripes, otherwise as in g;
spimation in general as in dg, thoracic segments with an irregular trans-
verse row of spines, a similar row behind ocular tubercle ; anterior
margin of carapace with | small spine in the middle ; ocular tubercle
above with 4 spines on the one side, 3 on the other; chelicerae
much smaller than in g, smooth; pedipalps much smaller than in
3S, smooth except for some minute granules on ventral surface of
femur and dorsal surface of patella; legs very long, especially I],
spines of femora much smaller than in 4g, absent on remaining
. segments.
Measurements.—Length of body 7, breadth 4-3, chelicerae 3-6,
palp 6:3; leg II, 72 mm.
Types, 4 gd, 1 9, East London, Cape Province.
Rhampsinitus unicolor n. sp.
(Text-fig. 72, a-c.)
Colour a uniform rich deep brown, femora of legs a little darker.
Abdomen with a single transverse row of minute spines in each tergite
somewhat irregular and interrupted ; thoracic tergite I with a trans-
verse row of small spines only in the middle, thoracic tergite II with a
complete transverse row of small spines, both these rows regular and
not interrupted ; anterior margin of carapace with a minute spine in
the middle, 2 spines a little farther back at each side, a few scattered
spines on carapace at the sides of ocular tubercle; ocular tubercle
with 3 spines above on each side, 1 small spine anteriorly at its base
(fig. 72, b); inferior surfaces of coxae I and II with a few minute
granules, those of II barely perceptible, remaining coxae, sternites,
and genital operculum smooth; chelicerae (fig. 72, a): inferior surface
VOL. XXIX, PART 2. 32
486 Annals of the South African Museum.
of segment I with an irregular interrupted row of spines on each side,
smooth in the middle ; dorsal surface sparsely but uniformly covered
with small spines, these distinctly
smaller than those of ventral surface ;
segment II with dorsal surface uni-
formly but sparsely covered with
small spines, those situated proximally
larger than the distal ones, ventral sur-
face similar, the sides smooth; pedi-
palp long, 3-4 times as long as body,
' 14 as long as chelicerae, very slender,
SA.
. 4 Lary
UY Ww oO
ent iy . ae
Vv L
a * -°& quite smooth. Legs long and slender,
vf : - & femora with the usual 5 rows of spines,
' / ventral surface of femur I with 2-3
=| enlarged spines at its inner apex
(fig. 72,c); patella I with 5 rows
of minute spines, tibia I with 2
inferior rows, remaining patellae
and tibiae smooth ; tarsal segments
44:67:43: 48.
_ Measurements.—Length of body
6:3, breadth 4-2, chelicerae I--II,
Fic. 72.—Rhampsinitus unicolor. a, 1-9, pedipalp (femur-+pat. tibia
ieee tubercle ; c, apex + tarsus) =8:5+6+7-8=22°3 ; leg
iM, 72h.
Type, 1 3, Shihowane, near Leydsdorp, Transvaal.
Rhampsinitus flavidus n. sp.
(Text-fig. 73, a—d.)
Colour.—Dorsal and ventral surfaces of body a uniform clay yellow
with a few black spots, all spines tipped with black ; chelicerae light
brown, segment I a little darker at its apex; pedipalp with whole of
femur, except at distal and proximal apices and tarsus, black, remainder
yellow ; legs light brown, a little darker than body, tarsi blackish ;
this coloration may be due to prolonged immersion in alcohol ;
abdominal and thoracic tergites with regular transverse rows of small
spines; carapace at sides of ocular tubercle with 1 fairly large spine
opposite the eye; between anterior margin of carapace and ocular
tubercle a group of 12-15 small spines not arranged in rows, anterior
margin of carapace at the sides with a row of 4 small spines; ocular
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 487
tubercle as in fig. 73, a, with 4 spines above ; coxae, sternites, genital
operculum smooth. Chelicerae as in fig. 73, b, seen from outer side
(fig. 73, c, seen from inner side); outer side of segment I with some
fairly long curved spines at its base below, above with some shorter
ones, outer side between the upper and lower spines smooth ; whole
of inner side with irregular sparse short spines ; segment IIT smooth on
the outer side, inner side with some minute black spicules at its base ;
pedipalps smooth. Legs: femur I with the usual 5 rows of spines,
Fic. 73.—Rhampsinitus flavidus. 3: a, ocular tubercle; 6, chelicera from outer
side; c, chelicera from inner side ; d, femur—patella of leg I.
below at apex with some enlarged spines on inner side as in fig. 73, d,
patella with 2 rows of spines below ending apically in 2-3 larger spines,
smooth above; tibia with 2 rows of minute spines below (much
smaller than those of femur and patella), quite smooth above;
remaining femora spined but without enlarged apical spines, patellae
and tibiae smooth ; tarsal segments 39 : 68 : 38 : 46.
Measurements.—Length of body 4:6, breadth 3, chelicerae I--II,
45, pedipalp (femur+pat. tibia+tarsus)=4:313+4-3,; lee II,
o4 mm.
Type, 1 3, Makoetsi, near Leydsdorp, Transvaal. Type in Trans-
vaal Museum.
Rhampsinitus levis n. sp.
(Text-fig. 74, a—d.)
g. Colour almost uniform pale yellow, probably due to prolonged
immersion in alcohol; abdomen with a median dark greyish coloured
band almost parallel sided, the lateral borders crenulated ; carapace
coloured similarly to median abdominal band except dorsal surface
488 Annals of the South African Museum.
of ocular tubercle and a triangular marking just posterior to it which
are pale yellow, carapace streaked with chocolate-brown stripes and
spots; ventral surface of abdomen pale, coxae in proximal half
ivory white, in distal half greyish; chelicerae with some brownish
infuscation on their inner sides, segment II] with some brown spots
on inner side; pedipalp pale yellow; legs almost uniform pale
yellow, tibiae and patellae mfuscated brown; abdominal tergites
Fie. 74.—Rhampsinitus levis. G: a, ocular tubercle; 6, chelicera from outer
side; c, chelicera from inner side; d, palp.
entirely smooth without rows of granules, first thoracic tergite with
a row of 2-4 short spines; anterior edge of carapace with 3 short
blunt spines, the middle one considerably larger and stouter than the
lateral ones, behind each of the lateral spines a larger spine, behind
the middle spine on anterior margin of carapace and about half-way
between this and ocular tubercle 2 small spines ; antero-lateral angles
of carapace with 1 small spine, a few small spines at the sides of the
ocular tubercle ; ocular tubercle as in fig. 74, a, with 4 pairs of short
blunt spines and im addition a few spicules; distal edge of coxae
above with 1 upwardly directed spine, inferior surfaces of coxae,
sternites, and genital operculum entirely smooth. Chelicerae as in
fig. 74, c, seen from inner side (fig. 74, b, seen from outer side) ; segment
I with some spine-like granules in distal half above, below with some
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 489
slenderer spines on each side, those on the inner side more numerous,
inferior surface between them smooth, sides smooth; segment II
entirely smooth ; pedipalp as in fig. 74, d, tarsus with under surface
covered with fine minute spicules. Legs: femur I with 5 rows of
small spines, patella with some rows of minute spines, tibia with
none, femur with no enlarged spines below at inner apex ; femora of
remaining legs with smaller spines, the distal segments with none ;
tarsal segments 38 : 64 : 36 : 38.
Measurements.—Leneth of body 4:7, breadth 3, chelicerae I-+II,
2+2-9, pedipalp 4:5 mm.
©. Colour similar to $ but darker and more distinct, median band
on dorsal surface of abdomen chocolate brown; chelicerae more or
less infuscated, segment II more so than I; pedipalp with distal half
of femur of pedipalp, patella, and proximal half of tibia mfuscated
brown ; legs chocolate-brown, femora lighter below, tibiae with an
apical and basal light band, the basal band narrower than the apical
one, tarsi light; dorsum of body armed as in 4, the lateral spines on
the anterior edge of carapace not much smaller than the middle one ;
chelicerae with a few granules on the dorsal surface of segment I,
none on inferior surface, segment II smooth; pedipalp less strongly
armed than in g, femur with some granules below ; femora of legs
with weaker spines than in 3; tarsal segments 36 : 63 : 33: 40.
Measurements—Length of body 6-1, breadth 3-3, chelicerae I-+-II,
2-9, pedipalp 4:3 mm.
In fresh female specimens the colour of body is in general a dark
chocolate brown above, the median band darkest, the sides mottled,
under surface dirty yellow.
Types, 1 g, 4 99, 3 juveniles, Kalk Bay, Cape Peninsula. Other
localities: Simonstown; Newlands; Nordhoek; St. James;
Grottoes, Table Mountain; Rosebank; Skeleton Gorge, Table
Mountain, all Cape Peninsula.
Rhampsinitus cristatus n. sp.
(Text-fig. 75, a-.)
§. Colour of dorsum mottled grey brown, a broad median brown
abdominal band with slightly crenulate sides, itself divided in the
middle by a lighter longitudinal stripe; spines of dorsum white,
tipped with black; sternites dirty white mottled with brown, coxae
dirty white in proximal half, brown in distal half; chelicerae yellow
with reddish-brown stripes, segment II with reddish-brown spots
490 Annals of the South African Museum.
anteriorly and at the sides; pedipalp whitish, femur and patella
with some brown stripes; legs yellow, femora, patellae, and tibiae
with some brown infuscated stripes. Body thickly covered with
spines forming irregular transverse rows on the thoracic and abdominal
tergites; these spines of two types, those in the middle large, their
sides with a varying number of small black spicules (fig. 75, e), their
tips bifid or trifid, the spines at the sides of the body consisting of low
conical tubercles surrounded at their bases with a ring of small black
spicules, these tubercles tipped
at their apices with 1 or 2
spicules (fig. 75, f); the largest
spmes in the middle of the
body larger than those on the
dorsal surface of ocular tubercle,
those at the sides of the body
considerably smaller than the
spies of the ocular tubercle ;
anterior margin of carapace in
front of ocular tubercle with 3
enlarged spines, the median and
largest projecting forwards and
l) a little upwards, the 2 lateral
} ones pointing more directly up-
a aCees :
ma cee ig wards ; carapace thickly covered
Fig, 75, Rmmpoinins eisteas, 2. &: with smaller spines (fig. 75, a);
tergite above; c, chelicera; d, palp: ocular tubercle above with 4
coms median spine; J short 11 pairs of spines all with accessory
spicules, the most posterior pair
the smallest ; thoracic and abdominal tergites with 2 irregular rows of
spines; 1 spine in the middle of each tergite distinctly enlarged, form-
ing a median crest (fig. 75, a), this spine seen from above (fig. 75, b)
placed between the 2 irregular rows of spines; sternites smooth,
all coxae strongly granular ; chelicerae spined as in fig. 75, c, segment
I with a number of ventral spines on the outer side, those on the inner
side similar but fewer in number; pedipalp spined as in fig. 75, d.
Legs: femora provided with 5 rows of strong tooth-like black-tipped
spines, those of the median dorsal row longer than the others, patellae
spined, tibiae without spines but with 2 ventral rows of minute black
spicules, leg I not incrassate ; tarsal segments 35 : 69 : 33 : 39.
Measurements.—Length of body 5-6, breadth 3-7, pedipalp 5,
chelicerae I+-IJ, 1-7+3,; leg I, 17 mm.
INU Se
ve
ve
X 7 (ee ae
Spreecericecde eS
— sa ‘
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 491
©. Resembles 3 in all respects except the following: the median
brown band on dorsum of abdomen a little more distinctly defined ;
the chelicerae considerably smaller than in the J, segment I unspined
below, above a few small teeth, segment II smooth; the pedipalp
appears to be even more strongly spined than in the d.
Measurement of largest 9 7-8 mm. in length, chelicerae I-+II,
1+2 mm.
Types, 3 3d, 6 99, 4000 feet altitude, Great Winterhoek Mountains,
Tulbagh, Cape Province.
Rhampsinitus silvaticus un. sp.
(Text-fig. 76, a—b.)
3S. Colour.—Dorsum blackish, sternites dirty white with some
broken brown transverse stripes, coxae whitish, brown at their distal
apices; segment I of chelicerae yellow brown, segment II speckled
brown at the sides basally, a round black dot in the middle anteriorly ;
pedipalp whitish with black infuscation at the bases of the patella,
tibia, and tarsus; legs uniform black; spines of dorsum of body and
ocular tubercle yellow, tipped with black. Integument finely granular,
abdominal and thoracic tergites each with a single transverse row of
small spines (much smaller than those of the ocular tubercle) ; first
thoracic segment with only 2 or 3 spines in the middle, transverse row
of spines of first abdominal tergite interrupted in the middle, represented
by 2 short oblique lateral rows of 2-3 spines a little larger than those
of remaining tergites; ocular tubercle above with 3 short but sharp
splmes ; no spines anterior to the ocular tubercle but 1 or 2 at the side
near the lateral edge of the carapace; sternites and coxae entirely
smooth ; chelicerae short as in fig. 76, a, segment I spined above in
distal #, outer ventral surface with enlarged and tooth-like spines
forming an irregular row or rows, inner ventral surface with a few
smaller spines; segment II anteriorly at its base with a few spicules,
otherwise smooth ; pedipalp as in fig. 76, a, the femur with a few small
tubercles ventrally, tipped with short black setae, femur subequal to
patella+tibia but shorter than tarsus. Legs long, smooth, and
slender, the spines of femora so minute as to be invisible to the naked
eye, only femur I perceptibly spined, remaining segments smooth, leg
T not incrassate, leg II more than 10 times length of body.
Measurements.—Length of body 5-5, chelicerae I-+-II, 1-3-+2:7,
pedipalp 5-8; leg II, 63 mm.
2. Colour differing markedly from that of $; dorsum dirty white,
492 Annals of the South African Museum.
the sides brown with a number of white spots each with a central
black dot; a median marking as in fig. 76, b, which is black and
strongly contrasting with the remainder of the dorsum, behind and
laterally to the ocular tubercle a roughly triangular marking a little
Fie. 76.—Rhampsinitus silvaticus. a, 3 seen
from the side; 6, 2 from above.
darker than the sides but lighter than the
median marking ; under surface as in dg, dirty
white, the coxae ringed with brown distally ;
femur of pedipalp with a black stripe in the
middle on the outer side, tarsus infuscated
black at its base; legs, except the second
pair which are uniform light brown, not
uniformly dark but banded; femora I, III,
and IV with a fairly narrow blackish band
near their distal apices, the apices themselves
with a white band narrower than the blackish
band; tibiae with a blackish band in the
middle broader than that of the femora,
patellae infuscated with brown stripes at the
sides, metatarsi and tarsi more or less indis-
tinctly banded with brown. Chelicerae nor-
mal, unspined ; femur of pedipalp with a few
minute granules below; I and II thoracic tergites with a transverse
row of small whitish spines, abdominal tergite I with a short lateral
row of 2 spines on each side, remaining tergites with very small or
no spines; legs unarmed except femora, which have rows of minute
fine spicules ; tarsal segments 46 : 59 : 46 : 54.
Measurements.—Length of body 6:7, chelicerae I+II, 3; leg I,
32 mm.
Types 2 gd, 3 99, Knysna Forest. Other specimens: | 9, Cold-
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 493
stream, Humansdorp. This species is distinguished from most other
species by the marked difference in colour of ¢ and @; the chelicerae
m the g are not much larger than those of the 9; the legs are
remarkably smooth and very long and slender; the species is
probably localised in the forested area of the Knysna district.
Rhampsinitus transvaalicus n. sp.
(Text-fig. 77.)
Closely resembling R. leaght (Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1902, pt. 2,
p. 396), differing from it chiefly in the shorter chelicerae.
Colour as in leight, a uniform dark blackish brown, coxae in proximal
half sometimes a little lighter, legs uniform black; ocular tubercle
Fic. 77.—Rhampsinitus transvaalicus. 3: body and palp seen from the side.
with 3 dorsal spines, armature of dorsum as in lewghi; chelicerae
differing from leighi in being shorter, the sum of the two segments a
little greater than the body length (the males here, however, probably
not full grown) ; under surface of segment I on the outer side with a
fairly regular row of about 11 strong curved teeth, these considerably
larger than any other teeth found on the chelicerae (fig. 77); anterior
surface of segment II with a number of small teeth and spicules not
reaching as far distally as in leighi ; coxa I with a few small granules,
remaining coxae smooth ; pedipalp as in lezghz, femur equal in length
to patella+ tibia, shorter than tarsus, unspined. Legs: femur I with
5 rows of tooth-like spines, the 2 ventral rows largest, patella similar,
tibia with 2 ventral rows of minute setiform spines, femur below at
inner apex with 3-4 enlarged teeth, patella below with 2 rows of
fairly large teeth, the 2-3 apical ones on each side enlarged ; femora of
remaining legs with weaker spines than in I, remaining segments
unspined.
494 Annals of the South African Museum.
Measurements.—Length of body 5, chelicerae I+II, 2-6+3-4,
pedipalp 5-5; leg I, 28; Il, 49 mm.
2. Colour.—Sternites lighter than in 3, white infuscated with brown
and with transverse rows of blackish spots; coxae in proximal half
a little lighter than in distal half; body larger than in 3, chelicerae
shorter, without teeth or granules, some black bristles near the apex
of segment II ; femora of legs with distinctly weaker spines than in ¢ ;
tarsal segments 38 : 62 : 39 : 43.
Measurements.—Length of body 7-7, chelicerae I+ II, 1-6-+2:°6,
pedipalp 5-8 mm.
Types, 1 3,19, 4 juvenile $g, Zoutpansberg, near Louis Trichardt,
Transvaal.
Rhampsimtus lalander Simon.
(Text-fig. 78.)
1879. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, xxi, p. 72.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 785, fig. 958.
The following is Roewer’s amended description of the type :—
Colour of body reddish brown; appendages blackish except fingers
of chelicerae and terminal segment of legs I and II which are light red.
Body convex above, obtusely truncate posteriorly ; carapace with
ocular tubercle (4 spines on each side above)
and chelicerae of 3 as in fig. 78; thoracic
tergites I and IIT and all abdominal ter-
gites thickly, coarsely, and _ irregularly
spined ; all free sternites smooth ; surfaces
of coxae I-IV roughly granular; chelicerae
of 2 normal, segment I toothed above;
Fic. 78.—Rhampsinitus la- Bedale eS e ea and veh ee
landei Simon. 3: ocular femur—tibia cylindrical and slender; pa-
tubercle andchelicerafrom tella anteriorly in the middle without an
the side (copied from :
Roewer). apophysis; femur all over and patella
above roughly and irregularly toothed ;
tibia and tarsus unarmed, tarsus, however, with a row of small
granules below; pedipalp of 2 normal, femur and patella more or
less toothed. Legs powerful; trochanters I-IV toothed on each
side ; femora I-IV more or less angular, the edges each with 1 row of
sharp teeth: patellae I-IV slightly angular and with weaker teeth ;
tibia I-IV not angled but somewhat compressed laterally and with
some very weak rows of teeth. Secondary sexual characters of ¢
present in chelicerae and pedipalp.
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 495
Measurements.—Length of body 6-5, pedipalp of ¢ 12, chelicera of
3 7--7-8, femora I-IV, 12:17:9:13; legs I-IV, 44:72:39: 56.
Types, several examples ($ and 9) from “Cafrerie.’ Type in
Paris Museum. The South African Museum does not possess repre-
sentatives of this species.
Rhampsimtus crassus Loman.
(Mext-tona o>)
1898. Loman, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 1, p. 520.
1903. R. leppanae Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. (1902), pt. 2, p. 392.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 789, fig. 964.
The following is Roewer’s amended description of the type :—
Colour of body light brown above, sprinkled with blackish dots
between the pale yellow black-tipped spines; a well-defined dark
brown median marking usually divided in the middle by a pale yellow
longitudinal stripe; abdomen above on each side of the median
marking with scattered black, white-encircled dots; abdomen below
greyish white, coxae I-IV similar ; chelicera and pedipalp rich brown
more or less mottled dark brown ;
legs brown with darker stripes.
Body convex above, rounded pos-
teriorly ; carapace in front of ocular
tubercle with 3 rows of teeth, ocular
tubercle above with 4 short teeth on
each side, otherwise as in fig. 79;
thoracic tergites I and II each with
1 transverse row of small teeth ; all tye. 79.—Rhampsinitus crassus Lo-
free sternites smooth; surfaces of man. d: ocular tubercle, chelicera,
and palp seen from the side (copied
from Roewer).
coxae I-IV thickly and irregularly
granular ; chelicera of 2 small, nor-
mal segment I granular above, that of g as in fig. 79, in addition,
segment I below on the inner side with a complete row of teeth ;
pedipalp of @ short, that of $ as im fig. 79; legs powerful, tro
chanters I-IV toothed on each side; femora I-IV edged and at
each edge a row of teeth; tibiae and patellae I-IV angled but unarmed ;
secondary sexual characters of § present in chelicerae and pedipalp
as well as in leg I, in which the femur is more or less thickened distally.
and (especially ventrally) strongly toothed; tibia incrassate, it and
the slender metatarsus sparsely toothed below.
Measurements of $.—Length of body 7, chelicerae I+ II, 4:5+-5:°5,
496 Annals of the South African Museum.
pedipalp 14, femora I-IV, 4:5:7:4:4-5; legs I-IV, 23:45:19:
27 mm.
Q. Length of body 8, chelicerae 4, pedipalp 7-5, femora I-IV,
£Vii £e bis Megs Met Vee20 so elo 228) man
Types from Port Elizabeth, in Lubeck Museum. Other localities :
Johannesburg ; Teafountain, Grahamstown.
The South African Museum has about 38 specimens of both sexes
from the following localities: Willomore, Montagu, Port Elizabeth,
Addo Bush, Cogmanskloof (Ashton), Matjesfontein, Prince Albert,
Dunbrody (Uitenhage Division), all middle Cape Province. The
Albany Museum has specimens from Steytlerville and East London.
Throughout this series only the first and second coxae at most are
granular, generally only the first and then not very strongly so, the
third and fourth are always smooth and not, as in the description
quoted by Roewer, “ dicht und regellos bekornelt”’ ; one male from
Port Elizabeth has on the ocular tubercle 6 spines at the one side,
5 at the other, the specimens from Montagu, Matjesfontein, and
Ashton have generally 3 spines on each side.
Rhampsiitus minor Loman.
(Text-fig. 80.)
1898. Loman, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 1, p. 519.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 790, fig. 965.
The following is Roewer’s amended description of the type :—
Colour of body dark brown above, the dorsal spines almost black ;
ventral surface of abdomen and coxae I-IV light brown; appendages
a uniform yellow brown. Body convex
above, posteriorly rounded; carapace and
ocular tubercle (above with 3 spines on each
side) as in fig. 80; thoracic tergites I and II
and all abdominal tergites with each 1 trans-
verse row of small spines; all free sternites
and surfaces of coxae I-IV smooth; cheli-
a ene as cera of © small, normal, smooth, that of 3
minor Loman. 3: ocu- 28 im fig. 80; pedipalp of 2 and ¢ small,
lar tubercle and chelicera normal, the femur only sparsely toothed
Ome side(copiedtrom 4 slow ; legs powerful, femora I-IV angular
oewer). > legs p ? g >
the edges (especially in III and IV femora)
with 1 row of teeth; tibia I-IV weakly angled and sparsely
toothed ; secondary sexual characters of § present in chelicera.
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 497
Measurements.—Length of body 6, chelicerae 242-5, pedipalp 5-5,
femora I-IV,4:8:4:4:5; legs I-IV, 20:53: 18-5 : 28.
Types, ¢ and 9 from Illovo, Verulam, Natal ; in Amsterdam Museum.
The South African Museum has no representatives of this species.
Rhampsinitus telifrons Pocock.
(Text-fig. 81.)
1903. Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. (1902), pt. 2, p. 395.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 790, fig. 966.
The following is Roewer’s amended description of the cotype :—
Colour of body yellow brown; carapace and abdomen on each side
speckled with brown, an ill-defined dark brown median band lighter
and more or less obliterated in the middle; appendages light reddish
yellow; femora—tibia infuscated with brown.
Body convex above and bluntly truncate
posteriorly ; carapace and ocular tubercle
(the latter with 5 teeth on each side above)
as in fig. 81, thoracic tergites I and II and
all abdominal tergites with 1 transverse row
of spines; all free sternites and surfaces of
coxae III and IV smooth, coxae I and II Hi
) ‘ Fie. 81.—Rhampsimitus teli-
roughly granular; chelicera as in fig. 81; frons Pocock. ¢ : ocular
pedipalp short,normal,trochanterandfemur tubercle and chelicera seen
from the side (copied from
ventrally sparsely toothed ; legs powerful, Roewer).
trochanters I-IV toothed on each side,
femora-tibiae I-IV angular and femora only with a row of teeth
along the edges; secondary sexual characters of ¢ present in
chelicerae.
Measurements.—Length of body 8, chelicera 3-5-+4, pedipalp 6,
femora I-IV,4:7:5:4:6-6; legs I-LV, 21 : 38:19: 27.
Type, 1 g from Jansenville, Cape Province. Type in British Museum.
The South African Museum possesses no representatives of this species.
Khampsiutus leigha Pocock.
(Text-fig. 82.)
1903. Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. (1902), pt. 2, p. 396.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 791, fig. 967.
The following is Roewer’s amended description of the cotype :—
Colour of body above blackish brown, the free sternites lighter,
498 Annals of the South African Museum.
these in the 2 yellowish white ; coxae I-IV dark brown; appendages
a uniform blackish brown.
Body convex above and bluntly truncate posteriorly ; carapace and
ocular tubercle (the latter above with 3 spines on each side) as in fig. 82 ;
thoracic tergites I and II and all
abdominal tergites with 1 transverse
row of spines; all free sternites and
surfaces of coxae III and IV smooth,
coxae I and II roughly granular ;
chelicerae of 2 small, normal, seg-
ment I above more or less granular,
that of 3 as in fig. 82; pedipalp of
3 and @ similar, normal, unarmed ;
legs powerful, femora—tibiae I-IV
angular, femora I-IV only with a
Fic. 82.—Rhampsinitus leighi Po- TOW of teeth along the edges ;
cock. g: ocular tubercle and secondary sexual characters of ¢
chelicera seen from the side (copied
from Roewer).
present in chelicerae.
Measurements. — Length of body
6-8; chelicerae of § 4-6-+6-9, pedipalp 7, femora I-IV, 12:17:
9:13; legs I-IV, 45:74:41: 58.
Types, $ and 2 from Durban, Natal. Typesin British Museum. The
South African Museum has this species from Stella Bush, Durban ;
Krantzkloof, Natal; Kentani; Umtata. The Natal Museum has it
from Itfafa, Natal.
This species is easily distinguished by the almost uniformly dark
coloration of the male and the strongly contrasting colours of the
female, in which the ventral surface is a brilliant ivory white ; the legs
are very long and slender ; the chelicerae in the males are longer than in
any other South African species but vary considerably ; in the South
African Museum specimens they are 2-3 times the body length, in one
specimen in the collection of the Natal Museum they are almost 4 times
the body length.
Rhampsinitus spencert Pocock.
(Text-fig. 83.)
1903. Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. (1902), pt. 2, p. 394.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 791, fig. 968.
The following is Roewer’s amended description of the cotype :—
Colour of body above greyish yellow with a lighter more or less dark
infuscated median longitudinal band, a saddle-shaped marking behind
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 499
the ocular tubercle only weakly indicated ; ventral surface of abdomen
and coxae I-IV ash grey more or less speckled with brown ; chelicera
and pedipalp light yellow more or less speckled with brown; legs
yellow brown, metatarsi and tarsi I-IV darker ; all spines of the body
and appendages light yellow minutely
tipped with black. Body convex
above, rounded posteriorly ; carapace :
anterior margin with 1 tooth in the
middle, ocular tubercle above with 4
teeth on each side, otherwise as in
fig. 83; thoracic tergites I and II and
abdominal tergites I-IV each with 1
transverse row of small spies; re-
maining tergites, all free sternites, and
surfaces of coxae III and IV smooth ; me ce Se eae ney
coxae I and II roughly granular; Pocock. @: ocular tubercle
chelicera of @ small, normal, that of and chelicera from the side
; ; (copied from Roewer).
dg as in fig. 83; pedipalp of 9 short,
normal, that of ¢ long, thin, and unarmed; legs slender, trochanters
I-IV on each side more or less toothed, femora-tibiae angled, femur
at the edges with a powerful row of teeth, patella similarly but
sparsely toothed ; secondary sexual characters of 3 present in cheli-
cera and pedipalp.
Measurements of g.— Length of body 6-5, chelicera 4:2+-4:-7,
pedipalpals seless TV eho)s 29) 18 = 29:
Types, ¢ and 2 from Natal (exact locality unknown). Types in
British Museum. The South African Museum does not possess repre-
sentatives of this species.
Rhampsimtus hispidus Roewer.
(Text-fig. 84.)
1911. Roewer, Arch. Naturg., xxvii, Suppl. 2, p. 92.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 792, fig. 969.
Colour of body above rich leather brown, a dark median band weakly
defined in the anterior part of abdomen in the g, more distinct in the
2, constricted on the first abdominal tergite where it is bordered by a
light patch on each side, broadening again on the second tergite and
from here to the operculum anale parallel sided; abdomen below and
coxae I-IV greyish white, speckled with light brown; appendages
uniformly reddish yellow.
500 Annals of the South African Museum.
Appearance and armature of body, ocular tubercle (the latter with
3 spines above on each side) as in fig. 84; surface of carapace anterior
to the ocular tubercle smooth in the middle but anterior margin with
1 forwardly projecting spine in the middle; chelicera of 2 small, normal,
that of § long and slender, fig. 84; legs powerful, trochanters I-IV
encircled with spines; femora
I-IV angled and at the edges
with 1 row of teeth; patellae
I-IV with 3 dorsal rows of
teeth, ventral surfaces smooth ;
tibia IL practically smooth,
tibiae IIIT and IV each with
5 indistinct rows of minute
teeth ; secondary sexual char-
Fie. 84.—Rhampsinitus hispidus Roewer. acters of 3S present in cheli-
6: ocular tubercle, palp, and chelicera 4
from the side (copied from Roewer). cera, pedipalp, and leg I;
femur I more or less incras-
sate and bent a little forwards, tibia smooth above, below with sharp
teeth.
Measurements of 3.—Length of body 7, chelicera 6-+-8, pedipalp 19,
femora I-IV, 7:12:7:8; legs I-IV, 28 : 43 : 28 : 33.
@. Length of body 9, chelicera 4, pedipalp 10, femora I-IV,
(1313: 7210; legs LIV, 302 57 330) 43:
Types from Port Elizabeth, g and Q. Types in Hamburg Museum.
The South African Museum has specimens from Blue Cliff,
Uitenhage; the Albany Museum, Grahamstown, has it from Alicedale,
Port Alfred, Grahamstown.
Rhampsimtus echinodorsum Roewer.
(Text fig. 85.)
1912. Roewer, Abh. Ver. Hamburg, xx, fasc. 1, p. 163.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 792, fig. 970.
Colour of body dark brown above; carapace on each side with
lighter spots; ocular tubercle light yellow; abdomen anteriorly on
each side somewhat lighter brown so that anteriorly traces of a dark
brown median saddle-shaped marking appear; all free sternites
greyish white sometimes narrowly bordered with dark brown; coxae
I-IV dark brown, especially anteriorly ; chelicera shining blackish
brown; pedipalp dark brown except femur-tibia apically and whole
of tarsus which are yellowish white; legs dark brown except the
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 501
yellowish-white black-tipped teeth ; femora I-IV at their bases with
lighter jomts; tibiae in their basal halves as well as metatarsi and
tarsi I-IV lighter.
Body above convex, posteriorly rounded; carapace and ocular
tubercle (the latter with 3 spines on each side above) as in fig. 85 ;
thoracic tergites I and II and all ab-
dominal tergites very closely and thickly
provided with strong irregularly placed
spines; all free sternites smooth; surfaces
of coxae I-IV roughly granular ; chelicera
and pedipalp of g asin fig. 85; legs slender,
trochanters I-IV strongly toothed on each
side; femora—tibiae I-IV angles and the
edges each with a row of teeth; secondary
x Oa
Fic. 85.—Rhampsinitus echino-
; d dorsum Roewer. 6: ocular
sexual characters of g present in chelicera, tubercle, palp, and chelicera
pedipalp, and leg I; femur I somewhat ‘rom theside. (Copied from
Roewer.)
stouter than the rest.
Measurements.—Length of body, 5-5, chelicerae 2+2-5, pedipalp
T, femora I-IV, 5:9:5°5:7-5; legs I-IV, 21: 33: 21: 30.
Type, 1 g from Windhoek, South West Africa. Type in the collec-
tion of Dr. Roewer. This species is not represented in the collection
of the South African Museum.
Rhampsinitus granarwus Roewer.
(Text -fig. 86.)
1916. Roewer, Arch. Nature., Ixxxui, A, fasc. 2, p. 154, t. 44.
1923. Roewer, Die Weberknechte der Erde, p. 793, fig. 972.
Colour of body greyish to reddish yellow ; carapace and abdomen
on each side above speckled blackish ; coxae I-IV minutely speckled
with brown on each side; chelicera and pedipalp reddish yellow ;
legs reddish yellow except femora I-IV apically and patellae I-IV
which are infuscated a little darker brown. Body convex above,
closely and minutely granular, rounded posteriorly ; carapace and
ocular tubercle (the latter with 4 teeth on each side above) as in fig. 86 ;
thoracic tergites I and II and all abdominal tergites each with 1
transverse row of small spines; all free sternites smooth ; surfaces
of coxae I-IV irregularly granular; chelicerae from the outer side
as in fig. 86, in addition segment I on the inner side below with a
longitudinal row of 5-7 teeth in its basal 3; pedipalp as in fig. 86 ;
VOL. XXIX, PART 2, 33
502 Annals of the South African Museum.
legs powerful, trochanters I-IV toothed on each side; femora-tibiae
I-IV angled, femur and patella at the edges with a longitudinal row
Fic. 86.—Rhampsinitus granarius
Roewer. ¢: ocular tubercle,
palp, chelicera, and femur seen
from the side. (Copied from
Roewer.)
of teeth, tibia unspined; secondary
sexual characters of ¢ present in the
chelicerae, pedipalp, and leg I; femur
I especially strongly toothed and
curved forwards, somewhat incrassate
apically (fig. 86).
Measurements.—Length of body 7,
chelicera 3-++4, pedipalp 7, femora
J-IV,5:6:5:4:5; legs LIV, 19318
19% 233
Type, 1 ¢ from Johannesburg, Trans-
vaal. Type in the collection of Dr.
Roewer. This species is not repre-
sented in the collection of the South
African Museum.
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. 503
APPENDIX.
Speleosiro argasiformis n. sp.
(Text-fig. 87, a-c.)
1931. Roewer, Zeitschr. fur wissenschaftl. Zoologie, Bd. 138, p. 158,
fig. 6.
The following is a description of the ¢.
Colour.—Body deep reddish brown, appendages light brown.
Tergites with granulation as in 9, sternites as in 9. Inferior
surfaces of coxae with sparse fairly long golden brown hairs, these
more dense at the mar-
gins of coxa I than on the
remaining coxae.
Pedipalps and _ cheli-
cerae as in 9. Leg IV Se
as in fig. 87, a, b, with
two tarsal segments, the
proximal of which is
armed with a hooked pro- b
cess ; second tarsal joint
twice as long as the first
or process - bearing joint
(fig. 87, 6), thereby ditffer-
ing from Purcellia wllus-
trans 10 which these joints
are of equal length.
Arculi genitales distinct
and prominently raised G
when seen from the side.
Corona analis as in fig.
87, ¢; anal operculum at Fic. 87.—Speleosiro argasiformis. ¢g: a, leg IV;
each side with a row of b, first or process-bearing joint of tarsus en-
5-7 strong curved setae larged ; c, corona analis.
meeting in the middle
line where two posteriorly converging keels are to be seen ; seen from
above and below abdomen slightly incised at its posterior apex in the
middle line.
Measurements.—Length of body 4:7, breadth 3; 1 leg 7-5, chelicera ;
segment I, 2; segment II, 2-5 mm.
Two adult male specimens from the same locality as that in which
the female types were found—Wynberg Caves, Table Mountain.
504 Annals of the South African Museum.
Ceratomontia cheliplus Roewer.
(Text-fig. 88.)
1931. Roewer, Zeitschr. fur wissenschaftl. Zoologie, Bd. 138, p. 158,
fig. 6.
The following is a translation of Roewer’s description.
Dimensions.—Length of body 3; legs I-IV, 4-5: 7-2:5:6-8 mm.
Ocular tubercle directed forwards, terminating in a blunt point,
granular. Anterior margin of carapace demarcated by a transverse
furrow and provided on each side of the ocular tubercle with 3
forwardly directed teeth. Surface of carapace, scute, and free
tergites of abdomen uniformly covered with fine and close granula-
tion ; areas I—V of dorsal scute clearly defined, and as in free tergites
I-III provided with a transverse row of tubercules. Free sternites
of abdomen each with a transverse row of granules; surfaces of coxae
I-IV smooth matt without marginal rows of tubercles, anterior margin
of coxa I with 2 teeth,
aig to | coxa II at its posterior
apex and coxa IV at its
¢ : Lf anterior apex provided
GP . Ve . lh with a group of tubercles.
SOs oN ph Chelicerae: segment I
, a 5 I ae LEBER een) with a distinct dorsal en-
largement which bears 1
Q as sepa. eae on its distal third,
otherwise unarmed ; seg-
; ment IT provided anteri-
Fic. 88.—Ceratomontia cheliplus Roewer. ¢: seen orly with some scattered
from the side. :
granules and posteriorly
above the immovable claw with a thickened tubercle. Palps: tro-
chanter above with 2, below with 1 tooth; femur above with a
longitudinal row of 5 teeth, apically on each side of it some small
scattered teeth, on its inner side apically with 1 tooth, below with 3
basal teeth, the one situated nearest the base bifid ; patella to tarsus
smooth above, patella on inner side with 1 tooth, tibia on inner side
below with 4, on outer side below with 8 blunt teeth ; tarsus below
on each side with 3 blunt teeth, the basal one on the outer side
unusually stout and incompletely bifid. Legs unarmed, sparsely
eranular as far asthe tibia, trochanter I, however, with 2 teeth,
femur I below with a longitudinal row of 5-6 teeth, and tibia I below
with 2 teeth; tarsal segments 2:3:5:3; terminal section of tarsus
I consisting of 1, II of 2 segments.
Colour of body and appendages reddish yellow, carapace, scute, and
free tergites of abdomen with blackish reticulation.
Grahamstown, South Africa, 12 (2, 3). Collected by the Rev. R.
Godfrey. Types in British Museum, London.
Ceratomontia wregularis, I am certain, will have to be sunk in favour
of C. cheliplus ; in the former case the 9 having been described, in the
latter the §. Unfortunately I have not been able to compare the types.
ee
The Harvest-spider (Opiliones) of South Africa. 505
Ceratomontia wernert Roewer.
(Text-fig. 89.)
1931. Roewer, Zeitschr. fur wissenschaftl. Zoologie, Bd. 138, p. 159,
1H Ue
The following is a translation of Roewer’s description.
Dimensions.—Length of body 3-5; legs I-IV, 5-5:8:5:7-5 mm.
Ocular tubercle directed forwards, terminating in a sharp point,
granular. Anterior margin of carapace demarcated by a transverse
furrow, and provided on each side of the ocular tubercle with 1 for-
wardly directed tooth. Surface of carapace, scute, and the free
tergites of abdomen uniformly covered with fine and close granula-
tion. Carapace behind the ocular tubercle with about 6 scattered
tubercles, similar to those forming a transverse row on each of the
clearly defined areas of the scute and the free tergites of the abdomen.
Free sternites of the abdomen each with a transverse row of granules.
Surfaces of coxae I-IV
sparsely and irregularly gran-
ular; anterior margin of
coxa I with scattered coarse
tubercles; coxa II at its
posterior apex and coxa IV
at its anterior apex provided
with a group of tubercles,
coxa IV in addition with & Frc. 89.—Ceratomontia werneri Roewer. Ge
row of tubercles along its saan dimen She scl
posterior margin which is
absent in the other coxae. Chelicerae: segment I with a clearly
defined apical enlargement dorsally which is provided with 1 outer
basal and 2 inner apical teeth; segment IJ smooth anteriorly.
Palps: trochanter above with 3 and below with 1 tooth; femur
above with a longitudinal row of 10-11 teeth, apically on each side
of it 2-3 teeth, apically on inner side with 2 teeth, and below with
a complete longitudinal row of 7 blunt, forwardly bent teeth of
equal size; patella to tarsus smooth above ; patella apically on inner
side with | blunt tooth; tibia below on inner side with 5, on the
outer side with 7 blunt teeth; tarsus below on the inner side
with 4, on the outer side with 5 blunt teeth. Legs (including leg I)
unarmed, sparsely granular as far as the tibia; tarsal segments
2-3: 3-3; terminal section of tarsus I consisting of 1, tarsus II of 2
segments.
Colour of body and appendages uniformly reddish yellow, nowhere
reticulated with black.
Windhuk, South West Africa, 1 3. Collected by Werner, 1925.
Type in the collection of Dr. Roewer, No. 1296/38.
506 Annals of the South African Museum.
Adaeum hewittt Roewer.
(Text-fig. 90.)
1931. Roewer, Zeitschr. fur wissenschaftl. Zoologie, Bd. 138, p. 175,
fig. 25.
The following is a translation of Roewer’s description.
Dimensions.—Length of body 4; legs I-IV, 4-5:7-5:5:7 mm.
Ocular tubercle rounded closely and irregularly covered with
papillae ; anterior margin of carapace closely beset with long papillae
of which the middle is the largest. Surface of carapace and scute
together with the free tergites closely and irregularly covered with
papillae, of which a median pair of blunt conical tubercles is outstand-
ing on areas I-IV, a transverse row of 9-11 similar tubercles on the
posterior margin of scute (=area IV) and free tergites of abdomen.
Free sternites of abdomen irregularly granular, surfaces of coxae
I-IV thickly covered
with papillae, which on
the anterior margin of
coxa I, at the posterior
apex of coxa IT, and the
anterior apex of coxa
IV are stouter than in
the remaining surfaces
of the coxae. Cheli-
cerae with both seg-
ments granular, segment
I in addition armed
Fie. 90.—Adaewm hewitti Roewer. g: seen dorsally with 1 tooth.
from the side. Palps thickly covered
with papillae, of which
only the inner side of the femur and the lower sides of patella, tibia,
and tarsus remain free ; trochanter below with | tooth, femur below
with 2 (1 basal, 1 middle), apically on the inner side with 1, above
with a longitudinal row of 5 teeth; patella below on the inner side
with 2 teeth ; tibia and tarsus on each side below with 3 teeth. Legs
as far as tibiae thickly covered with papillae, trochanters in addi-
tion posteriorly and anteriorly with 1-2 teeth, femur with a longi-
tudinal row of teeth both below and above. Tarsal segments 3:
7-8:4:4 (juvenile 2:2:3:3); terminal section of tarsus I consisting
of 2, tarsus II of 3 segments.
Colour of body and appendages a dirty dark brown.
Grahamstown, South Africa, 1 3, 1 juvenile. Collected by the Rev.
R. Godfrey. Types in the British Museum, London.
The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa.
A
Acropsopilionidae
Acumontia
Adaeidae .
Adaeinae .
Adaeulum
Adaeum .
africanus (Cryptopygoplus)
africanus (Oonopsopilio)
Amatola . ;
areolatum (Adaeulum)
argasiformis (Speleosiro)
argasiformis (Speleosiro) n. sp.
asper (Polycoryphus) .
asperatum (Adaeum) .
Assamiidae
Assamiinae :
ater (Rhampsinitus) .
atra (Monomontia)
australis (Neopilio)
Austromontia
Austronuncia
B
bettoni aaa
Biacumontia
Biantinae .
bicolor (Adaeulum)
bifidens (Graemontia)
C
calcarata (Larifuga)
caledonica (Austromontia) .
capense (Cryptadaeum)
capense (Metadaeum).
capensis (Austromontia)
capensis (Ceratomontia)
capensis (Larifuga)
capensis (Rhampsinitus)
capensis (Rostromontia)
cavernicola (Speleomontia)
Ceratomontia :
cheliplus (Ceratomontia)
cornuta (Biacumontia)
Cosmetidae :
coxidens (Adaeulum) .
crassus (Rhampsinitus)
cristatus (Rhampsinitus)
Cryptadeum :
Cryptobunus
Cryptopygoplus.
Cyphophthalmi .
INDEX.
D
PAGE
469 | damaranus (Cryptopygoplus)
420 | dentichelis (Graemontia)
424 | dentifer (Larifuga)
424 | dentifrons (Amatola) .
426 | Dyspnoi
435
361 EK
470 hanod
3g¢ | echinodorsum OC ea
139 Krecanana :
348 Hrecananinae
503 Kupnoi
365
436 :
357 | filipes (Metabiantes) .
360 | filipes (Rhampsinitus)
478 | fissidens (Biacumontia)
417 | flavidus (Rhampsinitus)
474 | fluvialis (Ceratomontia)
398
411 G
godfreyi Ce
Gonyleptidae
478 | Graemontia
403 | granarius (Rhampsinitus)
353 | oranulifer (Rostromontia)
433 | oranulosa (Larifuga) .
414 | cranulosum (Adaeum)
456 AG =
402, | hewitti (Adaeum)
445 | hewitti (Ceratomontia)
444 | Hinzuanius :
400 | bispidus (Rhampsinitus)
375
457 =
478 | illustrans (Purcellia) .
394 | inermis (Roeweria) :
422 | irregularis (Ceratomontia) .
370
504 J
ao jeanneli (Metabiantes)
430
495 s
489 | karrooensis (Ceratomontia).
445
396 ‘g
360 | lalandei (Rhampsinitus)
345 | Laniatores ,
507
PAGE
362
415
451
387
469
500
353
353
472
353
478
410
486
372
428
352
413
501
391
453
44]
506
376
356
499
346
385
378
353
373
494
351
508 Annals of the South African Museum.
PAGE
Larifuga . 450 | Purcellia
latens (Adaeum) 438 | pusulosus (Metabiantes)
leighi (Metabiantes) 356
leighi (Rhampsinitus). 497 Q
leighi (Spinibiantes) 356 Te We:
lettowi (Rhampsinitus) a7e) |) eee ee)
levis (Rhampsinitus) . 487 R
lisposoma (Rostromontia) 392 2 3
littoralis (Rhampsinitus) 480 | tattrayi (Monomontia)
iLaernine 253 | rattrayi (Paradaeum)
longipalpis (Rhampsinitus) . 483 | Rhampsinitus
rhodesianus (Cryptopyg oplus)
robustus (Sclerobunus) :
M Roweria
maximus (Metabiantes) 356 | Rostromontia
melanophora (Mensamontia) 383 | rugosa (Larifuga)
Mensamontia 381 | rugosum (Micradaeum)
meraculus (Metabiantes) 355
Metabiantes 354 S
Metadaeum 444 | scabra (Namutonia)
Micradaeum 448 | Sclerobunus
minor (Ceratomontia) 374 | setifemur (Cryptobunus)
minor (Rhampsinitus) 496 | setosa (Ceratomontia)
Monomontia 416 | silvatica (Austromontia)
Montadaeum 464 | silvatica (Rhampsinitus)
montana (Larifuga) : 459 | Sironidae . ;
montanus (Rhampsinitus) . 478 | Sironinae . :
morulifera (Mensamontia) . 382 | spatulatum (Adaeum)
Speleomontia
N Speleosiro :
spenceri (Rhampsinitus)
Namutonia 357 | Spinibiantes .
natalense (Adaeulum) 426 | spinifrons (Rhampsinitus)
natalensis (Acumontia) 420 spinipalpis (Austronuncia) .
Nemastomatidae 469 | squamatum (Adaeum)
Neopilio 473 Styllocellinae
Neopilioninae 473
niger (Rhampsinitus) 478 T
tabulae (Ceratomontia)
O telifrons (Rhampsinitus)
obtectum (Adaeum) 437 transvaalicus (Rhampsinitus)
Ogovea 346 Triaenobuninae ;
Oncopodidae 352 ee
Oonopsopilio 470 Gaehyxellinas
Trogulidae
P truncata (Rostromontia)
pachylomerus ee 478 | truncatidens (Biacumontia)
Palpatores 468
Paradaeum 466 U
paucidens (Biacumontia) 404 | unicolor (Rhampsinitus)
Phalangiidae 473
Phalangiinae 475 V
Shee hae ae vittatus (Rhampsinitus)
pictus (Rhampsinitus) 478 Ww
Polycoryphus 365
Pungoica . 357 | weberi (Larifuga)
Pungoiella 357 | werneri (Ceratomontia)
purcelli (Montadaeum) 464 © Wintonia .
PAGE
346
355
478
418
466
448
358
ee Volt Se —Part
ae = = - Part 8, afk
N =
ees ; ‘Gectoicl Sarvey) = = ee
ae oS 5 2 Part 1, 11/-; Part 2 2, Wes Dart $5 Re Part 4, 4/6 1
ee - Part 6, 4/6; Part. 7, 14/-:-Part 8, 8/-2 © = = 2 = a
Vol V.—Part. 1, 4/6; Part-2,8/6; Part 3, 2/6; Part 4, 16s
. > Part 6, -b/=$- Part. a 3-3 = Part 8 4183; Part 2, 6
- Title, etc., 4/6; ° Ss
Vol VI. Part 1, 13/6; Part 2, 46; “Part 3, 3/6; Past 4, 3¢
Title, e etc., 1/6. ee
- Vol. VI IT toonsatinig: Paleontological papers published in conjunction :
2S eee ; =
a ee + Part 4,. 3/-; “Part 2, “out ep print; Part 3, 3; B/=3. Part -
ae “Part 5, 5/65 Part 6, 1/6; Index, Title, ete., 1/6. ee
“Val. ‘VAIL. LO out of print. Index, ‘Title; ete., Y [6
Vol. ix Perk ‘I, 4/6 ; Part 2, 5/6; Part3, 10/-; ; Part 4, 6/6 ; ; Part
SEES “Part 6, 11/-; Part 7, 9/-; Index, Title, etc. 1/6. — ==
; “Volk: Part 1, 3/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 2/-; Part 4, 3/-; P.
ae == — 5 “Part 6, 3/-3 Part z 10/-; Part 8, 2/63 Part 9, 53,
ee eS Part 11, 20/-; Part 12,7/. Complete.
me ‘Vol. XL. Part 1, 3/6 ;. Part 2, 2/- ; Part 3, 13/6; Part 4, 1/6 ; Pat
Be - Part 6; 11; ‘Index; Title, etc., and Plate II, 3/-. ~
= Vol xu (contaniing Palaeontological See ie epee: in. -eonjunction :
gee See ie = ges ontomion aEvey. )— GF re
5 ee = = ae — Part 1, 15/6; Part 2, 3/6 ; Part 3, 4/6; = Part 4, 3/5. ‘art. 5
= ez rare - Part 6,.6/-; Part 7, 20/2 5 - Part 8, 20/-; Index, ' Title, ete., 1 /6..
ce "Vol. ‘XU 2p 1, 6/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 3/-; Part 4, 8/6; Part 5,
Es: Part 6, 5/-; Part 7, 30/-; Part 8, 1/-; Index,’ Title, ete., 1/6.
; Vol. Xiv. —Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 8/-; Part 3, 6/-; Part 4, 21s ; Part 5, ‘te
eras Part 6, 9/-: Index, ‘Title, ete., 1/6. x
2
oes Se Vol. XIX. —Part a 29) Part 2, 7/6; Part 3 Ales ‘Part 4 5/65
= s ee ~ Title, pe. 1/6.- - 3 =i
Vol. XX —Part : 8/6; Part 2, 12/6: Part 3, 4)-5 Part 4, 10/-: ; Part
Part 6 (with Te etc.) 4/6 —— ee
Se ae XxI- : Part 2 (with Title, etc. ) 30/2 Sz
eee Vol. ‘XXII faba Palacontological papers: published in conjunetior |
Saas Se = _ Geological Survey).—
Ss eas age : -Part.1, 20/-; Part 2, 10/-; Part 3 (with Title, ete. ), 3/6. =
ss See Vol. mee —Part_1, 12/6: Part 2, BA Part 3 (with Index, Title, ==
es ESS ¥ ‘Vol. XXIV.—Part 1, 10/-. tes See —. aS
Ss ~ Vol. XXV=—Part I, 123A; Part: 2, 10 Des ‘Part 3 (ith. Index, Bile,
2 *_- Vol. XX VI.—Complete, 25/-. : SS 7 a pee
= <2, ~ Vol; XXVU-—Complete, 25 (=. Se
ad ee Vol. XXVIII (containing Pabasataloceats papers published i in o¢
ea Sek ~~~ --the Geological Survey)..<—— = tS ee
yes ae : Part 1,-10/-;. Part 2, 17/6; Part 3, $= Bate
a — = a =
oes = Fi = = = = =e
a See es 20/-; Part 2 (with Index, Title, ete.), 20. 3
se an Sos = The Anuals of the South African. Museum will, f- Aentied at
e as ‘matter for publication i 1s available. ees See
z= = =e - Copies m; may i ‘obtained from-
_WHELDON & WESLEY, Lrp., = nae
ed
OES
Tee!
we
94 TAS)
snutttMintihat a. MPO ssasacl 9 OS
AY ay 3! <8 9)" ’ a a
ofa ia iT shana a Staci?
rnin 4 Au Tee al edad eae als ia ees
hes we)
‘4
“TLtTy Tad Area
Amal yagi -? riham
. §) Webhar **)
| ALY) LY|VIV rene 1 BARS .
eet) u Lt uta! Mal ay annpanra,, shi, p0009 = iiss ft.
OE mary ree Ru Un LLG Ty ye
int “ULL ily |
“Hh yan Ve yee. Drnae': af {I \ HT bi as fl a
% Aa, ; Pw 1. - _& Wee ‘1 3 ag x LAr bay, 0 ty) at
eeert TT anes ry | ial l > te PT
Vue ae ax. », z a ton. ea .
vaif ae : |
iy a a Se aly
seepeenaanel ry aerne Mavi
ae i ces
| Vix | ; A ’ : rq aJ {
y entry a rape ynry Nar? =
S' wy, i r 4 saa *mef te AK a Tel 1p aN, 4 ; ¥
ce a ge rer + Aad Seer rere ie Sua ty iA s 12: Aaeiisiy
~~ ' ‘ Ay t~< 7
ON NA aera ; "" 21) seeping,
=i Tu) wee r sakaahisnaa é
Kant LV] Vi AAR 3 Eb
: is monet ae oae oe palpfarsgasa
. J Tepe i 4 PR | zi DY 3 my
Miu Prey nant rrreyn ban~ Mind
> T. m tor } a |
| Lanny mle | HP laa |
Beet hie eet til seine : >
_=
ae sQuws wa,
Men a Bad ah ass. Se
“ei Maa aay satan atte a
- wasaaxes py xa re Nee intennn ua, & ai 4
ay “en 2 RUS e NA tad at
i ata han tabby aphasadl
“es Noa ba es us *, dg
Faane wa mete ‘Ab wst® og Oougaeen pL N patra
bon hae ties Samy reat - at
| FRA AL NN | 7 ry s er4
yd athe ree aS abi z shana . Wnasannrday ee , pena
bine aati St
; A, LY Yi A p
ei J singh NIV r sel
Sige i a Fe a me of
oe es 7% hy ee re ts; * | : ; o angen ae ere ; feet ,
| | . tvyl od V+» OMA fad | iy. & ra wy 4f7 ®
) 7 ; ue ,
gs ~A , » PAS " 2 rea, >P
onl aie Ae PONE titre Pk ie Pate ivy A Be . Serra i ue
| Cob Didnt BNE , »* at ‘ : Vw 7) o* o w
j\wsewe bs sae ae Liz - ie canedudl 1 Mintel. Tata bh . Wn ‘sit af ‘we
é JF. Ny! pe INN ne adn Pea te Ae nied Ty
LAS OF dt gr OT Berne ww wis 4 my was “ANA st
| - ae i LT wnt
at
| | pe IN 10R
yon onl 2 “Ny Nea by: dig aut gpg “gi f “*
ytd 4 We Vw
While’
lee ne ual ni
weg le ali inl
} ghAA. Pe
ee
- &a NI
| Aes 4 id a Pr 5 aes “ v
he nail Uwy h a) vn Na, ie ww /
ivy ea ba WAM Sy Ae thy
snag 7 PRS Ae Maume, 7 Na Crea TNS Serer 4 it a
. nit Hye a fT IN “8 tees bree La "y
‘a! Sa, aS ay 3 Gini Oe s
_ wy nie IN Ne hy y , ss y
| ee SA Et | . ale lll ice
- PA, Woy N15 AO | * we \ oA ae NS Vie 2
: ie i pear iat .
boos AAG. “ . eo) ‘ 3% ws : Bie | . 4 eis Sanaa: eye es
Sid nab A
iy hae ade GS ate ae " A
__antny nite DCTP EEL ELA Maier
ps wl Suda | MoT au eevee oak 3
hangreel |, aim antl >" Als ee qy{
at “2, vere’ . ,
eae Nig ip aw
~< = aD
rid
‘ve,
} A i
' Nene! gi ohbag Ny iy
44 \ Ty
y
Nilip ve wb Tht me
\. Nid a °° Ur -
iwore> pee, “Se a reg Pony ae wepiy 4. S
on Beat = Peses0 gt Wat An Ta i \,
Vagal he POC abbot eae Seventies
rier ey een bores tt OO Nees om pe
eS ys eee 3 3
whee bot aan, crane Nt, oh [ty
Os vin y »” ~€ PR 9 a as if j stths
Nx MPa be Se eet iy. ees P|
Dim FR ha eo AEN Aa tN . hm, Wy ; Be iis e
‘ada gf ied ¢ oe Moy: a ne Be RS Ny ¥, ee nae 3
* “ @
1 Be eyerynctnens tho any RA, ve Ah Thing
A ny. ar ii yl ene hL |
: oh Ww 5 ay wo, pwr, ashe aN %8 igi ay
i | wNSaw we PV Ia hi aes a
hte Ve > ie ts eae id | Nees
tu ~ 4A ahd ae Yh. vie 1% ei
eb aera T 1 io ATL Tiley { MING hi aN settle vs
Sune ; US com Ue : ind GUE ee ea
r dwe we tae oe Yad “a a ow a » bicann tant db d | pair &. ALi Bing a1 we wv
vores anal on | \s pe whieh wit. VEL LT ae IYY 4 SW
P Ar wig® qa ey UNAA Y /
& renee g, inf? -* ’ a vd MS, vw “Lh
tf; Ae re
ae = wi Se
2 Staal alo ad NTS a we
"av Fh
feet
? or een i vi Legere
\ ann a*hgr in 1 im f “wey jw
Rreitrateeet si Lili arg
bit a lata A Hilly si Wiener
Wp oh
Mow ees, Mo es lant
Wes? Au YN. iene Yee: a Min te \
y. lee ae y. oN Ne
AS ereie ae,
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
“TOI
3 9088 01206 5637